Adding upstream version 4:7.4.7.upstream/4%7.4.7upstream

Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>

25 files changed, 17094 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/cancellablejob.cxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/cancellablejob.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..eecd1d336
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/cancellablejob.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#include "cancellablejob.hxx"
+#include <observablethread.hxx>
+
+CancellableJob::CancellableJob( const rtl::Reference< ObservableThread >& rThread ) :
+    mrThread( rThread )
+{
+}
+
+// css::util::XCancellable:
+void SAL_CALL CancellableJob::cancel()
+{
+    mrThread->join();
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/cancellablejob.hxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/cancellablejob.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..010e1f4de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/cancellablejob.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SW_SOURCE_CORE_DOCNODE_CANCELLABLEJOB_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SW_SOURCE_CORE_DOCNODE_CANCELLABLEJOB_HXX
+
+#include <sal/config.h>
+#include <cppuhelper/implbase.hxx>
+#include <com/sun/star/util/XCancellable.hpp>
+
+#include <rtl/ref.hxx>
+
+#include <observablethread.hxx>
+
+class CancellableJob : public ::cppu::WeakImplHelper<css::util::XCancellable>
+{
+public:
+    explicit CancellableJob(const ::rtl::Reference<ObservableThread>& rThread);
+
+    // css::util::XCancellable:
+    virtual void SAL_CALL cancel() override;
+
+private:
+    CancellableJob(CancellableJob const&) = delete;
+    void operator=(CancellableJob const&) = delete;
+
+    ::rtl::Reference<ObservableThread> mrThread;
+};
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/finalthreadmanager.cxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/finalthreadmanager.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bfae4a6b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/finalthreadmanager.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,424 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <finalthreadmanager.hxx>
+
+#include <osl/diagnose.h>
+#include <osl/thread.hxx>
+#include <pausethreadstarting.hxx>
+#include <swthreadjoiner.hxx>
+
+#include <com/sun/star/frame/Desktop.hpp>
+#include <com/sun/star/frame/TerminationVetoException.hpp>
+#include <rtl/ustring.hxx>
+#include <cppuhelper/supportsservice.hxx>
+#include <mutex>
+
+/** thread to cancel a give list of cancellable jobs
+
+    helper class for FinalThreadManager
+*/
+class CancelJobsThread : public osl::Thread
+{
+    public:
+        explicit CancelJobsThread( std::list< css::uno::Reference< css::util::XCancellable > >&& rJobs )
+            : maJobs( std::move(rJobs) ),
+              mbAllJobsCancelled( false ),
+              mbStopped( false )
+        {
+        }
+
+        void addJobs( std::list< css::uno::Reference< css::util::XCancellable > >& rJobs );
+        bool allJobsCancelled() const;
+        void stopWhenAllJobsCancelled();
+
+    private:
+        bool existJobs() const;
+
+        css::uno::Reference< css::util::XCancellable > getNextJob();
+
+        bool stopped() const;
+        virtual void SAL_CALL run() override;
+        mutable std::mutex maMutex;
+
+        std::list< css::uno::Reference< css::util::XCancellable > > maJobs;
+
+        bool mbAllJobsCancelled;
+        bool mbStopped;
+};
+
+void CancelJobsThread::addJobs( std::list< css::uno::Reference< css::util::XCancellable > >& rJobs )
+{
+    std::scoped_lock aGuard(maMutex);
+
+    maJobs.insert( maJobs.end(), rJobs.begin(), rJobs.end() );
+    mbAllJobsCancelled = !maJobs.empty();
+}
+
+bool CancelJobsThread::existJobs() const
+{
+    std::scoped_lock aGuard(maMutex);
+
+    return !maJobs.empty();
+}
+
+bool CancelJobsThread::allJobsCancelled() const
+{
+    std::scoped_lock aGuard(maMutex);
+
+    return maJobs.empty() && mbAllJobsCancelled;
+}
+
+void CancelJobsThread::stopWhenAllJobsCancelled()
+{
+    std::scoped_lock aGuard(maMutex);
+
+    mbStopped = true;
+}
+
+css::uno::Reference< css::util::XCancellable > CancelJobsThread::getNextJob()
+{
+    css::uno::Reference< css::util::XCancellable > xRet;
+
+    {
+        std::scoped_lock aGuard(maMutex);
+
+        if ( !maJobs.empty() )
+        {
+            xRet = maJobs.front();
+            maJobs.pop_front();
+        }
+    }
+
+    return xRet;
+}
+
+bool CancelJobsThread::stopped() const
+{
+    std::scoped_lock aGuard(maMutex);
+
+    return mbStopped;
+}
+
+void SAL_CALL CancelJobsThread::run()
+{
+    osl_setThreadName("sw CancelJobsThread");
+
+    while ( !stopped() )
+    {
+        while ( existJobs() )
+        {
+            css::uno::Reference< css::util::XCancellable > aJob( getNextJob() );
+            if ( aJob.is() )
+                aJob->cancel();
+        }
+
+        mbAllJobsCancelled = true;
+
+        {
+            osl::Thread::wait(std::chrono::seconds(1));
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/** thread to terminate office, when all jobs are cancelled.
+
+    helper class for FinalThreadManager
+*/
+class TerminateOfficeThread : public osl::Thread
+{
+    public:
+        TerminateOfficeThread( CancelJobsThread const & rCancelJobsThread,
+                               css::uno::Reference< css::uno::XComponentContext > const & xContext )
+            : mrCancelJobsThread( rCancelJobsThread ),
+              mbStopOfficeTermination( false ),
+              mxContext( xContext )
+        {
+        }
+
+        void StopOfficeTermination();
+
+    private:
+        virtual void SAL_CALL run() override;
+        virtual void SAL_CALL onTerminated() override;
+        bool OfficeTerminationStopped();
+        void PerformOfficeTermination();
+
+        osl::Mutex maMutex;
+
+        const CancelJobsThread& mrCancelJobsThread;
+        bool mbStopOfficeTermination;
+
+        css::uno::Reference< css::uno::XComponentContext > mxContext;
+};
+
+void TerminateOfficeThread::StopOfficeTermination()
+{
+    osl::MutexGuard aGuard(maMutex);
+
+    mbStopOfficeTermination = true;
+}
+
+bool TerminateOfficeThread::OfficeTerminationStopped()
+{
+    osl::MutexGuard aGuard(maMutex);
+
+    return mbStopOfficeTermination;
+}
+
+void SAL_CALL TerminateOfficeThread::run()
+{
+    osl_setThreadName("sw TerminateOfficeThread");
+
+    while ( !OfficeTerminationStopped() )
+    {
+        osl::MutexGuard aGuard(maMutex);
+
+        if ( mrCancelJobsThread.allJobsCancelled() )
+            break;
+    }
+
+    if ( !OfficeTerminationStopped() )
+        PerformOfficeTermination();
+}
+
+void TerminateOfficeThread::PerformOfficeTermination()
+{
+    css::uno::Reference< css::frame::XDesktop2 > xDesktop = css::frame::Desktop::create(mxContext);
+
+    css::uno::Reference< css::container::XElementAccess > xList = xDesktop->getFrames();
+    if ( !xList.is() )
+    {
+        OSL_FAIL( "<TerminateOfficeThread::PerformOfficeTermination()> - no XElementAccess!" );
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if ( !xList->hasElements() )
+    {
+        if ( !OfficeTerminationStopped() )
+            xDesktop->terminate();
+    }
+}
+
+void SAL_CALL TerminateOfficeThread::onTerminated()
+{
+    if ( OfficeTerminationStopped() )
+        delete this;
+}
+
+FinalThreadManager::FinalThreadManager(css::uno::Reference< css::uno::XComponentContext > const & context)
+    : m_xContext(context),
+      mpTerminateOfficeThread( nullptr ),
+      mbRegisteredAtDesktop( false )
+{
+
+}
+
+void FinalThreadManager::registerAsListenerAtDesktop()
+{
+    css::uno::Reference< css::frame::XDesktop2 > xDesktop = css::frame::Desktop::create(m_xContext);
+    xDesktop->addTerminateListener( css::uno::Reference< css::frame::XTerminateListener >( this ) );
+}
+
+FinalThreadManager::~FinalThreadManager()
+{
+    if ( mpPauseThreadStarting )
+    {
+        mpPauseThreadStarting.reset();
+    }
+
+    if ( mpTerminateOfficeThread != nullptr )
+    {
+        mpTerminateOfficeThread->StopOfficeTermination(); // thread kills itself.
+        mpTerminateOfficeThread = nullptr;
+    }
+
+    if ( !maThreads.empty() )
+    {
+        OSL_FAIL( "<FinalThreadManager::~FinalThreadManager()> - still registered jobs are existing -> perform cancellation" );
+        cancelAllJobs();
+    }
+
+    if ( mpCancelJobsThread != nullptr )
+    {
+        if ( !mpCancelJobsThread->allJobsCancelled() )
+            OSL_FAIL( "<FinalThreadManager::~FinalThreadManager()> - cancellation of registered jobs not yet finished -> wait for its finish" );
+
+        mpCancelJobsThread->stopWhenAllJobsCancelled();
+        mpCancelJobsThread->join();
+        mpCancelJobsThread.reset();
+    }
+}
+
+// com.sun.star.uno.XServiceInfo:
+OUString SAL_CALL FinalThreadManager::getImplementationName()
+{
+    return "com.sun.star.util.comp.FinalThreadManager";
+}
+
+sal_Bool SAL_CALL FinalThreadManager::supportsService(OUString const & serviceName)
+{
+    return cppu::supportsService(this, serviceName);
+}
+
+css::uno::Sequence< OUString > SAL_CALL FinalThreadManager::getSupportedServiceNames()
+{
+    return { "com.sun.star.util.JobManager" };
+}
+
+// css::util::XJobManager:
+void SAL_CALL FinalThreadManager::registerJob(const css::uno::Reference< css::util::XCancellable > & Job)
+{
+    osl::MutexGuard aGuard(maMutex);
+
+    maThreads.push_back( Job );
+
+    if ( !mbRegisteredAtDesktop )
+    {
+        registerAsListenerAtDesktop();
+        mbRegisteredAtDesktop = true;
+    }
+}
+
+void SAL_CALL FinalThreadManager::releaseJob(const css::uno::Reference< css::util::XCancellable > & Job)
+{
+    osl::MutexGuard aGuard(maMutex);
+
+    maThreads.remove( Job );
+}
+
+void SAL_CALL FinalThreadManager::cancelAllJobs()
+{
+    std::list< css::uno::Reference< css::util::XCancellable > > aThreads;
+    {
+        osl::MutexGuard aGuard(maMutex);
+
+        aThreads.insert( aThreads.end(), maThreads.begin(), maThreads.end() );
+        maThreads.clear();
+    }
+
+    if ( aThreads.empty() )
+        return;
+
+    osl::MutexGuard aGuard(maMutex);
+
+    if ( mpCancelJobsThread == nullptr )
+    {
+        mpCancelJobsThread.reset(new CancelJobsThread( std::list(aThreads) ));
+        if ( !mpCancelJobsThread->create() )
+        {
+            mpCancelJobsThread.reset();
+            for (auto const& elem : aThreads)
+            {
+                elem->cancel();
+            }
+            aThreads.clear();
+        }
+    }
+    else
+        mpCancelJobsThread->addJobs( aThreads );
+}
+
+// css::frame::XTerminateListener
+void SAL_CALL FinalThreadManager::queryTermination( const css::lang::EventObject& )
+{
+    osl::MutexGuard aGuard(maMutex);
+
+    cancelAllJobs();
+    // Sleep 1 second to give the thread for job cancellation some time.
+    // Probably, all started threads have already finished its work.
+    if ( mpCancelJobsThread != nullptr &&
+         !mpCancelJobsThread->allJobsCancelled() )
+    {
+        osl::Thread::wait(std::chrono::seconds(1));
+    }
+
+    if ( mpCancelJobsThread != nullptr &&
+         !mpCancelJobsThread->allJobsCancelled() )
+    {
+        if ( mpTerminateOfficeThread != nullptr )
+        {
+            if ( mpTerminateOfficeThread->isRunning() )
+                mpTerminateOfficeThread->StopOfficeTermination(); // thread kills itself.
+            else
+                delete mpTerminateOfficeThread;
+
+            mpTerminateOfficeThread = nullptr;
+        }
+        mpTerminateOfficeThread = new TerminateOfficeThread( *mpCancelJobsThread,
+                                                 m_xContext );
+        if ( !mpTerminateOfficeThread->create() )
+        {
+            delete mpTerminateOfficeThread;
+            mpTerminateOfficeThread = nullptr;
+        }
+
+        throw css::frame::TerminationVetoException();
+    }
+
+    mpPauseThreadStarting.reset(new SwPauseThreadStarting());
+}
+
+void SAL_CALL FinalThreadManager::cancelTermination( const css::lang::EventObject& )
+{
+    mpPauseThreadStarting.reset();
+}
+
+void SAL_CALL FinalThreadManager::notifyTermination( const css::lang::EventObject& )
+{
+    if ( mpTerminateOfficeThread != nullptr )
+    {
+        if ( mpTerminateOfficeThread->isRunning() )
+            mpTerminateOfficeThread->StopOfficeTermination(); // thread kills itself.
+        else
+            delete mpTerminateOfficeThread;
+
+        mpTerminateOfficeThread = nullptr;
+    }
+
+    if ( !maThreads.empty() )
+        cancelAllJobs();
+
+    if ( mpCancelJobsThread != nullptr )
+    {
+        mpCancelJobsThread->stopWhenAllJobsCancelled();
+        mpCancelJobsThread->join();
+        mpCancelJobsThread.reset();
+    }
+
+    // get reference of this
+    css::uno::Reference< css::uno::XInterface > aOwnRef( static_cast< cppu::OWeakObject* >( this ));
+    // notify <SwThreadJoiner> to release its reference
+    SwThreadJoiner::ReleaseThreadJoiner();
+}
+
+// ::com::sun:star::lang::XEventListener (inherited via css::frame::XTerminateListener)
+void SAL_CALL FinalThreadManager::disposing( const css::lang::EventObject& )
+{
+    // nothing to do, because instance doesn't hold any references of observed objects
+}
+
+extern "C" SAL_DLLPUBLIC_EXPORT css::uno::XInterface*
+com_sun_star_util_comp_FinalThreadManager_get_implementation(css::uno::XComponentContext* context,
+                                css::uno::Sequence<css::uno::Any> const &)
+{
+    return cppu::acquire(new FinalThreadManager(context));
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/ndcopy.cxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/ndcopy.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4b26acc0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/ndcopy.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,378 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#include <doc.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentFieldsAccess.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentUndoRedo.hxx>
+#include <node.hxx>
+#include <frmfmt.hxx>
+#include <swtable.hxx>
+#include <ndtxt.hxx>
+#include <swtblfmt.hxx>
+#include <cellatr.hxx>
+#include <ddefld.hxx>
+#include <swddetbl.hxx>
+#include <ndindex.hxx>
+#include <frameformats.hxx>
+#include <vector>
+#include <osl/diagnose.h>
+#include <svl/numformat.hxx>
+
+
+#ifdef DBG_UTIL
+#define CHECK_TABLE(t) (t).CheckConsistency();
+#else
+#define CHECK_TABLE(t)
+#endif
+
+namespace {
+
+// Structure for the mapping from old and new frame formats to the
+// boxes and lines of a table
+struct MapTableFrameFormat
+{
+    const SwFrameFormat *pOld;
+    SwFrameFormat *pNew;
+    MapTableFrameFormat( const SwFrameFormat *pOldFormat, SwFrameFormat*pNewFormat )
+        : pOld( pOldFormat ), pNew( pNewFormat )
+    {}
+};
+
+}
+
+typedef std::vector<MapTableFrameFormat> MapTableFrameFormats;
+
+SwContentNode* SwTextNode::MakeCopy(SwDoc& rDoc, const SwNodeIndex& rIdx, bool const bNewFrames) const
+{
+    // the Copy-Textnode is the Node with the Text, the Copy-Attrnode is the
+    // node with the collection and hard attributes. Normally is the same
+    // node, but if insert a glossary without formatting, then the Attrnode
+    // is the prev node of the destination position in dest. document.
+    SwTextNode* pCpyTextNd = const_cast<SwTextNode*>(this);
+    SwTextNode* pCpyAttrNd = pCpyTextNd;
+
+    // Copy the formats to the other document
+    SwTextFormatColl* pColl = nullptr;
+    if( rDoc.IsInsOnlyTextGlossary() )
+    {
+        SwNodeIndex aIdx( rIdx, -1 );
+        if( aIdx.GetNode().IsTextNode() )
+        {
+            pCpyAttrNd = aIdx.GetNode().GetTextNode();
+            pColl = &pCpyAttrNd->GetTextColl()->GetNextTextFormatColl();
+        }
+    }
+    if( !pColl )
+        pColl = rDoc.CopyTextColl( *GetTextColl() );
+
+    SwTextNode* pTextNd = rDoc.GetNodes().MakeTextNode(rIdx, pColl, bNewFrames);
+
+    // METADATA: register copy
+    pTextNd->RegisterAsCopyOf(*pCpyTextNd);
+
+    // Copy Attribute/Text
+    if( !pCpyAttrNd->HasSwAttrSet() )
+        // An AttrSet was added for numbering, so delete it
+        pTextNd->ResetAllAttr();
+
+    // if Copy-Textnode unequal to Copy-Attrnode, then copy first
+    // the attributes into the new Node.
+    if( pCpyAttrNd != pCpyTextNd )
+    {
+        pCpyAttrNd->CopyAttr( pTextNd, 0, 0 );
+        if( pCpyAttrNd->HasSwAttrSet() )
+        {
+            SwAttrSet aSet( *pCpyAttrNd->GetpSwAttrSet() );
+            aSet.ClearItem( RES_PAGEDESC );
+            aSet.ClearItem( RES_BREAK );
+            aSet.CopyToModify( *pTextNd );
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Is that enough? What about PostIts/Fields/FieldTypes?
+    // #i96213# - force copy of all attributes
+    pCpyTextNd->CopyText( pTextNd, SwIndex( pCpyTextNd ),
+        pCpyTextNd->GetText().getLength(), true );
+
+    if( RES_CONDTXTFMTCOLL == pColl->Which() )
+        pTextNd->ChkCondColl();
+
+    return pTextNd;
+}
+
+static bool lcl_SrchNew( const MapTableFrameFormat& rMap, SwFrameFormat** pPara )
+{
+    if( rMap.pOld != *pPara )
+        return true;
+    *pPara = rMap.pNew;
+    return false;
+}
+
+namespace {
+
+struct CopyTable
+{
+    SwDoc& m_rDoc;
+    SwNodeOffset m_nOldTableSttIdx;
+    MapTableFrameFormats& m_rMapArr;
+    SwTableLine* m_pInsLine;
+    SwTableBox* m_pInsBox;
+    SwTableNode *m_pTableNd;
+    const SwTable *m_pOldTable;
+
+    CopyTable(SwDoc& rDc, MapTableFrameFormats& rArr, SwNodeOffset nOldStt,
+               SwTableNode& rTableNd, const SwTable* pOldTable)
+        : m_rDoc(rDc), m_nOldTableSttIdx(nOldStt), m_rMapArr(rArr),
+          m_pInsLine(nullptr), m_pInsBox(nullptr), m_pTableNd(&rTableNd), m_pOldTable(pOldTable)
+    {}
+};
+
+}
+
+static void lcl_CopyTableLine( const SwTableLine* pLine, CopyTable* pCT );
+
+static void lcl_CopyTableBox( SwTableBox* pBox, CopyTable* pCT )
+{
+    SwTableBoxFormat * pBoxFormat = static_cast<SwTableBoxFormat*>(pBox->GetFrameFormat());
+    for (const auto& rMap : pCT->m_rMapArr)
+        if ( !lcl_SrchNew( rMap, reinterpret_cast<SwFrameFormat**>(&pBoxFormat) ) )
+            break;
+
+    if (pBoxFormat == pBox->GetFrameFormat()) // Create a new one?
+    {
+        const SwTableBoxFormula* pFormulaItem = pBoxFormat->GetItemIfSet( RES_BOXATR_FORMULA, false );
+        if( pFormulaItem && pFormulaItem->IsIntrnlName() )
+        {
+            const_cast<SwTableBoxFormula*>(pFormulaItem)->PtrToBoxNm(pCT->m_pOldTable);
+        }
+
+        pBoxFormat = pCT->m_rDoc.MakeTableBoxFormat();
+        pBoxFormat->CopyAttrs( *pBox->GetFrameFormat() );
+
+        if( pBox->GetSttIdx() )
+        {
+            SvNumberFormatter* pN = pCT->m_rDoc.GetNumberFormatter(false);
+            const SwTableBoxNumFormat* pFormatItem;
+            if( pN && pN->HasMergeFormatTable() &&
+                (pFormatItem = pBoxFormat->GetItemIfSet( RES_BOXATR_FORMAT, false )) )
+            {
+                sal_uLong nOldIdx = pFormatItem->GetValue();
+                sal_uLong nNewIdx = pN->GetMergeFormatIndex( nOldIdx );
+                if( nNewIdx != nOldIdx )
+                    pBoxFormat->SetFormatAttr( SwTableBoxNumFormat( nNewIdx ));
+
+            }
+        }
+
+        pCT->m_rMapArr.emplace_back(pBox->GetFrameFormat(), pBoxFormat);
+    }
+
+    sal_uInt16 nLines = pBox->GetTabLines().size();
+    SwTableBox* pNewBox;
+    if( nLines )
+        pNewBox = new SwTableBox(pBoxFormat, nLines, pCT->m_pInsLine);
+    else
+    {
+        SwNodeIndex aNewIdx(*pCT->m_pTableNd, pBox->GetSttIdx() - pCT->m_nOldTableSttIdx);
+        assert(aNewIdx.GetNode().IsStartNode() && "Index is not on the start node");
+
+        pNewBox = new SwTableBox(pBoxFormat, aNewIdx, pCT->m_pInsLine);
+        pNewBox->setRowSpan( pBox->getRowSpan() );
+    }
+
+    pCT->m_pInsLine->GetTabBoxes().push_back( pNewBox );
+
+    if (nLines)
+    {
+        CopyTable aPara(*pCT);
+        aPara.m_pInsBox = pNewBox;
+        for( const SwTableLine* pLine : pBox->GetTabLines() )
+            lcl_CopyTableLine( pLine, &aPara );
+    }
+    else if (pNewBox->IsInHeadline(&pCT->m_pTableNd->GetTable()))
+    {
+        // In the headline, the paragraphs must match conditional styles
+        pNewBox->GetSttNd()->CheckSectionCondColl();
+    }
+}
+
+static void lcl_CopyTableLine( const SwTableLine* pLine, CopyTable* pCT )
+{
+    SwTableLineFormat * pLineFormat = static_cast<SwTableLineFormat*>(pLine->GetFrameFormat());
+    for (const auto& rMap : pCT->m_rMapArr)
+        if ( !lcl_SrchNew( rMap, reinterpret_cast<SwFrameFormat**>(&pLineFormat) ) )
+            break;
+
+    if( pLineFormat == pLine->GetFrameFormat() ) // Create a new one?
+    {
+        pLineFormat = pCT->m_rDoc.MakeTableLineFormat();
+        pLineFormat->CopyAttrs( *pLine->GetFrameFormat() );
+        pCT->m_rMapArr.emplace_back(pLine->GetFrameFormat(), pLineFormat);
+    }
+
+    SwTableLine* pNewLine = new SwTableLine(pLineFormat, pLine->GetTabBoxes().size(), pCT->m_pInsBox);
+    // Insert the new row into the table
+    if (pCT->m_pInsBox)
+    {
+        pCT->m_pInsBox->GetTabLines().push_back(pNewLine);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        pCT->m_pTableNd->GetTable().GetTabLines().push_back(pNewLine);
+    }
+
+    pCT->m_pInsLine = pNewLine;
+    for( auto& rpBox : const_cast<SwTableLine*>(pLine)->GetTabBoxes() )
+        lcl_CopyTableBox(rpBox, pCT);
+}
+
+SwTableNode* SwTableNode::MakeCopy( SwDoc& rDoc, const SwNodeIndex& rIdx ) const
+{
+    // In which array are we? Nodes? UndoNodes?
+    SwNodes& rNds = const_cast<SwNodes&>(GetNodes());
+
+    {
+        if( rIdx < rDoc.GetNodes().GetEndOfInserts().GetIndex() &&
+            rIdx >= rDoc.GetNodes().GetEndOfInserts().StartOfSectionIndex() )
+            return nullptr;
+    }
+
+    // Copy the TableFrameFormat
+    OUString sTableName( GetTable().GetFrameFormat()->GetName() );
+    if( !rDoc.IsCopyIsMove() )
+    {
+        const SwFrameFormats& rTableFormats = *rDoc.GetTableFrameFormats();
+        for( size_t n = rTableFormats.size(); n; )
+            if( rTableFormats[ --n ]->GetName() == sTableName )
+            {
+                sTableName = rDoc.GetUniqueTableName();
+                break;
+            }
+    }
+
+    SwFrameFormat* pTableFormat = rDoc.MakeTableFrameFormat( sTableName, rDoc.GetDfltFrameFormat() );
+    pTableFormat->CopyAttrs( *GetTable().GetFrameFormat() );
+    SwTableNode* pTableNd = new SwTableNode( rIdx );
+    SwEndNode* pEndNd = new SwEndNode( rIdx, *pTableNd );
+    SwNodeIndex aInsPos( *pEndNd );
+
+    SwTable& rTable = pTableNd->GetTable();
+    rTable.SetTableStyleName(GetTable().GetTableStyleName());
+    rTable.RegisterToFormat( *pTableFormat );
+
+    rTable.SetRowsToRepeat( GetTable().GetRowsToRepeat() );
+    rTable.SetTableChgMode( GetTable().GetTableChgMode() );
+    rTable.SetTableModel( GetTable().IsNewModel() );
+
+    SwDDEFieldType* pDDEType = nullptr;
+    if( auto pSwDDETable = dynamic_cast<const SwDDETable*>( &GetTable() ) )
+    {
+        // We're copying a DDE table
+        // Is the field type available in the new document?
+        pDDEType = const_cast<SwDDETable*>(pSwDDETable)->GetDDEFieldType();
+        if( pDDEType->IsDeleted() )
+            rDoc.getIDocumentFieldsAccess().InsDeletedFieldType( *pDDEType );
+        else
+            pDDEType = static_cast<SwDDEFieldType*>(rDoc.getIDocumentFieldsAccess().InsertFieldType( *pDDEType ));
+        OSL_ENSURE( pDDEType, "unknown FieldType" );
+
+        // Swap the table pointers in the node
+        std::unique_ptr<SwDDETable> pNewTable(new SwDDETable( pTableNd->GetTable(), pDDEType ));
+        pTableNd->SetNewTable( std::move(pNewTable), false );
+    }
+    // First copy the content of the tables, we will later assign the
+    // boxes/lines and create the frames
+    SwNodeRange aRg( *this, SwNodeOffset(+1), *EndOfSectionNode() );
+
+    // If there is a table in this table, the table format for the outer table
+    // does not seem to be used, because the table does not have any contents yet
+    // (see IsUsed). Therefore the inner table gets the same name as the outer table.
+    // We have to make sure that the table node of the SwTable is accessible, even
+    // without any content in m_TabSortContentBoxes. #i26629#
+    pTableNd->GetTable().SetTableNode( pTableNd );
+    rNds.Copy_( aRg, aInsPos, false );
+    pTableNd->GetTable().SetTableNode( nullptr );
+
+    // Special case for a single box
+    if( 1 == GetTable().GetTabSortBoxes().size() )
+    {
+        aRg.aStart.Assign( *pTableNd, 1 );
+        aRg.aEnd.Assign( *pTableNd->EndOfSectionNode() );
+        rDoc.GetNodes().SectionDown( &aRg, SwTableBoxStartNode );
+    }
+
+    // Delete all frames from the copied area, they will be created
+    // during the generation of the table frame
+    pTableNd->DelFrames();
+
+    MapTableFrameFormats aMapArr;
+    CopyTable aPara( rDoc, aMapArr, GetIndex(), *pTableNd, &GetTable() );
+
+    for( const SwTableLine* pLine : GetTable().GetTabLines() )
+        lcl_CopyTableLine( pLine, &aPara );
+
+    if( pDDEType )
+        pDDEType->IncRefCnt();
+
+    CHECK_TABLE( GetTable() );
+    return pTableNd;
+}
+
+void SwTextNode::CopyCollFormat(SwTextNode& rDestNd, bool const bUndoForChgFormatColl)
+{
+    // Copy the formats into the other document:
+    // Special case for PageBreak/PageDesc/ColBrk
+    SwDoc& rDestDoc = rDestNd.GetDoc();
+    SwAttrSet aPgBrkSet( rDestDoc.GetAttrPool(), aBreakSetRange );
+    const SwAttrSet* pSet;
+
+    pSet = rDestNd.GetpSwAttrSet();
+    if( nullptr != pSet )
+    {
+        // Special cases for Break-Attributes
+        const SfxPoolItem* pAttr;
+        if( SfxItemState::SET == pSet->GetItemState( RES_BREAK, false, &pAttr ) )
+            aPgBrkSet.Put( *pAttr );
+
+        if( SfxItemState::SET == pSet->GetItemState( RES_PAGEDESC, false, &pAttr ) )
+            aPgBrkSet.Put( *pAttr );
+    }
+
+    // this may create undo action SwUndoFormatCreate
+    auto const pCopy( rDestDoc.CopyTextColl( *GetTextColl() ) );
+    if (bUndoForChgFormatColl)
+    {
+        rDestNd.ChgFormatColl(pCopy);
+    }
+    else // tdf#138897
+    {
+        ::sw::UndoGuard const ug(rDestDoc.GetIDocumentUndoRedo());
+        rDestNd.ChgFormatColl(pCopy);
+    }
+    pSet = GetpSwAttrSet();
+    if( nullptr != pSet )
+    {
+        // note: this may create undo actions but not for setting the items
+        pSet->CopyToModify( rDestNd );
+    }
+
+    if( aPgBrkSet.Count() )
+        rDestNd.SetAttr( aPgBrkSet );
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/ndnotxt.cxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/ndnotxt.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7ae423a04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/ndnotxt.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <hintids.hxx>
+#include <osl/diagnose.h>
+#include <tools/poly.hxx>
+#include <svl/stritem.hxx>
+#include <svx/contdlg.hxx>
+#include <vcl/svapp.hxx>
+#include <doc.hxx>
+#include <fmtcol.hxx>
+#include <ndnotxt.hxx>
+#include <ndgrf.hxx>
+#include <ndole.hxx>
+#include <ndindex.hxx>
+#include <istyleaccess.hxx>
+#include <SwStyleNameMapper.hxx>
+
+#include <frmfmt.hxx>
+
+SwNoTextNode::SwNoTextNode( const SwNodeIndex & rWhere,
+                  const SwNodeType nNdType,
+                  SwGrfFormatColl *pGrfColl,
+                  SwAttrSet const * pAutoAttr ) :
+    SwContentNode( rWhere, nNdType, pGrfColl ),
+    m_bAutomaticContour( false ),
+    m_bContourMapModeValid( true ),
+    m_bPixelContour( false )
+{
+    // Should this set a hard attribute?
+    if( pAutoAttr )
+        SetAttr( *pAutoAttr );
+}
+
+SwNoTextNode::~SwNoTextNode()
+{
+}
+
+/// Creates an AttrSet for all derivations with ranges for frame-
+/// and graphics-attributes.
+void SwNoTextNode::NewAttrSet( SwAttrPool& rPool )
+{
+    OSL_ENSURE( !mpAttrSet, "AttrSet is already set" );
+    SwAttrSet aNewAttrSet( rPool, aNoTextNodeSetRange );
+
+    // put names of parent style and conditional style:
+    const SwFormatColl* pFormatColl = GetFormatColl();
+    OUString sVal;
+    SwStyleNameMapper::FillProgName( pFormatColl->GetName(), sVal, SwGetPoolIdFromName::TxtColl );
+    SfxStringItem aFormatColl( RES_FRMATR_STYLE_NAME, sVal );
+    aNewAttrSet.Put( aFormatColl );
+
+    aNewAttrSet.SetParent( &GetFormatColl()->GetAttrSet() );
+    mpAttrSet = GetDoc().GetIStyleAccess().getAutomaticStyle( aNewAttrSet, IStyleAccess::AUTO_STYLE_NOTXT );
+}
+
+/// Dummies for loading/saving of persistent data
+/// when working with graphics and OLE objects
+bool SwNoTextNode::RestorePersistentData()
+{
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool SwNoTextNode::SavePersistentData()
+{
+    return true;
+}
+
+void SwNoTextNode::SetContour( const tools::PolyPolygon *pPoly, bool bAutomatic )
+{
+    if ( pPoly )
+        m_pContour = *pPoly;
+    else
+        m_pContour.reset();
+    m_bAutomaticContour = bAutomatic;
+    m_bContourMapModeValid = true;
+    m_bPixelContour = false;
+}
+
+void SwNoTextNode::CreateContour()
+{
+    OSL_ENSURE( !m_pContour, "Contour available." );
+    m_pContour = SvxContourDlg::CreateAutoContour(GetGraphic());
+    m_bAutomaticContour = true;
+    m_bContourMapModeValid = true;
+    m_bPixelContour = false;
+}
+
+const tools::PolyPolygon *SwNoTextNode::HasContour() const
+{
+    if( !m_bContourMapModeValid )
+    {
+        const MapMode aGrfMap( GetGraphic().GetPrefMapMode() );
+        bool bPixelGrf = aGrfMap.GetMapUnit() == MapUnit::MapPixel;
+        const MapMode aContourMap( bPixelGrf ? MapUnit::MapPixel : MapUnit::Map100thMM );
+        if( bPixelGrf ? !m_bPixelContour : aGrfMap != aContourMap )
+        {
+            double nGrfDPIx = 0.0;
+            double nGrfDPIy = 0.0;
+            {
+                if ( !bPixelGrf && m_bPixelContour )
+                {
+                    basegfx::B2DSize aDPI = GetGraphic().GetPPI();
+                    nGrfDPIx = aDPI.getX();
+                    nGrfDPIy = aDPI.getY();
+                }
+            }
+            OSL_ENSURE( !bPixelGrf || aGrfMap == aContourMap,
+                        "scale factor for pixel unsupported" );
+            OutputDevice* pOutDev =
+                (bPixelGrf || m_bPixelContour) ? Application::GetDefaultDevice()
+                                             : nullptr;
+            sal_uInt16 nPolyCount = m_pContour->Count();
+            for( sal_uInt16 j=0; j<nPolyCount; j++ )
+            {
+                tools::Polygon& rPoly = (*m_pContour)[j];
+
+                sal_uInt16 nCount = rPoly.GetSize();
+                for( sal_uInt16 i=0 ; i<nCount; i++ )
+                {
+                    if( bPixelGrf )
+                        rPoly[i] = pOutDev->LogicToPixel( rPoly[i],
+                                                          aContourMap );
+                    else if( m_bPixelContour )
+                    {
+                        rPoly[i] = pOutDev->PixelToLogic( rPoly[i], aGrfMap );
+
+                        if ( nGrfDPIx != 0 && nGrfDPIy != 0 )
+                        {
+                            rPoly[i] = Point( rPoly[i].getX() * pOutDev->GetDPIX() / nGrfDPIx,
+                                              rPoly[i].getY() * pOutDev->GetDPIY() / nGrfDPIy );
+                        }
+                    }
+                    else
+                        rPoly[i] = OutputDevice::LogicToLogic( rPoly[i],
+                                                                 aContourMap,
+                                                                 aGrfMap );
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        m_bContourMapModeValid = true;
+        m_bPixelContour = false;
+    }
+
+    return m_pContour ? &*m_pContour : nullptr;
+}
+
+void SwNoTextNode::GetContour( tools::PolyPolygon &rPoly ) const
+{
+    OSL_ENSURE( m_pContour, "Contour not available." );
+    rPoly = *HasContour();
+}
+
+void SwNoTextNode::SetContourAPI( const tools::PolyPolygon *pPoly )
+{
+    if ( pPoly )
+        m_pContour = *pPoly;
+    else
+        m_pContour.reset();
+    m_bContourMapModeValid = false;
+}
+
+bool SwNoTextNode::GetContourAPI( tools::PolyPolygon &rContour ) const
+{
+    if( !m_pContour )
+        return false;
+
+    rContour = *m_pContour;
+    if( m_bContourMapModeValid )
+    {
+        const MapMode aGrfMap( GetGraphic().GetPrefMapMode() );
+        const MapMode aContourMap( MapUnit::Map100thMM );
+        OSL_ENSURE( aGrfMap.GetMapUnit() != MapUnit::MapPixel ||
+                aGrfMap == MapMode( MapUnit::MapPixel ),
+                    "scale factor for pixel unsupported" );
+        if( aGrfMap.GetMapUnit() != MapUnit::MapPixel &&
+            aGrfMap != aContourMap )
+        {
+            sal_uInt16 nPolyCount = rContour.Count();
+            for( sal_uInt16 j=0; j<nPolyCount; j++ )
+            {
+                tools::Polygon& rPoly = rContour[j];
+
+                sal_uInt16 nCount = rPoly.GetSize();
+                for( sal_uInt16 i=0 ; i<nCount; i++ )
+                {
+                    rPoly[i] = OutputDevice::LogicToLogic( rPoly[i], aGrfMap,
+                                                           aContourMap );
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool SwNoTextNode::IsPixelContour() const
+{
+    bool bRet;
+    if( m_bContourMapModeValid )
+    {
+        const MapMode aGrfMap( GetGraphic().GetPrefMapMode() );
+        bRet = aGrfMap.GetMapUnit() == MapUnit::MapPixel;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        bRet = m_bPixelContour;
+    }
+
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+Graphic SwNoTextNode::GetGraphic() const
+{
+    Graphic aRet;
+    if ( GetGrfNode() )
+    {
+        aRet = static_cast<const SwGrfNode*>(this)->GetGrf(true);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        OSL_ENSURE( GetOLENode(), "new type of Node?" );
+        aRet = *const_cast<SwOLENode*>(static_cast<const SwOLENode*>(this))->SwOLENode::GetGraphic();
+    }
+    return aRet;
+}
+
+// #i73249#
+void SwNoTextNode::SetTitle( const OUString& rTitle )
+{
+    // Title attribute of <SdrObject> replaces own AlternateText attribute
+    SwFlyFrameFormat* pFlyFormat = dynamic_cast<SwFlyFrameFormat*>(GetFlyFormat());
+    OSL_ENSURE( pFlyFormat, "<SwNoTextNode::SetTitle(..)> - missing <SwFlyFrameFormat> instance" );
+    if ( !pFlyFormat )
+    {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    pFlyFormat->SetObjTitle( rTitle );
+}
+
+OUString SwNoTextNode::GetTitle() const
+{
+    const SwFlyFrameFormat* pFlyFormat = dynamic_cast<const SwFlyFrameFormat*>(GetFlyFormat());
+    OSL_ENSURE( pFlyFormat, "<SwNoTextNode::GetTitle(..)> - missing <SwFlyFrameFormat> instance" );
+    if ( !pFlyFormat )
+    {
+        return OUString();
+    }
+
+    return pFlyFormat->GetObjTitle();
+}
+
+void SwNoTextNode::SetDescription( const OUString& rDescription )
+{
+    SwFlyFrameFormat* pFlyFormat = dynamic_cast<SwFlyFrameFormat*>(GetFlyFormat());
+    OSL_ENSURE( pFlyFormat, "<SwNoTextNode::SetDescription(..)> - missing <SwFlyFrameFormat> instance" );
+    if ( !pFlyFormat )
+    {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    pFlyFormat->SetObjDescription( rDescription );
+}
+
+OUString SwNoTextNode::GetDescription() const
+{
+    const SwFlyFrameFormat* pFlyFormat = dynamic_cast<const SwFlyFrameFormat*>(GetFlyFormat());
+    OSL_ENSURE( pFlyFormat, "<SwNoTextNode::GetDescription(..)> - missing <SwFlyFrameFormat> instance" );
+    if ( !pFlyFormat )
+    {
+        return OUString();
+    }
+
+    return pFlyFormat->GetObjDescription();
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/ndnum.cxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/ndnum.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..89a7acb09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/ndnum.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <node.hxx>
+#include <doc.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentFieldsAccess.hxx>
+#include <ndtxt.hxx>
+#include <fldbas.hxx>
+#include <osl/diagnose.h>
+
+bool CompareSwOutlineNodes::operator()( SwNode* const& lhs, SwNode* const& rhs) const
+{
+    return lhs->GetIndex() < rhs->GetIndex();
+}
+
+bool SwOutlineNodes::Seek_Entry(SwNode* rP, size_type* pnPos) const
+{
+    const_iterator it = lower_bound(rP);
+    *pnPos = it - begin();
+    return it != end() && rP->GetIndex() == (*it)->GetIndex();
+}
+
+void SwNodes::UpdateOutlineNode(SwNode & rNd)
+{
+    assert(IsDocNodes()); // no point in m_pOutlineNodes for undo nodes
+
+    SwTextNode * pTextNd = rNd.GetTextNode();
+
+    if (!pTextNd || !pTextNd->IsOutlineStateChanged())
+        return;
+
+    bool bFound = m_pOutlineNodes->find(pTextNd) != m_pOutlineNodes->end();
+
+    if (pTextNd->IsOutline())
+    {
+        if (! bFound)
+        {
+            // assure that text is in the correct nodes array
+            if ( &(pTextNd->GetNodes()) == this )
+            {
+                m_pOutlineNodes->insert(pTextNd);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                OSL_FAIL( "<SwNodes::UpdateOutlineNode(..)> - given text node isn't in the correct nodes array. This is a serious defect" );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (bFound)
+            m_pOutlineNodes->erase(pTextNd);
+    }
+
+    pTextNd->UpdateOutlineState();
+
+    // update the structure fields
+    GetDoc().getIDocumentFieldsAccess().GetSysFieldType( SwFieldIds::Chapter )->UpdateFields();
+}
+
+void SwNodes::UpdateOutlineIdx( const SwNode& rNd )
+{
+    if( m_pOutlineNodes->empty() )     // no OutlineNodes present ?
+        return;
+
+    SwNode* const pSrch = const_cast<SwNode*>(&rNd);
+
+    SwOutlineNodes::size_type nPos;
+    if (!m_pOutlineNodes->Seek_Entry(pSrch, &nPos))
+        return;
+    if( nPos == m_pOutlineNodes->size() )      // none present for updating ?
+        return;
+
+    if( nPos )
+        --nPos;
+
+    if( !GetDoc().IsInDtor() && IsDocNodes() )
+        UpdateOutlineNode( *(*m_pOutlineNodes)[ nPos ]);
+}
+
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/ndsect.cxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/ndsect.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..76831ae61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/ndsect.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,1475 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <config_wasm_strip.h>
+
+#include <libxml/xmlwriter.h>
+
+#include <hintids.hxx>
+#include <osl/diagnose.h>
+#include <sfx2/linkmgr.hxx>
+#include <svl/itemiter.hxx>
+#include <sal/log.hxx>
+#include <fmtcntnt.hxx>
+#include <txtftn.hxx>
+#include <doc.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentUndoRedo.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentLinksAdministration.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentLayoutAccess.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentFieldsAccess.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentRedlineAccess.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentState.hxx>
+#include <rootfrm.hxx>
+#include <pam.hxx>
+#include <ndtxt.hxx>
+#include <section.hxx>
+#include <UndoSection.hxx>
+#include <UndoDelete.hxx>
+#include <swundo.hxx>
+#include <calc.hxx>
+#include <swtable.hxx>
+#include <swserv.hxx>
+#include <frmfmt.hxx>
+#include <frmtool.hxx>
+#include <ftnidx.hxx>
+#include <docary.hxx>
+#include <redline.hxx>
+#include <sectfrm.hxx>
+#include <cntfrm.hxx>
+#include <node2lay.hxx>
+#include <doctxm.hxx>
+#include <fmtftntx.hxx>
+#include <strings.hrc>
+#include <viewsh.hxx>
+#include <memory>
+#include "ndsect.hxx"
+#include <tools/datetimeutils.hxx>
+#include <o3tl/string_view.hxx>
+
+// #i21457# - new implementation of local method <lcl_IsInSameTableBox(..)>.
+// Method now determines the previous/next on its own. Thus, it can be controlled,
+// for which previous/next is checked, if it's visible.
+static bool lcl_IsInSameTableBox( SwNodes const & _rNds,
+                         const SwNode& _rNd,
+                         const bool _bPrev )
+{
+    const SwTableNode* pTableNd = _rNd.FindTableNode();
+    if ( !pTableNd )
+    {
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    // determine index to be checked. Its assumed that a previous/next exist.
+    SwNodeIndex aChkIdx( _rNd );
+    {
+        // determine index of previous/next - skip hidden ones, which are
+        // inside the table.
+        // If found one is before/after table, this one isn't in the same
+        // table box as <_rNd>.
+        bool bFound = false;
+        do
+        {
+            if ( _bPrev
+                 ? !SwNodes::GoPrevSection( &aChkIdx, false, false )
+                 : !_rNds.GoNextSection( &aChkIdx, false, false ) )
+            {
+                OSL_FAIL( "<lcl_IsInSameTableBox(..)> - no previous/next!" );
+                return false;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                if ( aChkIdx < pTableNd->GetIndex() ||
+                     aChkIdx > pTableNd->EndOfSectionNode()->GetIndex() )
+                {
+                    return false;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    // check, if found one isn't inside a hidden section, which
+                    // is also inside the table.
+                    SwSectionNode* pSectNd = aChkIdx.GetNode().FindSectionNode();
+                    if ( !pSectNd ||
+                         pSectNd->GetIndex() < pTableNd->GetIndex() ||
+                         !pSectNd->GetSection().IsHiddenFlag() )
+                    {
+                        bFound = true;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        } while ( !bFound );
+    }
+
+    // Find the Box's StartNode
+    const SwTableSortBoxes& rSortBoxes = pTableNd->GetTable().GetTabSortBoxes();
+    SwNodeOffset nIdx = _rNd.GetIndex();
+    for (size_t n = 0; n < rSortBoxes.size(); ++n)
+    {
+        const SwStartNode* pNd = rSortBoxes[ n ]->GetSttNd();
+        if ( pNd->GetIndex() < nIdx && nIdx < pNd->EndOfSectionIndex() )
+        {
+            // The other index needs to be within the same Section
+            nIdx = aChkIdx.GetIndex();
+            return pNd->GetIndex() < nIdx && nIdx < pNd->EndOfSectionIndex();
+        }
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+static void lcl_CheckEmptyLayFrame( SwNodes const & rNds, SwSectionData& rSectionData,
+                        const SwNode& rStt, const SwNode& rEnd )
+{
+    SwNodeIndex aIdx( rStt );
+    if( !SwNodes::GoPrevSection( &aIdx, true, false ) ||
+        !CheckNodesRange( rStt, aIdx, true ) ||
+        // #i21457#
+        !lcl_IsInSameTableBox( rNds, rStt, true ))
+    {
+        aIdx = rEnd;
+        if( !rNds.GoNextSection( &aIdx, true, false ) ||
+            !CheckNodesRange( rEnd, aIdx, true ) ||
+            // #i21457#
+            !lcl_IsInSameTableBox( rNds, rEnd, false ))
+        {
+            rSectionData.SetHidden( false );
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+SwSection *
+SwDoc::InsertSwSection(SwPaM const& rRange, SwSectionData & rNewData,
+       std::tuple<SwTOXBase const*, sw::RedlineMode, sw::FieldmarkMode> const*const pTOXBaseAndMode,
+                       SfxItemSet const*const pAttr, bool const bUpdate)
+{
+    const SwNode* pPrvNd = nullptr;
+    sal_uInt16 nRegionRet = 0;
+    if( rRange.HasMark() )
+    {
+        nRegionRet = IsInsRegionAvailable( rRange, &pPrvNd );
+        if( 0 == nRegionRet )
+        {
+            // demoted to info because this is called from SwXTextSection::attach,
+            // so it could be invalid input
+            SAL_INFO("sw.core" , "InsertSwSection: rRange overlaps other sections");
+            return nullptr;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // See if the whole Document should be hidden, which we currently are not able to do.
+    if (rNewData.IsHidden() && rRange.HasMark())
+    {
+        const SwPosition *pStt = rRange.Start(), *pEnd = rRange.End();
+        if( !pStt->nContent.GetIndex() &&
+            pEnd->nNode.GetNode().GetContentNode()->Len() ==
+            pEnd->nContent.GetIndex() )
+        {
+            ::lcl_CheckEmptyLayFrame( GetNodes(),
+                                    rNewData,
+                                    pStt->nNode.GetNode(),
+                                    pEnd->nNode.GetNode() );
+        }
+    }
+
+    SwUndoInsSection* pUndoInsSect = nullptr;
+    bool const bUndo(GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo());
+    if (bUndo)
+    {
+        pUndoInsSect = new SwUndoInsSection(rRange, rNewData, pAttr, pTOXBaseAndMode);
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( std::unique_ptr<SwUndo>(pUndoInsSect) );
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoUndo(false);
+    }
+
+    SwSectionFormat* const pFormat = MakeSectionFormat();
+    pFormat->SetName(rNewData.GetSectionName());
+    if ( pAttr )
+    {
+        pFormat->SetFormatAttr( *pAttr );
+    }
+
+    SwTOXBase const*const pTOXBase(pTOXBaseAndMode ? std::get<0>(*pTOXBaseAndMode) : nullptr);
+    SwSectionNode* pNewSectNode = nullptr;
+
+    RedlineFlags eOld = getIDocumentRedlineAccess().GetRedlineFlags();
+    getIDocumentRedlineAccess().SetRedlineFlags_intern( (eOld & ~RedlineFlags::ShowMask) | RedlineFlags::Ignore );
+
+    if( rRange.HasMark() )
+    {
+        SwPosition *pSttPos = const_cast<SwPosition*>(rRange.Start()),
+                    *pEndPos = const_cast<SwPosition*>(rRange.End());
+        if( pPrvNd && 3 == nRegionRet )
+        {
+            OSL_ENSURE( pPrvNd, "The SectionNode is missing" );
+            SwNodeIndex aStt( pSttPos->nNode ), aEnd( pEndPos->nNode, +1 );
+            while( pPrvNd != aStt.GetNode().StartOfSectionNode() )
+                --aStt;
+            while( pPrvNd != aEnd.GetNode().StartOfSectionNode() )
+                ++aEnd;
+
+            --aEnd; // End is inclusive in the InsertSection
+            pNewSectNode = GetNodes().InsertTextSection(
+                        aStt, *pFormat, rNewData, pTOXBase, & aEnd);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if( pUndoInsSect )
+            {
+                if( !( pPrvNd && 1 == nRegionRet ) &&
+                    pSttPos->nContent.GetIndex() )
+                {
+                    SwTextNode* const pTNd =
+                        pSttPos->nNode.GetNode().GetTextNode();
+                    if (pTNd)
+                    {
+                        pUndoInsSect->SaveSplitNode( pTNd, true );
+                    }
+                }
+
+                if ( !( pPrvNd && 2 == nRegionRet ) )
+                {
+                    SwTextNode *const pTNd =
+                        pEndPos->nNode.GetNode().GetTextNode();
+                    if (pTNd && (pTNd->GetText().getLength()
+                                    != pEndPos->nContent.GetIndex()))
+                    {
+                        pUndoInsSect->SaveSplitNode( pTNd, false );
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+            if( pPrvNd && 1 == nRegionRet )
+            {
+                pSttPos->nNode.Assign( *pPrvNd );
+                pSttPos->nContent.Assign( pSttPos->nNode.GetNode().GetContentNode(), 0 );
+            }
+            else if( pSttPos->nContent.GetIndex() )
+            {
+                getIDocumentContentOperations().SplitNode( *pSttPos, false );
+            }
+
+            if( pPrvNd && 2 == nRegionRet )
+            {
+                pEndPos->nNode.Assign( *pPrvNd );
+                pEndPos->nContent.Assign( pEndPos->nNode.GetNode().GetContentNode(), 0 );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                const SwContentNode* pCNd = pEndPos->nNode.GetNode().GetContentNode();
+                if( pCNd && pCNd->Len() != pEndPos->nContent.GetIndex() )
+                {
+                    sal_Int32 nContent = pSttPos->nContent.GetIndex();
+                    getIDocumentContentOperations().SplitNode( *pEndPos, false );
+
+                    SwTextNode* pTNd;
+                    if( pEndPos->nNode.GetIndex() == pSttPos->nNode.GetIndex() )
+                    {
+                        --pSttPos->nNode;
+                        --pEndPos->nNode;
+                        pTNd = pSttPos->nNode.GetNode().GetTextNode();
+                        pSttPos->nContent.Assign( pTNd, nContent );
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        // Set to the end of the previous
+                        --pEndPos->nNode;
+                        pTNd = pEndPos->nNode.GetNode().GetTextNode();
+                    }
+                    nContent = pTNd ? pTNd->GetText().getLength() : 0;
+                    pEndPos->nContent.Assign( pTNd, nContent );
+                }
+            }
+            pNewSectNode = GetNodes().InsertTextSection(
+                pSttPos->nNode, *pFormat, rNewData, pTOXBase, &pEndPos->nNode);
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        const SwPosition* pPos = rRange.GetPoint();
+        const SwContentNode* pCNd = pPos->nNode.GetNode().GetContentNode();
+        if( !pPos->nContent.GetIndex() )
+        {
+            pNewSectNode = GetNodes().InsertTextSection(
+                pPos->nNode, *pFormat, rNewData, pTOXBase, nullptr);
+        }
+        else if( pPos->nContent.GetIndex() == pCNd->Len() )
+        {
+            pNewSectNode = GetNodes().InsertTextSection(
+                pPos->nNode, *pFormat, rNewData, pTOXBase, nullptr, false);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if( pUndoInsSect && pCNd->IsTextNode() )
+            {
+                pUndoInsSect->SaveSplitNode( const_cast<SwTextNode*>(static_cast<const SwTextNode*>(pCNd)), true );
+            }
+            getIDocumentContentOperations().SplitNode( *pPos, false );
+            pNewSectNode = GetNodes().InsertTextSection(
+                pPos->nNode, *pFormat, rNewData, pTOXBase, nullptr);
+        }
+    }
+
+//FEATURE::CONDCOLL
+    pNewSectNode->CheckSectionCondColl();
+//FEATURE::CONDCOLL
+
+    getIDocumentRedlineAccess().SetRedlineFlags_intern( eOld );
+
+    // To-Do - add 'SwExtraRedlineTable' also ?
+    if( getIDocumentRedlineAccess().IsRedlineOn() || (!getIDocumentRedlineAccess().IsIgnoreRedline() && !getIDocumentRedlineAccess().GetRedlineTable().empty() ))
+    {
+        SwPaM aPam( *pNewSectNode->EndOfSectionNode(), *pNewSectNode, SwNodeOffset(1) );
+        if( getIDocumentRedlineAccess().IsRedlineOn() )
+        {
+            getIDocumentRedlineAccess().AppendRedline( new SwRangeRedline( RedlineType::Insert, aPam ), true);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            getIDocumentRedlineAccess().SplitRedline( aPam );
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Is a Condition set?
+    if (rNewData.IsHidden() && !rNewData.GetCondition().isEmpty())
+    {
+        // The calculate up to that position
+        SwCalc aCalc( *this );
+        if( ! IsInReading() )
+        {
+            getIDocumentFieldsAccess().FieldsToCalc(aCalc, pNewSectNode->GetIndex(), SAL_MAX_INT32);
+        }
+        SwSection& rNewSect = pNewSectNode->GetSection();
+        rNewSect.SetCondHidden( aCalc.Calculate( rNewSect.GetCondition() ).GetBool() );
+    }
+
+    bool bUpdateFootnote = false;
+    if( !GetFootnoteIdxs().empty() && pAttr )
+    {
+        sal_uInt16 nVal = pAttr->Get( RES_FTN_AT_TXTEND ).GetValue();
+        if( ( FTNEND_ATTXTEND_OWNNUMSEQ == nVal ||
+              FTNEND_ATTXTEND_OWNNUMANDFMT == nVal ) ||
+            ( FTNEND_ATTXTEND_OWNNUMSEQ == ( nVal = pAttr->Get( RES_END_AT_TXTEND ).GetValue() ) ||
+              FTNEND_ATTXTEND_OWNNUMANDFMT == nVal ))
+        {
+            bUpdateFootnote = true;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if( pUndoInsSect )
+    {
+        pUndoInsSect->SetSectNdPos( pNewSectNode->GetIndex() );
+        pUndoInsSect->SetUpdateFootnoteFlag( bUpdateFootnote );
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoUndo(bUndo);
+    }
+
+    if (rNewData.IsLinkType())
+    {
+        pNewSectNode->GetSection().CreateLink( bUpdate ? LinkCreateType::Update : LinkCreateType::Connect );
+    }
+
+    if( bUpdateFootnote )
+    {
+        GetFootnoteIdxs().UpdateFootnote( SwNodeIndex( *pNewSectNode ));
+    }
+
+    getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+    return &pNewSectNode->GetSection();
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 SwDoc::IsInsRegionAvailable( const SwPaM& rRange,
+                                const SwNode** ppSttNd )
+{
+    sal_uInt16 nRet = 1;
+    if( rRange.HasMark() )
+    {
+        // See if we have a valid Section
+        const SwPosition* pStt = rRange.Start();
+        const SwPosition* pEnd = rRange.End();
+
+        const SwContentNode* pCNd = pEnd->nNode.GetNode().GetContentNode();
+        const SwNode* pNd = &pStt->nNode.GetNode();
+        const SwSectionNode* pSectNd = pNd->FindSectionNode();
+        const SwSectionNode* pEndSectNd = pCNd ? pCNd->FindSectionNode() : nullptr;
+        if( pSectNd && pEndSectNd && pSectNd != pEndSectNd )
+        {
+            // Try to create an enclosing Section, but only if Start is
+            // located at the Section's beginning and End at it's end
+            nRet = 0;
+            if( !pStt->nContent.GetIndex()
+                && pSectNd->GetIndex() == pStt->nNode.GetIndex() - 1
+                && pEnd->nContent.GetIndex() == pCNd->Len() )
+            {
+                SwNodeIndex aIdx( pStt->nNode, -1 );
+                SwNodeOffset nCmp = pEnd->nNode.GetIndex();
+                const SwStartNode* pPrvNd;
+                const SwEndNode* pNxtNd;
+                while( nullptr != ( pPrvNd = (pNd = &aIdx.GetNode())->GetSectionNode() ) &&
+                    ( aIdx.GetIndex() >= nCmp ||
+                        nCmp >= pPrvNd->EndOfSectionIndex() ) )
+                {
+                    --aIdx;
+                }
+                if( !pPrvNd )
+                    pPrvNd = pNd->IsStartNode() ? static_cast<const SwStartNode*>(pNd)
+                                                : pNd->StartOfSectionNode();
+
+                aIdx = pEnd->nNode.GetIndex() + 1;
+                nCmp = pStt->nNode.GetIndex();
+                while( nullptr != ( pNxtNd = (pNd = &aIdx.GetNode())->GetEndNode() ) &&
+                    pNxtNd->StartOfSectionNode()->IsSectionNode() &&
+                    ( pNxtNd->StartOfSectionIndex() >= nCmp ||
+                        nCmp >= aIdx.GetIndex() ) )
+                {
+                    ++aIdx;
+                }
+                if( !pNxtNd )
+                    pNxtNd = pNd->EndOfSectionNode();
+
+                if( pPrvNd && pNxtNd && pPrvNd == pNxtNd->StartOfSectionNode() )
+                {
+                    nRet = 3;
+
+                    if( ppSttNd )
+                        *ppSttNd = pPrvNd;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        else if( !pSectNd && pEndSectNd )
+        {
+            // Try to create an enclosing Section, but only if the End
+            // is at the Section's end.
+            nRet = 0;
+            if( pEnd->nContent.GetIndex() == pCNd->Len() )
+            {
+                SwNodeIndex aIdx( pEnd->nNode, 1 );
+                if( aIdx.GetNode().IsEndNode() &&
+                        nullptr != aIdx.GetNode().FindSectionNode() )
+                {
+                    do {
+                        ++aIdx;
+                    } while( aIdx.GetNode().IsEndNode() &&
+                                nullptr != aIdx.GetNode().FindSectionNode() );
+                    {
+                        nRet = 2;
+                        if( ppSttNd )
+                        {
+                            --aIdx;
+                            *ppSttNd = &aIdx.GetNode();
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        else if( pSectNd && !pEndSectNd )
+        {
+            // Try to create an enclosing Section, but only if Start
+            // is at the Section's start.
+            nRet = 0;
+            if( !pStt->nContent.GetIndex() )
+            {
+                SwNodeIndex aIdx( pStt->nNode, -1 );
+                if( aIdx.GetNode().IsSectionNode() )
+                {
+                    do {
+                        --aIdx;
+                    } while( aIdx.GetNode().IsSectionNode() );
+                    if( !aIdx.GetNode().IsSectionNode() )
+                    {
+                        nRet = 1;
+                        if( ppSttNd )
+                        {
+                            ++aIdx;
+                            *ppSttNd = &aIdx.GetNode();
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return nRet;
+}
+
+SwSection* SwDoc::GetCurrSection( const SwPosition& rPos )
+{
+    const SwSectionNode* pSectNd = rPos.nNode.GetNode().FindSectionNode();
+    if( pSectNd )
+        return const_cast<SwSection*>(&pSectNd->GetSection());
+    return nullptr;
+}
+
+SwSectionFormat* SwDoc::MakeSectionFormat()
+{
+    SwSectionFormat* pNew = new SwSectionFormat( mpDfltFrameFormat.get(), this );
+    mpSectionFormatTable->push_back( pNew );
+    return pNew;
+}
+
+void SwDoc::DelSectionFormat( SwSectionFormat *pFormat, bool bDelNodes )
+{
+    SwSectionFormats::iterator itFormatPos = std::find( mpSectionFormatTable->begin(), mpSectionFormatTable->end(), pFormat );
+
+    GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo(SwUndoId::DELSECTION, nullptr);
+
+    if( mpSectionFormatTable->end() != itFormatPos )
+    {
+        const SwNodeIndex* pIdx = pFormat->GetContent( false ).GetContentIdx();
+        const SfxPoolItem* pFootnoteEndAtTextEnd = pFormat->GetItemIfSet(
+                            RES_FTN_AT_TXTEND);
+        if( !pFootnoteEndAtTextEnd )
+            pFootnoteEndAtTextEnd = pFormat->GetItemIfSet(RES_END_AT_TXTEND);
+
+        const SwSectionNode* pSectNd;
+
+        if( GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo() )
+        {
+            if( bDelNodes && pIdx && &GetNodes() == &pIdx->GetNodes() &&
+                nullptr != (pSectNd = pIdx->GetNode().GetSectionNode() ))
+            {
+                SwNodeIndex aUpdIdx( *pIdx );
+                SwPaM aPaM( *pSectNd->EndOfSectionNode(), *pSectNd );
+                GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(std::make_unique<SwUndoDelete>(aPaM, SwDeleteFlags::Default));
+                if( pFootnoteEndAtTextEnd )
+                    GetFootnoteIdxs().UpdateFootnote( aUpdIdx );
+                getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+                //#126178# start/end undo have to be pairs!
+                GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo(SwUndoId::DELSECTION, nullptr);
+                return ;
+            }
+            GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( MakeUndoDelSection( *pFormat ) );
+        }
+        else if( bDelNodes && pIdx && &GetNodes() == &pIdx->GetNodes() &&
+                nullptr != (pSectNd = pIdx->GetNode().GetSectionNode() ))
+        {
+            SwNodeIndex aUpdIdx( *pIdx );
+            getIDocumentContentOperations().DeleteSection( const_cast<SwNode*>(static_cast<SwNode const *>(pSectNd)) );
+            if( pFootnoteEndAtTextEnd )
+                GetFootnoteIdxs().UpdateFootnote( aUpdIdx );
+            getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+            //#126178# start/end undo have to be pairs!
+            GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo(SwUndoId::DELSECTION, nullptr);
+            return ;
+        }
+
+        pFormat->RemoveAllUnos();
+
+        // A ClearRedo could result in a recursive call of this function and delete some section
+        // formats, thus the position inside the SectionFormatTable could have changed
+        itFormatPos = std::find( mpSectionFormatTable->begin(), mpSectionFormatTable->end(), pFormat );
+
+        // WARNING: First remove from the array and then delete,
+        //          as the Section DTOR tries to delete it's format itself.
+        mpSectionFormatTable->erase( itFormatPos );
+//FEATURE::CONDCOLL
+        SwNodeOffset nCnt(0), nSttNd(0);
+        if( pIdx && &GetNodes() == &pIdx->GetNodes() &&
+            nullptr != (pSectNd = pIdx->GetNode().GetSectionNode() ))
+        {
+            nSttNd = pSectNd->GetIndex();
+            nCnt = pSectNd->EndOfSectionIndex() - nSttNd - 1;
+        }
+//FEATURE::CONDCOLL
+
+        delete pFormat;
+
+        if( nSttNd && pFootnoteEndAtTextEnd )
+        {
+            SwNodeIndex aUpdIdx( GetNodes(), nSttNd );
+            GetFootnoteIdxs().UpdateFootnote( aUpdIdx );
+        }
+
+//FEATURE::CONDCOLL
+        SwContentNode* pCNd;
+        for( ; nCnt--; ++nSttNd )
+            if( nullptr != (pCNd = GetNodes()[ nSttNd ]->GetContentNode() ) &&
+                RES_CONDTXTFMTCOLL == pCNd->GetFormatColl()->Which() )
+                pCNd->ChkCondColl();
+//FEATURE::CONDCOLL
+    }
+
+    GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo(SwUndoId::DELSECTION, nullptr);
+
+    if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo())
+    {   // TODO is this ever needed?
+        getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+    }
+}
+
+void SwDoc::UpdateSection( size_t const nPos, SwSectionData & rNewData,
+        SfxItemSet const*const pAttr, bool const bPreventLinkUpdate )
+{
+    SwSectionFormat* pFormat = (*mpSectionFormatTable)[ nPos ];
+    SwSection* pSection = pFormat->GetSection();
+
+    /// remember hidden condition flag of SwSection before changes
+    bool bOldCondHidden = pSection->IsCondHidden();
+
+    if (pSection->DataEquals(rNewData))
+    {
+        // Check Attributes
+        bool bOnlyAttrChg = false;
+        if( pAttr && pAttr->Count() )
+        {
+            SfxItemIter aIter( *pAttr );
+            const SfxPoolItem* pItem = aIter.GetCurItem();
+            do
+            {
+                if (pFormat->GetFormatAttr(pItem->Which()) != *pItem)
+                {
+                    bOnlyAttrChg = true;
+                    break;
+                }
+
+                pItem = aIter.NextItem();
+            } while (pItem);
+        }
+
+        if( bOnlyAttrChg )
+        {
+            if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo())
+            {
+                GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(
+                    MakeUndoUpdateSection( *pFormat, true ) );
+            }
+            // #i32968# Inserting columns in the section causes MakeFrameFormat
+            // to put two  objects of type SwUndoFrameFormat on the undo stack.
+            // We don't want them.
+            ::sw::UndoGuard const undoGuard(GetIDocumentUndoRedo());
+            pFormat->SetFormatAttr( *pAttr );
+            getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+        }
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Test if the whole Content Section (Document/TableBox/Fly) should be hidden,
+    // which we're currently not able to do.
+    const SwNodeIndex* pIdx = nullptr;
+    {
+        if (rNewData.IsHidden())
+        {
+            pIdx = pFormat->GetContent().GetContentIdx();
+            if (pIdx)
+            {
+                const SwSectionNode* pSectNd =
+                    pIdx->GetNode().GetSectionNode();
+                if (pSectNd)
+                {
+                    ::lcl_CheckEmptyLayFrame( GetNodes(), rNewData,
+                                *pSectNd, *pSectNd->EndOfSectionNode() );
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo())
+    {
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(MakeUndoUpdateSection(*pFormat, false));
+    }
+    // #i32968# Inserting columns in the section causes MakeFrameFormat to put two
+    // objects of type SwUndoFrameFormat on the undo stack. We don't want them.
+    ::sw::UndoGuard const undoGuard(GetIDocumentUndoRedo());
+
+    // The LinkFileName could only consist of separators
+    OUString sCompareString = OUStringChar(sfx2::cTokenSeparator) + OUStringChar(sfx2::cTokenSeparator);
+    const bool bUpdate =
+           (!pSection->IsLinkType() && rNewData.IsLinkType())
+            ||  (!rNewData.GetLinkFileName().isEmpty()
+                &&  (rNewData.GetLinkFileName() != sCompareString)
+                &&  (rNewData.GetLinkFileName() != pSection->GetLinkFileName()));
+
+    OUString sSectName( rNewData.GetSectionName() );
+    if (sSectName != pSection->GetSectionName())
+        sSectName = GetUniqueSectionName( &sSectName );
+    else
+        sSectName.clear();
+
+    /// In SwSection::operator=(..) class member m_bCondHiddenFlag is always set to true.
+    /// IMHO this have to be changed, but I can't estimate the consequences:
+    /// Either it is set to true using corresponding method <SwSection.SetCondHidden(..)>,
+    /// or it is set to the value of SwSection which is assigned to it.
+    /// Discussion with AMA results that the adjustment to the assignment operator
+    /// could be very risky.
+    pSection->SetSectionData(rNewData);
+
+    if( pAttr )
+        pSection->GetFormat()->SetFormatAttr( *pAttr );
+
+    if( !sSectName.isEmpty() )
+    {
+        pSection->SetSectionName( sSectName );
+    }
+
+    // Is a Condition set
+    if( pSection->IsHidden() && !pSection->GetCondition().isEmpty() )
+    {
+        // Then calculate up to that position
+        SwCalc aCalc( *this );
+        if( !pIdx )
+            pIdx = pFormat->GetContent().GetContentIdx();
+        getIDocumentFieldsAccess().FieldsToCalc(aCalc, pIdx->GetIndex(), SAL_MAX_INT32);
+
+        /// Because on using SwSection::operator=() to set up <pSection>
+        /// with <rNewData> and the above given note, the hidden condition flag
+        /// has to be set to false, if hidden condition flag of <pFormat->GetSection()>
+        /// (SwSection before the changes) is false (already saved in <bOldCondHidden>)
+        /// and new calculated condition is true.
+        /// This is necessary, because otherwise the <SetCondHidden> would have
+        /// no effect.
+        bool bCalculatedCondHidden =
+                aCalc.Calculate( pSection->GetCondition() ).GetBool();
+        if ( bCalculatedCondHidden && !bOldCondHidden )
+        {
+            pSection->SetCondHidden( false );
+        }
+        pSection->SetCondHidden( bCalculatedCondHidden );
+    }
+
+    if( bUpdate )
+        pSection->CreateLink( bPreventLinkUpdate ? LinkCreateType::Connect : LinkCreateType::Update );
+    else if( !pSection->IsLinkType() && pSection->IsConnected() )
+    {
+        pSection->Disconnect();
+        getIDocumentLinksAdministration().GetLinkManager().Remove( &pSection->GetBaseLink() );
+    }
+
+    getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+}
+
+void sw_DeleteFootnote( SwSectionNode *pNd, SwNodeOffset nStt, SwNodeOffset nEnd )
+{
+    SwFootnoteIdxs& rFootnoteArr = pNd->GetDoc().GetFootnoteIdxs();
+    if( rFootnoteArr.empty() )
+        return;
+
+    size_t nPos = 0;
+    rFootnoteArr.SeekEntry( SwNodeIndex( *pNd ), &nPos );
+    SwTextFootnote* pSrch;
+
+    // Delete all succeeding Footnotes
+    while( nPos < rFootnoteArr.size() &&
+        SwTextFootnote_GetIndex( (pSrch = rFootnoteArr[ nPos ]) ) <= nEnd )
+    {
+        // If the Nodes are not deleted, they need to deregister at the Pages
+        // (delete Frames) or else they will remain there (Undo does not delete them!)
+        pSrch->DelFrames(nullptr);
+        ++nPos;
+    }
+
+    while( nPos-- &&
+        SwTextFootnote_GetIndex( (pSrch = rFootnoteArr[ nPos ]) ) >= nStt )
+    {
+        // If the Nodes are not deleted, they need to deregister at the Pages
+        // (delete Frames) or else they will remain there (Undo does not delete them!)
+        pSrch->DelFrames(nullptr);
+    }
+}
+
+static bool lcl_IsTOXSection(SwSectionData const& rSectionData)
+{
+    return (SectionType::ToxContent == rSectionData.GetType())
+        || (SectionType::ToxHeader  == rSectionData.GetType());
+}
+
+SwSectionNode* SwNodes::InsertTextSection(SwNodeIndex const& rNdIdx,
+                                SwSectionFormat& rSectionFormat,
+                                SwSectionData const& rSectionData,
+                                SwTOXBase const*const pTOXBase,
+                                SwNodeIndex const*const pEnd,
+                                bool const bInsAtStart, bool const bCreateFrames)
+{
+    SwNodeIndex aInsPos( rNdIdx );
+    if( !pEnd ) // No Area, thus create a new Section before/after it
+    {
+        // #i26762#
+        OSL_ENSURE(!pEnd || rNdIdx <= *pEnd,
+               "Section start and end in wrong order!");
+
+        if( bInsAtStart )
+        {
+            if (!lcl_IsTOXSection(rSectionData))
+            {
+                do {
+                    --aInsPos;
+                } while( aInsPos.GetNode().IsSectionNode() );
+                ++aInsPos;
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            ++aInsPos;
+            if (!lcl_IsTOXSection(rSectionData))
+            {
+                SwNode* pNd;
+                while( aInsPos.GetIndex() < Count() - 1 &&
+                        ( pNd = &aInsPos.GetNode())->IsEndNode() &&
+                        pNd->StartOfSectionNode()->IsSectionNode())
+                {
+                    ++aInsPos;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    SwSectionNode *const pSectNd =
+            new SwSectionNode(aInsPos, rSectionFormat, pTOXBase);
+
+    if (lcl_IsTOXSection(rSectionData))
+    {
+        // We're inserting a ToX. Make sure that if a redline ends right before the ToX start, then
+        // that end now doesn't cross a section start node.
+        SwRedlineTable& rRedlines = GetDoc().getIDocumentRedlineAccess().GetRedlineTable();
+        for (SwRedlineTable::size_type nIndex = 0; nIndex < rRedlines.size(); ++nIndex)
+        {
+            SwRangeRedline* pRedline = rRedlines[nIndex];
+            if ( RedlineType::Delete != pRedline->GetType() ||
+                 !pRedline->HasMark() || pRedline->GetMark()->nNode != aInsPos )
+            {
+                continue;
+            }
+
+            // The redline ends at the new section content start, so it originally ended before the
+            // section start: move it back.
+            SwPaM aRedlineEnd(*pRedline->GetMark());
+            aRedlineEnd.Move(fnMoveBackward);
+            *pRedline->GetMark() = *aRedlineEnd.GetPoint();
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if( pEnd )
+    {
+        // Special case for the Reader/Writer
+        if( &pEnd->GetNode() != &GetEndOfContent() )
+            aInsPos = pEnd->GetIndex()+1;
+        // #i58710: We created a RTF document with a section break inside a table cell
+        // We are not able to handle a section start inside a table and the section end outside.
+        const SwNode* pLastNode = pSectNd->StartOfSectionNode()->EndOfSectionNode();
+        if( aInsPos > pLastNode->GetIndex() )
+            aInsPos = pLastNode->GetIndex();
+        // Another way round: if the section starts outside a table but the end is inside...
+        // aInsPos is at the moment the Position where my EndNode will be inserted
+        const SwStartNode* pStartNode = aInsPos.GetNode().StartOfSectionNode();
+        // This StartNode should be in front of me, but if not, I want to survive
+        SwNodeOffset nMyIndex = pSectNd->GetIndex();
+        if( pStartNode->GetIndex() > nMyIndex ) // Suspicious!
+        {
+            const SwNode* pTemp;
+            do
+            {
+                pTemp = pStartNode; // pTemp is a suspicious one
+                pStartNode = pStartNode->StartOfSectionNode();
+            }
+            while( pStartNode->GetIndex() > nMyIndex );
+            pTemp = pTemp->EndOfSectionNode();
+            // If it starts behind me but ends behind my end...
+            if( pTemp->GetIndex() >= aInsPos.GetIndex() )
+                aInsPos = pTemp->GetIndex()+1; // ...I have to correct my end position
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        SwTextNode* pCpyTNd = rNdIdx.GetNode().GetTextNode();
+        if( pCpyTNd )
+        {
+            SwTextNode* pTNd = new SwTextNode( aInsPos, pCpyTNd->GetTextColl() );
+            if( pCpyTNd->HasSwAttrSet() )
+            {
+                // Move PageDesc/Break to the first Node of the section
+                const SfxItemSet& rSet = *pCpyTNd->GetpSwAttrSet();
+                if( SfxItemState::SET == rSet.GetItemState( RES_BREAK ) ||
+                    SfxItemState::SET == rSet.GetItemState( RES_PAGEDESC ))
+                {
+                    SfxItemSet aSet( rSet );
+                    if( bInsAtStart )
+                        pCpyTNd->ResetAttr( RES_PAGEDESC, RES_BREAK );
+                    else
+                    {
+                        aSet.ClearItem( RES_PAGEDESC );
+                        aSet.ClearItem( RES_BREAK );
+                    }
+                    pTNd->SetAttr( aSet );
+                }
+                else
+                    pTNd->SetAttr( rSet );
+            }
+            // Do not forget to create the Frame!
+            pCpyTNd->MakeFramesForAdjacentContentNode(*pTNd);
+        }
+        else
+            new SwTextNode( aInsPos, GetDoc().GetDfltTextFormatColl() );
+    }
+    new SwEndNode( aInsPos, *pSectNd );
+
+    pSectNd->GetSection().SetSectionData(rSectionData);
+    SwSectionFormat* pSectFormat = pSectNd->GetSection().GetFormat();
+
+    // We could optimize this, by not removing already contained Frames and recreating them,
+    // but by simply rewiring them
+    bool bInsFrame = bCreateFrames && !pSectNd->GetSection().IsHiddenFlag() &&
+                   GetDoc().getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentViewShell();
+    SwNode2LayoutSaveUpperFrames *pNode2Layout = nullptr;
+    if( bInsFrame )
+    {
+        SwNodeIndex aTmp( *pSectNd );
+        if( !pSectNd->GetNodes().FindPrvNxtFrameNode( aTmp, pSectNd->EndOfSectionNode() ) )
+            // Collect all Uppers
+            pNode2Layout = new SwNode2LayoutSaveUpperFrames(*pSectNd);
+    }
+
+    // Set the right StartNode for all in this Area
+    SwNodeOffset nEnd = pSectNd->EndOfSectionIndex();
+    SwNodeOffset nStart = pSectNd->GetIndex()+1;
+    SwNodeOffset nSkipIdx = NODE_OFFSET_MAX;
+    for( SwNodeOffset n = nStart; n < nEnd; ++n )
+    {
+        SwNode* pNd = (*this)[n];
+
+        // Attach all Sections in the NodeSection underneath the new one
+        if( NODE_OFFSET_MAX == nSkipIdx )
+            pNd->m_pStartOfSection = pSectNd;
+        else if( n >= nSkipIdx )
+            nSkipIdx = NODE_OFFSET_MAX;
+
+        if( pNd->IsStartNode() )
+        {
+            // Make up the Format's nesting
+            if( pNd->IsSectionNode() )
+            {
+                static_cast<SwSectionNode*>(pNd)->GetSection().GetFormat()->
+                                    SetDerivedFrom( pSectFormat );
+                static_cast<SwSectionNode*>(pNd)->DelFrames();
+                n = pNd->EndOfSectionIndex();
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                if( pNd->IsTableNode() )
+                    static_cast<SwTableNode*>(pNd)->DelFrames();
+
+                if( NODE_OFFSET_MAX == nSkipIdx )
+                    nSkipIdx = pNd->EndOfSectionIndex();
+            }
+        }
+        else if( pNd->IsContentNode() )
+            static_cast<SwContentNode*>(pNd)->DelFrames(nullptr);
+    }
+
+    sw_DeleteFootnote( pSectNd, nStart, nEnd );
+
+    if( bInsFrame )
+    {
+        if( pNode2Layout )
+        {
+            SwNodeOffset nIdx = pSectNd->GetIndex();
+            pNode2Layout->RestoreUpperFrames( pSectNd->GetNodes(), nIdx, nIdx + 1 );
+            delete pNode2Layout;
+        }
+        else
+            pSectNd->MakeOwnFrames(&aInsPos);
+    }
+
+    return pSectNd;
+}
+
+SwSectionNode* SwNode::FindSectionNode()
+{
+    if( IsSectionNode() )
+        return GetSectionNode();
+    SwStartNode* pTmp = m_pStartOfSection;
+    while( !pTmp->IsSectionNode() && pTmp->GetIndex() )
+        pTmp = pTmp->m_pStartOfSection;
+    return pTmp->GetSectionNode();
+}
+
+// SwSectionNode
+
+// ugly hack to make m_pSection const
+static SwSectionFormat &
+lcl_initParent(SwSectionNode & rThis, SwSectionFormat & rFormat)
+{
+    SwSectionNode *const pParent =
+        rThis.StartOfSectionNode()->FindSectionNode();
+    if( pParent )
+    {
+        // Register the Format at the right Parent
+        rFormat.SetDerivedFrom( pParent->GetSection().GetFormat() );
+    }
+    return rFormat;
+}
+
+SwSectionNode::SwSectionNode(SwNodeIndex const& rIdx,
+        SwSectionFormat & rFormat, SwTOXBase const*const pTOXBase)
+    : SwStartNode( rIdx, SwNodeType::Section )
+    , m_pSection( pTOXBase
+        ? new SwTOXBaseSection(*pTOXBase, lcl_initParent(*this, rFormat))
+        : new SwSection( SectionType::Content, rFormat.GetName(),
+                lcl_initParent(*this, rFormat) ) )
+{
+    // Set the connection from Format to Node
+    // Suppress Modify; no one's interested anyway
+    rFormat.LockModify();
+    rFormat.SetFormatAttr( SwFormatContent( this ) );
+    rFormat.UnlockModify();
+}
+
+SwSectionNode::~SwSectionNode()
+{
+    // mba: test if iteration works as clients will be removed in callback
+    // use hint which allows to specify, if the content shall be saved or not
+    m_pSection->GetFormat()->CallSwClientNotify( SwSectionFrameMoveAndDeleteHint( true ) );
+    SwSectionFormat* pFormat = m_pSection->GetFormat();
+    if( pFormat )
+    {
+        // Remove the Attribute, because the Section deletes it's Format
+        // and it will neutralize the Section, if the Content Attribute is set
+        pFormat->LockModify();
+        pFormat->ResetFormatAttr( RES_CNTNT );
+        pFormat->UnlockModify();
+    }
+}
+
+SwFrame *SwSectionNode::MakeFrame( SwFrame *pSib )
+{
+    m_pSection->m_Data.SetHiddenFlag(false);
+    return new SwSectionFrame( *m_pSection, pSib );
+}
+
+// Creates all Document Views for the preceding Node.
+// The created ContentFrames are attached to the corresponding Layout
+void SwSectionNode::MakeFramesForAdjacentContentNode(const SwNodeIndex & rIdx)
+{
+    // Take my successive or preceding ContentFrame
+    SwNodes& rNds = GetNodes();
+    if( !(rNds.IsDocNodes() && rNds.GetDoc().getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentViewShell()) )
+        return;
+
+    if (GetSection().IsHiddenFlag() || IsContentHidden())
+    {
+        SwNodeIndex aIdx( *EndOfSectionNode() );
+        SwContentNode* pCNd = rNds.GoNextSection( &aIdx, true, false );
+        if( !pCNd )
+        {
+            aIdx = *this;
+            pCNd = SwNodes::GoPrevSection(&aIdx, true, false);
+            if (!pCNd)
+                return;
+        }
+        pCNd = aIdx.GetNode().GetContentNode();
+        pCNd->MakeFramesForAdjacentContentNode(static_cast<SwContentNode&>(rIdx.GetNode()));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        SwNode2Layout aNode2Layout( *this, rIdx.GetIndex() );
+        SwFrame *pFrame;
+        while( nullptr != (pFrame = aNode2Layout.NextFrame()) )
+        {
+            OSL_ENSURE( pFrame->IsSctFrame(), "Depend of Section not a Section." );
+            if (pFrame->getRootFrame()->HasMergedParas()
+                && !rIdx.GetNode().IsCreateFrameWhenHidingRedlines())
+            {
+                continue;
+            }
+            SwFrame *pNew = rIdx.GetNode().GetContentNode()->MakeFrame( pFrame );
+
+            SwSectionNode* pS = rIdx.GetNode().FindSectionNode();
+
+            // Assure that node is not inside a table, which is inside the
+            // found section.
+            if ( pS )
+            {
+                SwTableNode* pTableNode = rIdx.GetNode().FindTableNode();
+                if ( pTableNode &&
+                     pTableNode->GetIndex() > pS->GetIndex() )
+                {
+                    pS = nullptr;
+                }
+            }
+
+            // if the node is in a section, the sectionframe now
+            // has to be created...
+            // boolean to control <Init()> of a new section frame.
+            bool bInitNewSect = false;
+            if( pS )
+            {
+                SwSectionFrame *pSct = new SwSectionFrame( pS->GetSection(), pFrame );
+                // prepare <Init()> of new section frame.
+                bInitNewSect = true;
+                SwLayoutFrame* pUp = pSct;
+                while( pUp->Lower() )  // for columned sections
+                {
+                    OSL_ENSURE( pUp->Lower()->IsLayoutFrame(),"Who's in there?" );
+                    pUp = static_cast<SwLayoutFrame*>(pUp->Lower());
+                }
+                pNew->Paste( pUp );
+                // #i27138#
+                // notify accessibility paragraphs objects about changed
+                // CONTENT_FLOWS_FROM/_TO relation.
+                // Relation CONTENT_FLOWS_FROM for next paragraph will change
+                // and relation CONTENT_FLOWS_TO for previous paragraph will change.
+#if !ENABLE_WASM_STRIP_ACCESSIBILITY
+                if ( pNew->IsTextFrame() )
+                {
+                    SwViewShell* pViewShell( pNew->getRootFrame()->GetCurrShell() );
+                    if ( pViewShell && pViewShell->GetLayout() &&
+                         pViewShell->GetLayout()->IsAnyShellAccessible() )
+                    {
+                        auto pNext = pNew->FindNextCnt( true );
+                        auto pPrev = pNew->FindPrevCnt();
+                        pViewShell->InvalidateAccessibleParaFlowRelation(
+                            pNext ? pNext->DynCastTextFrame() : nullptr,
+                            pPrev ? pPrev->DynCastTextFrame() : nullptr );
+                    }
+                }
+#endif
+                pNew = pSct;
+            }
+
+            // If a Node got Frames attached before or after
+            if ( rIdx < GetIndex() )
+                // the new one precedes me
+                pNew->Paste( pFrame->GetUpper(), pFrame );
+            else
+                // the new one succeeds me
+                pNew->Paste( pFrame->GetUpper(), pFrame->GetNext() );
+            // #i27138#
+            // notify accessibility paragraphs objects about changed
+            // CONTENT_FLOWS_FROM/_TO relation.
+            // Relation CONTENT_FLOWS_FROM for next paragraph will change
+            // and relation CONTENT_FLOWS_TO for previous paragraph will change.
+#if !ENABLE_WASM_STRIP_ACCESSIBILITY
+            if ( pNew->IsTextFrame() )
+            {
+                SwViewShell* pViewShell( pNew->getRootFrame()->GetCurrShell() );
+                if ( pViewShell && pViewShell->GetLayout() &&
+                     pViewShell->GetLayout()->IsAnyShellAccessible() )
+                {
+                    auto pNext = pNew->FindNextCnt( true );
+                    auto pPrev = pNew->FindPrevCnt();
+                    pViewShell->InvalidateAccessibleParaFlowRelation(
+                        pNext ? pNext->DynCastTextFrame() : nullptr,
+                        pPrev ? pPrev->DynCastTextFrame() : nullptr );
+                }
+            }
+#endif
+            if ( bInitNewSect )
+                static_cast<SwSectionFrame*>(pNew)->Init();
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+// Create a new SectionFrame for every occurrence in the Layout and insert before
+// the corresponding ContentFrame
+void SwSectionNode::MakeOwnFrames(SwNodeIndex* pIdxBehind, SwNodeIndex* pEndIdx)
+{
+    OSL_ENSURE( pIdxBehind, "no Index" );
+    SwNodes& rNds = GetNodes();
+    SwDoc& rDoc = rNds.GetDoc();
+
+    *pIdxBehind = *this;
+
+    m_pSection->m_Data.SetHiddenFlag(true);
+
+    if( rNds.IsDocNodes() )
+    {
+        SwNodeIndex *pEnd = pEndIdx ? pEndIdx :
+                            new SwNodeIndex( *EndOfSectionNode(), 1 );
+        ::MakeFrames( &rDoc, *pIdxBehind, *pEnd );
+        if( !pEndIdx )
+            delete pEnd;
+    }
+}
+
+void SwSectionNode::DelFrames(SwRootFrame const*const /*FIXME TODO*/, bool const bForce)
+{
+    SwNodeOffset nStt = GetIndex()+1, nEnd = EndOfSectionIndex();
+    if( nStt >= nEnd )
+    {
+        return ;
+    }
+
+    SwNodes& rNds = GetNodes();
+    m_pSection->GetFormat()->DelFrames();
+
+    // Update our Flag
+    m_pSection->m_Data.SetHiddenFlag(true);
+
+    // If the Area is within a Fly or TableBox, we can only hide it if
+    // there is more Content which has Frames.
+    // Or else the Fly/TableBox Frame does not have a Lower!
+    if (bForce)
+        return;
+
+    SwNodeIndex aIdx( *this );
+    if( !SwNodes::GoPrevSection( &aIdx, true, false ) ||
+        !CheckNodesRange( *this, aIdx, true ) ||
+        // #i21457#
+        !lcl_IsInSameTableBox( rNds, *this, true ))
+    {
+        aIdx = *EndOfSectionNode();
+        if( !rNds.GoNextSection( &aIdx, true, false ) ||
+            !CheckNodesRange( *EndOfSectionNode(), aIdx, true ) ||
+            // #i21457#
+            !lcl_IsInSameTableBox( rNds, *EndOfSectionNode(), false ))
+        {
+            m_pSection->m_Data.SetHiddenFlag(false);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+SwSectionNode* SwSectionNode::MakeCopy( SwDoc& rDoc, const SwNodeIndex& rIdx ) const
+{
+    // In which array am I: Nodes, UndoNodes?
+    const SwNodes& rNds = GetNodes();
+
+    // Copy the SectionFrameFormat
+    SwSectionFormat* pSectFormat = rDoc.MakeSectionFormat();
+    pSectFormat->CopyAttrs( *GetSection().GetFormat() );
+
+    std::unique_ptr<SwTOXBase> pTOXBase;
+    if (SectionType::ToxContent == GetSection().GetType())
+    {
+        assert( dynamic_cast< const SwTOXBaseSection* >( &GetSection() ) && "no TOXBaseSection!" );
+        SwTOXBaseSection const& rTBS(
+            dynamic_cast<SwTOXBaseSection const&>(GetSection()));
+        pTOXBase.reset( new SwTOXBase(rTBS, &rDoc) );
+    }
+
+    SwSectionNode *const pSectNd =
+        new SwSectionNode(rIdx, *pSectFormat, pTOXBase.get());
+    SwEndNode* pEndNd = new SwEndNode( rIdx, *pSectNd );
+    SwNodeIndex aInsPos( *pEndNd );
+
+    // Take over values
+    SwSection *const pNewSect = pSectNd->m_pSection.get();
+
+    if (SectionType::ToxContent != GetSection().GetType())
+    {
+        // Keep the Name for Move
+        if( &rNds.GetDoc() == &rDoc && rDoc.IsCopyIsMove() )
+        {
+            pNewSect->SetSectionName( GetSection().GetSectionName() );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            const OUString sSectionName(GetSection().GetSectionName());
+            pNewSect->SetSectionName(rDoc.GetUniqueSectionName( &sSectionName ));
+        }
+    }
+
+    pNewSect->SetType( GetSection().GetType() );
+    pNewSect->SetCondition( GetSection().GetCondition() );
+    pNewSect->SetCondHidden( GetSection().IsCondHidden() );
+    pNewSect->SetLinkFileName( GetSection().GetLinkFileName() );
+    if( !pNewSect->IsHiddenFlag() && GetSection().IsHidden() )
+        pNewSect->SetHidden();
+    if( !pNewSect->IsProtectFlag() && GetSection().IsProtect() )
+        pNewSect->SetProtect();
+    // edit in readonly sections
+    if( !pNewSect->IsEditInReadonlyFlag() && GetSection().IsEditInReadonly() )
+        pNewSect->SetEditInReadonly();
+
+    SwNodeRange aRg( *this, SwNodeOffset(+1), *EndOfSectionNode() ); // Where am I?
+    rNds.Copy_( aRg, aInsPos, false );
+
+    // Delete all Frames from the copied Area. They are created when creating
+    // the SectionFrames.
+    pSectNd->DelFrames();
+
+    // Copy the Links/Server
+    if( pNewSect->IsLinkType() ) // Add the Link
+        pNewSect->CreateLink( rDoc.getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentViewShell() ? LinkCreateType::Connect : LinkCreateType::NONE );
+
+    // If we copy from the Undo as Server, enter it again
+    if (m_pSection->IsServer()
+        && rDoc.GetIDocumentUndoRedo().IsUndoNodes(rNds))
+    {
+        pNewSect->SetRefObject( m_pSection->GetObject() );
+        rDoc.getIDocumentLinksAdministration().GetLinkManager().InsertServer( pNewSect->GetObject() );
+    }
+
+    // METADATA: copy xml:id; must be done after insertion of node
+    pSectFormat->RegisterAsCopyOf(*GetSection().GetFormat());
+
+    return pSectNd;
+}
+
+bool SwSectionNode::IsContentHidden() const
+{
+    OSL_ENSURE( !m_pSection->IsHidden(),
+            "That's simple: Hidden Section => Hidden Content" );
+    SwNodeIndex aTmp( *this, 1 );
+    SwNodeOffset nEnd = EndOfSectionIndex();
+    while( aTmp < nEnd )
+    {
+        if( aTmp.GetNode().IsSectionNode() )
+        {
+            const SwSection& rSect = static_cast<SwSectionNode&>(aTmp.GetNode()).GetSection();
+            if( rSect.IsHiddenFlag() )
+                // Skip this Section
+                aTmp = *aTmp.GetNode().EndOfSectionNode();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if( aTmp.GetNode().IsContentNode() || aTmp.GetNode().IsTableNode() )
+                return false; // We found non-hidden content
+            OSL_ENSURE( aTmp.GetNode().IsEndNode(), "EndNode expected" );
+        }
+        ++aTmp;
+    }
+    return true; // Hide everything
+}
+
+void SwSectionNode::dumpAsXml(xmlTextWriterPtr pWriter) const
+{
+    (void)xmlTextWriterStartElement(pWriter, BAD_CAST("section"));
+    (void)xmlTextWriterWriteFormatAttribute(pWriter, BAD_CAST("ptr"), "%p", this);
+    (void)xmlTextWriterWriteAttribute(
+        pWriter, BAD_CAST("type"),
+        BAD_CAST(OString::number(static_cast<sal_uInt8>(GetNodeType())).getStr()));
+    (void)xmlTextWriterWriteAttribute(pWriter, BAD_CAST("index"),
+                                      BAD_CAST(OString::number(sal_Int32(GetIndex())).getStr()));
+
+    if (m_pSection)
+    {
+        m_pSection->dumpAsXml(pWriter);
+    }
+
+    // (void)xmlTextWriterEndElement(pWriter); - it is a start node, so don't end, will make xml better nested
+}
+
+void SwSectionNode::NodesArrChgd()
+{
+    SwSectionFormat *const pFormat = m_pSection->GetFormat();
+    if( !pFormat )
+        return;
+
+    SwNodes& rNds = GetNodes();
+    SwDoc* pDoc = pFormat->GetDoc();
+
+    if( !rNds.IsDocNodes() )
+    {
+        pFormat->RemoveAllUnos();
+    }
+
+    pFormat->LockModify();
+    pFormat->SetFormatAttr( SwFormatContent( this ));
+    pFormat->UnlockModify();
+
+    SwSectionNode* pSectNd = StartOfSectionNode()->FindSectionNode();
+    // set the correct parent from the new section
+    pFormat->SetDerivedFrom( pSectNd ? pSectNd->GetSection().GetFormat()
+                                  : pDoc->GetDfltFrameFormat() );
+
+    // Set the right StartNode for all in this Area
+    SwNodeOffset nStart = GetIndex()+1, nEnd = EndOfSectionIndex();
+    for( SwNodeOffset n = nStart; n < nEnd; ++n )
+    {
+        // Make up the Format's nesting
+        pSectNd = rNds[ n ]->GetSectionNode();
+        if( nullptr != pSectNd )
+        {
+            pSectNd->GetSection().GetFormat()->SetDerivedFrom( pFormat );
+            n = pSectNd->EndOfSectionIndex();
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Moving Nodes to the UndoNodes array?
+    if( rNds.IsDocNodes() )
+    {
+        OSL_ENSURE( pDoc == &GetDoc(),
+                "Moving to different Documents?" );
+        if( m_pSection->IsLinkType() ) // Remove the Link
+            m_pSection->CreateLink( pDoc->getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentViewShell() ? LinkCreateType::Connect : LinkCreateType::NONE );
+
+        if (m_pSection->IsServer())
+            pDoc->getIDocumentLinksAdministration().GetLinkManager().InsertServer( m_pSection->GetObject() );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (SectionType::Content != m_pSection->GetType()
+            && m_pSection->IsConnected())
+        {
+            pDoc->getIDocumentLinksAdministration().GetLinkManager().Remove( &m_pSection->GetBaseLink() );
+        }
+        if (m_pSection->IsServer())
+            pDoc->getIDocumentLinksAdministration().GetLinkManager().RemoveServer( m_pSection->GetObject() );
+    }
+
+}
+
+OUString SwDoc::GetUniqueSectionName( const OUString* pChkStr ) const
+{
+    if( IsInMailMerge())
+    {
+        OUString newName = "MailMergeSection"
+            + OStringToOUString( DateTimeToOString( DateTime( DateTime::SYSTEM )), RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US )
+            + OUString::number( mpSectionFormatTable->size() + 1 );
+        if( pChkStr )
+            newName += *pChkStr;
+        return newName;
+    }
+
+    const OUString aName(SwResId(STR_REGION_DEFNAME));
+
+    SwSectionFormats::size_type nNum = 0;
+    const SwSectionFormats::size_type nFlagSize = ( mpSectionFormatTable->size() / 8 ) + 2;
+    std::unique_ptr<sal_uInt8[]> pSetFlags(new sal_uInt8[ nFlagSize ]);
+    memset( pSetFlags.get(), 0, nFlagSize );
+
+    for( auto pFormat : *mpSectionFormatTable )
+    {
+        const SwSectionNode *const pSectNd = pFormat->GetSectionNode();
+        if( pSectNd != nullptr )
+        {
+            const OUString& rNm = pSectNd->GetSection().GetSectionName();
+            if (rNm.startsWith( aName ))
+            {
+                // Calculate the Number and reset the Flag
+                nNum = o3tl::toInt32(rNm.subView( aName.getLength() ));
+                if( nNum-- && nNum < mpSectionFormatTable->size() )
+                    pSetFlags[ nNum / 8 ] |= (0x01 << ( nNum & 0x07 ));
+            }
+            if( pChkStr && *pChkStr==rNm )
+                pChkStr = nullptr;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if( !pChkStr )
+    {
+        // Flagged all Numbers accordingly, so get the right Number
+        nNum = mpSectionFormatTable->size();
+        for( SwSectionFormats::size_type n = 0; n < nFlagSize; ++n )
+        {
+            auto nTmp = pSetFlags[ n ];
+            if( nTmp != 0xFF )
+            {
+                // Calculate the Number
+                nNum = n * 8;
+                while( nTmp & 1 )
+                {
+                    ++nNum;
+                    nTmp >>= 1;
+                }
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    pSetFlags.reset();
+    if( pChkStr )
+        return *pChkStr;
+    return aName + OUString::number( ++nNum );
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/ndsect.hxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/ndsect.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..57a9f7080
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/ndsect.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SW_SOURCE_CORE_DOCNODE_NDSECT_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SW_SOURCE_CORE_DOCNODE_NDSECT_HXX
+
+#include <nodeoffset.hxx>
+
+class SwSectionNode;
+
+void sw_DeleteFootnote(SwSectionNode* pNd, SwNodeOffset nStt, SwNodeOffset nEnd);
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/ndtbl.cxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/ndtbl.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e76a0bbf1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/ndtbl.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,4684 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <libxml/xmlwriter.h>
+
+#include <config_wasm_strip.h>
+
+#include <memory>
+#include <fesh.hxx>
+#include <hintids.hxx>
+#include <editeng/lrspitem.hxx>
+#include <editeng/protitem.hxx>
+#include <editeng/boxitem.hxx>
+#include <svl/stritem.hxx>
+#include <editeng/shaditem.hxx>
+#include <fmtfsize.hxx>
+#include <fmtornt.hxx>
+#include <fmtfordr.hxx>
+#include <fmtpdsc.hxx>
+#include <fmtanchr.hxx>
+#include <fmtlsplt.hxx>
+#include <frmatr.hxx>
+#include <cellfrm.hxx>
+#include <pagefrm.hxx>
+#include <tabcol.hxx>
+#include <doc.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentUndoRedo.hxx>
+#include <UndoManager.hxx>
+#include <DocumentSettingManager.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentChartDataProviderAccess.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentRedlineAccess.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentStylePoolAccess.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentFieldsAccess.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentLayoutAccess.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentState.hxx>
+#include <cntfrm.hxx>
+#include <pam.hxx>
+#include <swcrsr.hxx>
+#include <swtable.hxx>
+#include <swundo.hxx>
+#include <tblsel.hxx>
+#include <poolfmt.hxx>
+#include <tabfrm.hxx>
+#include <UndoCore.hxx>
+#include <UndoRedline.hxx>
+#include <UndoDelete.hxx>
+#include <UndoNumbering.hxx>
+#include <UndoTable.hxx>
+#include <hints.hxx>
+#include <tblafmt.hxx>
+#include <frminf.hxx>
+#include <cellatr.hxx>
+#include <swtblfmt.hxx>
+#include <swddetbl.hxx>
+#include <mvsave.hxx>
+#include <docary.hxx>
+#include <redline.hxx>
+#include <rolbck.hxx>
+#include <tblrwcl.hxx>
+#include <editsh.hxx>
+#include <txtfrm.hxx>
+#include <section.hxx>
+#include <frmtool.hxx>
+#include <node2lay.hxx>
+#include <strings.hrc>
+#include <docsh.hxx>
+#include <unochart.hxx>
+#include <node.hxx>
+#include <ndtxt.hxx>
+#include <cstdlib>
+#include <map>
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <rootfrm.hxx>
+#include <fldupde.hxx>
+#include <calbck.hxx>
+#include <fntcache.hxx>
+#include <frameformats.hxx>
+#include <o3tl/numeric.hxx>
+#include <o3tl/string_view.hxx>
+#include <svl/numformat.hxx>
+#include <tools/datetimeutils.hxx>
+#include <sal/log.hxx>
+#include <osl/diagnose.h>
+
+#ifdef DBG_UTIL
+#define CHECK_TABLE(t) (t).CheckConsistency();
+#else
+#define CHECK_TABLE(t)
+#endif
+
+using ::editeng::SvxBorderLine;
+using namespace ::com::sun::star;
+
+const sal_Unicode T2T_PARA = 0x0a;
+
+static void lcl_SetDfltBoxAttr( SwFrameFormat& rFormat, sal_uInt8 nId )
+{
+    bool bTop = false, bBottom = false, bLeft = false, bRight = false;
+    switch ( nId )
+    {
+    case 0: bTop = bBottom = bLeft = true;          break;
+    case 1: bTop = bBottom = bLeft = bRight = true; break;
+    case 2: bBottom = bLeft = true;                 break;
+    case 3: bBottom = bLeft = bRight = true;        break;
+    }
+
+    const bool bHTML = rFormat.getIDocumentSettingAccess().get(DocumentSettingId::HTML_MODE);
+    Color aCol( bHTML ? COL_GRAY : COL_BLACK );
+    // Default border in Writer: 0.5pt (matching Word)
+    SvxBorderLine aLine( &aCol, SvxBorderLineWidth::VeryThin );
+    if ( bHTML )
+    {
+        aLine.SetBorderLineStyle(SvxBorderLineStyle::DOUBLE);
+    }
+    SvxBoxItem aBox(RES_BOX);
+    aBox.SetAllDistances(55);
+    if ( bTop )
+        aBox.SetLine( &aLine, SvxBoxItemLine::TOP );
+    if ( bBottom )
+        aBox.SetLine( &aLine, SvxBoxItemLine::BOTTOM );
+    if ( bLeft )
+        aBox.SetLine( &aLine, SvxBoxItemLine::LEFT );
+    if ( bRight )
+        aBox.SetLine( &aLine, SvxBoxItemLine::RIGHT );
+    rFormat.SetFormatAttr( aBox );
+}
+
+typedef std::map<SwFrameFormat *, SwTableBoxFormat *> DfltBoxAttrMap_t;
+typedef std::vector<DfltBoxAttrMap_t *> DfltBoxAttrList_t;
+
+static void
+lcl_SetDfltBoxAttr(SwTableBox& rBox, DfltBoxAttrList_t & rBoxFormatArr,
+        sal_uInt8 const nId, SwTableAutoFormat const*const pAutoFormat = nullptr)
+{
+    DfltBoxAttrMap_t * pMap = rBoxFormatArr[ nId ];
+    if (!pMap)
+    {
+        pMap = new DfltBoxAttrMap_t;
+        rBoxFormatArr[ nId ] = pMap;
+    }
+
+    SwTableBoxFormat* pNewTableBoxFormat = nullptr;
+    SwFrameFormat* pBoxFrameFormat = rBox.GetFrameFormat();
+    DfltBoxAttrMap_t::iterator const iter(pMap->find(pBoxFrameFormat));
+    if (pMap->end() != iter)
+    {
+        pNewTableBoxFormat = iter->second;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        SwDoc* pDoc = pBoxFrameFormat->GetDoc();
+        // format does not exist, so create it
+        pNewTableBoxFormat = pDoc->MakeTableBoxFormat();
+        pNewTableBoxFormat->SetFormatAttr( pBoxFrameFormat->GetAttrSet().Get( RES_FRM_SIZE ) );
+
+        if( pAutoFormat )
+            pAutoFormat->UpdateToSet( nId, false, false,
+                                    const_cast<SfxItemSet&>(static_cast<SfxItemSet const &>(pNewTableBoxFormat->GetAttrSet())),
+                                    SwTableAutoFormatUpdateFlags::Box,
+                                    pDoc->GetNumberFormatter() );
+        else
+            ::lcl_SetDfltBoxAttr( *pNewTableBoxFormat, nId );
+
+        (*pMap)[pBoxFrameFormat] = pNewTableBoxFormat;
+    }
+    rBox.ChgFrameFormat( pNewTableBoxFormat );
+}
+
+static SwTableBoxFormat *lcl_CreateDfltBoxFormat( SwDoc &rDoc, std::vector<SwTableBoxFormat*> &rBoxFormatArr,
+                                    sal_uInt16 nCols, sal_uInt8 nId )
+{
+    if ( !rBoxFormatArr[nId] )
+    {
+        SwTableBoxFormat* pBoxFormat = rDoc.MakeTableBoxFormat();
+        if( USHRT_MAX != nCols )
+            pBoxFormat->SetFormatAttr( SwFormatFrameSize( SwFrameSize::Variable,
+                                            USHRT_MAX / nCols, 0 ));
+        ::lcl_SetDfltBoxAttr( *pBoxFormat, nId );
+        rBoxFormatArr[ nId ] = pBoxFormat;
+    }
+    return rBoxFormatArr[nId];
+}
+
+static SwTableBoxFormat *lcl_CreateAFormatBoxFormat( SwDoc &rDoc, std::vector<SwTableBoxFormat*> &rBoxFormatArr,
+                                    const SwTableAutoFormat& rAutoFormat,
+                                    const sal_uInt16 nRows, const sal_uInt16 nCols, sal_uInt8 nId )
+{
+    if( !rBoxFormatArr[nId] )
+    {
+        SwTableBoxFormat* pBoxFormat = rDoc.MakeTableBoxFormat();
+        rAutoFormat.UpdateToSet( nId, nRows==1, nCols==1,
+                                const_cast<SfxItemSet&>(static_cast<SfxItemSet const &>(pBoxFormat->GetAttrSet())),
+                                SwTableAutoFormatUpdateFlags::Box,
+                                rDoc.GetNumberFormatter( ) );
+        if( USHRT_MAX != nCols )
+            pBoxFormat->SetFormatAttr( SwFormatFrameSize( SwFrameSize::Variable,
+                                            USHRT_MAX / nCols, 0 ));
+        rBoxFormatArr[ nId ] = pBoxFormat;
+    }
+    return rBoxFormatArr[nId];
+}
+
+SwTableNode* SwDoc::IsIdxInTable(const SwNodeIndex& rIdx)
+{
+    SwTableNode* pTableNd = nullptr;
+    SwNodeOffset nIndex = rIdx.GetIndex();
+    do {
+        SwNode* pNd = GetNodes()[ nIndex ]->StartOfSectionNode();
+        pTableNd = pNd->GetTableNode();
+        if( nullptr != pTableNd )
+            break;
+
+        nIndex = pNd->GetIndex();
+    } while ( nIndex );
+    return pTableNd;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Insert a new Box before the InsPos
+ */
+bool SwNodes::InsBoxen( SwTableNode* pTableNd,
+                        SwTableLine* pLine,
+                        SwTableBoxFormat* pBoxFormat,
+                        SwTextFormatColl* pTextColl,
+                        const SfxItemSet* pAutoAttr,
+                        sal_uInt16 nInsPos,
+                        sal_uInt16 nCnt )
+{
+    if( !nCnt )
+        return false;
+    OSL_ENSURE( pLine, "No valid Line" );
+
+    // Move Index after the Line's last Box
+    SwNodeOffset nIdxPos(0);
+    SwTableBox *pPrvBox = nullptr, *pNxtBox = nullptr;
+    if( !pLine->GetTabBoxes().empty() )
+    {
+        if( nInsPos < pLine->GetTabBoxes().size() )
+        {
+            pPrvBox = pLine->FindPreviousBox( pTableNd->GetTable(),
+                            pLine->GetTabBoxes()[ nInsPos ] );
+            if( nullptr == pPrvBox )
+                pPrvBox = pLine->FindPreviousBox( pTableNd->GetTable() );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            pNxtBox = pLine->FindNextBox( pTableNd->GetTable(),
+                            pLine->GetTabBoxes().back() );
+            if( nullptr == pNxtBox )
+                pNxtBox = pLine->FindNextBox( pTableNd->GetTable() );
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        pNxtBox = pLine->FindNextBox( pTableNd->GetTable() );
+        if( nullptr == pNxtBox )
+            pPrvBox = pLine->FindPreviousBox( pTableNd->GetTable() );
+    }
+
+    if( !pPrvBox && !pNxtBox )
+    {
+        bool bSetIdxPos = true;
+        if( !pTableNd->GetTable().GetTabLines().empty() && !nInsPos )
+        {
+            const SwTableLine* pTableLn = pLine;
+            while( pTableLn->GetUpper() )
+                pTableLn = pTableLn->GetUpper()->GetUpper();
+
+            if( pTableNd->GetTable().GetTabLines()[ 0 ] == pTableLn )
+            {
+                // Before the Table's first Box
+                while( !( pNxtBox = pLine->GetTabBoxes()[0])->GetTabLines().empty() )
+                    pLine = pNxtBox->GetTabLines()[0];
+                nIdxPos = pNxtBox->GetSttIdx();
+                bSetIdxPos = false;
+            }
+        }
+        if( bSetIdxPos )
+            // Tables without content or at the end; move before the End
+            nIdxPos = pTableNd->EndOfSectionIndex();
+    }
+    else if( pNxtBox ) // There is a successor
+        nIdxPos = pNxtBox->GetSttIdx();
+    else // There is a predecessor
+        nIdxPos = pPrvBox->GetSttNd()->EndOfSectionIndex() + 1;
+
+    SwNodeIndex aEndIdx( *this, nIdxPos );
+    for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < nCnt; ++n )
+    {
+        SwStartNode* pSttNd = new SwStartNode( aEndIdx, SwNodeType::Start,
+                                                SwTableBoxStartNode );
+        pSttNd->m_pStartOfSection = pTableNd;
+        new SwEndNode( aEndIdx, *pSttNd );
+
+        pPrvBox = new SwTableBox( pBoxFormat, *pSttNd, pLine );
+
+        SwTableBoxes & rTabBoxes = pLine->GetTabBoxes();
+        sal_uInt16 nRealInsPos = nInsPos + n;
+        if (nRealInsPos > rTabBoxes.size())
+            nRealInsPos = rTabBoxes.size();
+
+        rTabBoxes.insert( rTabBoxes.begin() + nRealInsPos, pPrvBox );
+
+        if( ! pTextColl->IsAssignedToListLevelOfOutlineStyle()
+//FEATURE::CONDCOLL
+            && RES_CONDTXTFMTCOLL != pTextColl->Which()
+//FEATURE::CONDCOLL
+        )
+            new SwTextNode( SwNodeIndex( *pSttNd->EndOfSectionNode() ),
+                                pTextColl, pAutoAttr );
+        else
+        {
+            // Handle Outline numbering correctly!
+            SwTextNode* pTNd = new SwTextNode(
+                            SwNodeIndex( *pSttNd->EndOfSectionNode() ),
+                            GetDoc().GetDfltTextFormatColl(),
+                            pAutoAttr );
+            pTNd->ChgFormatColl( pTextColl );
+        }
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Insert a new Table
+ */
+const SwTable* SwDoc::InsertTable( const SwInsertTableOptions& rInsTableOpts,
+                                   const SwPosition& rPos, sal_uInt16 nRows,
+                                   sal_uInt16 nCols, sal_Int16 eAdjust,
+                                   const SwTableAutoFormat* pTAFormat,
+                                   const std::vector<sal_uInt16> *pColArr,
+                                   bool bCalledFromShell,
+                                   bool bNewModel )
+{
+    assert(nRows && "Table without line?");
+    assert(nCols && "Table without rows?");
+
+    {
+        // Do not copy into Footnotes!
+        if( rPos.nNode < GetNodes().GetEndOfInserts().GetIndex() &&
+            rPos.nNode >= GetNodes().GetEndOfInserts().StartOfSectionIndex() )
+            return nullptr;
+
+        // If the ColumnArray has a wrong count, ignore it!
+        if( pColArr &&
+            static_cast<size_t>(nCols + ( text::HoriOrientation::NONE == eAdjust ? 2 : 1 )) != pColArr->size() )
+            pColArr = nullptr;
+    }
+
+    OUString aTableName = GetUniqueTableName();
+
+    if( GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo() )
+    {
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(
+            std::make_unique<SwUndoInsTable>( rPos, nCols, nRows, o3tl::narrowing<sal_uInt16>(eAdjust),
+                                      rInsTableOpts, pTAFormat, pColArr,
+                                      aTableName));
+    }
+
+    // Start with inserting the Nodes and get the AutoFormat for the Table
+    SwTextFormatColl *pBodyColl = getIDocumentStylePoolAccess().GetTextCollFromPool( RES_POOLCOLL_TABLE ),
+                 *pHeadColl = pBodyColl;
+
+    bool bDfltBorders( rInsTableOpts.mnInsMode & SwInsertTableFlags::DefaultBorder );
+
+    if( (rInsTableOpts.mnInsMode & SwInsertTableFlags::Headline) && (1 != nRows || !bDfltBorders) )
+        pHeadColl = getIDocumentStylePoolAccess().GetTextCollFromPool( RES_POOLCOLL_TABLE_HDLN );
+
+    const sal_uInt16 nRowsToRepeat =
+            SwInsertTableFlags::Headline == (rInsTableOpts.mnInsMode & SwInsertTableFlags::Headline) ?
+            rInsTableOpts.mnRowsToRepeat :
+            0;
+
+    /* Save content node to extract FRAMEDIR from. */
+    const SwContentNode * pContentNd = rPos.nNode.GetNode().GetContentNode();
+
+    /* If we are called from a shell pass the attrset from
+        pContentNd (aka the node the table is inserted at) thus causing
+        SwNodes::InsertTable to propagate an adjust item if
+        necessary. */
+    SwTableNode *pTableNd = SwNodes::InsertTable(
+        rPos.nNode,
+        nCols,
+        pBodyColl,
+        nRows,
+        nRowsToRepeat,
+        pHeadColl,
+        bCalledFromShell ? &pContentNd->GetSwAttrSet() : nullptr );
+
+    // Create the Box/Line/Table construct
+    SwTableLineFormat* pLineFormat = MakeTableLineFormat();
+    SwTableFormat* pTableFormat = MakeTableFrameFormat( aTableName, GetDfltFrameFormat() );
+
+    /* If the node to insert the table at is a context node and has a
+       non-default FRAMEDIR propagate it to the table. */
+    if (pContentNd)
+    {
+        const SwAttrSet & aNdSet = pContentNd->GetSwAttrSet();
+        if (const SvxFrameDirectionItem* pItem = aNdSet.GetItemIfSet( RES_FRAMEDIR ))
+        {
+            pTableFormat->SetFormatAttr( *pItem );
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Set Orientation at the Table's Format
+    pTableFormat->SetFormatAttr( SwFormatHoriOrient( 0, eAdjust ) );
+    // All lines use the left-to-right Fill-Order!
+    pLineFormat->SetFormatAttr( SwFormatFillOrder( ATT_LEFT_TO_RIGHT ));
+
+    // Set USHRT_MAX as the Table's default SSize
+    SwTwips nWidth = USHRT_MAX;
+    if( pColArr )
+    {
+        sal_uInt16 nSttPos = pColArr->front();
+        sal_uInt16 nLastPos = pColArr->back();
+        if( text::HoriOrientation::NONE == eAdjust )
+        {
+            sal_uInt16 nFrameWidth = nLastPos;
+            nLastPos = (*pColArr)[ pColArr->size()-2 ];
+            pTableFormat->SetFormatAttr( SvxLRSpaceItem( nSttPos, nFrameWidth - nLastPos, 0, 0, RES_LR_SPACE ) );
+        }
+        nWidth = nLastPos - nSttPos;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        nWidth /= nCols;
+        nWidth *= nCols; // to avoid rounding problems
+    }
+    pTableFormat->SetFormatAttr( SwFormatFrameSize( SwFrameSize::Variable, nWidth ));
+    if( !(rInsTableOpts.mnInsMode & SwInsertTableFlags::SplitLayout) )
+        pTableFormat->SetFormatAttr( SwFormatLayoutSplit( false ));
+
+    // Move the hard PageDesc/PageBreak Attributes if needed
+    SwContentNode* pNextNd = GetNodes()[ pTableNd->EndOfSectionIndex()+1 ]
+                            ->GetContentNode();
+    if( pNextNd && pNextNd->HasSwAttrSet() )
+    {
+        const SfxItemSet* pNdSet = pNextNd->GetpSwAttrSet();
+        if( const SwFormatPageDesc* pItem = pNdSet->GetItemIfSet( RES_PAGEDESC, false ) )
+        {
+            pTableFormat->SetFormatAttr( *pItem );
+            pNextNd->ResetAttr( RES_PAGEDESC );
+            pNdSet = pNextNd->GetpSwAttrSet();
+        }
+        const SvxFormatBreakItem* pItem;
+        if( pNdSet && (pItem = pNdSet->GetItemIfSet( RES_BREAK, false )) )
+        {
+            pTableFormat->SetFormatAttr( *pItem );
+            pNextNd->ResetAttr( RES_BREAK );
+        }
+    }
+
+    SwTable& rNdTable = pTableNd->GetTable();
+    rNdTable.RegisterToFormat( *pTableFormat );
+
+    rNdTable.SetRowsToRepeat( nRowsToRepeat );
+    rNdTable.SetTableModel( bNewModel );
+
+    std::vector<SwTableBoxFormat*> aBoxFormatArr;
+    SwTableBoxFormat* pBoxFormat = nullptr;
+    if( !bDfltBorders && !pTAFormat )
+    {
+        pBoxFormat = MakeTableBoxFormat();
+        pBoxFormat->SetFormatAttr( SwFormatFrameSize( SwFrameSize::Variable, USHRT_MAX / nCols, 0 ));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        const sal_uInt16 nBoxArrLen = pTAFormat ? 16 : 4;
+        aBoxFormatArr.resize( nBoxArrLen, nullptr );
+    }
+    SfxItemSetFixed<RES_CHRATR_BEGIN, RES_PARATR_LIST_END-1> aCharSet( GetAttrPool() );
+
+    SwNodeIndex aNdIdx( *pTableNd, 1 ); // Set to StartNode of first Box
+    SwTableLines& rLines = rNdTable.GetTabLines();
+    for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < nRows; ++n )
+    {
+        SwTableLine* pLine = new SwTableLine( pLineFormat, nCols, nullptr );
+        rLines.insert( rLines.begin() + n, pLine );
+        SwTableBoxes& rBoxes = pLine->GetTabBoxes();
+        for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < nCols; ++i )
+        {
+            SwTableBoxFormat *pBoxF;
+            if( pTAFormat )
+            {
+                sal_uInt8 nId = SwTableAutoFormat::CountPos(i, nCols, n, nRows);
+                pBoxF = ::lcl_CreateAFormatBoxFormat( *this, aBoxFormatArr, *pTAFormat,
+                                                nRows, nCols, nId );
+
+                // Set the Paragraph/Character Attributes if needed
+                if( pTAFormat->IsFont() || pTAFormat->IsJustify() )
+                {
+                    aCharSet.ClearItem();
+                    pTAFormat->UpdateToSet( nId, nRows==1, nCols==1, aCharSet,
+                                        SwTableAutoFormatUpdateFlags::Char, nullptr );
+                    if( aCharSet.Count() )
+                        GetNodes()[ aNdIdx.GetIndex()+1 ]->GetContentNode()->
+                            SetAttr( aCharSet );
+                }
+            }
+            else if( bDfltBorders )
+            {
+                sal_uInt8 nBoxId = (i < nCols - 1 ? 0 : 1) + (n ? 2 : 0 );
+                pBoxF = ::lcl_CreateDfltBoxFormat( *this, aBoxFormatArr, nCols, nBoxId);
+            }
+            else
+                pBoxF = pBoxFormat;
+
+            // For AutoFormat on input: the columns are set when inserting the Table
+            // The Array contains the columns positions and not their widths!
+            if( pColArr )
+            {
+                nWidth = (*pColArr)[ i + 1 ] - (*pColArr)[ i ];
+                if( pBoxF->GetFrameSize().GetWidth() != nWidth )
+                {
+                    if( pBoxF->HasWriterListeners() ) // Create new Format
+                    {
+                        SwTableBoxFormat *pNewFormat = MakeTableBoxFormat();
+                        *pNewFormat = *pBoxF;
+                        pBoxF = pNewFormat;
+                    }
+                    pBoxF->SetFormatAttr( SwFormatFrameSize( SwFrameSize::Variable, nWidth ));
+                }
+            }
+
+            SwTableBox *pBox = new SwTableBox( pBoxF, aNdIdx, pLine);
+            rBoxes.insert( rBoxes.begin() + i, pBox );
+            aNdIdx += SwNodeOffset(3); // StartNode, TextNode, EndNode  == 3 Nodes
+        }
+    }
+    // Insert Frames
+    GetNodes().GoNext( &aNdIdx ); // Go to the next ContentNode
+    pTableNd->MakeOwnFrames( &aNdIdx );
+
+    // To-Do - add 'SwExtraRedlineTable' also ?
+    if( getIDocumentRedlineAccess().IsRedlineOn() || (!getIDocumentRedlineAccess().IsIgnoreRedline() && !getIDocumentRedlineAccess().GetRedlineTable().empty() ))
+    {
+        SwPaM aPam( *pTableNd->EndOfSectionNode(), *pTableNd, SwNodeOffset(1) );
+        if( getIDocumentRedlineAccess().IsRedlineOn() )
+            getIDocumentRedlineAccess().AppendRedline( new SwRangeRedline( RedlineType::Insert, aPam ), true);
+        else
+            getIDocumentRedlineAccess().SplitRedline( aPam );
+    }
+
+    getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+    CHECK_TABLE(rNdTable);
+    return &rNdTable;
+}
+
+SwTableNode* SwNodes::InsertTable( const SwNodeIndex& rNdIdx,
+                                   sal_uInt16 nBoxes,
+                                   SwTextFormatColl* pContentTextColl,
+                                   sal_uInt16 nLines,
+                                   sal_uInt16 nRepeat,
+                                   SwTextFormatColl* pHeadlineTextColl,
+                                   const SwAttrSet * pAttrSet)
+{
+    if( !nBoxes )
+        return nullptr;
+
+    // If Lines is given, create the Matrix from Lines and Boxes
+    if( !pHeadlineTextColl || !nLines )
+        pHeadlineTextColl = pContentTextColl;
+
+    SwTableNode * pTableNd = new SwTableNode( rNdIdx );
+    SwEndNode* pEndNd = new SwEndNode( rNdIdx, *pTableNd );
+
+    if( !nLines ) // For the for loop
+        ++nLines;
+
+    SwNodeIndex aIdx( *pEndNd );
+    SwTextFormatColl* pTextColl = pHeadlineTextColl;
+    for( sal_uInt16 nL = 0; nL < nLines; ++nL )
+    {
+        for( sal_uInt16 nB = 0; nB < nBoxes; ++nB )
+        {
+            SwStartNode* pSttNd = new SwStartNode( aIdx, SwNodeType::Start,
+                                                    SwTableBoxStartNode );
+            pSttNd->m_pStartOfSection = pTableNd;
+
+            SwTextNode * pTmpNd = new SwTextNode( aIdx, pTextColl );
+
+            // #i60422# Propagate some more attributes.
+            const SfxPoolItem* pItem = nullptr;
+            if ( nullptr != pAttrSet )
+            {
+                static const sal_uInt16 aPropagateItems[] = {
+                    RES_PARATR_ADJUST,
+                    RES_CHRATR_FONT, RES_CHRATR_FONTSIZE,
+                    RES_CHRATR_CJK_FONT, RES_CHRATR_CJK_FONTSIZE,
+                    RES_CHRATR_CTL_FONT, RES_CHRATR_CTL_FONTSIZE, 0 };
+
+                const sal_uInt16* pIdx = aPropagateItems;
+                while ( *pIdx != 0 )
+                {
+                    if ( SfxItemState::SET != pTmpNd->GetSwAttrSet().GetItemState( *pIdx ) &&
+                         SfxItemState::SET == pAttrSet->GetItemState( *pIdx, true, &pItem ) )
+                        static_cast<SwContentNode *>(pTmpNd)->SetAttr(*pItem);
+                    ++pIdx;
+                }
+            }
+
+            new SwEndNode( aIdx, *pSttNd );
+        }
+        if ( nL + 1 >= nRepeat )
+            pTextColl = pContentTextColl;
+    }
+    return pTableNd;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Text to Table
+ */
+const SwTable* SwDoc::TextToTable( const SwInsertTableOptions& rInsTableOpts,
+                                   const SwPaM& rRange, sal_Unicode cCh,
+                                   sal_Int16 eAdjust,
+                                   const SwTableAutoFormat* pTAFormat )
+{
+    // See if the selection contains a Table
+    const SwPosition *pStt = rRange.Start(), *pEnd = rRange.End();
+    {
+        SwNodeOffset nCnt = pStt->nNode.GetIndex();
+        for( ; nCnt <= pEnd->nNode.GetIndex(); ++nCnt )
+            if( !GetNodes()[ nCnt ]->IsTextNode() )
+                return nullptr;
+    }
+
+    // Save first node in the selection if it is a context node
+    SwContentNode * pSttContentNd = pStt->nNode.GetNode().GetContentNode();
+
+    SwPaM aOriginal( *pStt, *pEnd );
+    pStt = aOriginal.GetMark();
+    pEnd = aOriginal.GetPoint();
+
+    SwUndoTextToTable* pUndo = nullptr;
+    if( GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo() )
+    {
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo( SwUndoId::TEXTTOTABLE, nullptr );
+        pUndo = new SwUndoTextToTable( aOriginal, rInsTableOpts, cCh,
+                    o3tl::narrowing<sal_uInt16>(eAdjust), pTAFormat );
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( std::unique_ptr<SwUndo>(pUndo) );
+
+        // Do not add splitting the TextNode to the Undo history
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoUndo( false );
+    }
+
+    ::PaMCorrAbs( aOriginal, *pEnd );
+
+    // Make sure that the range is on Node Edges
+    SwNodeRange aRg( pStt->nNode, pEnd->nNode );
+    if( pStt->nContent.GetIndex() )
+        getIDocumentContentOperations().SplitNode( *pStt, false );
+
+    bool bEndContent = 0 != pEnd->nContent.GetIndex();
+
+    // Do not split at the End of a Line (except at the End of the Doc)
+    if( bEndContent )
+    {
+        if( pEnd->nNode.GetNode().GetContentNode()->Len() != pEnd->nContent.GetIndex()
+            || pEnd->nNode.GetIndex() >= GetNodes().GetEndOfContent().GetIndex()-1 )
+        {
+            getIDocumentContentOperations().SplitNode( *pEnd, false );
+            --const_cast<SwNodeIndex&>(pEnd->nNode);
+            const_cast<SwIndex&>(pEnd->nContent).Assign(
+                                pEnd->nNode.GetNode().GetContentNode(), 0 );
+            // A Node and at the End?
+            if( pStt->nNode.GetIndex() >= pEnd->nNode.GetIndex() )
+                --aRg.aStart;
+        }
+        else
+            ++aRg.aEnd;
+    }
+
+    if( aRg.aEnd.GetIndex() == aRg.aStart.GetIndex() )
+    {
+        OSL_FAIL( "empty range" );
+        ++aRg.aEnd;
+    }
+
+    // We always use Upper to insert the Table
+    SwNode2LayoutSaveUpperFrames aNode2Layout( aRg.aStart.GetNode() );
+
+    GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoUndo( nullptr != pUndo );
+
+    // Create the Box/Line/Table construct
+    SwTableBoxFormat* pBoxFormat = MakeTableBoxFormat();
+    SwTableLineFormat* pLineFormat = MakeTableLineFormat();
+    SwTableFormat* pTableFormat = MakeTableFrameFormat( GetUniqueTableName(), GetDfltFrameFormat() );
+
+    // All Lines have a left-to-right Fill Order
+    pLineFormat->SetFormatAttr( SwFormatFillOrder( ATT_LEFT_TO_RIGHT ));
+    // The Table's SSize is USHRT_MAX
+    pTableFormat->SetFormatAttr( SwFormatFrameSize( SwFrameSize::Variable, USHRT_MAX ));
+    if( !(rInsTableOpts.mnInsMode & SwInsertTableFlags::SplitLayout) )
+        pTableFormat->SetFormatAttr( SwFormatLayoutSplit( false ));
+
+    /* If the first node in the selection is a context node and if it
+       has an item FRAMEDIR set (no default) propagate the item to the
+       replacing table. */
+    if (pSttContentNd)
+    {
+        const SwAttrSet & aNdSet = pSttContentNd->GetSwAttrSet();
+        if (const SvxFrameDirectionItem *pItem = aNdSet.GetItemIfSet( RES_FRAMEDIR ) )
+        {
+            pTableFormat->SetFormatAttr( *pItem );
+        }
+    }
+
+    //Resolves: tdf#87977, tdf#78599, disable broadcasting modifications
+    //until after RegisterToFormat is completed
+    bool bEnableSetModified = getIDocumentState().IsEnableSetModified();
+    getIDocumentState().SetEnableSetModified(false);
+
+    SwTableNode* pTableNd = GetNodes().TextToTable(
+            aRg, cCh, pTableFormat, pLineFormat, pBoxFormat,
+            getIDocumentStylePoolAccess().GetTextCollFromPool( RES_POOLCOLL_STANDARD ), pUndo );
+
+    SwTable& rNdTable = pTableNd->GetTable();
+
+    const sal_uInt16 nRowsToRepeat =
+            SwInsertTableFlags::Headline == (rInsTableOpts.mnInsMode & SwInsertTableFlags::Headline) ?
+            rInsTableOpts.mnRowsToRepeat :
+            0;
+    rNdTable.SetRowsToRepeat(nRowsToRepeat);
+
+    bool bUseBoxFormat = false;
+    if( !pBoxFormat->HasWriterListeners() )
+    {
+        // The Box's Formats already have the right size, we must only set
+        // the right Border/AutoFormat.
+        bUseBoxFormat = true;
+        pTableFormat->SetFormatAttr( pBoxFormat->GetFrameSize() );
+        delete pBoxFormat;
+        eAdjust = text::HoriOrientation::NONE;
+    }
+
+    // Set Orientation in the Table's Format
+    pTableFormat->SetFormatAttr( SwFormatHoriOrient( 0, eAdjust ) );
+    rNdTable.RegisterToFormat(*pTableFormat);
+
+    if( pTAFormat || ( rInsTableOpts.mnInsMode & SwInsertTableFlags::DefaultBorder) )
+    {
+        sal_uInt8 nBoxArrLen = pTAFormat ? 16 : 4;
+        std::unique_ptr< DfltBoxAttrList_t > aBoxFormatArr1;
+        std::optional< std::vector<SwTableBoxFormat*> > aBoxFormatArr2;
+        if( bUseBoxFormat )
+        {
+            aBoxFormatArr1.reset(new DfltBoxAttrList_t( nBoxArrLen, nullptr ));
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            aBoxFormatArr2 = std::vector<SwTableBoxFormat*>( nBoxArrLen, nullptr );
+        }
+
+        SfxItemSetFixed<RES_CHRATR_BEGIN, RES_PARATR_LIST_END-1> aCharSet( GetAttrPool() );
+
+        SwHistory* pHistory = pUndo ? &pUndo->GetHistory() : nullptr;
+
+        SwTableBoxFormat *pBoxF = nullptr;
+        SwTableLines& rLines = rNdTable.GetTabLines();
+        const SwTableLines::size_type nRows = rLines.size();
+        for( SwTableLines::size_type n = 0; n < nRows; ++n )
+        {
+            SwTableBoxes& rBoxes = rLines[ n ]->GetTabBoxes();
+            const SwTableBoxes::size_type nCols = rBoxes.size();
+            for( SwTableBoxes::size_type i = 0; i < nCols; ++i )
+            {
+                SwTableBox* pBox = rBoxes[ i ];
+                bool bChgSz = false;
+
+                if( pTAFormat )
+                {
+                    sal_uInt8 nId = static_cast<sal_uInt8>(!n ? 0 : (( n+1 == nRows )
+                                            ? 12 : (4 * (1 + ((n-1) & 1 )))));
+                    nId = nId + static_cast<sal_uInt8>(!i ? 0 :
+                                ( i+1 == nCols ? 3 : (1 + ((i-1) & 1))));
+                    if( bUseBoxFormat )
+                        ::lcl_SetDfltBoxAttr( *pBox, *aBoxFormatArr1, nId, pTAFormat );
+                    else
+                    {
+                        bChgSz = nullptr == (*aBoxFormatArr2)[ nId ];
+                        pBoxF = ::lcl_CreateAFormatBoxFormat( *this, *aBoxFormatArr2,
+                                                *pTAFormat, USHRT_MAX, USHRT_MAX, nId );
+                    }
+
+                    // Set Paragraph/Character Attributes if needed
+                    if( pTAFormat->IsFont() || pTAFormat->IsJustify() )
+                    {
+                        aCharSet.ClearItem();
+                        pTAFormat->UpdateToSet( nId, nRows==1, nCols==1, aCharSet,
+                                            SwTableAutoFormatUpdateFlags::Char, nullptr );
+                        if( aCharSet.Count() )
+                        {
+                            SwNodeOffset nSttNd = pBox->GetSttIdx()+1;
+                            SwNodeOffset nEndNd = pBox->GetSttNd()->EndOfSectionIndex();
+                            for( ; nSttNd < nEndNd; ++nSttNd )
+                            {
+                                SwContentNode* pNd = GetNodes()[ nSttNd ]->GetContentNode();
+                                if( pNd )
+                                {
+                                    if( pHistory )
+                                    {
+                                        SwRegHistory aReg( pNd, *pNd, pHistory );
+                                        pNd->SetAttr( aCharSet );
+                                    }
+                                    else
+                                        pNd->SetAttr( aCharSet );
+                                }
+                            }
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    sal_uInt8 nId = (i < nCols - 1 ? 0 : 1) + (n ? 2 : 0 );
+                    if( bUseBoxFormat )
+                        ::lcl_SetDfltBoxAttr( *pBox, *aBoxFormatArr1, nId );
+                    else
+                    {
+                        bChgSz = nullptr == (*aBoxFormatArr2)[ nId ];
+                        pBoxF = ::lcl_CreateDfltBoxFormat( *this, *aBoxFormatArr2,
+                                                        USHRT_MAX, nId );
+                    }
+                }
+
+                if( !bUseBoxFormat )
+                {
+                    if( bChgSz )
+                        pBoxF->SetFormatAttr( pBox->GetFrameFormat()->GetFrameSize() );
+                    pBox->ChgFrameFormat( pBoxF );
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        if( bUseBoxFormat )
+        {
+            for( sal_uInt8 i = 0; i < nBoxArrLen; ++i )
+            {
+                delete (*aBoxFormatArr1)[ i ];
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Check the boxes for numbers
+    if( IsInsTableFormatNum() )
+    {
+        for (size_t nBoxes = rNdTable.GetTabSortBoxes().size(); nBoxes; )
+        {
+            ChkBoxNumFormat(*rNdTable.GetTabSortBoxes()[ --nBoxes ], false);
+        }
+    }
+
+    SwNodeOffset nIdx = pTableNd->GetIndex();
+    aNode2Layout.RestoreUpperFrames( GetNodes(), nIdx, nIdx + 1 );
+
+    {
+        SwPaM& rTmp = const_cast<SwPaM&>(rRange); // Point always at the Start
+        rTmp.DeleteMark();
+        rTmp.GetPoint()->nNode = *pTableNd;
+        SwContentNode* pCNd = GetNodes().GoNext( &rTmp.GetPoint()->nNode );
+        rTmp.GetPoint()->nContent.Assign( pCNd, 0 );
+    }
+
+    if( pUndo )
+    {
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo( SwUndoId::TEXTTOTABLE, nullptr );
+    }
+
+    getIDocumentState().SetEnableSetModified(bEnableSetModified);
+    getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+    getIDocumentFieldsAccess().SetFieldsDirty(true, nullptr, SwNodeOffset(0));
+    return &rNdTable;
+}
+
+static void lcl_RemoveBreaks(SwContentNode & rNode, SwTableFormat *const pTableFormat)
+{
+    // delete old layout frames, new ones need to be created...
+    rNode.DelFrames(nullptr);
+
+    if (!rNode.IsTextNode())
+    {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    SwTextNode & rTextNode = *rNode.GetTextNode();
+    // remove PageBreaks/PageDesc/ColBreak
+    SfxItemSet const* pSet = rTextNode.GetpSwAttrSet();
+    if (!pSet)
+        return;
+
+    if (const SvxFormatBreakItem* pItem = pSet->GetItemIfSet(RES_BREAK, false))
+    {
+        if (pTableFormat)
+        {
+            pTableFormat->SetFormatAttr(*pItem);
+        }
+        rTextNode.ResetAttr(RES_BREAK);
+        pSet = rTextNode.GetpSwAttrSet();
+    }
+
+    const SwFormatPageDesc* pPageDescItem;
+    if (pSet
+        && (pPageDescItem = pSet->GetItemIfSet(RES_PAGEDESC, false))
+        && pPageDescItem->GetPageDesc())
+    {
+        if (pTableFormat)
+        {
+            pTableFormat->SetFormatAttr(*pPageDescItem);
+        }
+        rTextNode.ResetAttr(RES_PAGEDESC);
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * balance lines in table, insert empty boxes so all lines have the size
+ */
+static void
+lcl_BalanceTable(SwTable & rTable, size_t const nMaxBoxes,
+    SwTableNode & rTableNd, SwTableBoxFormat & rBoxFormat, SwTextFormatColl & rTextColl,
+    SwUndoTextToTable *const pUndo, std::vector<sal_uInt16> *const pPositions)
+{
+    for (size_t n = 0; n < rTable.GetTabLines().size(); ++n)
+    {
+        SwTableLine *const pCurrLine = rTable.GetTabLines()[ n ];
+        size_t const nBoxes = pCurrLine->GetTabBoxes().size();
+        if (nMaxBoxes != nBoxes)
+        {
+            rTableNd.GetNodes().InsBoxen(&rTableNd, pCurrLine, &rBoxFormat, &rTextColl,
+                    nullptr, nBoxes, nMaxBoxes - nBoxes);
+
+            if (pUndo)
+            {
+                for (size_t i = nBoxes; i < nMaxBoxes; ++i)
+                {
+                    pUndo->AddFillBox( *pCurrLine->GetTabBoxes()[i] );
+                }
+            }
+
+            // if the first line is missing boxes, the width array is useless!
+            if (!n && pPositions)
+            {
+                pPositions->clear();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+lcl_SetTableBoxWidths(SwTable & rTable, size_t const nMaxBoxes,
+        SwTableBoxFormat & rBoxFormat, SwDoc & rDoc,
+        std::vector<sal_uInt16> *const pPositions)
+{
+    if (pPositions && !pPositions->empty())
+    {
+        SwTableLines& rLns = rTable.GetTabLines();
+        sal_uInt16 nLastPos = 0;
+        for (size_t n = 0; n < pPositions->size(); ++n)
+        {
+            SwTableBoxFormat *pNewFormat = rDoc.MakeTableBoxFormat();
+            pNewFormat->SetFormatAttr(
+                    SwFormatFrameSize(SwFrameSize::Variable, (*pPositions)[n] - nLastPos));
+            for (size_t nTmpLine = 0; nTmpLine < rLns.size(); ++nTmpLine)
+            {
+                // Have to do an Add here, because the BoxFormat
+                // is still needed by the caller
+                pNewFormat->Add( rLns[ nTmpLine ]->GetTabBoxes()[ n ] );
+            }
+
+            nLastPos = (*pPositions)[ n ];
+        }
+
+        // propagate size upwards from format, so the table gets the right size
+        SAL_WARN_IF(rBoxFormat.HasWriterListeners(), "sw.core",
+                "who is still registered in the format?");
+        rBoxFormat.SetFormatAttr( SwFormatFrameSize( SwFrameSize::Variable, nLastPos ));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        size_t nWidth = nMaxBoxes ? USHRT_MAX / nMaxBoxes : USHRT_MAX;
+        rBoxFormat.SetFormatAttr(SwFormatFrameSize(SwFrameSize::Variable, nWidth));
+    }
+}
+
+SwTableNode* SwNodes::TextToTable( const SwNodeRange& rRange, sal_Unicode cCh,
+                                    SwTableFormat* pTableFormat,
+                                    SwTableLineFormat* pLineFormat,
+                                    SwTableBoxFormat* pBoxFormat,
+                                    SwTextFormatColl* pTextColl,
+                                    SwUndoTextToTable* pUndo )
+{
+    if( rRange.aStart >= rRange.aEnd )
+        return nullptr;
+
+    SwTableNode * pTableNd = new SwTableNode( rRange.aStart );
+    new SwEndNode( rRange.aEnd, *pTableNd );
+
+    SwDoc& rDoc = GetDoc();
+    std::vector<sal_uInt16> aPosArr;
+    SwTable& rTable = pTableNd->GetTable();
+    SwTableBox* pBox;
+    sal_uInt16 nBoxes, nLines, nMaxBoxes = 0;
+
+    SwNodeIndex aSttIdx( *pTableNd, 1 );
+    SwNodeIndex aEndIdx( rRange.aEnd, -1 );
+    for( nLines = 0, nBoxes = 0;
+        aSttIdx.GetIndex() < aEndIdx.GetIndex();
+        aSttIdx += SwNodeOffset(2), nLines++, nBoxes = 0 )
+    {
+        SwTextNode* pTextNd = aSttIdx.GetNode().GetTextNode();
+        OSL_ENSURE( pTextNd, "Only add TextNodes to the Table" );
+
+        if( !nLines && 0x0b == cCh )
+        {
+            cCh = 0x09;
+
+            // Get the separator's position from the first Node, in order for the Boxes to be set accordingly
+            SwTextFrameInfo aFInfo( static_cast<SwTextFrame*>(pTextNd->getLayoutFrame( pTextNd->GetDoc().getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentLayout() )) );
+            if( aFInfo.IsOneLine() ) // only makes sense in this case
+            {
+                OUString const& rText(pTextNd->GetText());
+                for (sal_Int32 nChPos = 0; nChPos < rText.getLength(); ++nChPos)
+                {
+                    if (rText[nChPos] == cCh)
+                    {
+                        // sw_redlinehide: no idea if this makes any sense...
+                        TextFrameIndex const nPos(aFInfo.GetFrame()->MapModelToView(pTextNd, nChPos));
+                        aPosArr.push_back( o3tl::narrowing<sal_uInt16>(
+                            aFInfo.GetCharPos(nPos+TextFrameIndex(1), false)) );
+                    }
+                }
+
+                aPosArr.push_back(
+                                o3tl::narrowing<sal_uInt16>(aFInfo.GetFrame()->IsVertical() ?
+                                aFInfo.GetFrame()->getFramePrintArea().Bottom() :
+                                aFInfo.GetFrame()->getFramePrintArea().Right()) );
+
+            }
+        }
+
+        lcl_RemoveBreaks(*pTextNd, (0 == nLines) ? pTableFormat : nullptr);
+
+        // Set the TableNode as StartNode for all TextNodes in the Table
+        pTextNd->m_pStartOfSection = pTableNd;
+
+        SwTableLine* pLine = new SwTableLine( pLineFormat, 1, nullptr );
+        rTable.GetTabLines().insert(rTable.GetTabLines().begin() + nLines, pLine);
+
+        SwStartNode* pSttNd;
+        SwPosition aCntPos( aSttIdx, SwIndex( pTextNd ));
+
+        const std::shared_ptr< sw::mark::ContentIdxStore> pContentStore(sw::mark::ContentIdxStore::Create());
+        pContentStore->Save(rDoc, aSttIdx.GetIndex(), SAL_MAX_INT32);
+
+        if( T2T_PARA != cCh )
+        {
+            for (sal_Int32 nChPos = 0; nChPos < pTextNd->GetText().getLength();)
+            {
+                if (pTextNd->GetText()[nChPos] == cCh)
+                {
+                    aCntPos.nContent = nChPos;
+                    std::function<void (SwTextNode *, sw::mark::RestoreMode, bool)> restoreFunc(
+                        [&](SwTextNode *const pNewNode, sw::mark::RestoreMode const eMode, bool)
+                        {
+                            if (!pContentStore->Empty())
+                            {
+                                pContentStore->Restore(*pNewNode, nChPos, nChPos + 1, eMode);
+                            }
+                        });
+                    SwContentNode *const pNewNd =
+                        pTextNd->SplitContentNode(aCntPos, &restoreFunc);
+
+                    // Delete separator and correct search string
+                    pTextNd->EraseText( aCntPos.nContent, 1 );
+                    nChPos = 0;
+
+                    // Set the TableNode as StartNode for all TextNodes in the Table
+                    const SwNodeIndex aTmpIdx( aCntPos.nNode, -1 );
+                    pSttNd = new SwStartNode( aTmpIdx, SwNodeType::Start,
+                                                SwTableBoxStartNode );
+                    new SwEndNode( aCntPos.nNode, *pSttNd );
+                    pNewNd->m_pStartOfSection = pSttNd;
+
+                    // Assign Section to the Box
+                    pBox = new SwTableBox( pBoxFormat, *pSttNd, pLine );
+                    pLine->GetTabBoxes().insert( pLine->GetTabBoxes().begin() + nBoxes++, pBox );
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    ++nChPos;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Now for the last substring
+        if( !pContentStore->Empty())
+            pContentStore->Restore( *pTextNd, pTextNd->GetText().getLength(), pTextNd->GetText().getLength()+1 );
+
+        pSttNd = new SwStartNode( aCntPos.nNode, SwNodeType::Start, SwTableBoxStartNode );
+        const SwNodeIndex aTmpIdx( aCntPos.nNode, 1 );
+        new SwEndNode( aTmpIdx, *pSttNd  );
+        pTextNd->m_pStartOfSection = pSttNd;
+
+        pBox = new SwTableBox( pBoxFormat, *pSttNd, pLine );
+        pLine->GetTabBoxes().insert( pLine->GetTabBoxes().begin() + nBoxes++, pBox );
+        if( nMaxBoxes < nBoxes )
+            nMaxBoxes = nBoxes;
+    }
+
+    lcl_BalanceTable(rTable, nMaxBoxes, *pTableNd, *pBoxFormat, *pTextColl,
+            pUndo, &aPosArr);
+    lcl_SetTableBoxWidths(rTable, nMaxBoxes, *pBoxFormat, rDoc, &aPosArr);
+
+    return pTableNd;
+}
+
+const SwTable* SwDoc::TextToTable( const std::vector< std::vector<SwNodeRange> >& rTableNodes )
+{
+    if (rTableNodes.empty())
+        return nullptr;
+
+    const std::vector<SwNodeRange>& rFirstRange = *rTableNodes.begin();
+
+    if (rFirstRange.empty())
+        return nullptr;
+
+    const std::vector<SwNodeRange>& rLastRange = *rTableNodes.rbegin();
+
+    if (rLastRange.empty())
+        return nullptr;
+
+    /* Save first node in the selection if it is a content node. */
+    SwContentNode * pSttContentNd = rFirstRange.begin()->aStart.GetNode().GetContentNode();
+
+    const SwNodeRange& rStartRange = *rFirstRange.begin();
+    const SwNodeRange& rEndRange = *rLastRange.rbegin();
+
+    //!!! not necessarily TextNodes !!!
+    SwPaM aOriginal( rStartRange.aStart, rEndRange.aEnd );
+    const SwPosition *pStt = aOriginal.GetMark();
+    const SwPosition *pEnd = aOriginal.GetPoint();
+
+    bool const bUndo(GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo());
+    if (bUndo)
+    {
+        // Do not add splitting the TextNode to the Undo history
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoUndo(false);
+    }
+
+    ::PaMCorrAbs( aOriginal, *pEnd );
+
+    // make sure that the range is on Node Edges
+    SwNodeRange aRg( pStt->nNode, pEnd->nNode );
+    if( pStt->nContent.GetIndex() )
+        getIDocumentContentOperations().SplitNode( *pStt, false );
+
+    bool bEndContent = 0 != pEnd->nContent.GetIndex();
+
+    // Do not split at the End of a Line (except at the End of the Doc)
+    if( bEndContent )
+    {
+        if( pEnd->nNode.GetNode().GetContentNode()->Len() != pEnd->nContent.GetIndex()
+            || pEnd->nNode.GetIndex() >= GetNodes().GetEndOfContent().GetIndex()-1 )
+        {
+            getIDocumentContentOperations().SplitNode( *pEnd, false );
+            --const_cast<SwNodeIndex&>(pEnd->nNode);
+            const_cast<SwIndex&>(pEnd->nContent).Assign(
+                                pEnd->nNode.GetNode().GetContentNode(), 0 );
+            // A Node and at the End?
+            if( pStt->nNode.GetIndex() >= pEnd->nNode.GetIndex() )
+                --aRg.aStart;
+        }
+        else
+            ++aRg.aEnd;
+    }
+
+    assert(aRg.aEnd == pEnd->nNode);
+    assert(aRg.aStart == pStt->nNode);
+    if( aRg.aEnd.GetIndex() == aRg.aStart.GetIndex() )
+    {
+        OSL_FAIL( "empty range" );
+        ++aRg.aEnd;
+    }
+
+
+    {
+        // TODO: this is not Undo-able - only good enough for file import
+        IDocumentRedlineAccess & rIDRA(getIDocumentRedlineAccess());
+        SwNodeIndex const prev(rTableNodes.begin()->begin()->aStart, -1);
+        SwNodeIndex const* pPrev(&prev);
+        // pPrev could point to non-textnode now
+        for (const auto& rRow : rTableNodes)
+        {
+            for (const auto& rCell : rRow)
+            {
+                assert(SwNodeIndex(*pPrev, +1) == rCell.aStart);
+                SwPaM pam(rCell.aStart, 0, *pPrev,
+                        (pPrev->GetNode().IsContentNode())
+                            ? pPrev->GetNode().GetContentNode()->Len() : 0);
+                rIDRA.SplitRedline(pam);
+                pPrev = &rCell.aEnd;
+            }
+        }
+        // another one to break between last cell and node after table
+        SwPaM pam(SwNodeIndex(*pPrev, +1), 0, *pPrev,
+                    (pPrev->GetNode().IsContentNode())
+                        ? pPrev->GetNode().GetContentNode()->Len() : 0);
+        rIDRA.SplitRedline(pam);
+    }
+
+    // We always use Upper to insert the Table
+    SwNode2LayoutSaveUpperFrames aNode2Layout( aRg.aStart.GetNode() );
+
+    GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoUndo(bUndo);
+
+    // Create the Box/Line/Table construct
+    SwTableBoxFormat* pBoxFormat = MakeTableBoxFormat();
+    SwTableLineFormat* pLineFormat = MakeTableLineFormat();
+    SwTableFormat* pTableFormat = MakeTableFrameFormat( GetUniqueTableName(), GetDfltFrameFormat() );
+
+    // All Lines have a left-to-right Fill Order
+    pLineFormat->SetFormatAttr( SwFormatFillOrder( ATT_LEFT_TO_RIGHT ));
+    // The Table's SSize is USHRT_MAX
+    pTableFormat->SetFormatAttr( SwFormatFrameSize( SwFrameSize::Variable, USHRT_MAX ));
+
+    /* If the first node in the selection is a context node and if it
+       has an item FRAMEDIR set (no default) propagate the item to the
+       replacing table. */
+    if (pSttContentNd)
+    {
+        const SwAttrSet & aNdSet = pSttContentNd->GetSwAttrSet();
+        if (const SvxFrameDirectionItem* pItem = aNdSet.GetItemIfSet( RES_FRAMEDIR ))
+        {
+            pTableFormat->SetFormatAttr( *pItem );
+        }
+    }
+
+    //Resolves: tdf#87977, tdf#78599, disable broadcasting modifications
+    //until after RegisterToFormat is completed
+    bool bEnableSetModified = getIDocumentState().IsEnableSetModified();
+    getIDocumentState().SetEnableSetModified(false);
+
+    SwTableNode* pTableNd = GetNodes().TextToTable(
+            rTableNodes, pTableFormat, pLineFormat, pBoxFormat );
+
+    SwTable& rNdTable = pTableNd->GetTable();
+    rNdTable.RegisterToFormat(*pTableFormat);
+
+    if( !pBoxFormat->HasWriterListeners() )
+    {
+        // The Box's Formats already have the right size, we must only set
+        // the right Border/AutoFormat.
+        pTableFormat->SetFormatAttr( pBoxFormat->GetFrameSize() );
+        delete pBoxFormat;
+    }
+
+    SwNodeOffset nIdx = pTableNd->GetIndex();
+    aNode2Layout.RestoreUpperFrames( GetNodes(), nIdx, nIdx + 1 );
+
+    getIDocumentState().SetEnableSetModified(bEnableSetModified);
+    getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+    getIDocumentFieldsAccess().SetFieldsDirty( true, nullptr, SwNodeOffset(0) );
+    return &rNdTable;
+}
+
+std::unique_ptr<SwNodeRange> SwNodes::ExpandRangeForTableBox(const SwNodeRange & rRange)
+{
+    bool bChanged = false;
+
+    SwNodeIndex aNewStart = rRange.aStart;
+    SwNodeIndex aNewEnd = rRange.aEnd;
+
+    SwNodeIndex aEndIndex = rRange.aEnd;
+    SwNodeIndex aIndex = rRange.aStart;
+
+    while (aIndex < aEndIndex)
+    {
+        SwNode& rNode = aIndex.GetNode();
+
+        if (rNode.IsStartNode())
+        {
+            // advance aIndex to the end node of this start node
+            SwNode * pEndNode = rNode.EndOfSectionNode();
+            aIndex = *pEndNode;
+
+            if (aIndex > aNewEnd)
+            {
+                aNewEnd = aIndex;
+                bChanged = true;
+            }
+        }
+        else if (rNode.IsEndNode())
+        {
+            SwNode * pStartNode = rNode.StartOfSectionNode();
+            SwNodeIndex aStartIndex = *pStartNode;
+
+            if (aStartIndex < aNewStart)
+            {
+                aNewStart = aStartIndex;
+                bChanged = true;
+            }
+        }
+
+        if (aIndex < aEndIndex)
+            ++aIndex;
+    }
+
+    SwNode * pNode = &aIndex.GetNode();
+    while (pNode->IsEndNode() && aIndex < Count() - 1)
+    {
+        SwNode * pStartNode = pNode->StartOfSectionNode();
+        SwNodeIndex aStartIndex(*pStartNode);
+        aNewStart = aStartIndex;
+        aNewEnd = aIndex;
+        bChanged = true;
+
+        ++aIndex;
+        pNode = &aIndex.GetNode();
+    }
+
+    std::unique_ptr<SwNodeRange> pResult;
+    if (bChanged)
+        pResult.reset(new SwNodeRange(aNewStart, aNewEnd));
+    return pResult;
+}
+
+static void
+lcl_SetTableBoxWidths2(SwTable & rTable, size_t const nMaxBoxes,
+        SwTableBoxFormat & rBoxFormat, SwDoc & rDoc)
+{
+    // rhbz#820283, fdo#55462: set default box widths so table width is covered
+    SwTableLines & rLines = rTable.GetTabLines();
+    for (size_t nTmpLine = 0; nTmpLine < rLines.size(); ++nTmpLine)
+    {
+        SwTableBoxes & rBoxes = rLines[nTmpLine]->GetTabBoxes();
+        assert(!rBoxes.empty()); // ensured by convertToTable
+        size_t const nMissing = nMaxBoxes - rBoxes.size();
+        if (nMissing)
+        {
+            // default width for box at the end of an incomplete line
+            SwTableBoxFormat *const pNewFormat = rDoc.MakeTableBoxFormat();
+            size_t nWidth = nMaxBoxes ? USHRT_MAX / nMaxBoxes : USHRT_MAX;
+            pNewFormat->SetFormatAttr( SwFormatFrameSize(SwFrameSize::Variable,
+                        nWidth * (nMissing + 1)) );
+            pNewFormat->Add(rBoxes.back());
+        }
+    }
+    size_t nWidth = nMaxBoxes ? USHRT_MAX / nMaxBoxes : USHRT_MAX;
+    // default width for all boxes not at the end of an incomplete line
+    rBoxFormat.SetFormatAttr(SwFormatFrameSize(SwFrameSize::Variable, nWidth));
+}
+
+SwTableNode* SwNodes::TextToTable( const SwNodes::TableRanges_t & rTableNodes,
+                                    SwTableFormat* pTableFormat,
+                                    SwTableLineFormat* pLineFormat,
+                                    SwTableBoxFormat* pBoxFormat  )
+{
+    if( rTableNodes.empty() )
+        return nullptr;
+
+    SwTableNode * pTableNd = new SwTableNode( rTableNodes.begin()->begin()->aStart );
+    //insert the end node after the last text node
+    SwNodeIndex aInsertIndex( rTableNodes.rbegin()->rbegin()->aEnd );
+    ++aInsertIndex;
+
+    //!! ownership will be transferred in c-tor to SwNodes array.
+    //!! Thus no real problem here...
+    new SwEndNode( aInsertIndex, *pTableNd );
+
+    SwDoc& rDoc = GetDoc();
+    SwTable& rTable = pTableNd->GetTable();
+    SwTableBox* pBox;
+    sal_uInt16 nLines, nMaxBoxes = 0;
+
+    SwNodeIndex aNodeIndex = rTableNodes.begin()->begin()->aStart;
+    // delete frames of all contained content nodes
+    for( nLines = 0; aNodeIndex <= rTableNodes.rbegin()->rbegin()->aEnd; ++aNodeIndex,++nLines )
+    {
+        SwNode& rNode = aNodeIndex.GetNode();
+        if( rNode.IsContentNode() )
+        {
+            lcl_RemoveBreaks(static_cast<SwContentNode&>(rNode),
+                    (0 == nLines) ? pTableFormat : nullptr);
+        }
+    }
+
+    nLines = 0;
+    for( const auto& rRow : rTableNodes )
+    {
+        sal_uInt16 nBoxes = 0;
+        SwTableLine* pLine = new SwTableLine( pLineFormat, 1, nullptr );
+        rTable.GetTabLines().insert(rTable.GetTabLines().begin() + nLines, pLine);
+
+        for( const auto& rCell : rRow )
+        {
+            const SwNodeIndex aTmpIdx( rCell.aStart,0 );
+
+            SwNodeIndex aCellEndIdx(rCell.aEnd);
+            ++aCellEndIdx;
+            SwStartNode* pSttNd = new SwStartNode( aTmpIdx, SwNodeType::Start,
+                                        SwTableBoxStartNode );
+
+            // Quotation of http://nabble.documentfoundation.org/Some-strange-lines-by-taking-a-look-at-the-bt-of-fdo-51916-tp3994561p3994639.html
+            // SwNode's constructor adds itself to the same SwNodes array as the other node (pSttNd).
+            // So this statement is only executed for the side-effect.
+            new SwEndNode( aCellEndIdx, *pSttNd );
+
+            //set the start node on all node of the current cell
+            SwNodeIndex aCellNodeIdx = rCell.aStart;
+            for(;aCellNodeIdx <= rCell.aEnd; ++aCellNodeIdx )
+            {
+                aCellNodeIdx.GetNode().m_pStartOfSection = pSttNd;
+                //skip start/end node pairs
+                if( aCellNodeIdx.GetNode().IsStartNode() )
+                    aCellNodeIdx.Assign(*aCellNodeIdx.GetNode().EndOfSectionNode());
+            }
+
+            // assign Section to the Box
+            pBox = new SwTableBox( pBoxFormat, *pSttNd, pLine );
+            pLine->GetTabBoxes().insert( pLine->GetTabBoxes().begin() + nBoxes++, pBox );
+        }
+        if( nMaxBoxes < nBoxes )
+            nMaxBoxes = nBoxes;
+
+        nLines++;
+    }
+
+    lcl_SetTableBoxWidths2(rTable, nMaxBoxes, *pBoxFormat, rDoc);
+
+    return pTableNd;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Table to Text
+ */
+bool SwDoc::TableToText( const SwTableNode* pTableNd, sal_Unicode cCh )
+{
+    if( !pTableNd )
+        return false;
+
+    // #i34471#
+    // If this is triggered by SwUndoTableToText::Repeat() nobody ever deleted
+    // the table cursor.
+    SwEditShell* pESh = GetEditShell();
+    if (pESh && pESh->IsTableMode())
+        pESh->ClearMark();
+
+    SwNodeRange aRg( *pTableNd, SwNodeOffset(0), *pTableNd->EndOfSectionNode() );
+    std::unique_ptr<SwUndoTableToText> pUndo;
+    SwNodeRange* pUndoRg = nullptr;
+    if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo())
+    {
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().ClearRedo();
+        pUndoRg = new SwNodeRange( aRg.aStart, SwNodeOffset(-1), aRg.aEnd, SwNodeOffset(+1) );
+        pUndo.reset(new SwUndoTableToText( pTableNd->GetTable(), cCh ));
+    }
+
+    SwTableFormulaUpdate aMsgHint( &pTableNd->GetTable() );
+    aMsgHint.m_eFlags = TBL_BOXNAME;
+    getIDocumentFieldsAccess().UpdateTableFields( &aMsgHint );
+
+    bool bRet = GetNodes().TableToText( aRg, cCh, pUndo.get() );
+    if( pUndoRg )
+    {
+        ++pUndoRg->aStart;
+        --pUndoRg->aEnd;
+        pUndo->SetRange( *pUndoRg );
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(std::move(pUndo));
+        delete pUndoRg;
+    }
+
+    if( bRet )
+        getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+namespace {
+
+/**
+ * Use the ForEach method from PtrArray to recreate Text from a Table.
+ * The Boxes can also contain Lines!
+ */
+struct DelTabPara
+{
+    SwTextNode* pLastNd;
+    SwNodes& rNds;
+    SwUndoTableToText* pUndo;
+    sal_Unicode cCh;
+
+    DelTabPara( SwNodes& rNodes, sal_Unicode cChar, SwUndoTableToText* pU ) :
+        pLastNd(nullptr), rNds( rNodes ), pUndo( pU ), cCh( cChar ) {}
+};
+
+}
+
+// Forward declare so that the Lines and Boxes can use recursion
+static void lcl_DelBox( SwTableBox* pBox, DelTabPara* pDelPara );
+
+static void lcl_DelLine( SwTableLine* pLine, DelTabPara* pPara )
+{
+    assert(pPara && "The parameters are missing!");
+    DelTabPara aPara( *pPara );
+    for( auto& rpBox : pLine->GetTabBoxes() )
+        lcl_DelBox(rpBox, &aPara );
+    if( pLine->GetUpper() ) // Is there a parent Box?
+        // Return the last TextNode
+        pPara->pLastNd = aPara.pLastNd;
+}
+
+static void lcl_DelBox( SwTableBox* pBox, DelTabPara* pDelPara )
+{
+    assert(pDelPara && "The parameters are missing");
+
+    // Delete the Box's Lines
+    if( !pBox->GetTabLines().empty() )
+    {
+        for( SwTableLine* pLine : pBox->GetTabLines() )
+            lcl_DelLine( pLine, pDelPara );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        SwDoc& rDoc = pDelPara->rNds.GetDoc();
+        SwNodeRange aDelRg( *pBox->GetSttNd(), SwNodeOffset(0),
+                            *pBox->GetSttNd()->EndOfSectionNode() );
+        // Delete the Section
+        pDelPara->rNds.SectionUp( &aDelRg );
+        const SwTextNode* pCurTextNd = nullptr;
+        if (T2T_PARA != pDelPara->cCh && pDelPara->pLastNd)
+            pCurTextNd = aDelRg.aStart.GetNode().GetTextNode();
+        if (nullptr != pCurTextNd)
+        {
+            // Join the current text node with the last from the previous box if possible
+            SwNodeOffset nNdIdx = aDelRg.aStart.GetIndex();
+            --aDelRg.aStart;
+            if( pDelPara->pLastNd == &aDelRg.aStart.GetNode() )
+            {
+                // Inserting the separator
+                SwIndex aCntIdx( pDelPara->pLastNd,
+                        pDelPara->pLastNd->GetText().getLength());
+                pDelPara->pLastNd->InsertText( OUString(pDelPara->cCh), aCntIdx,
+                    SwInsertFlags::EMPTYEXPAND );
+                if( pDelPara->pUndo )
+                    pDelPara->pUndo->AddBoxPos( rDoc, nNdIdx, aDelRg.aEnd.GetIndex(),
+                                                aCntIdx.GetIndex() );
+
+                const std::shared_ptr<sw::mark::ContentIdxStore> pContentStore(sw::mark::ContentIdxStore::Create());
+                const sal_Int32 nOldTextLen = aCntIdx.GetIndex();
+                pContentStore->Save(rDoc, nNdIdx, SAL_MAX_INT32);
+
+                pDelPara->pLastNd->JoinNext();
+
+                if( !pContentStore->Empty() )
+                    pContentStore->Restore( rDoc, pDelPara->pLastNd->GetIndex(), nOldTextLen );
+            }
+            else if( pDelPara->pUndo )
+            {
+                ++aDelRg.aStart;
+                pDelPara->pUndo->AddBoxPos( rDoc, nNdIdx, aDelRg.aEnd.GetIndex() );
+            }
+        }
+        else if( pDelPara->pUndo )
+            pDelPara->pUndo->AddBoxPos( rDoc, aDelRg.aStart.GetIndex(), aDelRg.aEnd.GetIndex() );
+        --aDelRg.aEnd;
+        pDelPara->pLastNd = aDelRg.aEnd.GetNode().GetTextNode();
+
+        // Do not take over the NumberFormatting's adjustment
+        if( pDelPara->pLastNd && pDelPara->pLastNd->HasSwAttrSet() )
+            pDelPara->pLastNd->ResetAttr( RES_PARATR_ADJUST );
+    }
+}
+
+bool SwNodes::TableToText( const SwNodeRange& rRange, sal_Unicode cCh,
+                            SwUndoTableToText* pUndo )
+{
+    // Is a Table selected?
+    if (rRange.aStart.GetIndex() >= rRange.aEnd.GetIndex())
+        return false;
+    SwTableNode *const pTableNd(rRange.aStart.GetNode().GetTableNode());
+    if (nullptr == pTableNd ||
+        &rRange.aEnd.GetNode() != pTableNd->EndOfSectionNode() )
+        return false;
+
+    // If the Table was alone in a Section, create the Frames via the Table's Upper
+    SwNode2LayoutSaveUpperFrames * pNode2Layout = nullptr;
+    SwNodeIndex aFrameIdx( rRange.aStart );
+    SwNode* pFrameNd = FindPrvNxtFrameNode( aFrameIdx, &rRange.aEnd.GetNode() );
+    if( !pFrameNd )
+        // Collect all Uppers
+        pNode2Layout = new SwNode2LayoutSaveUpperFrames(*pTableNd);
+
+    // Delete the Frames
+    pTableNd->DelFrames();
+
+    // "Delete" the Table and merge all Lines/Boxes
+    DelTabPara aDelPara( *this, cCh, pUndo );
+    for( SwTableLine *pLine : pTableNd->m_pTable->GetTabLines() )
+        lcl_DelLine( pLine, &aDelPara );
+
+    // We just created a TextNode with fitting separator for every TableLine.
+    // Now we only need to delete the TableSection and create the Frames for the
+    // new TextNode.
+    SwNodeRange aDelRg( rRange.aStart, rRange.aEnd );
+
+    // If the Table has PageDesc/Break Attributes, carry them over to the
+    // first Text Node
+    {
+        // What about UNDO?
+        const SfxItemSet& rTableSet = pTableNd->m_pTable->GetFrameFormat()->GetAttrSet();
+        const SvxFormatBreakItem* pBreak = rTableSet.GetItemIfSet( RES_BREAK, false );
+        const SwFormatPageDesc* pDesc = rTableSet.GetItemIfSet( RES_PAGEDESC, false );
+
+        if( pBreak || pDesc )
+        {
+            SwNodeIndex aIdx( *pTableNd  );
+            SwContentNode* pCNd = GoNext( &aIdx );
+            if( pBreak )
+                pCNd->SetAttr( *pBreak );
+            if( pDesc )
+                pCNd->SetAttr( *pDesc );
+        }
+    }
+
+    SectionUp( &aDelRg ); // Delete this Section and by that the Table
+    // #i28006#
+    SwNodeOffset nStt = aDelRg.aStart.GetIndex(), nEnd = aDelRg.aEnd.GetIndex();
+    if( !pFrameNd )
+    {
+        pNode2Layout->RestoreUpperFrames( *this,
+                        aDelRg.aStart.GetIndex(), aDelRg.aEnd.GetIndex() );
+        delete pNode2Layout;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        SwContentNode *pCNd;
+        SwSectionNode *pSNd;
+        while( aDelRg.aStart.GetIndex() < nEnd )
+        {
+            pCNd = aDelRg.aStart.GetNode().GetContentNode();
+            if( nullptr != pCNd )
+            {
+                if( pFrameNd->IsContentNode() )
+                    static_cast<SwContentNode*>(pFrameNd)->MakeFramesForAdjacentContentNode(*pCNd);
+                else if( pFrameNd->IsTableNode() )
+                    static_cast<SwTableNode*>(pFrameNd)->MakeFramesForAdjacentContentNode(aDelRg.aStart);
+                else if( pFrameNd->IsSectionNode() )
+                    static_cast<SwSectionNode*>(pFrameNd)->MakeFramesForAdjacentContentNode(aDelRg.aStart);
+                pFrameNd = pCNd;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                pSNd = aDelRg.aStart.GetNode().GetSectionNode();
+                if( pSNd )
+                {
+                    if( !pSNd->GetSection().IsHidden() && !pSNd->IsContentHidden() )
+                    {
+                        pSNd->MakeOwnFrames(&aFrameIdx, &aDelRg.aEnd);
+                        break;
+                    }
+                    aDelRg.aStart = *pSNd->EndOfSectionNode();
+                }
+            }
+            ++aDelRg.aStart;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // #i28006# Fly frames have to be restored even if the table was
+    // #alone in the section
+    const SwFrameFormats& rFlyArr = *GetDoc().GetSpzFrameFormats();
+    for( auto pFly : rFlyArr )
+    {
+        SwFrameFormat *const pFormat = pFly;
+        const SwFormatAnchor& rAnchor = pFormat->GetAnchor();
+        SwPosition const*const pAPos = rAnchor.GetContentAnchor();
+        if (pAPos &&
+            ((RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PARA == rAnchor.GetAnchorId()) ||
+             (RndStdIds::FLY_AT_CHAR == rAnchor.GetAnchorId())) &&
+            nStt <= pAPos->nNode.GetIndex() &&
+            pAPos->nNode.GetIndex() < nEnd )
+        {
+            pFormat->MakeFrames();
+        }
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Inserting Columns/Rows
+ */
+void SwDoc::InsertCol( const SwCursor& rCursor, sal_uInt16 nCnt, bool bBehind )
+{
+    if( !::CheckSplitCells( rCursor, nCnt + 1, SwTableSearchType::Col ) )
+        return;
+
+    // Find the Boxes via the Layout
+    SwSelBoxes aBoxes;
+    ::GetTableSel( rCursor, aBoxes, SwTableSearchType::Col );
+
+    if( !aBoxes.empty() )
+        InsertCol( aBoxes, nCnt, bBehind );
+}
+
+bool SwDoc::InsertCol( const SwSelBoxes& rBoxes, sal_uInt16 nCnt, bool bBehind )
+{
+    OSL_ENSURE( !rBoxes.empty(), "No valid Box list" );
+    SwTableNode* pTableNd = const_cast<SwTableNode*>(rBoxes[0]->GetSttNd()->FindTableNode());
+    if( !pTableNd )
+        return false;
+
+    SwTable& rTable = pTableNd->GetTable();
+    if( dynamic_cast<const SwDDETable*>( &rTable) !=  nullptr)
+        return false;
+
+    SwTableSortBoxes aTmpLst;
+    std::unique_ptr<SwUndoTableNdsChg> pUndo;
+    if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo())
+    {
+        pUndo.reset(new SwUndoTableNdsChg( SwUndoId::TABLE_INSCOL, rBoxes, *pTableNd,
+                                     0, 0, nCnt, bBehind, false ));
+        aTmpLst.insert( rTable.GetTabSortBoxes() );
+    }
+
+    bool bRet(false);
+    {
+        ::sw::UndoGuard const undoGuard(GetIDocumentUndoRedo());
+
+        SwTableFormulaUpdate aMsgHint( &rTable );
+        aMsgHint.m_eFlags = TBL_BOXPTR;
+        getIDocumentFieldsAccess().UpdateTableFields( &aMsgHint );
+
+        bRet = rTable.InsertCol(*this, rBoxes, nCnt, bBehind);
+        if (bRet)
+        {
+            getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+            ::ClearFEShellTabCols(*this, nullptr);
+            getIDocumentFieldsAccess().SetFieldsDirty( true, nullptr, SwNodeOffset(0) );
+        }
+    }
+
+    if( pUndo && bRet )
+    {
+        pUndo->SaveNewBoxes( *pTableNd, aTmpLst );
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( std::move(pUndo) );
+    }
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+void SwDoc::InsertRow( const SwCursor& rCursor, sal_uInt16 nCnt, bool bBehind )
+{
+    // Find the Boxes via the Layout
+    SwSelBoxes aBoxes;
+    GetTableSel( rCursor, aBoxes, SwTableSearchType::Row );
+
+    if( !aBoxes.empty() )
+        InsertRow( aBoxes, nCnt, bBehind );
+}
+
+bool SwDoc::InsertRow( const SwSelBoxes& rBoxes, sal_uInt16 nCnt, bool bBehind )
+{
+    OSL_ENSURE( !rBoxes.empty(), "No valid Box list" );
+    SwTableNode* pTableNd = const_cast<SwTableNode*>(rBoxes[0]->GetSttNd()->FindTableNode());
+    if( !pTableNd )
+        return false;
+
+    SwTable& rTable = pTableNd->GetTable();
+    if( dynamic_cast<const SwDDETable*>( &rTable) !=  nullptr)
+        return false;
+
+    SwTableSortBoxes aTmpLst;
+    std::unique_ptr<SwUndoTableNdsChg> pUndo;
+    if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo())
+    {
+        pUndo.reset(new SwUndoTableNdsChg( SwUndoId::TABLE_INSROW,rBoxes, *pTableNd,
+                                     0, 0, nCnt, bBehind, false ));
+        aTmpLst.insert( rTable.GetTabSortBoxes() );
+    }
+
+    bool bRet(false);
+    {
+        ::sw::UndoGuard const undoGuard(GetIDocumentUndoRedo());
+
+        SwTableFormulaUpdate aMsgHint( &rTable );
+        aMsgHint.m_eFlags = TBL_BOXPTR;
+        getIDocumentFieldsAccess().UpdateTableFields( &aMsgHint );
+
+        bRet = rTable.InsertRow( this, rBoxes, nCnt, bBehind );
+        if (bRet)
+        {
+            getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+            ::ClearFEShellTabCols(*this, nullptr);
+            getIDocumentFieldsAccess().SetFieldsDirty( true, nullptr, SwNodeOffset(0) );
+        }
+    }
+
+    if( pUndo && bRet )
+    {
+        pUndo->SaveNewBoxes( *pTableNd, aTmpLst );
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( std::move(pUndo) );
+    }
+    return bRet;
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * Deleting Columns/Rows
+ */
+void SwDoc::DeleteRow( const SwCursor& rCursor )
+{
+    // Find the Boxes via the Layout
+    SwSelBoxes aBoxes;
+    GetTableSel( rCursor, aBoxes, SwTableSearchType::Row );
+    if( ::HasProtectedCells( aBoxes ))
+        return;
+
+    // Remove the Cursor from the to-be-deleted Section.
+    // The Cursor is placed after the table, except for
+    //  - when there's another Line, we place it in that one
+    //  - when a Line precedes it, we place it in that one
+    {
+        SwTableNode* pTableNd = rCursor.GetNode().FindTableNode();
+
+        if(dynamic_cast<const SwDDETable*>( & pTableNd->GetTable()) !=  nullptr)
+            return;
+
+        // Find all Boxes/Lines
+        FndBox_ aFndBox( nullptr, nullptr );
+        {
+            FndPara aPara( aBoxes, &aFndBox );
+            ForEach_FndLineCopyCol( pTableNd->GetTable().GetTabLines(), &aPara );
+        }
+
+        if( aFndBox.GetLines().empty() )
+            return;
+
+        if (SwEditShell* pESh = GetEditShell())
+        {
+            pESh->KillPams();
+            // FIXME: actually we should be iterating over all Shells!
+        }
+
+        FndBox_* pFndBox = &aFndBox;
+        while( 1 == pFndBox->GetLines().size() &&
+                1 == pFndBox->GetLines().front()->GetBoxes().size() )
+        {
+            FndBox_ *const pTmp = pFndBox->GetLines().front()->GetBoxes()[0].get();
+            if( pTmp->GetBox()->GetSttNd() )
+                break; // Else it gets too far
+            pFndBox = pTmp;
+        }
+
+        SwTableLine* pDelLine = pFndBox->GetLines().back()->GetLine();
+        SwTableBox* pDelBox = pDelLine->GetTabBoxes().back();
+        while( !pDelBox->GetSttNd() )
+        {
+            SwTableLine* pLn = pDelBox->GetTabLines()[
+                        pDelBox->GetTabLines().size()-1 ];
+            pDelBox = pLn->GetTabBoxes().back();
+        }
+        SwTableBox* pNextBox = pDelLine->FindNextBox( pTableNd->GetTable(),
+                                                        pDelBox );
+        while( pNextBox &&
+                pNextBox->GetFrameFormat()->GetProtect().IsContentProtected() )
+            pNextBox = pNextBox->FindNextBox( pTableNd->GetTable(), pNextBox );
+
+        if( !pNextBox ) // No succeeding Boxes? Then take the preceding one
+        {
+            pDelLine = pFndBox->GetLines().front()->GetLine();
+            pDelBox = pDelLine->GetTabBoxes()[ 0 ];
+            while( !pDelBox->GetSttNd() )
+                pDelBox = pDelBox->GetTabLines()[0]->GetTabBoxes()[0];
+            pNextBox = pDelLine->FindPreviousBox( pTableNd->GetTable(),
+                                                        pDelBox );
+            while( pNextBox &&
+                    pNextBox->GetFrameFormat()->GetProtect().IsContentProtected() )
+                pNextBox = pNextBox->FindPreviousBox( pTableNd->GetTable(), pNextBox );
+        }
+
+        SwNodeOffset nIdx;
+        if( pNextBox ) // Place the Cursor here
+            nIdx = pNextBox->GetSttIdx() + 1;
+        else // Else after the Table
+            nIdx = pTableNd->EndOfSectionIndex() + 1;
+
+        SwNodeIndex aIdx( GetNodes(), nIdx );
+        SwContentNode* pCNd = aIdx.GetNode().GetContentNode();
+        if( !pCNd )
+            pCNd = GetNodes().GoNext( &aIdx );
+
+        if( pCNd )
+        {
+            // Change the Shell's Cursor or the one passed?
+            SwPaM* pPam = const_cast<SwPaM*>(static_cast<SwPaM const *>(&rCursor));
+            pPam->GetPoint()->nNode = aIdx;
+            pPam->GetPoint()->nContent.Assign( pCNd, 0 );
+            pPam->SetMark(); // Both want a part of it
+            pPam->DeleteMark();
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Thus delete the Rows
+    GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo(SwUndoId::ROW_DELETE, nullptr);
+    DeleteRowCol( aBoxes );
+    GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo(SwUndoId::ROW_DELETE, nullptr);
+}
+
+void SwDoc::DeleteCol( const SwCursor& rCursor )
+{
+    // Find the Boxes via the Layout
+    SwSelBoxes aBoxes;
+    GetTableSel( rCursor, aBoxes, SwTableSearchType::Col );
+    if( ::HasProtectedCells( aBoxes ))
+        return;
+
+    // The Cursors need to be removed from the to-be-deleted range.
+    // Always place them after/on top of the Table; they are always set
+    // to the old position via the document position.
+    if (SwEditShell* pESh = GetEditShell())
+    {
+        const SwNode* pNd = rCursor.GetNode().FindTableBoxStartNode();
+        pESh->ParkCursor( SwNodeIndex( *pNd ) );
+    }
+
+    // Thus delete the Columns
+    GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo(SwUndoId::COL_DELETE, nullptr);
+    DeleteRowCol(aBoxes, SwDoc::RowColMode::DeleteColumn);
+    GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo(SwUndoId::COL_DELETE, nullptr);
+}
+
+bool SwDoc::DeleteRowCol(const SwSelBoxes& rBoxes, RowColMode const eMode)
+{
+    if (!(eMode & SwDoc::RowColMode::DeleteProtected)
+        && ::HasProtectedCells(rBoxes))
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    OSL_ENSURE( !rBoxes.empty(), "No valid Box list" );
+    SwTableNode* pTableNd = const_cast<SwTableNode*>(rBoxes[0]->GetSttNd()->FindTableNode());
+    if( !pTableNd )
+        return false;
+
+    if (!(eMode & SwDoc::RowColMode::DeleteProtected)
+        && dynamic_cast<const SwDDETable*>(&pTableNd->GetTable()) != nullptr)
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    ::ClearFEShellTabCols(*this, nullptr);
+    SwSelBoxes aSelBoxes( rBoxes );
+    SwTable &rTable = pTableNd->GetTable();
+    tools::Long nMin = 0;
+    tools::Long nMax = 0;
+    if( rTable.IsNewModel() )
+    {
+        if (eMode & SwDoc::RowColMode::DeleteColumn)
+            rTable.ExpandColumnSelection( aSelBoxes, nMin, nMax );
+        else
+            rTable.FindSuperfluousRows( aSelBoxes );
+    }
+
+    // Are we deleting the whole Table?
+    const SwNodeOffset nTmpIdx1 = pTableNd->GetIndex();
+    const SwNodeOffset nTmpIdx2 = aSelBoxes.back()->GetSttNd()->EndOfSectionIndex() + 1;
+    if( pTableNd->GetTable().GetTabSortBoxes().size() == aSelBoxes.size() &&
+        aSelBoxes[0]->GetSttIdx()-1 == nTmpIdx1 &&
+        nTmpIdx2 == pTableNd->EndOfSectionIndex() )
+    {
+        bool bNewTextNd = false;
+        // Is it alone in a FlyFrame?
+        SwNodeIndex aIdx( *pTableNd, -1 );
+        const SwStartNode* pSttNd = aIdx.GetNode().GetStartNode();
+        if( pSttNd )
+        {
+            const SwNodeOffset nTableEnd = pTableNd->EndOfSectionIndex() + 1;
+            const SwNodeOffset nSectEnd = pSttNd->EndOfSectionIndex();
+            if( nTableEnd == nSectEnd )
+            {
+                if( SwFlyStartNode == pSttNd->GetStartNodeType() )
+                {
+                    SwFrameFormat* pFormat = pSttNd->GetFlyFormat();
+                    if( pFormat )
+                    {
+                        // That's the FlyFormat we're looking for
+                        getIDocumentLayoutAccess().DelLayoutFormat( pFormat );
+                        return true;
+                    }
+                }
+                // No Fly? Thus Header or Footer: always leave a TextNode
+                // We can forget about Undo then!
+                bNewTextNd = true;
+            }
+        }
+
+        // No Fly? Then it is a Header or Footer, so keep always a TextNode
+        ++aIdx;
+        if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo())
+        {
+            GetIDocumentUndoRedo().ClearRedo();
+            SwPaM aPaM( *pTableNd->EndOfSectionNode(), aIdx.GetNode() );
+
+            if( bNewTextNd )
+            {
+                const SwNodeIndex aTmpIdx( *pTableNd->EndOfSectionNode(), 1 );
+                GetNodes().MakeTextNode( aTmpIdx,
+                            getIDocumentStylePoolAccess().GetTextCollFromPool( RES_POOLCOLL_STANDARD ) );
+            }
+
+            // Save the cursors (UNO and otherwise)
+            SwPaM aSavePaM( SwNodeIndex( *pTableNd->EndOfSectionNode() ) );
+            if( ! aSavePaM.Move( fnMoveForward, GoInNode ) )
+            {
+                *aSavePaM.GetMark() = SwPosition( *pTableNd );
+                aSavePaM.Move( fnMoveBackward, GoInNode );
+            }
+            {
+                SwPaM const tmpPaM(*pTableNd, *pTableNd->EndOfSectionNode());
+                ::PaMCorrAbs(tmpPaM, *aSavePaM.GetMark());
+            }
+
+            // Move hard PageBreaks to the succeeding Node
+            bool bSavePageBreak = false, bSavePageDesc = false;
+            SwNodeOffset nNextNd = pTableNd->EndOfSectionIndex()+1;
+            SwContentNode* pNextNd = GetNodes()[ nNextNd ]->GetContentNode();
+            if( pNextNd )
+            {
+                SwFrameFormat* pTableFormat = pTableNd->GetTable().GetFrameFormat();
+                const SfxPoolItem *pItem;
+                if( SfxItemState::SET == pTableFormat->GetItemState( RES_PAGEDESC,
+                    false, &pItem ) )
+                {
+                    pNextNd->SetAttr( *pItem );
+                    bSavePageDesc = true;
+                }
+
+                if( SfxItemState::SET == pTableFormat->GetItemState( RES_BREAK,
+                    false, &pItem ) )
+                {
+                    pNextNd->SetAttr( *pItem );
+                    bSavePageBreak = true;
+                }
+            }
+            std::unique_ptr<SwUndoDelete> pUndo(new SwUndoDelete(aPaM, SwDeleteFlags::Default));
+            if( bNewTextNd )
+                pUndo->SetTableDelLastNd();
+            pUndo->SetPgBrkFlags( bSavePageBreak, bSavePageDesc );
+            pUndo->SetTableName(pTableNd->GetTable().GetFrameFormat()->GetName());
+            GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( std::move(pUndo) );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if( bNewTextNd )
+            {
+                const SwNodeIndex aTmpIdx( *pTableNd->EndOfSectionNode(), 1 );
+                GetNodes().MakeTextNode( aTmpIdx,
+                            getIDocumentStylePoolAccess().GetTextCollFromPool( RES_POOLCOLL_STANDARD ) );
+            }
+
+            // Save the cursors (UNO and otherwise)
+            SwPaM aSavePaM( SwNodeIndex( *pTableNd->EndOfSectionNode() ) );
+            if( ! aSavePaM.Move( fnMoveForward, GoInNode ) )
+            {
+                *aSavePaM.GetMark() = SwPosition( *pTableNd );
+                aSavePaM.Move( fnMoveBackward, GoInNode );
+            }
+            {
+                SwPaM const tmpPaM(*pTableNd, *pTableNd->EndOfSectionNode());
+                ::PaMCorrAbs(tmpPaM, *aSavePaM.GetMark());
+            }
+
+            // Move hard PageBreaks to the succeeding Node
+            SwContentNode* pNextNd = GetNodes()[ pTableNd->EndOfSectionIndex()+1 ]->GetContentNode();
+            if( pNextNd )
+            {
+                SwFrameFormat* pTableFormat = pTableNd->GetTable().GetFrameFormat();
+                const SfxPoolItem *pItem;
+                if( SfxItemState::SET == pTableFormat->GetItemState( RES_PAGEDESC,
+                    false, &pItem ) )
+                    pNextNd->SetAttr( *pItem );
+
+                if( SfxItemState::SET == pTableFormat->GetItemState( RES_BREAK,
+                    false, &pItem ) )
+                    pNextNd->SetAttr( *pItem );
+            }
+
+            pTableNd->DelFrames();
+            getIDocumentContentOperations().DeleteSection( pTableNd );
+        }
+
+        if (SwFEShell* pFEShell = GetDocShell()->GetFEShell())
+            pFEShell->UpdateTableStyleFormatting();
+
+        getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+        getIDocumentFieldsAccess().SetFieldsDirty( true, nullptr, SwNodeOffset(0) );
+
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    std::unique_ptr<SwUndoTableNdsChg> pUndo;
+    if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo())
+    {
+        pUndo.reset(new SwUndoTableNdsChg( SwUndoId::TABLE_DELBOX, aSelBoxes, *pTableNd,
+                                     nMin, nMax, 0, false, false ));
+    }
+
+    bool bRet(false);
+    {
+        ::sw::UndoGuard const undoGuard(GetIDocumentUndoRedo());
+
+        SwTableFormulaUpdate aMsgHint( &pTableNd->GetTable() );
+        aMsgHint.m_eFlags = TBL_BOXPTR;
+        getIDocumentFieldsAccess().UpdateTableFields( &aMsgHint );
+
+        if (rTable.IsNewModel())
+        {
+            if (eMode & SwDoc::RowColMode::DeleteColumn)
+                rTable.PrepareDeleteCol( nMin, nMax );
+            rTable.FindSuperfluousRows( aSelBoxes );
+            if (pUndo)
+                pUndo->ReNewBoxes( aSelBoxes );
+        }
+        bRet = rTable.DeleteSel( this, aSelBoxes, nullptr, pUndo.get(), true, true );
+        if (bRet)
+        {
+            if (SwFEShell* pFEShell = GetDocShell()->GetFEShell())
+                pFEShell->UpdateTableStyleFormatting();
+
+            getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+            getIDocumentFieldsAccess().SetFieldsDirty( true, nullptr, SwNodeOffset(0) );
+        }
+    }
+
+    if( pUndo && bRet )
+    {
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( std::move(pUndo) );
+    }
+
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Split up/merge Boxes in the Table
+ */
+bool SwDoc::SplitTable( const SwSelBoxes& rBoxes, bool bVert, sal_uInt16 nCnt,
+                      bool bSameHeight )
+{
+    OSL_ENSURE( !rBoxes.empty() && nCnt, "No valid Box list" );
+    SwTableNode* pTableNd = const_cast<SwTableNode*>(rBoxes[0]->GetSttNd()->FindTableNode());
+    if( !pTableNd )
+        return false;
+
+    SwTable& rTable = pTableNd->GetTable();
+    if( dynamic_cast<const SwDDETable*>( &rTable) !=  nullptr)
+        return false;
+
+    std::vector<SwNodeOffset> aNdsCnts;
+    SwTableSortBoxes aTmpLst;
+    std::unique_ptr<SwUndoTableNdsChg> pUndo;
+    if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo())
+    {
+        pUndo.reset(new SwUndoTableNdsChg( SwUndoId::TABLE_SPLIT, rBoxes, *pTableNd, 0, 0,
+                                     nCnt, bVert, bSameHeight ));
+
+        aTmpLst.insert( rTable.GetTabSortBoxes() );
+        if( !bVert )
+        {
+            for (size_t n = 0; n < rBoxes.size(); ++n)
+            {
+                const SwStartNode* pSttNd = rBoxes[ n ]->GetSttNd();
+                aNdsCnts.push_back( pSttNd->EndOfSectionIndex() -
+                                    pSttNd->GetIndex() );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    bool bRet(false);
+    {
+        ::sw::UndoGuard const undoGuard(GetIDocumentUndoRedo());
+
+        SwTableFormulaUpdate aMsgHint( &rTable );
+        aMsgHint.m_eFlags = TBL_BOXPTR;
+        getIDocumentFieldsAccess().UpdateTableFields( &aMsgHint );
+
+        if (bVert)
+            bRet = rTable.SplitCol(*this, rBoxes, nCnt);
+        else
+            bRet = rTable.SplitRow(*this, rBoxes, nCnt, bSameHeight);
+
+        if (bRet)
+        {
+            if (SwFEShell* pFEShell = GetDocShell()->GetFEShell())
+                pFEShell->UpdateTableStyleFormatting();
+
+            getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+            getIDocumentFieldsAccess().SetFieldsDirty( true, nullptr, SwNodeOffset(0) );
+        }
+    }
+
+    if( pUndo && bRet )
+    {
+        if( bVert )
+            pUndo->SaveNewBoxes( *pTableNd, aTmpLst );
+        else
+            pUndo->SaveNewBoxes( *pTableNd, aTmpLst, rBoxes, aNdsCnts );
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( std::move(pUndo) );
+    }
+
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+TableMergeErr SwDoc::MergeTable( SwPaM& rPam )
+{
+    // Check if the current cursor's Point/Mark are inside a Table
+    SwTableNode* pTableNd = rPam.GetNode().FindTableNode();
+    if( !pTableNd )
+        return TableMergeErr::NoSelection;
+    SwTable& rTable = pTableNd->GetTable();
+    if( dynamic_cast<const SwDDETable*>( &rTable) !=  nullptr )
+        return TableMergeErr::NoSelection;
+    TableMergeErr nRet = TableMergeErr::NoSelection;
+    if( !rTable.IsNewModel() )
+    {
+        nRet =::CheckMergeSel( rPam );
+        if( TableMergeErr::Ok != nRet )
+            return nRet;
+        nRet = TableMergeErr::NoSelection;
+    }
+
+    // #i33394#
+    GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo( SwUndoId::TABLE_MERGE, nullptr );
+
+    RedlineFlags eOld = getIDocumentRedlineAccess().GetRedlineFlags();
+    getIDocumentRedlineAccess().SetRedlineFlags_intern(eOld | RedlineFlags::Ignore);
+
+    std::unique_ptr<SwUndoTableMerge> pUndo;
+    if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo())
+        pUndo.reset(new SwUndoTableMerge( rPam ));
+
+    // Find the Boxes via the Layout
+    SwSelBoxes aBoxes;
+    SwSelBoxes aMerged;
+    SwTableBox* pMergeBox;
+
+    if( !rTable.PrepareMerge( rPam, aBoxes, aMerged, &pMergeBox, pUndo.get() ) )
+    {   // No cells found to merge
+        getIDocumentRedlineAccess().SetRedlineFlags_intern( eOld );
+        if( pUndo )
+        {
+            pUndo.reset();
+            SwUndoId nLastUndoId(SwUndoId::EMPTY);
+            if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().GetLastUndoInfo(nullptr, & nLastUndoId)
+                && (SwUndoId::REDLINE == nLastUndoId))
+            {
+                // FIXME: why is this horrible cleanup necessary?
+                SwUndoRedline *const pU = dynamic_cast<SwUndoRedline*>(
+                        GetUndoManager().RemoveLastUndo());
+                if (pU && pU->GetRedlSaveCount())
+                {
+                    SwEditShell *const pEditShell(GetEditShell());
+                    assert(pEditShell);
+                    ::sw::UndoRedoContext context(*this, *pEditShell);
+                    static_cast<SfxUndoAction *>(pU)->UndoWithContext(context);
+                }
+                delete pU;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // The PaMs need to be removed from the to-be-deleted range. Thus always place
+        // them at the end of/on top of the Table; it's always set to the old position via
+        // the Document Position.
+        // For a start remember an index for the temporary position, because we cannot
+        // access it after GetMergeSel
+        {
+            rPam.DeleteMark();
+            rPam.GetPoint()->nNode = *pMergeBox->GetSttNd();
+            rPam.GetPoint()->nContent.Assign( nullptr, 0 );
+            rPam.SetMark();
+            rPam.DeleteMark();
+
+            SwPaM* pTmp = &rPam;
+            while( &rPam != ( pTmp = pTmp->GetNext() ))
+                for( int i = 0; i < 2; ++i )
+                    pTmp->GetBound( static_cast<bool>(i) ) = *rPam.GetPoint();
+
+            if (SwTableCursor* pTableCursor = dynamic_cast<SwTableCursor*>(&rPam))
+            {
+                // tdf#135098 update selection so rPam's m_SelectedBoxes is updated
+                // to not contain the soon to-be-deleted SwTableBox so if the rPam
+                // is queried via a11y it doesn't claim the deleted cell still
+                // exists
+                pTableCursor->NewTableSelection();
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Merge them
+        SwTableFormulaUpdate aMsgHint( &pTableNd->GetTable() );
+        aMsgHint.m_eFlags = TBL_BOXPTR;
+        getIDocumentFieldsAccess().UpdateTableFields( &aMsgHint );
+
+        if( pTableNd->GetTable().Merge( this, aBoxes, aMerged, pMergeBox, pUndo.get() ))
+        {
+            nRet = TableMergeErr::Ok;
+
+            getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+            getIDocumentFieldsAccess().SetFieldsDirty( true, nullptr, SwNodeOffset(0) );
+            if( pUndo )
+            {
+                GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( std::move(pUndo) );
+            }
+        }
+
+        rPam.GetPoint()->nNode = *pMergeBox->GetSttNd();
+        rPam.Move();
+
+        ::ClearFEShellTabCols(*this, nullptr);
+        getIDocumentRedlineAccess().SetRedlineFlags_intern( eOld );
+    }
+    GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo( SwUndoId::TABLE_MERGE, nullptr );
+    return nRet;
+}
+
+SwTableNode::SwTableNode( const SwNodeIndex& rIdx )
+    : SwStartNode( rIdx, SwNodeType::Table )
+{
+    m_pTable.reset(new SwTable);
+}
+
+SwTableNode::~SwTableNode()
+{
+    // Notify UNO wrappers
+    GetTable().GetFrameFormat()->GetNotifier().Broadcast(SfxHint(SfxHintId::Dying));
+    DelFrames();
+    m_pTable->SetTableNode(this); // set this so that ~SwDDETable can read it!
+    m_pTable.reset();
+}
+
+SwTabFrame *SwTableNode::MakeFrame( SwFrame* pSib )
+{
+    return new SwTabFrame( *m_pTable, pSib );
+}
+
+/**
+ * Creates all Views from the Document for the preceding Node. The resulting ContentFrames
+ * are added to the corresponding Layout.
+ */
+void SwTableNode::MakeFramesForAdjacentContentNode(const SwNodeIndex & rIdx)
+{
+    if( !GetTable().GetFrameFormat()->HasWriterListeners()) // Do we actually have Frame?
+        return;
+
+    SwFrame *pFrame;
+    SwContentNode * pNode = rIdx.GetNode().GetContentNode();
+
+    OSL_ENSURE( pNode, "No ContentNode or CopyNode and new Node is identical");
+
+    bool bBefore = rIdx < GetIndex();
+
+    SwNode2Layout aNode2Layout( *this, rIdx.GetIndex() );
+
+    while( nullptr != (pFrame = aNode2Layout.NextFrame()) )
+    {
+        if ( ( pFrame->getRootFrame()->HasMergedParas() &&
+                                !pNode->IsCreateFrameWhenHidingRedlines() ) ||
+              // tdf#153819 table deletion with change tracking:
+              // table node without frames in Hide Changes mode
+              !pFrame->GetUpper() )
+        {
+            continue;
+        }
+        SwFrame *pNew = pNode->MakeFrame( pFrame );
+        // Will the Node receive Frames before or after?
+        if ( bBefore )
+            // The new one precedes me
+            pNew->Paste( pFrame->GetUpper(), pFrame );
+        else
+            // The new one succeeds me
+            pNew->Paste( pFrame->GetUpper(), pFrame->GetNext() );
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Create a TableFrame for every Shell and insert before the corresponding ContentFrame.
+ */
+void SwTableNode::MakeOwnFrames(SwNodeIndex* pIdxBehind)
+{
+    OSL_ENSURE( pIdxBehind, "No Index" );
+    *pIdxBehind = *this;
+    SwNode *pNd = GetNodes().FindPrvNxtFrameNode( *pIdxBehind, EndOfSectionNode() );
+    if( !pNd )
+        return ;
+
+    SwFrame *pFrame( nullptr );
+    SwLayoutFrame *pUpper( nullptr );
+    SwNode2Layout aNode2Layout( *pNd, GetIndex() );
+    while( nullptr != (pUpper = aNode2Layout.UpperFrame( pFrame, *this )) )
+    {
+        if (pUpper->getRootFrame()->HasMergedParas()
+            && !IsCreateFrameWhenHidingRedlines())
+        {
+            continue;
+        }
+        SwTabFrame* pNew = MakeFrame( pUpper );
+        pNew->Paste( pUpper, pFrame );
+        // #i27138#
+        // notify accessibility paragraphs objects about changed
+        // CONTENT_FLOWS_FROM/_TO relation.
+        // Relation CONTENT_FLOWS_FROM for next paragraph will change
+        // and relation CONTENT_FLOWS_TO for previous paragraph will change.
+#if !ENABLE_WASM_STRIP_ACCESSIBILITY
+        {
+            SwViewShell* pViewShell( pNew->getRootFrame()->GetCurrShell() );
+            if ( pViewShell && pViewShell->GetLayout() &&
+                 pViewShell->GetLayout()->IsAnyShellAccessible() )
+            {
+                auto pNext = pNew->FindNextCnt( true );
+                auto pPrev = pNew->FindPrevCnt();
+                pViewShell->InvalidateAccessibleParaFlowRelation(
+                            pNext ? pNext->DynCastTextFrame() : nullptr,
+                            pPrev ? pPrev->DynCastTextFrame() : nullptr );
+            }
+        }
+#endif
+        pNew->RegistFlys();
+    }
+}
+
+void SwTableNode::DelFrames(SwRootFrame const*const pLayout)
+{
+    /* For a start, cut out and delete the TabFrames (which will also delete the Columns and Rows)
+       The TabFrames are attached to the FrameFormat of the SwTable.
+       We need to delete them in a more cumbersome way, for the Master to also delete the Follows. */
+
+    SwIterator<SwTabFrame,SwFormat> aIter( *(m_pTable->GetFrameFormat()) );
+    SwTabFrame *pFrame = aIter.First();
+    while ( pFrame )
+    {
+        bool bAgain = false;
+        {
+            if (!pFrame->IsFollow() && (!pLayout || pLayout == pFrame->getRootFrame()))
+            {
+                while ( pFrame->HasFollow() )
+                    pFrame->JoinAndDelFollows();
+                // #i27138#
+                // notify accessibility paragraphs objects about changed
+                // CONTENT_FLOWS_FROM/_TO relation.
+                // Relation CONTENT_FLOWS_FROM for current next paragraph will change
+                // and relation CONTENT_FLOWS_TO for current previous paragraph will change.
+#if !ENABLE_WASM_STRIP_ACCESSIBILITY
+                {
+                    SwViewShell* pViewShell( pFrame->getRootFrame()->GetCurrShell() );
+                    if ( pViewShell && pViewShell->GetLayout() &&
+                         pViewShell->GetLayout()->IsAnyShellAccessible() )
+                    {
+                        auto pNext = pFrame->FindNextCnt( true );
+                        auto pPrev = pFrame->FindPrevCnt();
+                        pViewShell->InvalidateAccessibleParaFlowRelation(
+                            pNext ? pNext->DynCastTextFrame() : nullptr,
+                            pPrev ? pPrev->DynCastTextFrame() : nullptr );
+                    }
+                }
+#endif
+                if (pFrame->GetUpper())
+                    pFrame->Cut();
+                SwFrame::DestroyFrame(pFrame);
+                bAgain = true;
+            }
+        }
+        pFrame = bAgain ? aIter.First() : aIter.Next();
+    }
+}
+
+void SwTableNode::SetNewTable( std::unique_ptr<SwTable> pNewTable, bool bNewFrames )
+{
+    DelFrames();
+    m_pTable->SetTableNode(this);
+    m_pTable = std::move(pNewTable);
+    if( bNewFrames )
+    {
+        SwNodeIndex aIdx( *EndOfSectionNode());
+        GetNodes().GoNext( &aIdx );
+        MakeOwnFrames(&aIdx);
+    }
+}
+
+void SwTableNode::RemoveRedlines()
+{
+    SwDoc& rDoc = GetDoc();
+    SwTable& rTable = GetTable();
+    rDoc.getIDocumentRedlineAccess().GetExtraRedlineTable().DeleteAllTableRedlines(rDoc, rTable, true, RedlineType::Any);
+}
+
+void SwTableNode::dumpAsXml(xmlTextWriterPtr pWriter) const
+{
+    (void)xmlTextWriterStartElement(pWriter, BAD_CAST("SwTableNode"));
+    (void)xmlTextWriterWriteFormatAttribute(pWriter, BAD_CAST("ptr"), "%p", this);
+    (void)xmlTextWriterWriteAttribute(pWriter, BAD_CAST("index"), BAD_CAST(OString::number(sal_Int32(GetIndex())).getStr()));
+
+    if (m_pTable)
+    {
+        (void)xmlTextWriterStartElement(pWriter, BAD_CAST("SwTable"));
+        (void)xmlTextWriterWriteFormatAttribute(pWriter, BAD_CAST("ptr"), "%p", m_pTable.get());
+        m_pTable->GetFrameFormat()->dumpAsXml(pWriter);
+        for (const auto& pLine : m_pTable->GetTabLines())
+        {
+            (void)xmlTextWriterStartElement(pWriter, BAD_CAST("SwTableLine"));
+            (void)xmlTextWriterWriteFormatAttribute(pWriter, BAD_CAST("ptr"), "%p", pLine);
+            pLine->GetFrameFormat()->dumpAsXml(pWriter);
+            (void)xmlTextWriterEndElement(pWriter);
+        }
+        (void)xmlTextWriterEndElement(pWriter);
+    }
+
+    // (void)xmlTextWriterEndElement(pWriter); - it is a start node, so don't end, will make xml better nested
+}
+
+void SwDoc::GetTabCols( SwTabCols &rFill, const SwCellFrame* pBoxFrame )
+{
+    OSL_ENSURE( pBoxFrame, "pBoxFrame needs to be specified!" );
+    if( !pBoxFrame )
+        return;
+
+    SwTabFrame *pTab = const_cast<SwFrame*>(static_cast<SwFrame const *>(pBoxFrame))->ImplFindTabFrame();
+    const SwTableBox* pBox = pBoxFrame->GetTabBox();
+
+    // Set fixed points, LeftMin in Document coordinates, all others relative
+    SwRectFnSet aRectFnSet(pTab);
+    const SwPageFrame* pPage = pTab->FindPageFrame();
+    const sal_uLong nLeftMin = aRectFnSet.GetLeft(pTab->getFrameArea()) -
+                           aRectFnSet.GetLeft(pPage->getFrameArea());
+    const sal_uLong nRightMax = aRectFnSet.GetRight(pTab->getFrameArea()) -
+                            aRectFnSet.GetLeft(pPage->getFrameArea());
+
+    rFill.SetLeftMin ( nLeftMin );
+    rFill.SetLeft    ( aRectFnSet.GetLeft(pTab->getFramePrintArea()) );
+    rFill.SetRight   ( aRectFnSet.GetRight(pTab->getFramePrintArea()));
+    rFill.SetRightMax( nRightMax - nLeftMin );
+
+    pTab->GetTable()->GetTabCols( rFill, pBox );
+}
+
+// Here are some little helpers used in SwDoc::GetTabRows
+
+#define ROWFUZZY 25
+
+namespace {
+
+struct FuzzyCompare
+{
+    bool operator() ( tools::Long s1, tools::Long s2 ) const;
+};
+
+}
+
+bool FuzzyCompare::operator() ( tools::Long s1, tools::Long s2 ) const
+{
+    return ( s1 < s2 && std::abs( s1 - s2 ) > ROWFUZZY );
+}
+
+static bool lcl_IsFrameInColumn( const SwCellFrame& rFrame, SwSelBoxes const & rBoxes )
+{
+    for (size_t i = 0; i < rBoxes.size(); ++i)
+    {
+        if ( rFrame.GetTabBox() == rBoxes[ i ] )
+            return true;
+    }
+
+    return false;
+}
+
+void SwDoc::GetTabRows( SwTabCols &rFill, const SwCellFrame* pBoxFrame )
+{
+    OSL_ENSURE( pBoxFrame, "GetTabRows called without pBoxFrame" );
+
+    // Make code robust:
+    if ( !pBoxFrame )
+        return;
+
+    // #i39552# Collection of the boxes of the current
+    // column has to be done at the beginning of this function, because
+    // the table may be formatted in ::GetTableSel.
+    SwDeletionChecker aDelCheck( pBoxFrame );
+
+    SwSelBoxes aBoxes;
+    const SwContentFrame* pContent = ::GetCellContent( *pBoxFrame );
+    if ( pContent && pContent->IsTextFrame() )
+    {
+        const SwPosition aPos(*static_cast<const SwTextFrame*>(pContent)->GetTextNodeFirst());
+        const SwCursor aTmpCursor( aPos, nullptr );
+        ::GetTableSel( aTmpCursor, aBoxes, SwTableSearchType::Col );
+    }
+
+    // Make code robust:
+    if ( aDelCheck.HasBeenDeleted() )
+    {
+        OSL_FAIL( "Current box has been deleted during GetTabRows()" );
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Make code robust:
+    const SwTabFrame* pTab = pBoxFrame->FindTabFrame();
+    OSL_ENSURE( pTab, "GetTabRows called without a table" );
+    if ( !pTab )
+        return;
+
+    const SwFrame* pFrame = pTab->GetNextLayoutLeaf();
+
+    // Set fixed points, LeftMin in Document coordinates, all others relative
+    SwRectFnSet aRectFnSet(pTab);
+    const SwPageFrame* pPage = pTab->FindPageFrame();
+    const tools::Long nLeftMin  = ( aRectFnSet.IsVert() ?
+                             pTab->GetPrtLeft() - pPage->getFrameArea().Left() :
+                             pTab->GetPrtTop() - pPage->getFrameArea().Top() );
+    const tools::Long nLeft     = aRectFnSet.IsVert() ? LONG_MAX : 0;
+    const tools::Long nRight    = aRectFnSet.GetHeight(pTab->getFramePrintArea());
+    const tools::Long nRightMax = aRectFnSet.IsVert() ? nRight : LONG_MAX;
+
+    rFill.SetLeftMin( nLeftMin );
+    rFill.SetLeft( nLeft );
+    rFill.SetRight( nRight );
+    rFill.SetRightMax( nRightMax );
+
+    typedef std::map< tools::Long, std::pair< tools::Long, long >, FuzzyCompare > BoundaryMap;
+    BoundaryMap aBoundaries;
+    BoundaryMap::iterator aIter;
+    std::pair< tools::Long, long > aPair;
+
+    typedef std::map< tools::Long, bool > HiddenMap;
+    HiddenMap aHidden;
+    HiddenMap::iterator aHiddenIter;
+
+    while ( pFrame && pTab->IsAnLower( pFrame ) )
+    {
+        if ( pFrame->IsCellFrame() && pFrame->FindTabFrame() == pTab )
+        {
+            // upper and lower borders of current cell frame:
+            tools::Long nUpperBorder = aRectFnSet.GetTop(pFrame->getFrameArea());
+            tools::Long nLowerBorder = aRectFnSet.GetBottom(pFrame->getFrameArea());
+
+            // get boundaries for nUpperBorder:
+            aIter = aBoundaries.find( nUpperBorder );
+            if ( aIter == aBoundaries.end() )
+            {
+                aPair.first = nUpperBorder; aPair.second = LONG_MAX;
+                aBoundaries[ nUpperBorder ] = aPair;
+            }
+
+            // get boundaries for nLowerBorder:
+            aIter = aBoundaries.find( nLowerBorder );
+            if ( aIter == aBoundaries.end() )
+            {
+                aPair.first = nUpperBorder; aPair.second = LONG_MAX;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                nLowerBorder = (*aIter).first;
+                tools::Long nNewLowerBorderUpperBoundary = std::max( (*aIter).second.first, nUpperBorder );
+                aPair.first = nNewLowerBorderUpperBoundary; aPair.second = LONG_MAX;
+            }
+            aBoundaries[ nLowerBorder ] = aPair;
+
+            // calculate hidden flags for entry nUpperBorder/nLowerBorder:
+            tools::Long nTmpVal = nUpperBorder;
+            for ( sal_uInt8 i = 0; i < 2; ++i )
+            {
+                aHiddenIter = aHidden.find( nTmpVal );
+                if ( aHiddenIter == aHidden.end() )
+                    aHidden[ nTmpVal ] = !lcl_IsFrameInColumn( *static_cast<const SwCellFrame*>(pFrame), aBoxes );
+                else
+                {
+                    if ( aHidden[ nTmpVal ] &&
+                         lcl_IsFrameInColumn( *static_cast<const SwCellFrame*>(pFrame), aBoxes ) )
+                        aHidden[ nTmpVal ] = false;
+                }
+                nTmpVal = nLowerBorder;
+            }
+        }
+
+        pFrame = pFrame->GetNextLayoutLeaf();
+    }
+
+    // transfer calculated values from BoundaryMap and HiddenMap into rFill:
+    size_t nIdx = 0;
+    for ( const auto& rEntry : aBoundaries )
+    {
+        const tools::Long nTabTop = aRectFnSet.GetPrtTop(*pTab);
+        const tools::Long nKey = aRectFnSet.YDiff( rEntry.first, nTabTop );
+        const std::pair< tools::Long, long > aTmpPair = rEntry.second;
+        const tools::Long nFirst = aRectFnSet.YDiff( aTmpPair.first, nTabTop );
+        const tools::Long nSecond = aTmpPair.second;
+
+        aHiddenIter = aHidden.find( rEntry.first );
+        const bool bHidden = aHiddenIter != aHidden.end() && (*aHiddenIter).second;
+        rFill.Insert( nKey, nFirst, nSecond, bHidden, nIdx++ );
+    }
+
+    // delete first and last entry
+    OSL_ENSURE( rFill.Count(), "Deleting from empty vector. Fasten your seatbelts!" );
+    // #i60818# There may be only one entry in rFill. Make
+    // code robust by checking count of rFill.
+    if ( rFill.Count() ) rFill.Remove( 0 );
+    if ( rFill.Count() ) rFill.Remove( rFill.Count() - 1 );
+    rFill.SetLastRowAllowedToChange( !pTab->HasFollowFlowLine() );
+}
+
+void SwDoc::SetTabCols( const SwTabCols &rNew, bool bCurRowOnly,
+                        const SwCellFrame* pBoxFrame )
+{
+    const SwTableBox* pBox = nullptr;
+    SwTabFrame *pTab = nullptr;
+
+    if( pBoxFrame )
+    {
+        pTab = const_cast<SwFrame*>(static_cast<SwFrame const *>(pBoxFrame))->ImplFindTabFrame();
+        pBox = pBoxFrame->GetTabBox();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        OSL_ENSURE( false, "must specify pBoxFrame" );
+        return ;
+    }
+
+    // If the Table is still using relative values (USHRT_MAX)
+    // we need to switch to absolute ones.
+    SwTable& rTab = *pTab->GetTable();
+    const SwFormatFrameSize& rTableFrameSz = rTab.GetFrameFormat()->GetFrameSize();
+    SwRectFnSet aRectFnSet(pTab);
+    // #i17174# - With fix for #i9040# the shadow size is taken
+    // from the table width. Thus, add its left and right size to current table
+    // printing area width in order to get the correct table size attribute.
+    SwTwips nPrtWidth = aRectFnSet.GetWidth(pTab->getFramePrintArea());
+    {
+        SvxShadowItem aShadow( rTab.GetFrameFormat()->GetShadow() );
+        nPrtWidth += aShadow.CalcShadowSpace( SvxShadowItemSide::LEFT ) +
+                     aShadow.CalcShadowSpace( SvxShadowItemSide::RIGHT );
+    }
+    if( nPrtWidth != rTableFrameSz.GetWidth() )
+    {
+        SwFormatFrameSize aSz( rTableFrameSz );
+        aSz.SetWidth( nPrtWidth );
+        rTab.GetFrameFormat()->SetFormatAttr( aSz );
+    }
+
+    SwTabCols aOld( rNew.Count() );
+
+    const SwPageFrame* pPage = pTab->FindPageFrame();
+    const sal_uLong nLeftMin = aRectFnSet.GetLeft(pTab->getFrameArea()) -
+                           aRectFnSet.GetLeft(pPage->getFrameArea());
+    const sal_uLong nRightMax = aRectFnSet.GetRight(pTab->getFrameArea()) -
+                            aRectFnSet.GetLeft(pPage->getFrameArea());
+
+    // Set fixed points, LeftMin in Document coordinates, all others relative
+    aOld.SetLeftMin ( nLeftMin );
+    aOld.SetLeft    ( aRectFnSet.GetLeft(pTab->getFramePrintArea()) );
+    aOld.SetRight   ( aRectFnSet.GetRight(pTab->getFramePrintArea()));
+    aOld.SetRightMax( nRightMax - nLeftMin );
+
+    rTab.GetTabCols( aOld, pBox );
+    SetTabCols(rTab, rNew, aOld, pBox, bCurRowOnly );
+}
+
+void SwDoc::SetTabRows( const SwTabCols &rNew, bool bCurColOnly,
+                        const SwCellFrame* pBoxFrame )
+{
+    SwTabFrame *pTab = nullptr;
+
+    if( pBoxFrame )
+    {
+        pTab = const_cast<SwFrame*>(static_cast<SwFrame const *>(pBoxFrame))->ImplFindTabFrame();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        OSL_ENSURE( false, "must specify pBoxFrame" );
+        return ;
+    }
+
+    // If the Table is still using relative values (USHRT_MAX)
+    // we need to switch to absolute ones.
+    SwRectFnSet aRectFnSet(pTab);
+    SwTabCols aOld( rNew.Count() );
+
+    // Set fixed points, LeftMin in Document coordinates, all others relative
+    const SwPageFrame* pPage = pTab->FindPageFrame();
+
+    aOld.SetRight( aRectFnSet.GetHeight(pTab->getFramePrintArea()) );
+    tools::Long nLeftMin;
+    if ( aRectFnSet.IsVert() )
+    {
+        nLeftMin = pTab->GetPrtLeft() - pPage->getFrameArea().Left();
+        aOld.SetLeft    ( LONG_MAX );
+        aOld.SetRightMax( aOld.GetRight() );
+
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        nLeftMin = pTab->GetPrtTop() - pPage->getFrameArea().Top();
+        aOld.SetLeft    ( 0 );
+        aOld.SetRightMax( LONG_MAX );
+    }
+    aOld.SetLeftMin ( nLeftMin );
+
+    GetTabRows( aOld, pBoxFrame );
+
+    GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo( SwUndoId::TABLE_ATTR, nullptr );
+
+    // check for differences between aOld and rNew:
+    const size_t nCount = rNew.Count();
+    const SwTable* pTable = pTab->GetTable();
+    OSL_ENSURE( pTable, "My colleague told me, this couldn't happen" );
+
+    for ( size_t i = 0; i <= nCount; ++i )
+    {
+        const size_t nIdxStt = aRectFnSet.IsVert() ? nCount - i : i - 1;
+        const size_t nIdxEnd = aRectFnSet.IsVert() ? nCount - i - 1 : i;
+
+        const tools::Long nOldRowStart = i == 0  ? 0 : aOld[ nIdxStt ];
+        const tools::Long nOldRowEnd =   i == nCount ? aOld.GetRight() : aOld[ nIdxEnd ];
+        const tools::Long nOldRowHeight = nOldRowEnd - nOldRowStart;
+
+        const tools::Long nNewRowStart = i == 0  ? 0 : rNew[ nIdxStt ];
+        const tools::Long nNewRowEnd =   i == nCount ? rNew.GetRight() : rNew[ nIdxEnd ];
+        const tools::Long nNewRowHeight = nNewRowEnd - nNewRowStart;
+
+        const tools::Long nDiff = nNewRowHeight - nOldRowHeight;
+        if ( std::abs( nDiff ) >= ROWFUZZY )
+        {
+            // For the old table model pTextFrame and pLine will be set for every box.
+            // For the new table model pTextFrame will be set if the box is not covered,
+            // but the pLine will be set if the box is not an overlapping box
+            // In the new table model the row height can be adjusted,
+            // when both variables are set.
+            const SwTextFrame* pTextFrame = nullptr;
+            const SwTableLine* pLine = nullptr;
+
+            // Iterate over all SwCellFrames with Bottom = nOldPos
+            const SwFrame* pFrame = pTab->GetNextLayoutLeaf();
+            while ( pFrame && pTab->IsAnLower( pFrame ) )
+            {
+                if ( pFrame->IsCellFrame() && pFrame->FindTabFrame() == pTab )
+                {
+                    const tools::Long nLowerBorder = aRectFnSet.GetBottom(pFrame->getFrameArea());
+                    const sal_uLong nTabTop = aRectFnSet.GetPrtTop(*pTab);
+                    if ( std::abs( aRectFnSet.YInc( nTabTop, nOldRowEnd ) - nLowerBorder ) <= ROWFUZZY )
+                    {
+                        if ( !bCurColOnly || pFrame == pBoxFrame )
+                        {
+                            const SwFrame* pContent = ::GetCellContent( static_cast<const SwCellFrame&>(*pFrame) );
+
+                            if ( pContent && pContent->IsTextFrame() )
+                            {
+                                const SwTableBox* pBox = static_cast<const SwCellFrame*>(pFrame)->GetTabBox();
+                                const sal_Int32 nRowSpan = pBox->getRowSpan();
+                                if( nRowSpan > 0 ) // Not overlapped
+                                    pTextFrame = static_cast<const SwTextFrame*>(pContent);
+                                if( nRowSpan < 2 ) // Not overlapping for row height
+                                    pLine = pBox->GetUpper();
+                                if( pLine && pTextFrame ) // always for old table model
+                                {
+                                    // The new row height must not to be calculated from an overlapping box
+                                    SwFormatFrameSize aNew( pLine->GetFrameFormat()->GetFrameSize() );
+                                    const tools::Long nNewSize = aRectFnSet.GetHeight(pFrame->getFrameArea()) + nDiff;
+                                    if( nNewSize != aNew.GetHeight() )
+                                    {
+                                        aNew.SetHeight( nNewSize );
+                                        if ( SwFrameSize::Variable == aNew.GetHeightSizeType() )
+                                            aNew.SetHeightSizeType( SwFrameSize::Minimum );
+                                        // This position must not be in an overlapped box
+                                        const SwPosition aPos(*static_cast<const SwTextFrame*>(pContent)->GetTextNodeFirst());
+                                        const SwCursor aTmpCursor( aPos, nullptr );
+                                        SetRowHeight( aTmpCursor, aNew );
+                                        // For the new table model we're done, for the old one
+                                        // there might be another (sub)row to adjust...
+                                        if( pTable->IsNewModel() )
+                                            break;
+                                    }
+                                    pLine = nullptr;
+                                }
+                            }
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+                pFrame = pFrame->GetNextLayoutLeaf();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo( SwUndoId::TABLE_ATTR, nullptr );
+
+    ::ClearFEShellTabCols(*this, nullptr);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Direct access for UNO
+ */
+void SwDoc::SetTabCols(SwTable& rTab, const SwTabCols &rNew, const SwTabCols &rOld,
+                                const SwTableBox *pStart, bool bCurRowOnly )
+{
+    if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo())
+    {
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(
+            std::make_unique<SwUndoAttrTable>( *rTab.GetTableNode(), true ));
+    }
+    rTab.SetTabCols( rNew, rOld, pStart, bCurRowOnly );
+    ::ClearFEShellTabCols(*this, nullptr);
+    getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+}
+
+void SwDoc::SetRowsToRepeat( SwTable &rTable, sal_uInt16 nSet )
+{
+    if( nSet == rTable.GetRowsToRepeat() )
+        return;
+
+    if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo())
+    {
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(
+            std::make_unique<SwUndoTableHeadline>(rTable, rTable.GetRowsToRepeat(), nSet) );
+    }
+
+    rTable.SetRowsToRepeat(nSet);
+    const SwMsgPoolItem aChg(RES_TBLHEADLINECHG);
+    rTable.GetFrameFormat()->CallSwClientNotify(sw::LegacyModifyHint(&aChg, &aChg));
+    getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+}
+
+void SwCollectTableLineBoxes::AddToUndoHistory( const SwContentNode& rNd )
+{
+    if( m_pHistory )
+        m_pHistory->Add( rNd.GetFormatColl(), rNd.GetIndex(), SwNodeType::Text );
+}
+
+void SwCollectTableLineBoxes::AddBox( const SwTableBox& rBox )
+{
+    m_aPositionArr.push_back(m_nWidth);
+    SwTableBox* p = const_cast<SwTableBox*>(&rBox);
+    m_Boxes.push_back(p);
+    m_nWidth = m_nWidth + o3tl::narrowing<sal_uInt16>(rBox.GetFrameFormat()->GetFrameSize().GetWidth());
+}
+
+const SwTableBox* SwCollectTableLineBoxes::GetBoxOfPos( const SwTableBox& rBox )
+{
+    const SwTableBox* pRet = nullptr;
+
+    if( !m_aPositionArr.empty() )
+    {
+        std::vector<sal_uInt16>::size_type n;
+        for( n = 0; n < m_aPositionArr.size(); ++n )
+            if( m_aPositionArr[ n ] == m_nWidth )
+                break;
+            else if( m_aPositionArr[ n ] > m_nWidth )
+            {
+                if( n )
+                    --n;
+                break;
+            }
+
+        if( n >= m_aPositionArr.size() )
+            --n;
+
+        m_nWidth = m_nWidth + o3tl::narrowing<sal_uInt16>(rBox.GetFrameFormat()->GetFrameSize().GetWidth());
+        pRet = m_Boxes[ n ];
+    }
+    return pRet;
+}
+
+bool SwCollectTableLineBoxes::Resize( sal_uInt16 nOffset, sal_uInt16 nOldWidth )
+{
+    if( !m_aPositionArr.empty() )
+    {
+        std::vector<sal_uInt16>::size_type n;
+        for( n = 0; n < m_aPositionArr.size(); ++n )
+        {
+            if( m_aPositionArr[ n ] == nOffset )
+                break;
+            else if( m_aPositionArr[ n ] > nOffset )
+            {
+                if( n )
+                    --n;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+
+        m_aPositionArr.erase( m_aPositionArr.begin(), m_aPositionArr.begin() + n );
+        m_Boxes.erase(m_Boxes.begin(), m_Boxes.begin() + n);
+
+        size_t nArrSize = m_aPositionArr.size();
+        if (nArrSize)
+        {
+            if (nOldWidth == 0)
+                throw o3tl::divide_by_zero();
+
+            // Adapt the positions to the new Size
+            for( n = 0; n < nArrSize; ++n )
+            {
+                sal_uLong nSize = m_nWidth;
+                nSize *= ( m_aPositionArr[ n ] - nOffset );
+                nSize /= nOldWidth;
+                m_aPositionArr[ n ] = sal_uInt16( nSize );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return !m_aPositionArr.empty();
+}
+
+bool sw_Line_CollectBox( const SwTableLine*& rpLine, void* pPara )
+{
+    SwCollectTableLineBoxes* pSplPara = static_cast<SwCollectTableLineBoxes*>(pPara);
+    if( pSplPara->IsGetValues() )
+        for( const auto& rpBox : const_cast<SwTableLine*>(rpLine)->GetTabBoxes() )
+            sw_Box_CollectBox(rpBox, pSplPara );
+    else
+        for( auto& rpBox : const_cast<SwTableLine*>(rpLine)->GetTabBoxes() )
+            sw_BoxSetSplitBoxFormats(rpBox, pSplPara );
+    return true;
+}
+
+void sw_Box_CollectBox( const SwTableBox* pBox, SwCollectTableLineBoxes* pSplPara )
+{
+    auto nLen = pBox->GetTabLines().size();
+    if( nLen )
+    {
+        // Continue with the actual Line
+        if( pSplPara->IsGetFromTop() )
+            nLen = 0;
+        else
+            --nLen;
+
+        const SwTableLine* pLn = pBox->GetTabLines()[ nLen ];
+        sw_Line_CollectBox( pLn, pSplPara );
+    }
+    else
+        pSplPara->AddBox( *pBox );
+}
+
+void sw_BoxSetSplitBoxFormats( SwTableBox* pBox, SwCollectTableLineBoxes* pSplPara )
+{
+    auto nLen = pBox->GetTabLines().size();
+    if( nLen )
+    {
+        // Continue with the actual Line
+        if( pSplPara->IsGetFromTop() )
+            nLen = 0;
+        else
+            --nLen;
+
+        const SwTableLine* pLn = pBox->GetTabLines()[ nLen ];
+        sw_Line_CollectBox( pLn, pSplPara );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        const SwTableBox* pSrcBox = pSplPara->GetBoxOfPos( *pBox );
+        SwFrameFormat* pFormat = pSrcBox->GetFrameFormat();
+
+        if( SplitTable_HeadlineOption::BorderCopy == pSplPara->GetMode() )
+        {
+            const SvxBoxItem& rBoxItem = pBox->GetFrameFormat()->GetBox();
+            if( !rBoxItem.GetTop() )
+            {
+                SvxBoxItem aNew( rBoxItem );
+                aNew.SetLine( pFormat->GetBox().GetBottom(), SvxBoxItemLine::TOP );
+                if( aNew != rBoxItem )
+                    pBox->ClaimFrameFormat()->SetFormatAttr( aNew );
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            SfxItemSetFixed<RES_LR_SPACE,    RES_UL_SPACE,
+                           RES_PROTECT,     RES_PROTECT,
+                           RES_VERT_ORIENT, RES_VERT_ORIENT,
+                           RES_BACKGROUND,  RES_SHADOW>
+                aTmpSet( pFormat->GetDoc()->GetAttrPool() );
+            aTmpSet.Put( pFormat->GetAttrSet() );
+            if( aTmpSet.Count() )
+                pBox->ClaimFrameFormat()->SetFormatAttr( aTmpSet );
+
+            if( SplitTable_HeadlineOption::BoxAttrAllCopy == pSplPara->GetMode() )
+            {
+                SwNodeIndex aIdx( *pSrcBox->GetSttNd(), 1 );
+                SwContentNode* pCNd = aIdx.GetNode().GetContentNode();
+                if( !pCNd )
+                    pCNd = aIdx.GetNodes().GoNext( &aIdx );
+                aIdx = *pBox->GetSttNd();
+                SwContentNode* pDNd = aIdx.GetNodes().GoNext( &aIdx );
+
+                // If the Node is alone in the Section
+                if( SwNodeOffset(2) == pDNd->EndOfSectionIndex() -
+                        pDNd->StartOfSectionIndex() )
+                {
+                    pSplPara->AddToUndoHistory( *pDNd );
+                    pDNd->ChgFormatColl( pCNd->GetFormatColl() );
+                }
+            }
+
+            // note conditional template
+            pBox->GetSttNd()->CheckSectionCondColl();
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Splits a Table in the top-level Line which contains the Index.
+ * All succeeding top-level Lines go into a new Table/Node.
+ *
+ * @param bCalcNewSize true
+ *                     Calculate the new Size for both from the
+ *                     Boxes' Max; but only if Size is using absolute
+ *                     values (USHRT_MAX)
+ */
+void SwDoc::SplitTable( const SwPosition& rPos, SplitTable_HeadlineOption eHdlnMode,
+                        bool bCalcNewSize )
+{
+    SwNode* pNd = &rPos.nNode.GetNode();
+    SwTableNode* pTNd = pNd->FindTableNode();
+    if( !pTNd || pNd->IsTableNode() )
+        return;
+
+    if( dynamic_cast<const SwDDETable*>( &pTNd->GetTable() ) !=  nullptr)
+        return;
+
+    SwTable& rTable = pTNd->GetTable();
+    rTable.SetHTMLTableLayout(std::shared_ptr<SwHTMLTableLayout>()); // Delete HTML Layout
+
+    SwTableFormulaUpdate aMsgHint( &rTable );
+
+    SwHistory aHistory;
+    if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo())
+    {
+        aMsgHint.m_pHistory = &aHistory;
+    }
+
+    {
+        SwNodeOffset nSttIdx = pNd->FindTableBoxStartNode()->GetIndex();
+
+        // Find top-level Line
+        SwTableBox* pBox = rTable.GetTableBox( nSttIdx );
+        if( pBox )
+        {
+            SwTableLine* pLine = pBox->GetUpper();
+            while( pLine->GetUpper() )
+                pLine = pLine->GetUpper()->GetUpper();
+
+            // pLine contains the top-level Line now
+            aMsgHint.m_nSplitLine = rTable.GetTabLines().GetPos( pLine );
+        }
+
+        OUString sNewTableNm( GetUniqueTableName() );
+        aMsgHint.m_aData.pNewTableNm = &sNewTableNm;
+        aMsgHint.m_eFlags = TBL_SPLITTBL;
+        getIDocumentFieldsAccess().UpdateTableFields( &aMsgHint );
+    }
+
+    // Find Lines for the Layout update
+    FndBox_ aFndBox( nullptr, nullptr );
+    aFndBox.SetTableLines( rTable );
+    aFndBox.DelFrames( rTable );
+
+    SwTableNode* pNew = GetNodes().SplitTable( rPos.nNode, false, bCalcNewSize );
+
+    if( pNew )
+    {
+        std::unique_ptr<SwSaveRowSpan> pSaveRowSp = pNew->GetTable().CleanUpTopRowSpan( rTable.GetTabLines().size() );
+        SwUndoSplitTable* pUndo = nullptr;
+        if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo())
+        {
+            pUndo = new SwUndoSplitTable(
+                        *pNew, std::move(pSaveRowSp), eHdlnMode, bCalcNewSize);
+            GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(std::unique_ptr<SwUndo>(pUndo));
+            if( aHistory.Count() )
+                pUndo->SaveFormula( aHistory );
+        }
+
+        switch( eHdlnMode )
+        {
+        // Set the lower Border of the preceding Line to
+        // the upper Border of the current one
+        case SplitTable_HeadlineOption::BorderCopy:
+            {
+                SwCollectTableLineBoxes aPara( false, eHdlnMode );
+                SwTableLine* pLn = rTable.GetTabLines()[
+                            rTable.GetTabLines().size() - 1 ];
+                for( const auto& rpBox : pLn->GetTabBoxes() )
+                    sw_Box_CollectBox(rpBox, &aPara );
+
+                aPara.SetValues( true );
+                pLn = pNew->GetTable().GetTabLines()[ 0 ];
+                for( auto& rpBox : pLn->GetTabBoxes() )
+                    sw_BoxSetSplitBoxFormats(rpBox, &aPara );
+
+                // Switch off repeating Header
+                pNew->GetTable().SetRowsToRepeat( 0 );
+            }
+            break;
+
+        // Take over the Attributes of the first Line to the new one
+        case SplitTable_HeadlineOption::BoxAttrCopy:
+        case SplitTable_HeadlineOption::BoxAttrAllCopy:
+            {
+                SwHistory* pHst = nullptr;
+                if( SplitTable_HeadlineOption::BoxAttrAllCopy == eHdlnMode && pUndo )
+                    pHst = pUndo->GetHistory();
+
+                SwCollectTableLineBoxes aPara( true, eHdlnMode, pHst );
+                SwTableLine* pLn = rTable.GetTabLines()[ 0 ];
+                for( const auto& rpBox : pLn->GetTabBoxes() )
+                    sw_Box_CollectBox(rpBox, &aPara );
+
+                aPara.SetValues( true );
+                pLn = pNew->GetTable().GetTabLines()[ 0 ];
+                for( auto& rpBox : pLn->GetTabBoxes() )
+                    sw_BoxSetSplitBoxFormats(rpBox, &aPara );
+            }
+            break;
+
+        case SplitTable_HeadlineOption::ContentCopy:
+            rTable.CopyHeadlineIntoTable( *pNew );
+            if( pUndo )
+                pUndo->SetTableNodeOffset( pNew->GetIndex() );
+            break;
+
+        case SplitTable_HeadlineOption::NONE:
+            // Switch off repeating the Header
+            pNew->GetTable().SetRowsToRepeat( 0 );
+            break;
+        }
+
+        // And insert Frames
+        SwNodeIndex aNdIdx( *pNew->EndOfSectionNode() );
+        GetNodes().GoNext( &aNdIdx ); // To the next ContentNode
+        pNew->MakeOwnFrames( &aNdIdx );
+
+        // Insert a paragraph between the Table
+        GetNodes().MakeTextNode( SwNodeIndex( *pNew ),
+                                getIDocumentStylePoolAccess().GetTextCollFromPool( RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT ) );
+    }
+
+    // Update Layout
+    aFndBox.MakeFrames( rTable );
+
+    // TL_CHART2: need to inform chart of probably changed cell names
+    UpdateCharts( rTable.GetFrameFormat()->GetName() );
+
+    // update table style formatting of both the tables
+    if (SwFEShell* pFEShell = GetDocShell()->GetFEShell())
+    {
+        pFEShell->UpdateTableStyleFormatting(pTNd);
+        pFEShell->UpdateTableStyleFormatting(pNew);
+    }
+
+    getIDocumentFieldsAccess().SetFieldsDirty( true, nullptr, SwNodeOffset(0) );
+}
+
+static bool lcl_ChgTableSize( SwTable& rTable )
+{
+    // The Attribute must not be set via the Modify or else all Boxes are
+    // set back to 0.
+    // So lock the Format.
+    SwFrameFormat* pFormat = rTable.GetFrameFormat();
+    SwFormatFrameSize aTableMaxSz( pFormat->GetFrameSize() );
+
+    if( USHRT_MAX == aTableMaxSz.GetWidth() )
+        return false;
+
+    bool bLocked = pFormat->IsModifyLocked();
+    pFormat->LockModify();
+
+    aTableMaxSz.SetWidth( 0 );
+
+    SwTableLines& rLns = rTable.GetTabLines();
+    for( auto pLn : rLns )
+    {
+        SwTwips nMaxLnWidth = 0;
+        SwTableBoxes& rBoxes = pLn->GetTabBoxes();
+        for( auto pBox : rBoxes )
+            nMaxLnWidth += pBox->GetFrameFormat()->GetFrameSize().GetWidth();
+
+        if( nMaxLnWidth > aTableMaxSz.GetWidth() )
+            aTableMaxSz.SetWidth( nMaxLnWidth );
+    }
+    pFormat->SetFormatAttr( aTableMaxSz );
+    if( !bLocked ) // Release the Lock if appropriate
+        pFormat->UnlockModify();
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+namespace {
+
+class SplitTable_Para
+{
+    std::map<SwFrameFormat const*, SwFrameFormat*> m_aSrcDestMap;
+    SwTableNode* m_pNewTableNode;
+    SwTable& m_rOldTable;
+
+public:
+    SplitTable_Para(SwTableNode* pNew, SwTable& rOld)
+        : m_pNewTableNode(pNew)
+        , m_rOldTable(rOld)
+    {}
+    SwFrameFormat* GetDestFormat( SwFrameFormat* pSrcFormat ) const
+    {
+        auto it = m_aSrcDestMap.find(pSrcFormat);
+        return it == m_aSrcDestMap.end() ? nullptr : it->second;
+    }
+
+    void InsertSrcDest( SwFrameFormat const * pSrcFormat, SwFrameFormat* pDestFormat )
+            {
+                m_aSrcDestMap[pSrcFormat] = pDestFormat;
+            }
+
+    void ChgBox( SwTableBox* pBox )
+    {
+        m_rOldTable.GetTabSortBoxes().erase(pBox);
+        m_pNewTableNode->GetTable().GetTabSortBoxes().insert(pBox);
+    }
+};
+
+}
+
+static void lcl_SplitTable_CpyBox( SwTableBox* pBox, SplitTable_Para* pPara );
+
+static void lcl_SplitTable_CpyLine( SwTableLine* pLn, SplitTable_Para* pPara )
+{
+    SwFrameFormat *pSrcFormat = pLn->GetFrameFormat();
+    SwTableLineFormat* pDestFormat = static_cast<SwTableLineFormat*>( pPara->GetDestFormat( pSrcFormat ) );
+    if( pDestFormat == nullptr )
+    {
+        pPara->InsertSrcDest( pSrcFormat, pLn->ClaimFrameFormat() );
+    }
+    else
+        pLn->ChgFrameFormat( pDestFormat );
+
+    for( auto& rpBox : pLn->GetTabBoxes() )
+        lcl_SplitTable_CpyBox(rpBox, pPara );
+}
+
+static void lcl_SplitTable_CpyBox( SwTableBox* pBox, SplitTable_Para* pPara )
+{
+    SwFrameFormat *pSrcFormat = pBox->GetFrameFormat();
+    SwTableBoxFormat* pDestFormat = static_cast<SwTableBoxFormat*>(pPara->GetDestFormat( pSrcFormat ));
+    if( pDestFormat == nullptr )
+    {
+        pPara->InsertSrcDest( pSrcFormat, pBox->ClaimFrameFormat() );
+    }
+    else
+        pBox->ChgFrameFormat( pDestFormat );
+
+    if( pBox->GetSttNd() )
+        pPara->ChgBox( pBox );
+    else
+        for( SwTableLine* pLine : pBox->GetTabLines() )
+            lcl_SplitTable_CpyLine( pLine, pPara );
+}
+
+SwTableNode* SwNodes::SplitTable( const SwNodeIndex& rPos, bool bAfter,
+                                    bool bCalcNewSize )
+{
+    SwNode* pNd = &rPos.GetNode();
+    SwTableNode* pTNd = pNd->FindTableNode();
+    if( !pTNd || pNd->IsTableNode() )
+        return nullptr;
+
+    SwNodeOffset nSttIdx = pNd->FindTableBoxStartNode()->GetIndex();
+
+    // Find this Box/top-level line
+    SwTable& rTable = pTNd->GetTable();
+    SwTableBox* pBox = rTable.GetTableBox( nSttIdx );
+    if( !pBox )
+        return nullptr;
+
+    SwTableLine* pLine = pBox->GetUpper();
+    while( pLine->GetUpper() )
+        pLine = pLine->GetUpper()->GetUpper();
+
+    // pLine now contains the top-level line
+    sal_uInt16 nLinePos = rTable.GetTabLines().GetPos( pLine );
+    if( USHRT_MAX == nLinePos ||
+        ( bAfter ? ++nLinePos >= rTable.GetTabLines().size() : !nLinePos ))
+        return nullptr; // Not found or last Line!
+
+    // Find the first Box of the succeeding Line
+    SwTableLine* pNextLine = rTable.GetTabLines()[ nLinePos ];
+    pBox = pNextLine->GetTabBoxes()[0];
+    while( !pBox->GetSttNd() )
+        pBox = pBox->GetTabLines()[0]->GetTabBoxes()[0];
+
+    // Insert an EndNode and TableNode into the Nodes Array
+    SwTableNode * pNewTableNd;
+    {
+        SwEndNode* pOldTableEndNd = pTNd->EndOfSectionNode()->GetEndNode();
+        assert(pOldTableEndNd && "Where is the EndNode?");
+
+        SwNodeIndex aIdx( *pBox->GetSttNd() );
+        new SwEndNode( aIdx, *pTNd );
+        pNewTableNd = new SwTableNode( aIdx );
+        pNewTableNd->GetTable().SetTableModel( rTable.IsNewModel() );
+
+        pOldTableEndNd->m_pStartOfSection = pNewTableNd;
+        pNewTableNd->m_pEndOfSection = pOldTableEndNd;
+
+        SwNode* pBoxNd = aIdx.GetNode().GetStartNode();
+        do {
+            OSL_ENSURE( pBoxNd->IsStartNode(), "This needs to be a StartNode!" );
+            pBoxNd->m_pStartOfSection = pNewTableNd;
+            pBoxNd = (*this)[ pBoxNd->EndOfSectionIndex() + 1 ];
+        } while( pBoxNd != pOldTableEndNd );
+    }
+
+    {
+        // Move the Lines
+        SwTable& rNewTable = pNewTableNd->GetTable();
+        rNewTable.GetTabLines().insert( rNewTable.GetTabLines().begin(),
+                      rTable.GetTabLines().begin() + nLinePos, rTable.GetTabLines().end() );
+
+        /* From the back (bottom right) to the front (top left) deregister all Boxes from the
+           Chart Data Provider. The Modify event is triggered in the calling function.
+         TL_CHART2: */
+        SwChartDataProvider *pPCD = rTable.GetFrameFormat()->getIDocumentChartDataProviderAccess().GetChartDataProvider();
+        if( pPCD )
+        {
+            for (SwTableLines::size_type k = nLinePos;  k < rTable.GetTabLines().size(); ++k)
+            {
+                const SwTableLines::size_type nLineIdx = (rTable.GetTabLines().size() - 1) - k + nLinePos;
+                const SwTableBoxes::size_type nBoxCnt = rTable.GetTabLines()[ nLineIdx ]->GetTabBoxes().size();
+                for (SwTableBoxes::size_type j = 0;  j < nBoxCnt;  ++j)
+                {
+                    const SwTableBoxes::size_type nIdx = nBoxCnt - 1 - j;
+                    pPCD->DeleteBox( &rTable, *rTable.GetTabLines()[ nLineIdx ]->GetTabBoxes()[nIdx] );
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Delete
+        sal_uInt16 nDeleted = rTable.GetTabLines().size() - nLinePos;
+        rTable.GetTabLines().erase( rTable.GetTabLines().begin() + nLinePos, rTable.GetTabLines().end() );
+
+        // Move the affected Boxes. Make the Formats unique and correct the StartNodes
+        SplitTable_Para aPara( pNewTableNd, rTable );
+        for( SwTableLine* pNewLine : rNewTable.GetTabLines() )
+            lcl_SplitTable_CpyLine( pNewLine, &aPara );
+        rTable.CleanUpBottomRowSpan( nDeleted );
+    }
+
+    {
+        // Copy the Table FrameFormat
+        SwFrameFormat* pOldTableFormat = rTable.GetFrameFormat();
+        SwFrameFormat* pNewTableFormat = pOldTableFormat->GetDoc()->MakeTableFrameFormat(
+                                pOldTableFormat->GetDoc()->GetUniqueTableName(),
+                                pOldTableFormat->GetDoc()->GetDfltFrameFormat() );
+
+        *pNewTableFormat = *pOldTableFormat;
+        pNewTableNd->GetTable().RegisterToFormat( *pNewTableFormat );
+
+        pNewTableNd->GetTable().SetTableStyleName(rTable.GetTableStyleName());
+
+        // Calculate a new Size?
+        // lcl_ChgTableSize: Only execute the second call if the first call was
+        // successful, thus has an absolute Size
+        if( bCalcNewSize && lcl_ChgTableSize( rTable ) )
+            lcl_ChgTableSize( pNewTableNd->GetTable() );
+    }
+
+    // TL_CHART2: need to inform chart of probably changed cell names
+    rTable.UpdateCharts();
+
+    return pNewTableNd; // That's it!
+}
+
+/**
+ * rPos needs to be in the Table that remains
+ *
+ * @param bWithPrev  merge the current Table with the preceding
+ *                   or succeeding one
+ */
+bool SwDoc::MergeTable( const SwPosition& rPos, bool bWithPrev, sal_uInt16 nMode )
+{
+    SwTableNode* pTableNd = rPos.nNode.GetNode().FindTableNode(), *pDelTableNd;
+    if( !pTableNd )
+        return false;
+
+    SwNodes& rNds = GetNodes();
+    if( bWithPrev )
+        pDelTableNd = rNds[ pTableNd->GetIndex() - 1 ]->FindTableNode();
+    else
+        pDelTableNd = rNds[ pTableNd->EndOfSectionIndex() + 1 ]->GetTableNode();
+    if( !pDelTableNd )
+        return false;
+
+    if( dynamic_cast<const SwDDETable*>( &pTableNd->GetTable() ) !=  nullptr ||
+        dynamic_cast<const SwDDETable*>( &pDelTableNd->GetTable() ) !=  nullptr)
+        return false;
+
+    // Delete HTML Layout
+    pTableNd->GetTable().SetHTMLTableLayout(std::shared_ptr<SwHTMLTableLayout>());
+    pDelTableNd->GetTable().SetHTMLTableLayout(std::shared_ptr<SwHTMLTableLayout>());
+
+    // Both Tables are present; we can start
+    SwUndoMergeTable* pUndo = nullptr;
+    std::unique_ptr<SwHistory> pHistory;
+    if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo())
+    {
+        pUndo = new SwUndoMergeTable( *pTableNd, *pDelTableNd, bWithPrev, nMode );
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(std::unique_ptr<SwUndo>(pUndo));
+        pHistory.reset(new SwHistory);
+    }
+
+    // Adapt all "TableFormulas"
+    SwTableFormulaUpdate aMsgHint( &pTableNd->GetTable() );
+    aMsgHint.m_aData.pDelTable = &pDelTableNd->GetTable();
+    aMsgHint.m_eFlags = TBL_MERGETBL;
+    aMsgHint.m_pHistory = pHistory.get();
+    getIDocumentFieldsAccess().UpdateTableFields( &aMsgHint );
+
+    // The actual merge
+    SwNodeIndex aIdx( bWithPrev ? *pTableNd : *pDelTableNd );
+    bool bRet = rNds.MergeTable( aIdx, !bWithPrev, nMode );
+
+    if( pHistory )
+    {
+        if( pHistory->Count() )
+            pUndo->SaveFormula( *pHistory );
+        pHistory.reset();
+    }
+    if( bRet )
+    {
+        if (SwFEShell* pFEShell = GetDocShell()->GetFEShell())
+            pFEShell->UpdateTableStyleFormatting();
+
+        getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+        getIDocumentFieldsAccess().SetFieldsDirty( true, nullptr, SwNodeOffset(0) );
+    }
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+bool SwNodes::MergeTable( const SwNodeIndex& rPos, bool bWithPrev,
+                            sal_uInt16 nMode )
+{
+    SwTableNode* pDelTableNd = rPos.GetNode().GetTableNode();
+    OSL_ENSURE( pDelTableNd, "Where did the TableNode go?" );
+
+    SwTableNode* pTableNd = (*this)[ rPos.GetIndex() - 1]->FindTableNode();
+    OSL_ENSURE( pTableNd, "Where did the TableNode go?" );
+
+    if( !pDelTableNd || !pTableNd )
+        return false;
+
+    pDelTableNd->DelFrames();
+
+    SwTable& rDelTable = pDelTableNd->GetTable();
+    SwTable& rTable = pTableNd->GetTable();
+
+    // Find Lines for the Layout update
+    FndBox_ aFndBox( nullptr, nullptr );
+    aFndBox.SetTableLines( rTable );
+    aFndBox.DelFrames( rTable );
+
+    // TL_CHART2:
+    // tell the charts about the table to be deleted and have them use their own data
+    GetDoc().getIDocumentChartDataProviderAccess().CreateChartInternalDataProviders( &rDelTable );
+
+    // Sync the TableFormat's Width
+    {
+        const SwFormatFrameSize& rTableSz = rTable.GetFrameFormat()->GetFrameSize();
+        const SwFormatFrameSize& rDelTableSz = rDelTable.GetFrameFormat()->GetFrameSize();
+        if( rTableSz != rDelTableSz )
+        {
+            // The needs correction
+            if( bWithPrev )
+                rDelTable.GetFrameFormat()->SetFormatAttr( rTableSz );
+            else
+                rTable.GetFrameFormat()->SetFormatAttr( rDelTableSz );
+        }
+    }
+
+    if( !bWithPrev )
+    {
+        // Transfer all Attributes of the succeeding Table to the preceding one
+        // We do this, because the succeeding one is deleted when deleting the Node
+        rTable.SetRowsToRepeat( rDelTable.GetRowsToRepeat() );
+        rTable.SetTableChgMode( rDelTable.GetTableChgMode() );
+
+        rTable.GetFrameFormat()->LockModify();
+        *rTable.GetFrameFormat() = *rDelTable.GetFrameFormat();
+        // Also switch the Name
+        rTable.GetFrameFormat()->SetName( rDelTable.GetFrameFormat()->GetName() );
+        rTable.GetFrameFormat()->UnlockModify();
+    }
+
+    // Move the Lines and Boxes
+    SwTableLines::size_type nOldSize = rTable.GetTabLines().size();
+    rTable.GetTabLines().insert( rTable.GetTabLines().begin() + nOldSize,
+                               rDelTable.GetTabLines().begin(), rDelTable.GetTabLines().end() );
+    rDelTable.GetTabLines().clear();
+
+    rTable.GetTabSortBoxes().insert( rDelTable.GetTabSortBoxes() );
+    rDelTable.GetTabSortBoxes().clear();
+
+    // The preceding Table always remains, while the succeeding one is deleted
+    SwEndNode* pTableEndNd = pDelTableNd->EndOfSectionNode();
+    pTableNd->m_pEndOfSection = pTableEndNd;
+
+    SwNodeIndex aIdx( *pDelTableNd, 1 );
+
+    SwNode* pBoxNd = aIdx.GetNode().GetStartNode();
+    do {
+        OSL_ENSURE( pBoxNd->IsStartNode(), "This needs to be a StartNode!" );
+        pBoxNd->m_pStartOfSection = pTableNd;
+        pBoxNd = (*this)[ pBoxNd->EndOfSectionIndex() + 1 ];
+    } while( pBoxNd != pTableEndNd );
+    pBoxNd->m_pStartOfSection = pTableNd;
+
+    aIdx -= SwNodeOffset(2);
+    DelNodes( aIdx, SwNodeOffset(2) );
+
+    // tweak the conditional styles at the first inserted Line
+    const SwTableLine* pFirstLn = rTable.GetTabLines()[ nOldSize ];
+    if( 1 == nMode )
+    {
+        // Set Header Template in the Line and save in the History
+        // if needed for Undo!
+    }
+    sw_LineSetHeadCondColl( pFirstLn );
+
+    // Clean up the Borders
+    if( nOldSize )
+    {
+        SwGCLineBorder aPara( rTable );
+        aPara.nLinePos = --nOldSize;
+        pFirstLn = rTable.GetTabLines()[ nOldSize ];
+        sw_GC_Line_Border( pFirstLn, &aPara );
+    }
+
+    // Update Layout
+    aFndBox.MakeFrames( rTable );
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+namespace {
+
+// Use the PtrArray's ForEach method
+struct SetAFormatTabPara
+{
+    SwTableAutoFormat& rTableFormat;
+    SwUndoTableAutoFormat* pUndo;
+    sal_uInt16 nEndBox, nCurBox;
+    sal_uInt8 nAFormatLine, nAFormatBox;
+    bool bSingleRowTable;
+
+    explicit SetAFormatTabPara( const SwTableAutoFormat& rNew )
+        : rTableFormat( const_cast<SwTableAutoFormat&>(rNew) ), pUndo( nullptr ),
+        nEndBox( 0 ), nCurBox( 0 ), nAFormatLine( 0 ), nAFormatBox( 0 ), bSingleRowTable(false)
+    {}
+};
+
+}
+
+// Forward declare so that the Lines and Boxes can use recursion
+static bool lcl_SetAFormatBox(FndBox_ &, SetAFormatTabPara *pSetPara, bool bResetDirect);
+static bool lcl_SetAFormatLine(FndLine_ &, SetAFormatTabPara *pPara, bool bResetDirect);
+
+static bool lcl_SetAFormatLine(FndLine_ & rLine, SetAFormatTabPara *pPara, bool bResetDirect)
+{
+    for (auto const& it : rLine.GetBoxes())
+    {
+        lcl_SetAFormatBox(*it, pPara, bResetDirect);
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+static bool lcl_SetAFormatBox(FndBox_ & rBox, SetAFormatTabPara *pSetPara, bool bResetDirect)
+{
+    if (!rBox.GetUpper()->GetUpper()) // Box on first level?
+    {
+        if( !pSetPara->nCurBox )
+            pSetPara->nAFormatBox = 0;
+        else if( pSetPara->nCurBox == pSetPara->nEndBox )
+            pSetPara->nAFormatBox = 3;
+        else //Even column(1) or Odd column(2)
+            pSetPara->nAFormatBox = static_cast<sal_uInt8>(1 + ((pSetPara->nCurBox-1) & 1));
+    }
+
+    if (rBox.GetBox()->GetSttNd())
+    {
+        SwTableBox* pSetBox = rBox.GetBox();
+        if (!pSetBox->HasDirectFormatting() || bResetDirect)
+        {
+            if (bResetDirect)
+                pSetBox->SetDirectFormatting(false);
+
+            SwDoc* pDoc = pSetBox->GetFrameFormat()->GetDoc();
+            SfxItemSetFixed<RES_CHRATR_BEGIN, RES_PARATR_LIST_END-1> aCharSet(pDoc->GetAttrPool());
+            SfxItemSet aBoxSet(pDoc->GetAttrPool(), aTableBoxSetRange);
+            sal_uInt8 nPos = pSetPara->nAFormatLine * 4 + pSetPara->nAFormatBox;
+            const bool bSingleRowTable = pSetPara->bSingleRowTable;
+            const bool bSingleColTable = pSetPara->nEndBox == 0;
+            pSetPara->rTableFormat.UpdateToSet(nPos, bSingleRowTable, bSingleColTable, aCharSet, SwTableAutoFormatUpdateFlags::Char, nullptr);
+            pSetPara->rTableFormat.UpdateToSet(nPos, bSingleRowTable, bSingleColTable, aBoxSet, SwTableAutoFormatUpdateFlags::Box, pDoc->GetNumberFormatter());
+
+            if (aCharSet.Count())
+            {
+                SwNodeOffset nSttNd = pSetBox->GetSttIdx()+1;
+                SwNodeOffset nEndNd = pSetBox->GetSttNd()->EndOfSectionIndex();
+                for (; nSttNd < nEndNd; ++nSttNd)
+                {
+                    SwContentNode* pNd = pDoc->GetNodes()[ nSttNd ]->GetContentNode();
+                    if (pNd)
+                        pNd->SetAttr(aCharSet);
+                }
+            }
+
+            if (aBoxSet.Count())
+            {
+                if (pSetPara->pUndo && SfxItemState::SET == aBoxSet.GetItemState(RES_BOXATR_FORMAT))
+                    pSetPara->pUndo->SaveBoxContent( *pSetBox );
+
+                pSetBox->ClaimFrameFormat()->SetFormatAttr(aBoxSet);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Not sure how this situation can occur, but apparently we have some kind of table in table.
+        // I am guessing at how to best handle singlerow in this situation.
+        const bool bOrigSingleRowTable = pSetPara->bSingleRowTable;
+        pSetPara->bSingleRowTable = rBox.GetLines().size() == 1;
+        for (auto const& rpFndLine : rBox.GetLines())
+        {
+            lcl_SetAFormatLine(*rpFndLine, pSetPara, bResetDirect);
+        }
+        pSetPara->bSingleRowTable = bOrigSingleRowTable;
+    }
+
+    if (!rBox.GetUpper()->GetUpper()) // a BaseLine
+        ++pSetPara->nCurBox;
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool SwDoc::SetTableAutoFormat(const SwSelBoxes& rBoxes, const SwTableAutoFormat& rNew, bool bResetDirect, bool const isSetStyleName)
+{
+    OSL_ENSURE( !rBoxes.empty(), "No valid Box list" );
+    SwTableNode* pTableNd = const_cast<SwTableNode*>(rBoxes[0]->GetSttNd()->FindTableNode());
+    if( !pTableNd )
+        return false;
+
+    // Find all Boxes/Lines
+    FndBox_ aFndBox( nullptr, nullptr );
+    {
+        FndPara aPara( rBoxes, &aFndBox );
+        ForEach_FndLineCopyCol( pTableNd->GetTable().GetTabLines(), &aPara );
+    }
+    if( aFndBox.GetLines().empty() )
+        return false;
+
+    SwTable &table = pTableNd->GetTable();
+    table.SetHTMLTableLayout(std::shared_ptr<SwHTMLTableLayout>());
+
+    FndBox_* pFndBox = &aFndBox;
+    while( 1 == pFndBox->GetLines().size() &&
+            1 == pFndBox->GetLines().front()->GetBoxes().size())
+    {
+        pFndBox = pFndBox->GetLines().front()->GetBoxes()[0].get();
+    }
+
+    if( pFndBox->GetLines().empty() ) // One too far? (only one sel. Box)
+        pFndBox = pFndBox->GetUpper()->GetUpper();
+
+    // Disable Undo, but first store parameters
+    SwUndoTableAutoFormat* pUndo = nullptr;
+    bool const bUndo(GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo());
+    if (bUndo)
+    {
+        pUndo = new SwUndoTableAutoFormat( *pTableNd, rNew );
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(std::unique_ptr<SwUndo>(pUndo));
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoUndo(false);
+    }
+
+    if (isSetStyleName)
+    {   // tdf#98226 do this here where undo can record it
+        pTableNd->GetTable().SetTableStyleName(rNew.GetName());
+    }
+
+    rNew.RestoreTableProperties(table);
+
+    SetAFormatTabPara aPara( rNew );
+    FndLines_t& rFLns = pFndBox->GetLines();
+    aPara.bSingleRowTable = rFLns.size() == 1;
+
+    for (FndLines_t::size_type n = 0; n < rFLns.size(); ++n)
+    {
+        FndLine_* pLine = rFLns[n].get();
+
+        // Set Upper to 0 (thus simulate BaseLine)
+        FndBox_* pSaveBox = pLine->GetUpper();
+        pLine->SetUpper( nullptr );
+
+        if( !n )
+            aPara.nAFormatLine = 0;
+        else if (static_cast<size_t>(n+1) == rFLns.size())
+            aPara.nAFormatLine = 3;
+        else
+            aPara.nAFormatLine = static_cast<sal_uInt8>(1 + ((n-1) & 1 ));
+
+        aPara.nAFormatBox = 0;
+        aPara.nCurBox = 0;
+        aPara.nEndBox = pLine->GetBoxes().size()-1;
+        aPara.pUndo = pUndo;
+        for (auto const& it : pLine->GetBoxes())
+        {
+            lcl_SetAFormatBox(*it, &aPara, bResetDirect);
+        }
+
+        pLine->SetUpper( pSaveBox );
+    }
+
+    if( pUndo )
+    {
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoUndo(bUndo);
+    }
+
+    getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+    getIDocumentFieldsAccess().SetFieldsDirty( true, nullptr, SwNodeOffset(0) );
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Find out who has the Attributes
+ */
+bool SwDoc::GetTableAutoFormat( const SwSelBoxes& rBoxes, SwTableAutoFormat& rGet )
+{
+    OSL_ENSURE( !rBoxes.empty(), "No valid Box list" );
+    SwTableNode* pTableNd = const_cast<SwTableNode*>(rBoxes[0]->GetSttNd()->FindTableNode());
+    if( !pTableNd )
+        return false;
+
+    // Find all Boxes/Lines
+    FndBox_ aFndBox( nullptr, nullptr );
+    {
+        FndPara aPara( rBoxes, &aFndBox );
+        ForEach_FndLineCopyCol( pTableNd->GetTable().GetTabLines(), &aPara );
+    }
+    if( aFndBox.GetLines().empty() )
+        return false;
+
+    // Store table properties
+    SwTable &table = pTableNd->GetTable();
+    rGet.StoreTableProperties(table);
+
+    FndBox_* pFndBox = &aFndBox;
+    while( 1 == pFndBox->GetLines().size() &&
+            1 == pFndBox->GetLines().front()->GetBoxes().size())
+    {
+        pFndBox = pFndBox->GetLines().front()->GetBoxes()[0].get();
+    }
+
+    if( pFndBox->GetLines().empty() ) // One too far? (only one sel. Box)
+        pFndBox = pFndBox->GetUpper()->GetUpper();
+
+    FndLines_t& rFLns = pFndBox->GetLines();
+
+    sal_uInt16 aLnArr[4];
+    aLnArr[0] = 0;
+    aLnArr[1] = 1 < rFLns.size() ? 1 : 0;
+    aLnArr[2] = 2 < rFLns.size() ? 2 : aLnArr[1];
+    aLnArr[3] = rFLns.size() - 1;
+
+    for( sal_uInt8 nLine = 0; nLine < 4; ++nLine )
+    {
+        FndLine_& rLine = *rFLns[ aLnArr[ nLine ] ];
+
+        sal_uInt16 aBoxArr[4];
+        aBoxArr[0] = 0;
+        aBoxArr[1] = 1 < rLine.GetBoxes().size() ? 1 : 0;
+        aBoxArr[2] = 2 < rLine.GetBoxes().size() ? 2 : aBoxArr[1];
+        aBoxArr[3] = rLine.GetBoxes().size() - 1;
+
+        for( sal_uInt8 nBox = 0; nBox < 4; ++nBox )
+        {
+            SwTableBox* pFBox = rLine.GetBoxes()[ aBoxArr[ nBox ] ]->GetBox();
+            // Always apply to the first ones
+            while( !pFBox->GetSttNd() )
+                pFBox = pFBox->GetTabLines()[0]->GetTabBoxes()[0];
+
+            sal_uInt8 nPos = nLine * 4 + nBox;
+            SwNodeIndex aIdx( *pFBox->GetSttNd(), 1 );
+            SwContentNode* pCNd = aIdx.GetNode().GetContentNode();
+            if( !pCNd )
+                pCNd = GetNodes().GoNext( &aIdx );
+
+            if( pCNd )
+                rGet.UpdateFromSet( nPos, pCNd->GetSwAttrSet(),
+                                    SwTableAutoFormatUpdateFlags::Char, nullptr );
+            rGet.UpdateFromSet( nPos, pFBox->GetFrameFormat()->GetAttrSet(),
+                                SwTableAutoFormatUpdateFlags::Box,
+                                GetNumberFormatter() );
+        }
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+SwTableAutoFormatTable& SwDoc::GetTableStyles()
+{
+    if (!m_pTableStyles)
+    {
+        m_pTableStyles.reset(new SwTableAutoFormatTable);
+        m_pTableStyles->Load();
+    }
+    return *m_pTableStyles;
+}
+
+OUString SwDoc::GetUniqueTableName() const
+{
+    if( IsInMailMerge())
+    {
+        OUString newName = "MailMergeTable"
+            + OStringToOUString( DateTimeToOString( DateTime( DateTime::SYSTEM )), RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US )
+            + OUString::number( mpTableFrameFormatTable->size() + 1 );
+        return newName;
+    }
+
+    const OUString aName(SwResId(STR_TABLE_DEFNAME));
+
+    const size_t nFlagSize = ( mpTableFrameFormatTable->size() / 8 ) + 2;
+
+    std::unique_ptr<sal_uInt8[]> pSetFlags( new sal_uInt8[ nFlagSize ] );
+    memset( pSetFlags.get(), 0, nFlagSize );
+
+    for( size_t n = 0; n < mpTableFrameFormatTable->size(); ++n )
+    {
+        const SwFrameFormat* pFormat = (*mpTableFrameFormatTable)[ n ];
+        if( !pFormat->IsDefault() && IsUsed( *pFormat )  &&
+            pFormat->GetName().startsWith( aName ) )
+        {
+            // Get number and set the Flag
+            const sal_Int32 nNmLen = aName.getLength();
+            size_t nNum = o3tl::toInt32(pFormat->GetName().subView( nNmLen ));
+            if( nNum-- && nNum < mpTableFrameFormatTable->size() )
+                pSetFlags[ nNum / 8 ] |= (0x01 << ( nNum & 0x07 ));
+        }
+    }
+
+    // All numbers are flagged properly, thus calculate the right number
+    size_t nNum = mpTableFrameFormatTable->size();
+    for( size_t n = 0; n < nFlagSize; ++n )
+    {
+        auto nTmp = pSetFlags[ n ];
+        if( nTmp != 0xFF )
+        {
+            // Calculate the number
+            nNum = n * 8;
+            while( nTmp & 1 )
+            {
+                ++nNum;
+                nTmp >>= 1;
+            }
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return aName + OUString::number( ++nNum );
+}
+
+SwTableFormat* SwDoc::FindTableFormatByName( const OUString& rName, bool bAll ) const
+{
+    const SwFormat* pRet = nullptr;
+    if( bAll )
+        pRet = mpTableFrameFormatTable->FindFormatByName( rName );
+    else
+    {
+        auto [it, itEnd] = mpTableFrameFormatTable->findRangeByName(rName);
+        // Only the ones set in the Doc
+        for( ; it != itEnd; ++it )
+        {
+            const SwFrameFormat* pFormat = *it;
+            if( !pFormat->IsDefault() && IsUsed( *pFormat ) &&
+                pFormat->GetName() == rName )
+            {
+                pRet = pFormat;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return const_cast<SwTableFormat*>(static_cast<const SwTableFormat*>(pRet));
+}
+
+void SwDoc::SetColRowWidthHeight( SwTableBox& rCurrentBox, TableChgWidthHeightType eType,
+                                    SwTwips nAbsDiff, SwTwips nRelDiff )
+{
+    SwTableNode* pTableNd = const_cast<SwTableNode*>(rCurrentBox.GetSttNd()->FindTableNode());
+    std::unique_ptr<SwUndo> pUndo;
+
+    SwTableFormulaUpdate aMsgHint( &pTableNd->GetTable() );
+    aMsgHint.m_eFlags = TBL_BOXPTR;
+    getIDocumentFieldsAccess().UpdateTableFields( &aMsgHint );
+
+    bool const bUndo(GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo());
+    bool bRet = false;
+    switch( extractPosition(eType) )
+    {
+    case TableChgWidthHeightType::ColLeft:
+    case TableChgWidthHeightType::ColRight:
+    case TableChgWidthHeightType::CellLeft:
+    case TableChgWidthHeightType::CellRight:
+        {
+             bRet = pTableNd->GetTable().SetColWidth( rCurrentBox,
+                                eType, nAbsDiff, nRelDiff,
+                                bUndo ? &pUndo : nullptr );
+        }
+        break;
+    case TableChgWidthHeightType::RowBottom:
+    case TableChgWidthHeightType::CellTop:
+    case TableChgWidthHeightType::CellBottom:
+        bRet = pTableNd->GetTable().SetRowHeight( rCurrentBox,
+                            eType, nAbsDiff, nRelDiff,
+                            bUndo ? &pUndo : nullptr );
+        break;
+    default: break;
+    }
+
+    GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoUndo(bUndo); // SetColWidth can turn it off
+    if( pUndo )
+    {
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( std::move(pUndo) );
+    }
+
+    if( bRet )
+    {
+        getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+    }
+}
+
+bool SwDoc::IsNumberFormat( const OUString& rString, sal_uInt32& F_Index, double& fOutNumber )
+{
+    if( rString.getLength() > 308 ) // optimization matches svl:IsNumberFormat arbitrary value
+        return false;
+
+    // remove any comment anchor marks
+    OUStringBuffer sStringBuffer(rString);
+    sal_Int32 nCommentPosition = sStringBuffer.indexOf( CH_TXTATR_INWORD );
+    while( nCommentPosition != -1 )
+    {
+        sStringBuffer.remove( nCommentPosition, 1 );
+        nCommentPosition = sStringBuffer.indexOf( CH_TXTATR_INWORD, nCommentPosition );
+    }
+
+    return GetNumberFormatter()->IsNumberFormat( sStringBuffer.makeStringAndClear(), F_Index, fOutNumber );
+}
+
+void SwDoc::ChkBoxNumFormat( SwTableBox& rBox, bool bCallUpdate )
+{
+    // Optimization: If the Box says it's Text, it remains Text
+    const SwTableBoxNumFormat* pNumFormatItem = rBox.GetFrameFormat()->GetItemIfSet( RES_BOXATR_FORMAT,
+        false );
+    if( pNumFormatItem && GetNumberFormatter()->IsTextFormat(pNumFormatItem->GetValue()) )
+        return ;
+
+    std::unique_ptr<SwUndoTableNumFormat> pUndo;
+
+    bool bIsEmptyTextNd;
+    bool bChgd = true;
+    sal_uInt32 nFormatIdx;
+    double fNumber;
+    if( rBox.HasNumContent( fNumber, nFormatIdx, bIsEmptyTextNd ) )
+    {
+        if( !rBox.IsNumberChanged() )
+            bChgd = false;
+        else
+        {
+            if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo())
+            {
+                GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo( SwUndoId::TABLE_AUTOFMT, nullptr );
+                pUndo.reset(new SwUndoTableNumFormat( rBox ));
+                pUndo->SetNumFormat( nFormatIdx, fNumber );
+            }
+
+            SwTableBoxFormat* pBoxFormat = static_cast<SwTableBoxFormat*>(rBox.GetFrameFormat());
+            SfxItemSetFixed<RES_BOXATR_FORMAT, RES_BOXATR_VALUE> aBoxSet( GetAttrPool() );
+
+            bool bLockModify = true;
+            bool bSetNumberFormat = IsInsTableFormatNum();
+            const bool bForceNumberFormat = IsInsTableFormatNum() && IsInsTableChangeNumFormat();
+
+            // if the user forced a number format in this cell previously,
+            // keep it, unless the user set that she wants the full number
+            // format recognition
+            if( pNumFormatItem && !bForceNumberFormat )
+            {
+                sal_uLong nOldNumFormat = pNumFormatItem->GetValue();
+                SvNumberFormatter* pNumFormatr = GetNumberFormatter();
+
+                SvNumFormatType nFormatType = pNumFormatr->GetType( nFormatIdx );
+                if( nFormatType == pNumFormatr->GetType( nOldNumFormat ) || SvNumFormatType::NUMBER == nFormatType )
+                {
+                    // Current and specified NumFormat match
+                    // -> keep old Format
+                    nFormatIdx = nOldNumFormat;
+                    bSetNumberFormat = true;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    // Current and specified NumFormat do not match
+                    // -> insert as Text
+                    bLockModify = bSetNumberFormat = false;
+                }
+            }
+
+            if( bSetNumberFormat || bForceNumberFormat )
+            {
+                pBoxFormat = static_cast<SwTableBoxFormat*>(rBox.ClaimFrameFormat());
+
+                aBoxSet.Put( SwTableBoxValue( fNumber ));
+                aBoxSet.Put( SwTableBoxNumFormat( nFormatIdx ));
+            }
+
+            // It's not enough to only reset the Formula.
+            // Make sure that the Text is formatted accordingly
+            if( !bSetNumberFormat && !bIsEmptyTextNd && pNumFormatItem )
+            {
+                // Just resetting Attributes is not enough
+                // Make sure that the Text is formatted accordingly
+                pBoxFormat->SetFormatAttr( *GetDfltAttr( RES_BOXATR_FORMAT ));
+            }
+
+            if( bLockModify ) pBoxFormat->LockModify();
+            pBoxFormat->ResetFormatAttr( RES_BOXATR_FORMAT, RES_BOXATR_VALUE );
+            if( bLockModify ) pBoxFormat->UnlockModify();
+
+            if( bSetNumberFormat )
+                pBoxFormat->SetFormatAttr( aBoxSet );
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // It's not a number
+        SwTableBoxFormat* pBoxFormat = static_cast<SwTableBoxFormat*>(rBox.GetFrameFormat());
+        if( SfxItemState::SET == pBoxFormat->GetItemState( RES_BOXATR_FORMAT, false ) ||
+            SfxItemState::SET == pBoxFormat->GetItemState( RES_BOXATR_VALUE, false ) )
+        {
+            if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo())
+            {
+                GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo( SwUndoId::TABLE_AUTOFMT, nullptr );
+                pUndo.reset(new SwUndoTableNumFormat( rBox ));
+            }
+
+            pBoxFormat = static_cast<SwTableBoxFormat*>(rBox.ClaimFrameFormat());
+
+            // Remove all number formats
+            sal_uInt16 nWhich1 = RES_BOXATR_FORMULA;
+            if( !bIsEmptyTextNd )
+            {
+                nWhich1 = RES_BOXATR_FORMAT;
+
+                // Just resetting Attributes is not enough
+                // Make sure that the Text is formatted accordingly
+                pBoxFormat->SetFormatAttr( *GetDfltAttr( nWhich1 ));
+            }
+            pBoxFormat->ResetFormatAttr( nWhich1, RES_BOXATR_VALUE );
+        }
+        else
+            bChgd = false;
+    }
+
+    if( !bChgd )
+        return;
+
+    if( pUndo )
+    {
+        pUndo->SetBox( rBox );
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(std::move(pUndo));
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo( SwUndoId::END, nullptr );
+    }
+
+    const SwTableNode* pTableNd = rBox.GetSttNd()->FindTableNode();
+    if( bCallUpdate )
+    {
+        SwTableFormulaUpdate aTableUpdate( &pTableNd->GetTable() );
+        getIDocumentFieldsAccess().UpdateTableFields( &aTableUpdate );
+
+        // TL_CHART2: update charts (when cursor leaves cell and
+        // automatic update is enabled)
+        if (AUTOUPD_FIELD_AND_CHARTS == GetDocumentSettingManager().getFieldUpdateFlags(true))
+            pTableNd->GetTable().UpdateCharts();
+    }
+    getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+}
+
+void SwDoc::SetTableBoxFormulaAttrs( SwTableBox& rBox, const SfxItemSet& rSet )
+{
+    if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo())
+    {
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( std::make_unique<SwUndoTableNumFormat>(rBox, &rSet) );
+    }
+
+    SwFrameFormat* pBoxFormat = rBox.ClaimFrameFormat();
+    if( SfxItemState::SET == rSet.GetItemState( RES_BOXATR_FORMULA ))
+    {
+        pBoxFormat->LockModify();
+        pBoxFormat->ResetFormatAttr( RES_BOXATR_VALUE );
+        pBoxFormat->UnlockModify();
+    }
+    else if( SfxItemState::SET == rSet.GetItemState( RES_BOXATR_VALUE ))
+    {
+        pBoxFormat->LockModify();
+        pBoxFormat->ResetFormatAttr( RES_BOXATR_FORMULA );
+        pBoxFormat->UnlockModify();
+    }
+    pBoxFormat->SetFormatAttr( rSet );
+    getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+}
+
+void SwDoc::ClearLineNumAttrs( SwPosition const & rPos )
+{
+    SwPaM aPam(rPos);
+    aPam.Move(fnMoveBackward);
+    SwContentNode *pNode = aPam.GetContentNode();
+    if ( nullptr == pNode )
+        return ;
+    if( !pNode->IsTextNode() )
+        return;
+
+    SwTextNode * pTextNode = pNode->GetTextNode();
+    if (!(pTextNode && pTextNode->IsNumbered()
+        && pTextNode->GetText().isEmpty()))
+        return;
+
+    SfxItemSetFixed<RES_PARATR_BEGIN, RES_PARATR_END - 1>
+        rSet( pTextNode->GetDoc().GetAttrPool() );
+    pTextNode->SwContentNode::GetAttr( rSet );
+    const SfxStringItem* pFormatItem = rSet.GetItemIfSet( RES_PARATR_NUMRULE, false );
+    if ( !pFormatItem )
+        return;
+
+    SwUndoDelNum * pUndo;
+    if( GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo() )
+    {
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().ClearRedo();
+        pUndo = new SwUndoDelNum( aPam );
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( std::unique_ptr<SwUndo>(pUndo) );
+    }
+    else
+        pUndo = nullptr;
+    SwRegHistory aRegH( pUndo ? pUndo->GetHistory() : nullptr );
+    aRegH.RegisterInModify( pTextNode , *pTextNode );
+    if ( pUndo )
+        pUndo->AddNode( *pTextNode );
+    std::unique_ptr<SfxStringItem> pNewItem(pFormatItem->Clone());
+    pNewItem->SetValue(OUString());
+    rSet.Put( std::move(pNewItem) );
+    pTextNode->SetAttr( rSet );
+}
+
+void SwDoc::ClearBoxNumAttrs( const SwNodeIndex& rNode )
+{
+    SwStartNode* pSttNd = rNode.GetNode().FindSttNodeByType( SwTableBoxStartNode );
+    if( nullptr == pSttNd ||
+        SwNodeOffset(2) != pSttNd->EndOfSectionIndex() - pSttNd->GetIndex())
+        return;
+
+    SwTableBox* pBox = pSttNd->FindTableNode()->GetTable().
+                        GetTableBox( pSttNd->GetIndex() );
+
+    const SfxItemSet& rSet = pBox->GetFrameFormat()->GetAttrSet();
+    const SwTableBoxNumFormat* pFormatItem = rSet.GetItemIfSet( RES_BOXATR_FORMAT, false );
+    if( !pFormatItem ||
+        SfxItemState::SET == rSet.GetItemState( RES_BOXATR_FORMULA, false ) ||
+        SfxItemState::SET == rSet.GetItemState( RES_BOXATR_VALUE, false ))
+        return;
+
+    if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo())
+    {
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(std::make_unique<SwUndoTableNumFormat>(*pBox));
+    }
+
+    SwFrameFormat* pBoxFormat = pBox->ClaimFrameFormat();
+
+    // Keep TextFormats!
+    sal_uInt16 nWhich1 = RES_BOXATR_FORMAT;
+    if( pFormatItem && GetNumberFormatter()->IsTextFormat(
+            pFormatItem->GetValue() ))
+        nWhich1 = RES_BOXATR_FORMULA;
+    else
+        // Just resetting Attributes is not enough
+        // Make sure that the Text is formatted accordingly
+        pBoxFormat->SetFormatAttr( *GetDfltAttr( RES_BOXATR_FORMAT ));
+
+    pBoxFormat->ResetFormatAttr( nWhich1, RES_BOXATR_VALUE );
+    getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+}
+
+/**
+ * Copies a Table from the same or another Doc into itself
+ * We create a new Table or an existing one is filled with the Content.
+ * We either fill in the Content from a certain Box or a certain TableSelection
+ *
+ * This method is called by edglss.cxx/fecopy.cxx
+ */
+bool SwDoc::InsCopyOfTable( SwPosition& rInsPos, const SwSelBoxes& rBoxes,
+                        const SwTable* pCpyTable, bool bCpyName, bool bCorrPos, const OUString& rStyleName )
+{
+    bool bRet;
+
+    const SwTableNode* pSrcTableNd = pCpyTable
+            ? pCpyTable->GetTableNode()
+            : rBoxes[ 0 ]->GetSttNd()->FindTableNode();
+
+    SwTableNode * pInsTableNd = rInsPos.nNode.GetNode().FindTableNode();
+
+    bool const bUndo( GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo() );
+    if( !pCpyTable && !pInsTableNd )
+    {
+        std::unique_ptr<SwUndoCpyTable> pUndo;
+        if (bUndo)
+        {
+            GetIDocumentUndoRedo().ClearRedo();
+            pUndo.reset(new SwUndoCpyTable(*this));
+        }
+
+        {
+            ::sw::UndoGuard const undoGuard(GetIDocumentUndoRedo());
+            bRet = pSrcTableNd->GetTable().MakeCopy( *this, rInsPos, rBoxes,
+                                                bCpyName, rStyleName );
+        }
+
+        if( pUndo && bRet )
+        {
+            pInsTableNd = GetNodes()[ rInsPos.nNode.GetIndex() - 1 ]->FindTableNode();
+
+            pUndo->SetTableSttIdx( pInsTableNd->GetIndex() );
+            GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( std::move(pUndo) );
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        RedlineFlags eOld = getIDocumentRedlineAccess().GetRedlineFlags();
+        if( getIDocumentRedlineAccess().IsRedlineOn() )
+            getIDocumentRedlineAccess().SetRedlineFlags( RedlineFlags::On |
+                                  RedlineFlags::ShowInsert |
+                                  RedlineFlags::ShowDelete );
+
+        std::unique_ptr<SwUndoTableCpyTable> pUndo;
+        if (bUndo)
+        {
+            GetIDocumentUndoRedo().ClearRedo();
+            pUndo.reset(new SwUndoTableCpyTable(*this));
+            GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoUndo(false);
+        }
+
+        rtl::Reference<SwDoc> xCpyDoc(&const_cast<SwDoc&>(pSrcTableNd->GetDoc()));
+        bool bDelCpyDoc = xCpyDoc == this;
+
+        if( bDelCpyDoc )
+        {
+            // Copy the Table into a temporary Doc
+            xCpyDoc = new SwDoc;
+
+            SwPosition aPos( SwNodeIndex( xCpyDoc->GetNodes().GetEndOfContent() ));
+            if( !pSrcTableNd->GetTable().MakeCopy( *xCpyDoc, aPos, rBoxes, true ))
+            {
+                xCpyDoc.clear();
+
+                if( pUndo )
+                {
+                    GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoUndo(bUndo);
+                }
+                return false;
+            }
+            aPos.nNode -= SwNodeOffset(1); // Set to the Table's EndNode
+            pSrcTableNd = aPos.nNode.GetNode().FindTableNode();
+        }
+
+        const SwStartNode* pSttNd = rInsPos.nNode.GetNode().FindTableBoxStartNode();
+
+        rInsPos.nContent.Assign( nullptr, 0 );
+
+        // no complex into complex, but copy into or from new model is welcome
+        if( ( !pSrcTableNd->GetTable().IsTableComplex() || pInsTableNd->GetTable().IsNewModel() )
+            && ( bDelCpyDoc || !rBoxes.empty() ) )
+        {
+            // Copy the Table "relatively"
+            const SwSelBoxes* pBoxes;
+            SwSelBoxes aBoxes;
+
+            if( bDelCpyDoc )
+            {
+                SwTableBox* pBox = pInsTableNd->GetTable().GetTableBox(
+                                        pSttNd->GetIndex() );
+                OSL_ENSURE( pBox, "Box is not in this Table" );
+                aBoxes.insert( pBox );
+                pBoxes = &aBoxes;
+            }
+            else
+                pBoxes = &rBoxes;
+
+            // Copy Table to the selected Lines
+            bRet = pInsTableNd->GetTable().InsTable( pSrcTableNd->GetTable(),
+                                                        *pBoxes, pUndo.get() );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            SwNodeIndex aNdIdx( *pSttNd, 1 );
+            bRet = pInsTableNd->GetTable().InsTable( pSrcTableNd->GetTable(),
+                                                    aNdIdx, pUndo.get() );
+        }
+
+        xCpyDoc.clear();
+
+        if( pUndo )
+        {
+            // If the Table could not be copied, delete the Undo object
+            GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoUndo(bUndo);
+            if( bRet || !pUndo->IsEmpty() )
+            {
+                GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(std::move(pUndo));
+            }
+        }
+
+        if( bCorrPos )
+        {
+            rInsPos.nNode = *pSttNd;
+            rInsPos.nContent.Assign( GetNodes().GoNext( &rInsPos.nNode ), 0 );
+        }
+        getIDocumentRedlineAccess().SetRedlineFlags( eOld );
+    }
+
+    if( bRet )
+    {
+        getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+        getIDocumentFieldsAccess().SetFieldsDirty( true, nullptr, SwNodeOffset(0) );
+    }
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+bool SwDoc::UnProtectTableCells( SwTable& rTable )
+{
+    bool bChgd = false;
+    std::unique_ptr<SwUndoAttrTable> pUndo;
+    if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo())
+        pUndo.reset(new SwUndoAttrTable( *rTable.GetTableNode() ));
+
+    SwTableSortBoxes& rSrtBox = rTable.GetTabSortBoxes();
+    for (size_t i = rSrtBox.size(); i; )
+    {
+        SwFrameFormat *pBoxFormat = rSrtBox[ --i ]->GetFrameFormat();
+        if( pBoxFormat->GetProtect().IsContentProtected() )
+        {
+            pBoxFormat->ResetFormatAttr( RES_PROTECT );
+            bChgd = true;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if( pUndo && bChgd )
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( std::move(pUndo) );
+    return bChgd;
+}
+
+void SwDoc::UnProtectCells( const OUString& rName )
+{
+    SwTableFormat* pFormat = FindTableFormatByName( rName );
+    if( pFormat )
+    {
+        bool bChgd = UnProtectTableCells( *SwTable::FindTable( pFormat ) );
+        if( bChgd )
+            getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+    }
+}
+
+bool SwDoc::UnProtectCells( const SwSelBoxes& rBoxes )
+{
+    bool bChgd = false;
+    if( !rBoxes.empty() )
+    {
+        std::unique_ptr<SwUndoAttrTable> pUndo;
+        if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo())
+            pUndo.reset(new SwUndoAttrTable( *rBoxes[0]->GetSttNd()->FindTableNode() ));
+
+        std::map<SwFrameFormat*, SwTableBoxFormat*> aFormatsMap;
+        for (size_t i = rBoxes.size(); i; )
+        {
+            SwTableBox* pBox = rBoxes[ --i ];
+            SwFrameFormat* pBoxFormat = pBox->GetFrameFormat();
+            if( pBoxFormat->GetProtect().IsContentProtected() )
+            {
+                std::map<SwFrameFormat*, SwTableBoxFormat*>::const_iterator const it =
+                    aFormatsMap.find(pBoxFormat);
+                if (aFormatsMap.end() != it)
+                    pBox->ChgFrameFormat(it->second);
+                else
+                {
+                    SwTableBoxFormat *const pNewBoxFormat(
+                        static_cast<SwTableBoxFormat*>(pBox->ClaimFrameFormat()));
+                    pNewBoxFormat->ResetFormatAttr( RES_PROTECT );
+                    aFormatsMap.insert(std::make_pair(pBoxFormat, pNewBoxFormat));
+                }
+                bChgd = true;
+            }
+        }
+
+        if( pUndo && bChgd )
+            GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( std::move(pUndo) );
+    }
+    return bChgd;
+}
+
+void SwDoc::UnProtectTables( const SwPaM& rPam )
+{
+    GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo(SwUndoId::EMPTY, nullptr);
+
+    bool bChgd = false, bHasSel = rPam.HasMark() ||
+                                    rPam.GetNext() != &rPam;
+    SwFrameFormats& rFormats = *GetTableFrameFormats();
+    SwTable* pTable;
+    const SwTableNode* pTableNd;
+    for( auto n = rFormats.size(); n ; )
+        if( nullptr != (pTable = SwTable::FindTable( rFormats[ --n ] )) &&
+            nullptr != (pTableNd = pTable->GetTableNode() ) &&
+            pTableNd->GetNodes().IsDocNodes() )
+        {
+            SwNodeOffset nTableIdx = pTableNd->GetIndex();
+
+            // Check whether the Table is within the Selection
+            if( bHasSel )
+            {
+                bool bFound = false;
+                SwPaM* pTmp = const_cast<SwPaM*>(&rPam);
+                do {
+                    const SwPosition *pStt = pTmp->Start(),
+                                    *pEnd = pTmp->End();
+                    bFound = pStt->nNode.GetIndex() < nTableIdx &&
+                            nTableIdx < pEnd->nNode.GetIndex();
+
+                } while( !bFound && &rPam != ( pTmp = pTmp->GetNext() ) );
+                if( !bFound )
+                    continue; // Continue searching
+            }
+
+            // Lift the protection
+            bChgd |= UnProtectTableCells( *pTable );
+        }
+
+    GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo(SwUndoId::EMPTY, nullptr);
+    if( bChgd )
+        getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+}
+
+bool SwDoc::HasTableAnyProtection( const SwPosition* pPos,
+                                 const OUString* pTableName,
+                                 bool* pFullTableProtection )
+{
+    bool bHasProtection = false;
+    SwTable* pTable = nullptr;
+    if( pTableName )
+        pTable = SwTable::FindTable( FindTableFormatByName( *pTableName ) );
+    else if( pPos )
+    {
+        SwTableNode* pTableNd = pPos->nNode.GetNode().FindTableNode();
+        if( pTableNd )
+            pTable = &pTableNd->GetTable();
+    }
+
+    if( pTable )
+    {
+        SwTableSortBoxes& rSrtBox = pTable->GetTabSortBoxes();
+        for (size_t i = rSrtBox.size(); i; )
+        {
+            SwFrameFormat *pBoxFormat = rSrtBox[ --i ]->GetFrameFormat();
+            if( pBoxFormat->GetProtect().IsContentProtected() )
+            {
+                if( !bHasProtection )
+                {
+                    bHasProtection = true;
+                    if( !pFullTableProtection )
+                        break;
+                    *pFullTableProtection = true;
+                }
+            }
+            else if( bHasProtection && pFullTableProtection )
+            {
+                *pFullTableProtection = false;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return bHasProtection;
+}
+
+SwTableAutoFormat* SwDoc::MakeTableStyle(const OUString& rName, bool bBroadcast)
+{
+    SwTableAutoFormat aTableFormat(rName);
+    GetTableStyles().AddAutoFormat(aTableFormat);
+    SwTableAutoFormat* pTableFormat = GetTableStyles().FindAutoFormat(rName);
+
+    getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+
+    if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo())
+    {
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(
+            std::make_unique<SwUndoTableStyleMake>(rName, *this));
+    }
+
+    if (bBroadcast)
+        BroadcastStyleOperation(rName, SfxStyleFamily::Table, SfxHintId::StyleSheetCreated);
+
+    return pTableFormat;
+}
+
+std::unique_ptr<SwTableAutoFormat> SwDoc::DelTableStyle(const OUString& rName, bool bBroadcast)
+{
+    if (bBroadcast)
+        BroadcastStyleOperation(rName, SfxStyleFamily::Table, SfxHintId::StyleSheetErased);
+
+    std::unique_ptr<SwTableAutoFormat> pReleasedFormat = GetTableStyles().ReleaseAutoFormat(rName);
+
+    std::vector<SwTable*> vAffectedTables;
+    if (pReleasedFormat)
+    {
+        size_t nTableCount = GetTableFrameFormatCount(true);
+        for (size_t i=0; i < nTableCount; ++i)
+        {
+            SwFrameFormat* pFrameFormat = &GetTableFrameFormat(i, true);
+            SwTable* pTable = SwTable::FindTable(pFrameFormat);
+            if (pTable->GetTableStyleName() == pReleasedFormat->GetName())
+            {
+                pTable->SetTableStyleName("");
+                vAffectedTables.push_back(pTable);
+            }
+        }
+
+        getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+
+        if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo())
+        {
+            GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(
+                std::make_unique<SwUndoTableStyleDelete>(std::move(pReleasedFormat), std::move(vAffectedTables), *this));
+        }
+    }
+
+    return pReleasedFormat;
+}
+
+void SwDoc::ChgTableStyle(const OUString& rName, const SwTableAutoFormat& rNewFormat)
+{
+    SwTableAutoFormat* pFormat = GetTableStyles().FindAutoFormat(rName);
+    if (!pFormat)
+        return;
+
+    SwTableAutoFormat aOldFormat = *pFormat;
+    *pFormat = rNewFormat;
+    pFormat->SetName(rName);
+
+    size_t nTableCount = GetTableFrameFormatCount(true);
+    for (size_t i=0; i < nTableCount; ++i)
+    {
+        SwFrameFormat* pFrameFormat = &GetTableFrameFormat(i, true);
+        SwTable* pTable = SwTable::FindTable(pFrameFormat);
+        if (pTable->GetTableStyleName() == rName)
+            if (SwFEShell* pFEShell = GetDocShell()->GetFEShell())
+                pFEShell->UpdateTableStyleFormatting(pTable->GetTableNode());
+    }
+
+    getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+
+    if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo())
+    {
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(
+            std::make_unique<SwUndoTableStyleUpdate>(*pFormat, aOldFormat, *this));
+    }
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/ndtbl1.cxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/ndtbl1.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fb1b59a40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/ndtbl1.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,1774 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <hintids.hxx>
+#include <editeng/boxitem.hxx>
+#include <editeng/brushitem.hxx>
+#include <editeng/frmdiritem.hxx>
+#include <fesh.hxx>
+#include <fmtornt.hxx>
+#include <fmtfsize.hxx>
+#include <fmtrowsplt.hxx>
+#include <tabcol.hxx>
+#include <frmatr.hxx>
+#include <cellfrm.hxx>
+#include <tabfrm.hxx>
+#include <cntfrm.hxx>
+#include <txtfrm.hxx>
+#include <svx/svxids.hrc>
+#include <doc.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentUndoRedo.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentState.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentContentOperations.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentRedlineAccess.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentLayoutAccess.hxx>
+#include <pam.hxx>
+#include <swcrsr.hxx>
+#include <viscrs.hxx>
+#include <swtable.hxx>
+#include <htmltbl.hxx>
+#include <tblsel.hxx>
+#include <swtblfmt.hxx>
+#include <ndindex.hxx>
+#include <undobj.hxx>
+#include <calbck.hxx>
+#include <UndoTable.hxx>
+#include <o3tl/enumrange.hxx>
+#include <o3tl/safeint.hxx>
+#include <osl/diagnose.h>
+#include <redline.hxx>
+
+using ::editeng::SvxBorderLine;
+using namespace ::com::sun::star;
+
+// See swtable.cxx too
+#define COLFUZZY 20L
+
+static bool IsSame( tools::Long nA, tools::Long nB ) { return  std::abs(nA-nB) <= COLFUZZY; }
+
+namespace {
+
+// SwTableLine::ChgFrameFormat may delete old format which doesn't have writer listeners anymore.
+// This may invalidate my pointers, and lead to use-after-free. For this reason, I register myself
+// as a writer listener for the old format here, and take care to delete formats without listeners
+// in my own dtor.
+class SwTableFormatCmp : public SwClient
+{
+public:
+    SwTableFormatCmp( SwFrameFormat *pOld, SwFrameFormat *pNew, sal_Int16 nType );
+    ~SwTableFormatCmp() override;
+
+    static SwFrameFormat* FindNewFormat(std::vector<std::unique_ptr<SwTableFormatCmp>>& rArr,
+                                        SwFrameFormat const* pOld, sal_Int16 nType);
+
+private:
+    SwFrameFormat *m_pOld, *m_pNew;
+    sal_Int16 m_nType;
+};
+
+}
+
+SwTableFormatCmp::SwTableFormatCmp(SwFrameFormat* pO, SwFrameFormat* pN, sal_Int16 nT)
+    : m_pOld(pO)
+    , m_pNew(pN)
+    , m_nType(nT)
+{
+    if (m_pOld)
+        m_pOld->Add(this);
+}
+
+SwTableFormatCmp::~SwTableFormatCmp()
+{
+    if (m_pOld)
+    {
+        m_pOld->Remove(this);
+        if (!m_pOld->HasWriterListeners())
+            delete m_pOld;
+    }
+}
+
+// static
+SwFrameFormat* SwTableFormatCmp::FindNewFormat(std::vector<std::unique_ptr<SwTableFormatCmp>>& rArr,
+                                               SwFrameFormat const* pOld, sal_Int16 nType)
+{
+    for (const auto& pCmp : rArr)
+    {
+        if (pCmp->m_pOld == pOld && pCmp->m_nType == nType)
+            return pCmp->m_pNew;
+    }
+    return nullptr;
+}
+
+static void lcl_GetStartEndCell( const SwCursor& rCursor,
+                        SwLayoutFrame *&prStart, SwLayoutFrame *&prEnd )
+{
+    OSL_ENSURE( rCursor.GetContentNode() && rCursor.GetContentNode( false ),
+            "Tab selection not at ContentNode" );
+
+    Point aPtPos, aMkPos;
+    const SwShellCursor* pShCursor = dynamic_cast<const SwShellCursor*>(&rCursor);
+    if( pShCursor )
+    {
+        aPtPos = pShCursor->GetPtPos();
+        aMkPos = pShCursor->GetMkPos();
+    }
+
+    // Robust:
+    SwContentNode* pPointNd = rCursor.GetContentNode();
+    SwContentNode* pMarkNd  = rCursor.GetContentNode(false);
+
+    std::pair<Point, bool> tmp(aPtPos, true);
+    SwFrame *const pPointFrame = pPointNd ? pPointNd->getLayoutFrame(pPointNd->GetDoc().getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentLayout(), nullptr, &tmp) : nullptr;
+    tmp.first = aMkPos;
+    SwFrame *const pMarkFrame = pMarkNd ? pMarkNd->getLayoutFrame(pMarkNd->GetDoc().getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentLayout(), nullptr, &tmp) : nullptr;
+
+    prStart = pPointFrame ? pPointFrame->GetUpper() : nullptr;
+    prEnd   = pMarkFrame  ? pMarkFrame->GetUpper() : nullptr;
+}
+
+static bool lcl_GetBoxSel( const SwCursor& rCursor, SwSelBoxes& rBoxes,
+                    bool bAllCursor = false )
+{
+    const SwTableCursor* pTableCursor =
+        dynamic_cast<const SwTableCursor*>(&rCursor);
+    if( pTableCursor )
+        ::GetTableSelCrs( *pTableCursor, rBoxes );
+    else
+    {
+        const SwPaM *pCurPam = &rCursor, *pSttPam = pCurPam;
+        do {
+            const SwNode* pNd = pCurPam->GetNode().FindTableBoxStartNode();
+            if( pNd )
+            {
+                SwTableBox* pBox = const_cast<SwTableBox*>(pNd->FindTableNode()->GetTable().
+                                            GetTableBox( pNd->GetIndex() ));
+                rBoxes.insert( pBox );
+            }
+        } while( bAllCursor &&
+                pSttPam != ( pCurPam = pCurPam->GetNext()) );
+    }
+    return !rBoxes.empty();
+}
+
+static void InsertLine( std::vector<SwTableLine*>& rLineArr, SwTableLine* pLine )
+{
+    if( rLineArr.end() == std::find( rLineArr.begin(), rLineArr.end(), pLine ) )
+        rLineArr.push_back( pLine );
+}
+
+static bool lcl_IsAnLower( const SwTableLine *pLine, const SwTableLine *pAssumed )
+{
+    const SwTableLine *pTmp = pAssumed->GetUpper() ?
+                                    pAssumed->GetUpper()->GetUpper() : nullptr;
+    while ( pTmp )
+    {
+        if ( pTmp == pLine )
+            return true;
+        pTmp = pTmp->GetUpper() ? pTmp->GetUpper()->GetUpper() : nullptr;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+namespace {
+
+struct LinesAndTable
+{
+    std::vector<SwTableLine*> &m_rLines;
+    const SwTable             &m_rTable;
+    bool                      m_bInsertLines;
+
+    LinesAndTable(std::vector<SwTableLine*> &rL, const SwTable &rTable) :
+          m_rLines(rL), m_rTable(rTable), m_bInsertLines(true) {}
+};
+
+}
+
+static bool FindLine_( FndLine_ & rLine, LinesAndTable* pPara );
+
+static bool FindBox_( FndBox_ & rBox, LinesAndTable* pPara )
+{
+    if (!rBox.GetLines().empty())
+    {
+        pPara->m_bInsertLines = true;
+        for (auto const& rpFndLine : rBox.GetLines())
+        {
+            FindLine_(*rpFndLine, pPara);
+        }
+
+        if (pPara->m_bInsertLines)
+        {
+            const SwTableLines &rLines = (rBox.GetBox())
+                                    ? rBox.GetBox()->GetTabLines()
+                                    : pPara->m_rTable.GetTabLines();
+            if (rBox.GetLines().size() == rLines.size())
+            {
+                for ( auto pLine : rLines )
+                    ::InsertLine(pPara->m_rLines, pLine);
+            }
+            else
+                pPara->m_bInsertLines = false;
+        }
+    }
+    else if (rBox.GetBox())
+    {
+        ::InsertLine(pPara->m_rLines, rBox.GetBox()->GetUpper());
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool FindLine_( FndLine_& rLine, LinesAndTable* pPara )
+{
+    for (auto const& it : rLine.GetBoxes())
+    {
+        FindBox_(*it, pPara);
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+static void lcl_CollectLines( std::vector<SwTableLine*> &rArr, const SwCursor& rCursor, bool bRemoveLines )
+{
+    // Collect the selected Boxes first
+    SwSelBoxes aBoxes;
+    if( !::lcl_GetBoxSel( rCursor, aBoxes ))
+        return ;
+
+    // Copy the selected structure
+    const SwTable &rTable = aBoxes[0]->GetSttNd()->FindTableNode()->GetTable();
+    LinesAndTable aPara( rArr, rTable );
+    FndBox_ aFndBox( nullptr, nullptr );
+    {
+        FndPara aTmpPara( aBoxes, &aFndBox );
+        ForEach_FndLineCopyCol( const_cast<SwTableLines&>(rTable.GetTabLines()), &aTmpPara );
+    }
+
+    // Collect the Lines which only contain selected Boxes
+    ::FindBox_(aFndBox, &aPara);
+
+    // Remove lines, that have a common superordinate row.
+    // (Not for row split)
+    if ( !bRemoveLines )
+        return;
+
+    for ( std::vector<SwTableLine*>::size_type i = 0; i < rArr.size(); ++i )
+    {
+        SwTableLine *pUpLine = rArr[i];
+        for ( std::vector<SwTableLine*>::size_type k = 0; k < rArr.size(); ++k )
+        {
+            if ( k != i && ::lcl_IsAnLower( pUpLine, rArr[k] ) )
+            {
+                rArr.erase( rArr.begin() + k );
+                if ( k <= i )
+                    --i;
+                --k;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+static void lcl_ProcessRowAttr(std::vector<std::unique_ptr<SwTableFormatCmp>>& rFormatCmp,
+                               SwTableLine* pLine, const SfxPoolItem& rNew)
+{
+    SwFrameFormat *pNewFormat = SwTableFormatCmp::FindNewFormat( rFormatCmp, pLine->GetFrameFormat(), 0 );
+    if ( nullptr != pNewFormat )
+        pLine->ChgFrameFormat( static_cast<SwTableLineFormat*>(pNewFormat) );
+    else
+    {
+        SwFrameFormat *pOld = pLine->GetFrameFormat();
+        SwFrameFormat *pNew = pLine->ClaimFrameFormat();
+        pNew->SetFormatAttr( rNew );
+        rFormatCmp.push_back(std::make_unique<SwTableFormatCmp>(pOld, pNew, 0));
+    }
+}
+
+static void lcl_ProcessBoxSize(std::vector<std::unique_ptr<SwTableFormatCmp>>& rFormatCmp,
+                               SwTableBox* pBox, const SwFormatFrameSize& rNew);
+
+static void lcl_ProcessRowSize(std::vector<std::unique_ptr<SwTableFormatCmp>>& rFormatCmp,
+                               SwTableLine* pLine, const SwFormatFrameSize& rNew)
+{
+    lcl_ProcessRowAttr( rFormatCmp, pLine, rNew );
+    SwTableBoxes &rBoxes = pLine->GetTabBoxes();
+    for ( auto pBox : rBoxes )
+        ::lcl_ProcessBoxSize( rFormatCmp, pBox, rNew );
+}
+
+static void lcl_ProcessBoxSize(std::vector<std::unique_ptr<SwTableFormatCmp>>& rFormatCmp,
+                               SwTableBox* pBox, const SwFormatFrameSize& rNew)
+{
+    SwTableLines &rLines = pBox->GetTabLines();
+    if ( !rLines.empty() )
+    {
+        SwFormatFrameSize aSz( rNew );
+        aSz.SetHeight( rNew.GetHeight() ? rNew.GetHeight() / rLines.size() : 0 );
+        for ( auto pLine : rLines )
+            ::lcl_ProcessRowSize( rFormatCmp, pLine, aSz );
+    }
+}
+
+void SwDoc::SetRowSplit( const SwCursor& rCursor, const SwFormatRowSplit &rNew )
+{
+    SwTableNode* pTableNd = rCursor.GetPoint()->nNode.GetNode().FindTableNode();
+    if( !pTableNd )
+        return;
+
+    std::vector<SwTableLine*> aRowArr; // For Lines collecting
+    ::lcl_CollectLines( aRowArr, rCursor, false );
+
+    if( aRowArr.empty() )
+        return;
+
+    if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo())
+    {
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(std::make_unique<SwUndoAttrTable>(*pTableNd));
+    }
+
+    std::vector<std::unique_ptr<SwTableFormatCmp>> aFormatCmp;
+    aFormatCmp.reserve( std::max( 255, static_cast<int>(aRowArr.size()) ) );
+
+    for( auto pLn : aRowArr )
+        ::lcl_ProcessRowAttr( aFormatCmp, pLn, rNew );
+
+    getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+}
+
+std::unique_ptr<SwFormatRowSplit> SwDoc::GetRowSplit( const SwCursor& rCursor )
+{
+    SwTableNode* pTableNd = rCursor.GetPoint()->nNode.GetNode().FindTableNode();
+    if( !pTableNd )
+        return nullptr;
+
+    std::vector<SwTableLine*> aRowArr; // For Lines collecting
+    ::lcl_CollectLines( aRowArr, rCursor, false );
+
+    if( aRowArr.empty() )
+        return nullptr;
+
+    SwFormatRowSplit* pSz = &const_cast<SwFormatRowSplit&>(aRowArr[0]->GetFrameFormat()->GetRowSplit());
+
+    for ( auto pLn : aRowArr )
+    {
+        if ( pSz->GetValue() != pLn->GetFrameFormat()->GetRowSplit().GetValue() )
+        {
+            return nullptr;
+        }
+    }
+    return std::make_unique<SwFormatRowSplit>( *pSz );
+}
+
+/* Class:  SwDoc
+ * Methods:  SetRowHeight(), GetRowHeight()
+ *
+ * The line height is calculated from the Selection.
+ * Starting with every Cell within the Selection, all Cells are iterated
+ * through in an upwards fashion.
+ *
+ * The topmost Line gets the requested value, all Lines below it get
+ * a respective value that is calculated from the relation of the old and
+ * new size of the topmost Line in the lower line's own size.
+ *
+ * All changed Lines may get an own FrameFormat.
+ * Of course we can only touch every Line once.
+ */
+
+void SwDoc::SetRowHeight( const SwCursor& rCursor, const SwFormatFrameSize &rNew )
+{
+    SwTableNode* pTableNd = rCursor.GetPoint()->nNode.GetNode().FindTableNode();
+    if( !pTableNd )
+        return;
+
+    std::vector<SwTableLine*> aRowArr; // For Lines collecting
+    ::lcl_CollectLines( aRowArr, rCursor, true );
+
+    if( aRowArr.empty() )
+        return;
+
+    if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo())
+    {
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(std::make_unique<SwUndoAttrTable>(*pTableNd));
+    }
+
+    std::vector<std::unique_ptr<SwTableFormatCmp>> aFormatCmp;
+    aFormatCmp.reserve( std::max( 255, static_cast<int>(aRowArr.size()) ) );
+    for ( auto pLn : aRowArr )
+        ::lcl_ProcessRowSize( aFormatCmp, pLn, rNew );
+
+    getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+}
+
+std::unique_ptr<SwFormatFrameSize> SwDoc::GetRowHeight( const SwCursor& rCursor )
+{
+    SwTableNode* pTableNd = rCursor.GetPoint()->nNode.GetNode().FindTableNode();
+    if( !pTableNd )
+        return nullptr;
+
+    std::vector<SwTableLine*> aRowArr; // For Lines collecting
+    ::lcl_CollectLines( aRowArr, rCursor, true );
+
+    if( aRowArr.empty() )
+        return nullptr;
+
+    SwFormatFrameSize* pSz = &const_cast<SwFormatFrameSize&>(aRowArr[0]->GetFrameFormat()->GetFrameSize());
+
+    for ( auto pLn : aRowArr )
+    {
+        if ( *pSz != pLn->GetFrameFormat()->GetFrameSize() )
+            return nullptr;
+    }
+    return std::make_unique<SwFormatFrameSize>( *pSz );
+}
+
+bool SwDoc::BalanceRowHeight( const SwCursor& rCursor, bool bTstOnly, const bool bOptimize )
+{
+    bool bRet = false;
+    SwTableNode* pTableNd = rCursor.GetPoint()->nNode.GetNode().FindTableNode();
+    if( pTableNd )
+    {
+        std::vector<SwTableLine*> aRowArr; // For Lines collecting
+        ::lcl_CollectLines( aRowArr, rCursor, true );
+
+        if( 1 < aRowArr.size() )
+        {
+            if( !bTstOnly )
+            {
+                tools::Long nHeight = 0;
+                sal_Int32 nTotalHeight = 0;
+                for ( auto pLn : aRowArr )
+                {
+                    if (bOptimize)
+                        nHeight = 0;
+                    SwIterator<SwFrame,SwFormat> aIter( *pLn->GetFrameFormat() );
+                    SwFrame* pFrame = aIter.First();
+                    while ( pFrame )
+                    {
+                        nHeight = std::max( nHeight, pFrame->getFrameArea().Height() );
+                        pFrame = aIter.Next();
+                    }
+                    nTotalHeight += nHeight;
+                }
+
+                if ( bOptimize )
+                    nHeight = nTotalHeight / aRowArr.size();
+
+                SwFormatFrameSize aNew( SwFrameSize::Minimum, 0, nHeight );
+
+                if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo())
+                {
+                    GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(
+                            std::make_unique<SwUndoAttrTable>(*pTableNd));
+                }
+
+                std::vector<std::unique_ptr<SwTableFormatCmp>> aFormatCmp;
+                aFormatCmp.reserve( std::max( 255, static_cast<int>(aRowArr.size()) ) );
+                for( auto pLn : aRowArr )
+                    ::lcl_ProcessRowSize( aFormatCmp, pLn, aNew );
+
+                getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+            }
+            bRet = true;
+        }
+    }
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+void SwDoc::SetRowBackground( const SwCursor& rCursor, const SvxBrushItem &rNew )
+{
+    SwTableNode* pTableNd = rCursor.GetPoint()->nNode.GetNode().FindTableNode();
+    if( !pTableNd )
+        return;
+
+    std::vector<SwTableLine*> aRowArr; // For Lines collecting
+    ::lcl_CollectLines( aRowArr, rCursor, true );
+
+    if( aRowArr.empty() )
+        return;
+
+    if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo())
+    {
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(std::make_unique<SwUndoAttrTable>(*pTableNd));
+    }
+
+    std::vector<std::unique_ptr<SwTableFormatCmp>> aFormatCmp;
+    aFormatCmp.reserve( std::max( 255, static_cast<int>(aRowArr.size()) ) );
+
+    for( auto pLn : aRowArr )
+        ::lcl_ProcessRowAttr( aFormatCmp, pLn, rNew );
+
+    getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+}
+
+bool SwDoc::GetRowBackground( const SwCursor& rCursor, std::unique_ptr<SvxBrushItem>& rToFill )
+{
+    bool bRet = false;
+    SwTableNode* pTableNd = rCursor.GetPoint()->nNode.GetNode().FindTableNode();
+    if( pTableNd )
+    {
+        std::vector<SwTableLine*> aRowArr; // For Lines collecting
+        ::lcl_CollectLines( aRowArr, rCursor, true );
+
+        if( !aRowArr.empty() )
+        {
+            rToFill = aRowArr[0]->GetFrameFormat()->makeBackgroundBrushItem();
+
+            bRet = true;
+            for ( std::vector<SwTableLine*>::size_type i = 1; i < aRowArr.size(); ++i )
+            {
+                std::unique_ptr<SvxBrushItem> aAlternative(aRowArr[i]->GetFrameFormat()->makeBackgroundBrushItem());
+
+                if ( *rToFill != *aAlternative )
+                {
+                    bRet = false;
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+// has a table row, which is not a tracked deletion
+bool SwDoc::HasRowNotTracked( const SwCursor& rCursor )
+{
+    SwTableNode* pTableNd = rCursor.GetPoint()->nNode.GetNode().FindTableNode();
+    if( !pTableNd )
+        return false;
+
+    std::vector<SwTableLine*> aRowArr; // For Lines collecting
+    ::lcl_CollectLines( aRowArr, rCursor, true );
+
+    if( aRowArr.empty() )
+        return false;
+
+    SwRedlineTable::size_type nRedlinePos = 0;
+    SwDoc* pDoc = aRowArr[0]->GetFrameFormat()->GetDoc();
+    const IDocumentRedlineAccess& rIDRA = pDoc->getIDocumentRedlineAccess();
+
+    for( auto pLn : aRowArr )
+    {
+        auto pHasTextChangesOnlyProp = pLn->GetFrameFormat()->GetAttrSet().GetItem<SvxPrintItem>(RES_PRINT);
+        if ( !pHasTextChangesOnlyProp || pHasTextChangesOnlyProp->GetValue() )
+            // there is a not tracked row in the table selection
+            return true;
+
+        // tdf#150666 examine tracked row: it's possible to delete a tracked insertion
+        SwRedlineTable::size_type nPos = pLn->UpdateTextChangesOnly(nRedlinePos);
+        if ( nPos != SwRedlineTable::npos )
+        {
+            const SwRedlineTable& aRedlineTable = rIDRA.GetRedlineTable();
+            SwRangeRedline* pTmp = aRedlineTable[ nPos ];
+            if ( RedlineType::Insert == pTmp->GetType() )
+                return true;
+        }
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+void SwDoc::SetRowNotTracked( const SwCursor& rCursor,
+                                     const SvxPrintItem &rNew, bool bAll, bool bIns )
+{
+    SwTableNode* pTableNd = rCursor.GetPoint()->nNode.GetNode().FindTableNode();
+    if( !pTableNd )
+        return;
+
+    std::vector<SwTableLine*> aRowArr; // For Lines collecting
+    if ( bAll )
+    {
+        const SwTableLines &rLines = pTableNd->GetTable().GetTabLines();
+        aRowArr.insert(aRowArr.end(), rLines.begin(), rLines.end());
+    }
+    else
+        ::lcl_CollectLines( aRowArr, rCursor, true );
+
+    if( aRowArr.empty() )
+        return;
+
+    if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo())
+    {
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(std::make_unique<SwUndoAttrTable>(*pTableNd));
+    }
+
+    bool bInsertDummy = !bAll && !bIns &&
+            // HasTextChangesOnly == false, i.e. a tracked row change (deletion, if bIns == false)
+            !rNew.GetValue();
+    std::vector<std::unique_ptr<SwTableFormatCmp>> aFormatCmp;
+    aFormatCmp.reserve( std::max( 255, static_cast<int>(aRowArr.size()) ) );
+
+    SwRedlineTable::size_type nRedlinePos = 0;
+    for( auto pLn : aRowArr )
+    {
+        // tdf#150666 deleting row insertion from the same author needs special handling,
+        // because removing redlines of the author can result an empty line,
+        // which doesn't contain any redline for the tracked row
+        bool bDeletionOfOwnRowInsertion = false;
+        if ( bInsertDummy )
+        {
+            SwRedlineTable::size_type nPos = pLn->UpdateTextChangesOnly(nRedlinePos);
+            if ( nPos != SwRedlineTable::npos )
+            {
+                SwDoc* pDoc = pLn->GetFrameFormat()->GetDoc();
+                IDocumentRedlineAccess& rIDRA = pDoc->getIDocumentRedlineAccess();
+                const SwRedlineTable& aRedlineTable = rIDRA.GetRedlineTable();
+                SwRangeRedline* pTmp = aRedlineTable[ nPos ];
+                if ( RedlineType::Insert == pTmp->GetType() &&
+                         rIDRA.GetRedlineAuthor() == pTmp->GetRedlineData().GetAuthor() &&
+                         pTmp->GetText()[0] == CH_TXT_TRACKED_DUMMY_CHAR )
+                {
+                    bDeletionOfOwnRowInsertion = true;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        ::lcl_ProcessRowAttr( aFormatCmp, pLn, rNew );
+        // as a workaround for the rows without text content,
+        // add a redline with invisible text CH_TXT_TRACKED_DUMMY_CHAR
+        // (unless the table is part of a bigger deletion, where the
+        // new redline can cause a problem)
+        if ( bInsertDummy && (pLn->IsEmpty() || bDeletionOfOwnRowInsertion ) )
+        {
+            ::sw::UndoGuard const undoGuard(GetIDocumentUndoRedo());
+            SwNodeIndex aInsPos( *(pLn->GetTabBoxes()[0]->GetSttNd()), 1 );
+            RedlineFlags eOld = getIDocumentRedlineAccess().GetRedlineFlags();
+            getIDocumentRedlineAccess().SetRedlineFlags_intern(RedlineFlags::NONE);
+            SwPaM aPaM(aInsPos);
+            getIDocumentContentOperations().InsertString( aPaM,
+                    OUStringChar(CH_TXT_TRACKED_DUMMY_CHAR) );
+            aPaM.SetMark();
+            aPaM.GetMark()->nContent.Assign(aPaM.GetContentNode(), 0);
+            getIDocumentRedlineAccess().SetRedlineFlags_intern( eOld );
+            getIDocumentContentOperations().DeleteAndJoin( aPaM );
+        }
+    }
+
+    getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+}
+
+static void InsertCell( std::vector<SwCellFrame*>& rCellArr, SwCellFrame* pCellFrame )
+{
+    if( rCellArr.end() == std::find( rCellArr.begin(), rCellArr.end(), pCellFrame ) )
+        rCellArr.push_back( pCellFrame );
+}
+
+static void lcl_CollectCells( std::vector<SwCellFrame*> &rArr, const SwRect &rUnion,
+                          SwTabFrame *pTab )
+{
+    SwLayoutFrame *pCell = pTab->FirstCell();
+    do
+    {
+        // If the Cell contains a CellFrame, we need to use it
+        // in order to get to the Cell
+        while ( !pCell->IsCellFrame() )
+            pCell = pCell->GetUpper();
+        OSL_ENSURE( pCell, "Frame is not a Cell" );
+        if ( rUnion.Overlaps( pCell->getFrameArea() ) )
+            ::InsertCell( rArr, static_cast<SwCellFrame*>(pCell) );
+
+        // Make sure the Cell is left (Areas)
+        SwLayoutFrame *pTmp = pCell;
+        do
+        {   pTmp = pTmp->GetNextLayoutLeaf();
+        } while ( pCell->IsAnLower( pTmp ) );
+        pCell = pTmp;
+    } while( pCell && pTab->IsAnLower( pCell ) );
+}
+
+void SwDoc::SetTabBorders( const SwCursor& rCursor, const SfxItemSet& rSet )
+{
+    SwContentNode* pCntNd = rCursor.GetPoint()->nNode.GetNode().GetContentNode();
+    SwTableNode* pTableNd = pCntNd ? pCntNd->FindTableNode() : nullptr;
+    if( !pTableNd )
+        return ;
+
+    SwLayoutFrame *pStart, *pEnd;
+    ::lcl_GetStartEndCell( rCursor, pStart, pEnd );
+
+    SwSelUnions aUnions;
+    ::MakeSelUnions( aUnions, pStart, pEnd );
+
+    if( aUnions.empty() )
+        return;
+
+    SwTable& rTable = pTableNd->GetTable();
+    if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo())
+    {
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( std::make_unique<SwUndoAttrTable>(*pTableNd) );
+    }
+
+    std::vector<std::unique_ptr<SwTableFormatCmp>> aFormatCmp;
+    aFormatCmp.reserve( 255 );
+    const SvxBoxItem* pSetBox;
+    const SvxBoxInfoItem *pSetBoxInfo;
+
+    const SvxBorderLine* pLeft = nullptr;
+    const SvxBorderLine* pRight = nullptr;
+    const SvxBorderLine* pTop = nullptr;
+    const SvxBorderLine* pBottom = nullptr;
+    const SvxBorderLine* pHori = nullptr;
+    const SvxBorderLine* pVert = nullptr;
+    bool bHoriValid = true, bVertValid = true,
+         bTopValid = true, bBottomValid = true,
+         bLeftValid = true, bRightValid = true;
+
+    // The Flags in the BoxInfo Item decide whether a BorderLine is valid!
+    pSetBoxInfo = rSet.GetItemIfSet( SID_ATTR_BORDER_INNER, false );
+    if( pSetBoxInfo )
+    {
+        pHori = pSetBoxInfo->GetHori();
+        pVert = pSetBoxInfo->GetVert();
+
+        bHoriValid = pSetBoxInfo->IsValid(SvxBoxInfoItemValidFlags::HORI);
+        bVertValid = pSetBoxInfo->IsValid(SvxBoxInfoItemValidFlags::VERT);
+
+        // Do we want to evaluate these?
+        bTopValid = pSetBoxInfo->IsValid(SvxBoxInfoItemValidFlags::TOP);
+        bBottomValid = pSetBoxInfo->IsValid(SvxBoxInfoItemValidFlags::BOTTOM);
+        bLeftValid = pSetBoxInfo->IsValid(SvxBoxInfoItemValidFlags::LEFT);
+        bRightValid = pSetBoxInfo->IsValid(SvxBoxInfoItemValidFlags::RIGHT);
+    }
+
+    pSetBox = rSet.GetItemIfSet( RES_BOX, false );
+    if( pSetBox )
+    {
+        pLeft = pSetBox->GetLeft();
+        pRight = pSetBox->GetRight();
+        pTop = pSetBox->GetTop();
+        pBottom = pSetBox->GetBottom();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Not set, thus not valid values
+        bTopValid = bBottomValid = bLeftValid = bRightValid = false;
+        pSetBox = nullptr;
+    }
+
+    bool bFirst = true;
+    for ( SwSelUnions::size_type i = 0; i < aUnions.size(); ++i )
+    {
+        SwSelUnion *pUnion = &aUnions[i];
+        SwTabFrame *pTab = pUnion->GetTable();
+        const SwRect &rUnion = pUnion->GetUnion();
+        const bool bLast  = (i == aUnions.size() - 1);
+
+        std::vector<SwCellFrame*> aCellArr;
+        aCellArr.reserve( 255 );
+        ::lcl_CollectCells( aCellArr, pUnion->GetUnion(), pTab );
+
+        // All Cell Borders that match the UnionRect or extend it are
+        // Outer Borders. All others are Inner Borders.
+
+        // New: The Outer Borders can, depending on whether it's a
+        // Start/Middle/Follow Table (for Selection via FollowTabs),
+        // also not be Outer Borders.
+        // Outer Borders are set on the left, right, at the top and at the bottom.
+        // Inner Borders are only set at the top and on the left.
+        for ( auto pCell : aCellArr )
+        {
+            const bool bVert = pTab->IsVertical();
+            const bool bRTL = pTab->IsRightToLeft();
+            bool bTopOver, bLeftOver, bRightOver, bBottomOver;
+            if ( bVert )
+            {
+                bTopOver = pCell->getFrameArea().Right() >= rUnion.Right();
+                bLeftOver = pCell->getFrameArea().Top() <= rUnion.Top();
+                bRightOver = pCell->getFrameArea().Bottom() >= rUnion.Bottom();
+                bBottomOver = pCell->getFrameArea().Left() <= rUnion.Left();
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                bTopOver = pCell->getFrameArea().Top() <= rUnion.Top();
+                bLeftOver = pCell->getFrameArea().Left() <= rUnion.Left();
+                bRightOver = pCell->getFrameArea().Right() >= rUnion.Right();
+                bBottomOver = pCell->getFrameArea().Bottom() >= rUnion.Bottom();
+            }
+
+            if ( bRTL )
+            {
+                bool bTmp = bRightOver;
+                bRightOver = bLeftOver;
+                bLeftOver = bTmp;
+            }
+
+            // Do not set anything by default in HeadlineRepeats
+            if ( pTab->IsFollow() &&
+                 ( pTab->IsInHeadline( *pCell ) ||
+                   // Same holds for follow flow rows
+                   pCell->IsInFollowFlowRow() ) )
+                continue;
+
+            SvxBoxItem aBox( pCell->GetFormat()->GetBox() );
+
+            sal_Int16 nType = 0;
+
+            // Top Border
+            if( bTopValid )
+            {
+                if ( bFirst && bTopOver )
+                {
+                    aBox.SetLine( pTop, SvxBoxItemLine::TOP );
+                    nType |= 0x0001;
+                }
+                else if ( bHoriValid )
+                {
+                    aBox.SetLine( nullptr, SvxBoxItemLine::TOP );
+                    nType |= 0x0002;
+                }
+            }
+
+            // Fix fdo#62470 correct the input for RTL table
+            if (bRTL)
+            {
+                    if( bLeftOver && bRightOver)
+                    {
+                        if ( bLeftValid )
+                        {
+                            aBox.SetLine( pLeft, SvxBoxItemLine::RIGHT );
+                            nType |= 0x0010;
+                        }
+                        if ( bRightValid )
+                        {
+                            aBox.SetLine( pRight, SvxBoxItemLine::LEFT );
+                            nType |= 0x0004;
+                        }
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        if ( bLeftValid )
+                        {
+                            aBox.SetLine( bRightOver ? pLeft : nullptr, SvxBoxItemLine::RIGHT );
+                            if (bVertValid)
+                                nType |= 0x0020;
+                            else
+                                nType |= 0x0010;
+                        }
+                        if ( bLeftOver )
+                        {
+                            if ( bRightValid )
+                            {
+                                aBox.SetLine( pRight, SvxBoxItemLine::LEFT );
+                                nType |= 0x0004;
+                            }
+                        }
+                        else if ( bVertValid )
+                        {
+                            aBox.SetLine( pVert, SvxBoxItemLine::LEFT );
+                            nType |= 0x0008;
+                        }
+                    }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                // Left Border
+                if ( bLeftOver )
+                {
+                    if( bLeftValid )
+                    {
+                        aBox.SetLine( pLeft, SvxBoxItemLine::LEFT );
+                        nType |= 0x0004;
+                    }
+                }
+                else if( bVertValid )
+                {
+                    aBox.SetLine( pVert, SvxBoxItemLine::LEFT );
+                    nType |= 0x0008;
+                }
+
+                // Right Border
+                if( bRightValid )
+                {
+                    if ( bRightOver )
+                    {
+                        aBox.SetLine( pRight, SvxBoxItemLine::RIGHT );
+                        nType |= 0x0010;
+                    }
+                    else if ( bVertValid )
+                    {
+                        aBox.SetLine( nullptr, SvxBoxItemLine::RIGHT );
+                        nType |= 0x0020;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+            // Bottom Border
+            if ( bLast && bBottomOver )
+            {
+                if( bBottomValid )
+                {
+                    aBox.SetLine( pBottom, SvxBoxItemLine::BOTTOM );
+                    nType |= 0x0040;
+                }
+            }
+            else if( bHoriValid )
+            {
+                aBox.SetLine( pHori, SvxBoxItemLine::BOTTOM );
+                nType |= 0x0080;
+            }
+
+            if( pSetBox )
+            {
+               for( SvxBoxItemLine k : o3tl::enumrange<SvxBoxItemLine>() )
+                    aBox.SetDistance( pSetBox->GetDistance( k ), k );
+            }
+
+            SwTableBox *pBox = const_cast<SwTableBox*>(pCell->GetTabBox());
+            SwFrameFormat *pNewFormat = SwTableFormatCmp::FindNewFormat( aFormatCmp, pBox->GetFrameFormat(), nType );
+            if ( nullptr != pNewFormat )
+                pBox->ChgFrameFormat( static_cast<SwTableBoxFormat*>(pNewFormat) );
+            else
+            {
+                SwFrameFormat *pOld = pBox->GetFrameFormat();
+                SwFrameFormat *pNew = pBox->ClaimFrameFormat();
+                pNew->SetFormatAttr( aBox );
+                aFormatCmp.push_back(std::make_unique<SwTableFormatCmp>(pOld, pNew, nType));
+            }
+        }
+
+        bFirst = false;
+    }
+
+    SwHTMLTableLayout *pTableLayout = rTable.GetHTMLTableLayout();
+    if( pTableLayout )
+    {
+        SwContentFrame* pFrame = rCursor.GetContentNode()->getLayoutFrame( rCursor.GetContentNode()->GetDoc().getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentLayout() );
+        SwTabFrame* pTabFrame = pFrame->ImplFindTabFrame();
+
+        pTableLayout->BordersChanged(
+            pTableLayout->GetBrowseWidthByTabFrame( *pTabFrame ) );
+    }
+    ::ClearFEShellTabCols(*this, nullptr);
+    getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+}
+
+static void lcl_SetLineStyle( SvxBorderLine *pToSet,
+                          const Color *pColor, const SvxBorderLine *pBorderLine)
+{
+    if ( pBorderLine )
+    {
+        if ( !pColor )
+        {
+            Color aTmp( pToSet->GetColor() );
+            *pToSet = *pBorderLine;
+            pToSet->SetColor( aTmp );
+        }
+        else
+            *pToSet = *pBorderLine;
+    }
+    if ( pColor )
+        pToSet->SetColor( *pColor );
+}
+
+void SwDoc::SetTabLineStyle( const SwCursor& rCursor,
+                             const Color* pColor, bool bSetLine,
+                             const SvxBorderLine* pBorderLine )
+{
+    SwContentNode* pCntNd = rCursor.GetPoint()->nNode.GetNode().GetContentNode();
+    SwTableNode* pTableNd = pCntNd ? pCntNd->FindTableNode() : nullptr;
+    if( !pTableNd )
+        return ;
+
+    SwLayoutFrame *pStart, *pEnd;
+    ::lcl_GetStartEndCell( rCursor, pStart, pEnd );
+
+    SwSelUnions aUnions;
+    ::MakeSelUnions( aUnions, pStart, pEnd );
+
+    if( aUnions.empty() )
+        return;
+
+    SwTable& rTable = pTableNd->GetTable();
+    if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo())
+    {
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(std::make_unique<SwUndoAttrTable>(*pTableNd));
+    }
+
+    SvxBorderLine aDefaultBorder(pBorderLine ? *pBorderLine
+                                             : SvxBorderLine(pColor, SvxBorderLineWidth::VeryThin));
+    if (pColor && pBorderLine)
+        aDefaultBorder.SetColor(*pColor);
+
+    for( auto &rU : aUnions )
+    {
+        SwSelUnion *pUnion = &rU;
+        SwTabFrame *pTab = pUnion->GetTable();
+        std::vector<SwCellFrame*> aCellArr;
+        aCellArr.reserve( 255 );
+        ::lcl_CollectCells( aCellArr, pUnion->GetUnion(), pTab );
+
+        for ( auto pCell : aCellArr )
+        {
+            // Do not set anything by default in HeadlineRepeats
+            if ( pTab->IsFollow() && pTab->IsInHeadline( *pCell ) )
+                continue;
+
+            const_cast<SwTableBox*>(pCell->GetTabBox())->ClaimFrameFormat();
+            SwFrameFormat *pFormat = pCell->GetFormat();
+            std::unique_ptr<SvxBoxItem> aBox(pFormat->GetBox().Clone());
+
+            SvxBorderLine* pTop = const_cast<SvxBorderLine*>(aBox->GetTop());
+            SvxBorderLine* pBot = const_cast<SvxBorderLine*>(aBox->GetBottom());
+            SvxBorderLine* pLeft = const_cast<SvxBorderLine*>(aBox->GetLeft());
+            SvxBorderLine* pRight = const_cast<SvxBorderLine*>(aBox->GetRight());
+
+            if ( !pBorderLine && bSetLine )
+            {
+                aBox.reset(::GetDfltAttr(RES_BOX)->Clone());
+            }
+            else if ((pColor || pBorderLine) && !pTop && !pBot && !pLeft && !pRight)
+            {
+                aBox->SetLine(&aDefaultBorder, SvxBoxItemLine::TOP);
+                aBox->SetLine(&aDefaultBorder, SvxBoxItemLine::BOTTOM);
+                aBox->SetLine(&aDefaultBorder, SvxBoxItemLine::LEFT);
+                aBox->SetLine(&aDefaultBorder, SvxBoxItemLine::RIGHT);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                if (pTop)
+                    ::lcl_SetLineStyle(pTop, pColor, pBorderLine);
+                if (pBot)
+                    ::lcl_SetLineStyle(pBot, pColor, pBorderLine);
+                if (pLeft)
+                    ::lcl_SetLineStyle(pLeft, pColor, pBorderLine);
+                if (pRight)
+                    ::lcl_SetLineStyle(pRight, pColor, pBorderLine);
+            }
+            pFormat->SetFormatAttr( *aBox );
+        }
+    }
+
+    SwHTMLTableLayout *pTableLayout = rTable.GetHTMLTableLayout();
+    if( pTableLayout )
+    {
+        SwContentFrame* pFrame = rCursor.GetContentNode()->getLayoutFrame( rCursor.GetContentNode()->GetDoc().getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentLayout() );
+        SwTabFrame* pTabFrame = pFrame->ImplFindTabFrame();
+
+        pTableLayout->BordersChanged(
+            pTableLayout->GetBrowseWidthByTabFrame( *pTabFrame ) );
+    }
+    ::ClearFEShellTabCols(*this, nullptr);
+    getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+}
+
+void SwDoc::GetTabBorders( const SwCursor& rCursor, SfxItemSet& rSet )
+{
+    SwContentNode* pCntNd = rCursor.GetPoint()->nNode.GetNode().GetContentNode();
+    SwTableNode* pTableNd = pCntNd ? pCntNd->FindTableNode() : nullptr;
+    if( !pTableNd )
+        return ;
+
+    SwLayoutFrame *pStart, *pEnd;
+    ::lcl_GetStartEndCell( rCursor, pStart, pEnd );
+
+    SwSelUnions aUnions;
+    ::MakeSelUnions( aUnions, pStart, pEnd );
+
+    if( aUnions.empty() )
+        return;
+
+    SvxBoxItem     aSetBox    ( rSet.Get(RES_BOX    ) );
+    SvxBoxInfoItem aSetBoxInfo( rSet.Get(SID_ATTR_BORDER_INNER) );
+
+    bool bTopSet      = false,
+         bBottomSet   = false,
+         bLeftSet     = false,
+         bRightSet    = false,
+         bHoriSet     = false,
+         bVertSet     = false,
+         bDistanceSet = false,
+         bRTLTab      = false;
+
+    aSetBoxInfo.ResetFlags();
+
+    for ( SwSelUnions::size_type i = 0; i < aUnions.size(); ++i )
+    {
+        SwSelUnion *pUnion = &aUnions[i];
+        const SwTabFrame *pTab = pUnion->GetTable();
+        const SwRect &rUnion = pUnion->GetUnion();
+        const bool bFirst = i == 0;
+        const bool bLast  = (i == aUnions.size() - 1);
+
+        std::vector<SwCellFrame*> aCellArr;
+        aCellArr.reserve(255);
+        ::lcl_CollectCells( aCellArr, rUnion, const_cast<SwTabFrame*>(pTab) );
+
+        for ( auto pCell : aCellArr )
+        {
+            const bool bVert = pTab->IsVertical();
+            const bool bRTL = bRTLTab = pTab->IsRightToLeft();
+            bool bTopOver, bLeftOver, bRightOver, bBottomOver;
+            if ( bVert )
+            {
+                bTopOver = pCell->getFrameArea().Right() >= rUnion.Right();
+                bLeftOver = pCell->getFrameArea().Top() <= rUnion.Top();
+                bRightOver = pCell->getFrameArea().Bottom() >= rUnion.Bottom();
+                bBottomOver = pCell->getFrameArea().Left() <= rUnion.Left();
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                bTopOver = pCell->getFrameArea().Top() <= rUnion.Top();
+                bLeftOver = pCell->getFrameArea().Left() <= rUnion.Left();
+                bRightOver = pCell->getFrameArea().Right() >= rUnion.Right();
+                bBottomOver = pCell->getFrameArea().Bottom() >= rUnion.Bottom();
+            }
+
+            if ( bRTL )
+            {
+                bool bTmp = bRightOver;
+                bRightOver = bLeftOver;
+                bLeftOver = bTmp;
+            }
+
+            const SwFrameFormat  *pFormat  = pCell->GetFormat();
+            const SvxBoxItem  &rBox  = pFormat->GetBox();
+
+            // Top Border
+            if ( bFirst && bTopOver )
+            {
+                if (aSetBoxInfo.IsValid(SvxBoxInfoItemValidFlags::TOP))
+                {
+                    if ( !bTopSet )
+                    {   bTopSet = true;
+                        aSetBox.SetLine( rBox.GetTop(), SvxBoxItemLine::TOP );
+                    }
+                    else if ((aSetBox.GetTop() && rBox.GetTop() &&
+                             (*aSetBox.GetTop() != *rBox.GetTop())) ||
+                             ((!aSetBox.GetTop()) != (!rBox.GetTop()))) // != expression is true, if one and only one of the two pointers is !0
+                    {
+                        aSetBoxInfo.SetValid(SvxBoxInfoItemValidFlags::TOP, false );
+                        aSetBox.SetLine( nullptr, SvxBoxItemLine::TOP );
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+            // Left Border
+            if ( bLeftOver )
+            {
+                if (aSetBoxInfo.IsValid(SvxBoxInfoItemValidFlags::LEFT))
+                {
+                    if ( !bLeftSet )
+                    {   bLeftSet = true;
+                        aSetBox.SetLine( rBox.GetLeft(), SvxBoxItemLine::LEFT );
+                    }
+                    else if ((aSetBox.GetLeft() && rBox.GetLeft() &&
+                             (*aSetBox.GetLeft() != *rBox.GetLeft())) ||
+                             ((!aSetBox.GetLeft()) != (!rBox.GetLeft())))
+                    {
+                        aSetBoxInfo.SetValid(SvxBoxInfoItemValidFlags::LEFT, false );
+                        aSetBox.SetLine( nullptr, SvxBoxItemLine::LEFT );
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                if (aSetBoxInfo.IsValid(SvxBoxInfoItemValidFlags::VERT))
+                {
+                    if ( !bVertSet )
+                    {   bVertSet = true;
+                        aSetBoxInfo.SetLine( rBox.GetLeft(), SvxBoxInfoItemLine::VERT );
+                    }
+                    else if ((aSetBoxInfo.GetVert() && rBox.GetLeft() &&
+                             (*aSetBoxInfo.GetVert() != *rBox.GetLeft())) ||
+                             ((!aSetBoxInfo.GetVert()) != (!rBox.GetLeft())))
+                    {   aSetBoxInfo.SetValid( SvxBoxInfoItemValidFlags::VERT, false );
+                        aSetBoxInfo.SetLine( nullptr, SvxBoxInfoItemLine::VERT );
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+            // Right Border
+            if ( aSetBoxInfo.IsValid(SvxBoxInfoItemValidFlags::RIGHT) && bRightOver )
+            {
+                if ( !bRightSet )
+                {   bRightSet = true;
+                    aSetBox.SetLine( rBox.GetRight(), SvxBoxItemLine::RIGHT );
+                }
+                else if ((aSetBox.GetRight() && rBox.GetRight() &&
+                         (*aSetBox.GetRight() != *rBox.GetRight())) ||
+                         (!aSetBox.GetRight() != !rBox.GetRight()))
+                {   aSetBoxInfo.SetValid( SvxBoxInfoItemValidFlags::RIGHT, false );
+                    aSetBox.SetLine( nullptr, SvxBoxItemLine::RIGHT );
+                }
+            }
+
+            // Bottom Border
+            if ( bLast && bBottomOver )
+            {
+                if ( aSetBoxInfo.IsValid(SvxBoxInfoItemValidFlags::BOTTOM) )
+                {
+                    if ( !bBottomSet )
+                    {   bBottomSet = true;
+                        aSetBox.SetLine( rBox.GetBottom(), SvxBoxItemLine::BOTTOM );
+                    }
+                    else if ((aSetBox.GetBottom() && rBox.GetBottom() &&
+                             (*aSetBox.GetBottom() != *rBox.GetBottom())) ||
+                             (!aSetBox.GetBottom() != !rBox.GetBottom()))
+                    {   aSetBoxInfo.SetValid( SvxBoxInfoItemValidFlags::BOTTOM, false );
+                        aSetBox.SetLine( nullptr, SvxBoxItemLine::BOTTOM );
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            // In all Lines, except for the last one, the horizontal Line
+            // is taken from the Bottom Line.
+            else
+            {
+                if (aSetBoxInfo.IsValid(SvxBoxInfoItemValidFlags::HORI))
+                {
+                    if ( !bHoriSet )
+                    {   bHoriSet = true;
+                        aSetBoxInfo.SetLine( rBox.GetBottom(), SvxBoxInfoItemLine::HORI );
+                    }
+                    else if ((aSetBoxInfo.GetHori() && rBox.GetBottom() &&
+                             (*aSetBoxInfo.GetHori() != *rBox.GetBottom())) ||
+                             ((!aSetBoxInfo.GetHori()) != (!rBox.GetBottom())))
+                    {
+                        aSetBoxInfo.SetValid( SvxBoxInfoItemValidFlags::HORI, false );
+                        aSetBoxInfo.SetLine( nullptr, SvxBoxInfoItemLine::HORI );
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+            // Distance to text
+            if (aSetBoxInfo.IsValid(SvxBoxInfoItemValidFlags::DISTANCE))
+            {
+                if( !bDistanceSet ) // Set on first iteration
+                {
+                    bDistanceSet = true;
+                    for( SvxBoxItemLine k : o3tl::enumrange<SvxBoxItemLine>() )
+                        aSetBox.SetDistance( rBox.GetDistance( k ), k );
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    for( SvxBoxItemLine k : o3tl::enumrange<SvxBoxItemLine>() )
+                        if( aSetBox.GetDistance( k ) !=
+                            rBox.GetDistance( k ) )
+                        {
+                            aSetBoxInfo.SetValid( SvxBoxInfoItemValidFlags::DISTANCE, false );
+                            aSetBox.SetAllDistances(0);
+                            break;
+                        }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // fdo#62470 fix the reading for table format.
+    if ( bRTLTab )
+    {
+        SvxBoxItem     aTempBox    ( rSet.Get(RES_BOX    ) );
+        SvxBoxInfoItem aTempBoxInfo( rSet.Get(SID_ATTR_BORDER_INNER) );
+
+        aTempBox.SetLine( aSetBox.GetRight(), SvxBoxItemLine::RIGHT);
+        aSetBox.SetLine( aSetBox.GetLeft(), SvxBoxItemLine::RIGHT);
+        aSetBox.SetLine( aTempBox.GetRight(), SvxBoxItemLine::LEFT);
+
+        aTempBoxInfo.SetValid( SvxBoxInfoItemValidFlags::LEFT, aSetBoxInfo.IsValid(SvxBoxInfoItemValidFlags::LEFT) );
+        aSetBoxInfo.SetValid( SvxBoxInfoItemValidFlags::LEFT, aSetBoxInfo.IsValid(SvxBoxInfoItemValidFlags::RIGHT) );
+        aSetBoxInfo.SetValid( SvxBoxInfoItemValidFlags::RIGHT, aTempBoxInfo.IsValid(SvxBoxInfoItemValidFlags::LEFT) );
+    }
+
+    rSet.Put( aSetBox );
+    rSet.Put( aSetBoxInfo );
+}
+
+void SwDoc::SetBoxAttr( const SwCursor& rCursor, const SfxPoolItem &rNew )
+{
+    SwTableNode* pTableNd = rCursor.GetPoint()->nNode.GetNode().FindTableNode();
+    SwSelBoxes aBoxes;
+    if( !(pTableNd && ::lcl_GetBoxSel( rCursor, aBoxes, true )) )
+        return;
+
+    SwTable& rTable = pTableNd->GetTable();
+    if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo())
+    {
+        GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( std::make_unique<SwUndoAttrTable>(*pTableNd) );
+    }
+
+    std::vector<std::unique_ptr<SwTableFormatCmp>> aFormatCmp;
+    aFormatCmp.reserve(std::max<size_t>(255, aBoxes.size()));
+    for (size_t i = 0; i < aBoxes.size(); ++i)
+    {
+        SwTableBox *pBox = aBoxes[i];
+
+        SwFrameFormat *pNewFormat = SwTableFormatCmp::FindNewFormat( aFormatCmp, pBox->GetFrameFormat(), 0 );
+        if ( nullptr != pNewFormat )
+            pBox->ChgFrameFormat( static_cast<SwTableBoxFormat*>(pNewFormat) );
+        else
+        {
+            SwFrameFormat *pOld = pBox->GetFrameFormat();
+            SwFrameFormat *pNew = pBox->ClaimFrameFormat();
+            pNew->SetFormatAttr( rNew );
+            aFormatCmp.push_back(std::make_unique<SwTableFormatCmp>(pOld, pNew, 0));
+        }
+
+        pBox->SetDirectFormatting(true);
+    }
+
+    SwHTMLTableLayout *pTableLayout = rTable.GetHTMLTableLayout();
+    if( pTableLayout )
+    {
+        SwContentFrame* pFrame = rCursor.GetContentNode()->getLayoutFrame( rCursor.GetContentNode()->GetDoc().getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentLayout() );
+        SwTabFrame* pTabFrame = pFrame->ImplFindTabFrame();
+
+        pTableLayout->Resize(
+            pTableLayout->GetBrowseWidthByTabFrame( *pTabFrame ), true );
+    }
+    getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+}
+
+bool SwDoc::GetBoxAttr( const SwCursor& rCursor, std::unique_ptr<SfxPoolItem>& rToFill )
+{
+    // tdf#144843 calling GetBoxAttr *requires* object
+    assert(rToFill && "requires object here");
+    bool bRet = false;
+    SwTableNode* pTableNd = rCursor.GetPoint()->nNode.GetNode().FindTableNode();
+    SwSelBoxes aBoxes;
+    if( pTableNd && lcl_GetBoxSel( rCursor, aBoxes ))
+    {
+        bRet = true;
+        bool bOneFound = false;
+        const sal_uInt16 nWhich = rToFill->Which();
+        for (size_t i = 0; i < aBoxes.size(); ++i)
+        {
+            switch ( nWhich )
+            {
+                case RES_BACKGROUND:
+                {
+                    std::unique_ptr<SvxBrushItem> xBack =
+                        aBoxes[i]->GetFrameFormat()->makeBackgroundBrushItem();
+                    if( !bOneFound )
+                    {
+                        rToFill = std::move(xBack);
+                        bOneFound = true;
+                    }
+                    else if( *rToFill != *xBack )
+                        bRet = false;
+                }
+                break;
+
+                case RES_FRAMEDIR:
+                {
+                    const SvxFrameDirectionItem& rDir =
+                                    aBoxes[i]->GetFrameFormat()->GetFrameDir();
+                    if( !bOneFound )
+                    {
+                        rToFill.reset(rDir.Clone());
+                        bOneFound = true;
+                    }
+                    else if( rToFill && *rToFill != rDir )
+                        bRet = false;
+                }
+                break;
+                case RES_VERT_ORIENT:
+                {
+                    const SwFormatVertOrient& rOrient =
+                                    aBoxes[i]->GetFrameFormat()->GetVertOrient();
+                    if( !bOneFound )
+                    {
+                        rToFill.reset(rOrient.Clone());
+                        bOneFound = true;
+                    }
+                    else if( rToFill && *rToFill != rOrient )
+                        bRet = false;
+                }
+                break;
+            }
+
+            if ( !bRet )
+                break;
+        }
+    }
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+void SwDoc::SetBoxAlign( const SwCursor& rCursor, sal_uInt16 nAlign )
+{
+    OSL_ENSURE( nAlign == text::VertOrientation::NONE   ||
+            nAlign == text::VertOrientation::CENTER ||
+            nAlign == text::VertOrientation::BOTTOM, "Wrong alignment" );
+    SwFormatVertOrient aVertOri( 0, nAlign );
+    SetBoxAttr( rCursor, aVertOri );
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 SwDoc::GetBoxAlign( const SwCursor& rCursor )
+{
+    sal_uInt16 nAlign = USHRT_MAX;
+    SwTableNode* pTableNd = rCursor.GetPoint()->nNode.GetNode().FindTableNode();
+    SwSelBoxes aBoxes;
+    if( pTableNd && ::lcl_GetBoxSel( rCursor, aBoxes ))
+    {
+        for (size_t i = 0; i < aBoxes.size(); ++i)
+        {
+            const SwFormatVertOrient &rOri =
+                            aBoxes[i]->GetFrameFormat()->GetVertOrient();
+            if( USHRT_MAX == nAlign )
+                nAlign = o3tl::narrowing<sal_uInt16>(rOri.GetVertOrient());
+            else if( rOri.GetVertOrient() != nAlign )
+            {
+                nAlign = USHRT_MAX;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return nAlign;
+}
+
+static sal_uInt16 lcl_CalcCellFit( const SwLayoutFrame *pCell )
+{
+    SwTwips nRet = 0;
+    const SwFrame *pFrame = pCell->Lower(); // The whole Line
+    SwRectFnSet aRectFnSet(pCell);
+    while ( pFrame )
+    {
+        const SwTwips nAdd = aRectFnSet.GetWidth(pFrame->getFrameArea()) -
+                             aRectFnSet.GetWidth(pFrame->getFramePrintArea());
+
+        // pFrame does not necessarily have to be a SwTextFrame!
+        const SwTwips nCalcFitToContent = pFrame->IsTextFrame() ?
+                                          const_cast<SwTextFrame*>(static_cast<const SwTextFrame*>(pFrame))->CalcFitToContent() :
+                                          aRectFnSet.GetWidth(pFrame->getFramePrintArea());
+
+        nRet = std::max( nRet, nCalcFitToContent + nAdd );
+        pFrame = pFrame->GetNext();
+    }
+    // Surrounding border as well as left and Right Border also need to be respected
+    nRet += aRectFnSet.GetWidth(pCell->getFrameArea()) -
+            aRectFnSet.GetWidth(pCell->getFramePrintArea());
+
+    // To compensate for the accuracy of calculation later on in SwTable::SetTabCols
+    // we keep adding up a little.
+    nRet += COLFUZZY;
+    return o3tl::narrowing<sal_uInt16>(std::max( SwTwips(MINLAY), nRet ));
+}
+
+/* The Line is within the Selection but not outlined by the TabCols.
+ *
+ * That means that the Line has been "split" by other Cells due to the
+ * two-dimensional representation used. Thus, we have to distribute the cell's
+ * default or minimum value amongst the Cell it has been split by.
+ *
+ * First, we collect the Columns (not the Column separators) which overlap
+ * with the Cell. We then distribute the desired value according to the
+ * amount of overlapping amongst the Cells.
+ *
+ * A Cell's default value stays the same if it already has a larger value than
+ * the desired one. It's overwritten if it's smaller.
+ */
+static void lcl_CalcSubColValues( std::vector<sal_uInt16> &rToFill, const SwTabCols &rCols,
+                              const SwLayoutFrame *pCell, const SwLayoutFrame *pTab,
+                              bool bWishValues )
+{
+    const sal_uInt16 nWish = bWishValues ?
+                    ::lcl_CalcCellFit( pCell ) :
+                    MINLAY + sal_uInt16(pCell->getFrameArea().Width() - pCell->getFramePrintArea().Width());
+
+    SwRectFnSet aRectFnSet(pTab);
+
+    for ( size_t i = 0 ; i <= rCols.Count(); ++i )
+    {
+        tools::Long nColLeft  = i == 0             ? rCols.GetLeft()  : rCols[i-1];
+        tools::Long nColRight = i == rCols.Count() ? rCols.GetRight() : rCols[i];
+        nColLeft  += rCols.GetLeftMin();
+        nColRight += rCols.GetLeftMin();
+
+        // Adapt values to the proportions of the Table (Follows)
+        if ( rCols.GetLeftMin() != aRectFnSet.GetLeft(pTab->getFrameArea()) )
+        {
+            const tools::Long nDiff = aRectFnSet.GetLeft(pTab->getFrameArea()) - rCols.GetLeftMin();
+            nColLeft  += nDiff;
+            nColRight += nDiff;
+        }
+        const tools::Long nCellLeft  = aRectFnSet.GetLeft(pCell->getFrameArea());
+        const tools::Long nCellRight = aRectFnSet.GetRight(pCell->getFrameArea());
+
+        // Calculate overlapping value
+        tools::Long nWidth = 0;
+        if ( nColLeft <= nCellLeft && nColRight >= (nCellLeft+COLFUZZY) )
+            nWidth = nColRight - nCellLeft;
+        else if ( nColLeft <= (nCellRight-COLFUZZY) && nColRight >= nCellRight )
+            nWidth = nCellRight - nColLeft;
+        else if ( nColLeft >= nCellLeft && nColRight <= nCellRight )
+            nWidth = nColRight - nColLeft;
+        if ( nWidth && pCell->getFrameArea().Width() )
+        {
+            tools::Long nTmp = nWidth * nWish / pCell->getFrameArea().Width();
+            if ( o3tl::make_unsigned(nTmp) > rToFill[i] )
+                rToFill[i] = sal_uInt16(nTmp);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Retrieves new values to set the TabCols.
+ *
+ * We do not iterate over the TabCols' entries, but over the gaps that describe Cells.
+ * We set TabCol entries for which we did not calculate Cells to 0.
+ *
+ * @param bWishValues == true:      We calculate the desired value of all affected
+ *                                  Cells for the current Selection/current Cell.
+ *                                  If more Cells are within a Column, the highest
+ *                                  desired value is returned.
+ *                                  We set TabCol entries for which we did not calculate
+ *                                  Cells to 0.
+ *
+ * @param bWishValues == false:     The Selection is expanded vertically.
+ *                                  We calculate the minimum value for every
+ *                                  Column in the TabCols that intersects with the
+ *                                  Selection.
+ */
+static void lcl_CalcColValues( std::vector<sal_uInt16> &rToFill, const SwTabCols &rCols,
+                           const SwLayoutFrame *pStart, const SwLayoutFrame *pEnd,
+                           bool bWishValues )
+{
+    SwSelUnions aUnions;
+    ::MakeSelUnions( aUnions, pStart, pEnd,
+                    bWishValues ? SwTableSearchType::NONE : SwTableSearchType::Col );
+
+    for ( auto &rU : aUnions )
+    {
+        SwSelUnion *pSelUnion = &rU;
+        const SwTabFrame *pTab = pSelUnion->GetTable();
+        const SwRect &rUnion = pSelUnion->GetUnion();
+
+        SwRectFnSet aRectFnSet(pTab);
+        bool bRTL = pTab->IsRightToLeft();
+
+        const SwLayoutFrame *pCell = pTab->FirstCell();
+        if (!pCell)
+            continue;
+        do
+        {
+            if ( pCell->IsCellFrame() && pCell->FindTabFrame() == pTab && ::IsFrameInTableSel( rUnion, pCell ) )
+            {
+                const tools::Long nCLeft  = aRectFnSet.GetLeft(pCell->getFrameArea());
+                const tools::Long nCRight = aRectFnSet.GetRight(pCell->getFrameArea());
+
+                bool bNotInCols = true;
+
+                for ( size_t i = 0; i <= rCols.Count(); ++i )
+                {
+                    sal_uInt16 nFit = rToFill[i];
+                    tools::Long nColLeft  = i == 0             ? rCols.GetLeft()  : rCols[i-1];
+                    tools::Long nColRight = i == rCols.Count() ? rCols.GetRight() : rCols[i];
+
+                    if ( bRTL )
+                    {
+                        tools::Long nTmpRight = nColRight;
+                        nColRight = rCols.GetRight() - nColLeft;
+                        nColLeft = rCols.GetRight() - nTmpRight;
+                    }
+
+                    nColLeft  += rCols.GetLeftMin();
+                    nColRight += rCols.GetLeftMin();
+
+                    // Adapt values to the proportions of the Table (Follows)
+                    tools::Long nLeftA  = nColLeft;
+                    tools::Long nRightA = nColRight;
+                    if ( rCols.GetLeftMin() !=  sal_uInt16(aRectFnSet.GetLeft(pTab->getFrameArea())) )
+                    {
+                        const tools::Long nDiff = aRectFnSet.GetLeft(pTab->getFrameArea()) - rCols.GetLeftMin();
+                        nLeftA  += nDiff;
+                        nRightA += nDiff;
+                    }
+
+                    // We don't want to take a too close look
+                    if ( ::IsSame(nCLeft, nLeftA) && ::IsSame(nCRight, nRightA))
+                    {
+                        bNotInCols = false;
+                        if ( bWishValues )
+                        {
+                            const sal_uInt16 nWish = ::lcl_CalcCellFit( pCell );
+                            if ( nWish > nFit )
+                                nFit = nWish;
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {   const sal_uInt16 nMin = MINLAY + sal_uInt16(pCell->getFrameArea().Width() -
+                                                                pCell->getFramePrintArea().Width());
+                            if ( !nFit || nMin < nFit )
+                                nFit = nMin;
+                        }
+                        if ( rToFill[i] < nFit )
+                            rToFill[i] = nFit;
+                    }
+                }
+                if ( bNotInCols )
+                    ::lcl_CalcSubColValues( rToFill, rCols, pCell, pTab, bWishValues );
+            }
+            do {
+                pCell = pCell->GetNextLayoutLeaf();
+            } while( pCell && pCell->getFrameArea().Width() == 0 );
+        } while ( pCell && pTab->IsAnLower( pCell ) );
+    }
+}
+
+void SwDoc::AdjustCellWidth( const SwCursor& rCursor,
+                             const bool bBalance,
+                             const bool bNoShrink )
+{
+    // Check whether the current Cursor has it's Point/Mark in a Table
+    SwContentNode* pCntNd = rCursor.GetPoint()->nNode.GetNode().GetContentNode();
+    SwTableNode* pTableNd = pCntNd ? pCntNd->FindTableNode() : nullptr;
+    if( !pTableNd )
+        return ;
+
+    SwLayoutFrame *pStart, *pEnd;
+    ::lcl_GetStartEndCell( rCursor, pStart, pEnd );
+
+    // Collect TabCols; we reset the Table with them
+    SwFrame* pBoxFrame = pStart;
+    while( pBoxFrame && !pBoxFrame->IsCellFrame() )
+        pBoxFrame = pBoxFrame->GetUpper();
+
+    if ( !pBoxFrame )
+        return; // Robust
+
+    SwTabCols aTabCols;
+    GetTabCols( aTabCols, static_cast<SwCellFrame*>(pBoxFrame) );
+
+    if ( ! aTabCols.Count() )
+        return;
+
+    std::vector<sal_uInt16> aWish(aTabCols.Count() + 1);
+    std::vector<sal_uInt16> aMins(aTabCols.Count() + 1);
+
+    ::lcl_CalcColValues( aWish, aTabCols, pStart, pEnd, /*bWishValues=*/true );
+
+    // It's more robust if we calculate the minimum values for the whole Table
+    const SwTabFrame *pTab = pStart->ImplFindTabFrame();
+    pStart = const_cast<SwLayoutFrame*>(static_cast<SwLayoutFrame const *>(pTab->FirstCell()));
+    pEnd   = const_cast<SwLayoutFrame*>(pTab->FindLastContentOrTable()->GetUpper());
+    while( !pEnd->IsCellFrame() )
+        pEnd = pEnd->GetUpper();
+    ::lcl_CalcColValues( aMins, aTabCols, pStart, pEnd, /*bWishValues=*/false );
+
+    sal_uInt16 nSelectedWidth = 0, nCols = 0;
+    float fTotalWish = 0;
+    if ( bBalance || bNoShrink )
+    {
+        // Find the combined size of the selected columns
+        for ( size_t i = 0; i <= aTabCols.Count(); ++i )
+        {
+            if ( aWish[i] )
+            {
+                if ( i == 0 )
+                    nSelectedWidth += aTabCols[i] - aTabCols.GetLeft();
+                else if ( i == aTabCols.Count() )
+                    nSelectedWidth += aTabCols.GetRight() - aTabCols[i-1];
+                else
+                    nSelectedWidth += aTabCols[i] - aTabCols[i-1];
+                ++nCols;
+            }
+            fTotalWish += aWish[i];
+        }
+        assert(nCols);
+        const sal_uInt16 nEqualWidth = nCols ? nSelectedWidth / nCols : 0;
+        // bBalance: Distribute the width evenly
+        for (sal_uInt16 & rn : aWish)
+            if ( rn && bBalance )
+                rn = nEqualWidth;
+    }
+
+    const tools::Long nOldRight = aTabCols.GetRight();
+
+    // In order to make the implementation easier, but still use the available
+    // space properly, we do this twice.
+
+    // The problem: The first column is getting wider, the others get slimmer
+    // only afterwards.
+    // The first column's desired width would be discarded as it would cause
+    // the Table's width to exceed the maximum width.
+    const sal_uInt16 nEqualWidth = (aTabCols.GetRight() - aTabCols.GetLeft()) / (aTabCols.Count() + 1);
+    const sal_Int16 nTablePadding = nSelectedWidth - fTotalWish;
+    for ( int k = 0; k < 2; ++k )
+    {
+        for ( size_t i = 0; i <= aTabCols.Count(); ++i )
+        {
+            // bNoShrink: distribute excess space proportionately on pass 2.
+            if ( bNoShrink && k && nTablePadding > 0 && fTotalWish > 0 )
+                aWish[i] += round( aWish[i] / fTotalWish * nTablePadding );
+
+            // First pass is primarily a shrink pass. Give all columns a chance
+            //    to grow by requesting the maximum width as "balanced".
+            // Second pass is a first-come, first-served chance to max out.
+            int nDiff = k ? aWish[i] : std::min(aWish[i], nEqualWidth);
+            if ( nDiff )
+            {
+                int nMin = aMins[i];
+                if ( nMin > nDiff )
+                    nDiff = nMin;
+
+                if ( i == 0 )
+                {
+                    if( aTabCols.Count() )
+                        nDiff -= aTabCols[0] - aTabCols.GetLeft();
+                    else
+                        nDiff -= aTabCols.GetRight() - aTabCols.GetLeft();
+                }
+                else if ( i == aTabCols.Count() )
+                    nDiff -= aTabCols.GetRight() - aTabCols[i-1];
+                else
+                    nDiff -= aTabCols[i] - aTabCols[i-1];
+
+                tools::Long nTabRight = aTabCols.GetRight() + nDiff;
+                const tools::Long nMaxRight = std::max(aTabCols.GetRightMax(), nOldRight);
+
+                // If the Table would become (or is already) too wide,
+                // restrict the column growth to the allowed maximum.
+                if (!bBalance && nTabRight > nMaxRight)
+                {
+                    const tools::Long nTmpD = nTabRight - nMaxRight;
+                    nDiff     -= nTmpD;
+                    nTabRight -= nTmpD;
+                }
+
+                // all the remaining columns need to be shifted by the same amount
+                for ( size_t i2 = i; i2 < aTabCols.Count(); ++i2 )
+                    aTabCols[i2] += nDiff;
+                aTabCols.SetRight( nTabRight );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    const tools::Long nNewRight = aTabCols.GetRight();
+
+    SwFrameFormat *pFormat = pTableNd->GetTable().GetFrameFormat();
+    const sal_Int16 nOriHori = pFormat->GetHoriOrient().GetHoriOrient();
+
+    // We can leave the "real" work to the SwTable now
+    SetTabCols( aTabCols, false, static_cast<SwCellFrame*>(pBoxFrame) );
+
+    // Alignment might have been changed in SetTabCols; restore old value
+    const SwFormatHoriOrient &rHori = pFormat->GetHoriOrient();
+    SwFormatHoriOrient aHori( rHori );
+    if ( aHori.GetHoriOrient() != nOriHori )
+    {
+        aHori.SetHoriOrient( nOriHori );
+        pFormat->SetFormatAttr( aHori );
+    }
+
+    // We switch to left-adjusted for automatic width
+    // We adjust the right border for Border attributes
+    if( !bBalance && nNewRight < nOldRight )
+    {
+        if( aHori.GetHoriOrient() == text::HoriOrientation::FULL )
+        {
+            aHori.SetHoriOrient( text::HoriOrientation::LEFT );
+            pFormat->SetFormatAttr( aHori );
+        }
+    }
+
+    getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/node.cxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/node.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d95b18cee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/node.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,2138 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <config_wasm_strip.h>
+
+#include <hintids.hxx>
+#include <editeng/protitem.hxx>
+#include <osl/diagnose.h>
+#include <tools/gen.hxx>
+#include <com/sun/star/i18n/CharacterIteratorMode.hpp>
+#include <com/sun/star/i18n/XBreakIterator.hpp>
+#include <fmtcntnt.hxx>
+#include <fmtanchr.hxx>
+#include <frmfmt.hxx>
+#include <txtftn.hxx>
+#include <ftnfrm.hxx>
+#include <doc.hxx>
+#include <node.hxx>
+#include <ndindex.hxx>
+#include <numrule.hxx>
+#include <swtable.hxx>
+#include <ndtxt.hxx>
+#include <pam.hxx>
+#include <section.hxx>
+#include <cntfrm.hxx>
+#include <flyfrm.hxx>
+#include <txtfrm.hxx>
+#include <tabfrm.hxx>
+#include <viewsh.hxx>
+#include <paratr.hxx>
+#include <ftnidx.hxx>
+#include <fmtftn.hxx>
+#include <fmthdft.hxx>
+#include <frmatr.hxx>
+#include <fmtautofmt.hxx>
+#include <frmtool.hxx>
+#include <pagefrm.hxx>
+#include <node2lay.hxx>
+#include <pagedesc.hxx>
+#include <fmtpdsc.hxx>
+#include <breakit.hxx>
+#include <SwStyleNameMapper.hxx>
+#include <scriptinfo.hxx>
+#include <rootfrm.hxx>
+#include <istyleaccess.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentListItems.hxx>
+#include <DocumentSettingManager.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentLinksAdministration.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentRedlineAccess.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentLayoutAccess.hxx>
+#include <calbck.hxx>
+#include <ndole.hxx>
+#include <memory>
+#include <swcrsr.hxx>
+#include <hints.hxx>
+#include <frameformats.hxx>
+#ifdef DBG_UTIL
+#include <sal/backtrace.hxx>
+#endif
+
+using namespace ::com::sun::star::i18n;
+
+
+/*
+ * Some local helper functions for the attribute set handle of a content node.
+ * Since the attribute set of a content node may not be modified directly,
+ * we always have to create a new SwAttrSet, do the modifications, and get
+ * a new handle from the style access
+ */
+
+namespace AttrSetHandleHelper
+{
+
+static void GetNewAutoStyle( std::shared_ptr<const SfxItemSet>& rpAttrSet,
+                      const SwContentNode& rNode,
+                      SwAttrSet const & rNewAttrSet )
+{
+    const SwAttrSet* pAttrSet = static_cast<const SwAttrSet*>(rpAttrSet.get());
+    if( rNode.GetModifyAtAttr() )
+        const_cast<SwAttrSet*>(pAttrSet)->SetModifyAtAttr( nullptr );
+    IStyleAccess& rSA = pAttrSet->GetPool()->GetDoc()->GetIStyleAccess();
+    rpAttrSet = rSA.getAutomaticStyle( rNewAttrSet, rNode.IsTextNode() ?
+                                                     IStyleAccess::AUTO_STYLE_PARA :
+                                                     IStyleAccess::AUTO_STYLE_NOTXT );
+    const bool bSetModifyAtAttr = const_cast<SwAttrSet*>(static_cast<const SwAttrSet*>(rpAttrSet.get()))->SetModifyAtAttr( &rNode );
+    rNode.SetModifyAtAttr( bSetModifyAtAttr );
+}
+
+static void SetParent( std::shared_ptr<const SfxItemSet>& rpAttrSet,
+                const SwContentNode& rNode,
+                const SwFormat* pParentFormat,
+                const SwFormat* pConditionalFormat )
+{
+    const SwAttrSet* pAttrSet = static_cast<const SwAttrSet*>(rpAttrSet.get());
+    OSL_ENSURE( pAttrSet, "no SwAttrSet" );
+    OSL_ENSURE( pParentFormat || !pConditionalFormat, "ConditionalFormat without ParentFormat?" );
+
+    const SwAttrSet* pParentSet = pParentFormat ? &pParentFormat->GetAttrSet() : nullptr;
+
+    if ( pParentSet == pAttrSet->GetParent() )
+        return;
+
+    SwAttrSet aNewSet( *pAttrSet );
+    aNewSet.SetParent( pParentSet );
+    aNewSet.ClearItem( RES_FRMATR_STYLE_NAME );
+    aNewSet.ClearItem( RES_FRMATR_CONDITIONAL_STYLE_NAME );
+
+    if ( pParentFormat )
+    {
+        OUString sVal;
+        SwStyleNameMapper::FillProgName( pParentFormat->GetName(), sVal, SwGetPoolIdFromName::TxtColl );
+        const SfxStringItem aAnyFormatColl( RES_FRMATR_STYLE_NAME, sVal );
+        aNewSet.Put( aAnyFormatColl );
+
+        if ( pConditionalFormat != pParentFormat )
+            SwStyleNameMapper::FillProgName( pConditionalFormat->GetName(), sVal, SwGetPoolIdFromName::TxtColl );
+
+        const SfxStringItem aFormatColl( RES_FRMATR_CONDITIONAL_STYLE_NAME, sVal );
+        aNewSet.Put( aFormatColl );
+    }
+
+    GetNewAutoStyle( rpAttrSet, rNode, aNewSet );
+}
+
+static const SfxPoolItem* Put( std::shared_ptr<const SfxItemSet>& rpAttrSet,
+                        const SwContentNode& rNode,
+                        const SfxPoolItem& rAttr )
+{
+    SwAttrSet aNewSet( static_cast<const SwAttrSet&>(*rpAttrSet) );
+    const SfxPoolItem* pRet = aNewSet.Put( rAttr );
+    if ( pRet )
+        GetNewAutoStyle( rpAttrSet, rNode, aNewSet );
+    return pRet;
+}
+
+static bool Put( std::shared_ptr<const SfxItemSet>& rpAttrSet, const SwContentNode& rNode,
+         const SfxItemSet& rSet )
+{
+    SwAttrSet aNewSet( static_cast<const SwAttrSet&>(*rpAttrSet) );
+
+    // #i76273# Robust
+    std::optional<SfxItemSetFixed<RES_FRMATR_STYLE_NAME, RES_FRMATR_CONDITIONAL_STYLE_NAME>> pStyleNames;
+    if ( SfxItemState::SET == rSet.GetItemState( RES_FRMATR_STYLE_NAME, false ) )
+    {
+        pStyleNames.emplace( *aNewSet.GetPool() );
+        pStyleNames->Put( aNewSet );
+    }
+
+    const bool bRet = aNewSet.Put( rSet );
+
+    // #i76273# Robust
+    if ( pStyleNames )
+    {
+        aNewSet.Put( *pStyleNames );
+    }
+
+    if ( bRet )
+        GetNewAutoStyle( rpAttrSet, rNode, aNewSet );
+
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+static bool Put_BC( std::shared_ptr<const SfxItemSet>& rpAttrSet,
+            const SwContentNode& rNode, const SfxPoolItem& rAttr,
+            SwAttrSet* pOld, SwAttrSet* pNew )
+{
+    SwAttrSet aNewSet( static_cast<const SwAttrSet&>(*rpAttrSet) );
+
+    // for a correct broadcast, we need to do a SetModifyAtAttr with the items
+    // from aNewSet. The 'regular' SetModifyAtAttr is done in GetNewAutoStyle
+    if( rNode.GetModifyAtAttr() )
+        aNewSet.SetModifyAtAttr( &rNode );
+
+    const bool bRet = aNewSet.Put_BC( rAttr, pOld, pNew );
+
+    if ( bRet )
+        GetNewAutoStyle( rpAttrSet, rNode, aNewSet );
+
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+static bool Put_BC( std::shared_ptr<const SfxItemSet>& rpAttrSet,
+            const SwContentNode& rNode, const SfxItemSet& rSet,
+            SwAttrSet* pOld, SwAttrSet* pNew )
+{
+    SwAttrSet aNewSet( static_cast<const SwAttrSet&>(*rpAttrSet) );
+
+    // #i76273# Robust
+    std::optional<SfxItemSetFixed<RES_FRMATR_STYLE_NAME, RES_FRMATR_CONDITIONAL_STYLE_NAME>> pStyleNames;
+    if ( SfxItemState::SET == rSet.GetItemState( RES_FRMATR_STYLE_NAME, false ) )
+    {
+        pStyleNames.emplace( *aNewSet.GetPool() );
+        pStyleNames->Put( aNewSet );
+    }
+
+    // for a correct broadcast, we need to do a SetModifyAtAttr with the items
+    // from aNewSet. The 'regular' SetModifyAtAttr is done in GetNewAutoStyle
+    if( rNode.GetModifyAtAttr() )
+        aNewSet.SetModifyAtAttr( &rNode );
+
+    const bool bRet = aNewSet.Put_BC( rSet, pOld, pNew );
+
+    // #i76273# Robust
+    if ( pStyleNames )
+    {
+        aNewSet.Put( *pStyleNames );
+    }
+
+    if ( bRet )
+        GetNewAutoStyle( rpAttrSet, rNode, aNewSet );
+
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+static sal_uInt16 ClearItem_BC( std::shared_ptr<const SfxItemSet>& rpAttrSet,
+                     const SwContentNode& rNode, sal_uInt16 nWhich,
+                     SwAttrSet* pOld, SwAttrSet* pNew )
+{
+    SwAttrSet aNewSet( static_cast<const SwAttrSet&>(*rpAttrSet) );
+    if( rNode.GetModifyAtAttr() )
+        aNewSet.SetModifyAtAttr( &rNode );
+    const sal_uInt16 nRet = aNewSet.ClearItem_BC( nWhich, pOld, pNew );
+    if ( nRet )
+        GetNewAutoStyle( rpAttrSet, rNode, aNewSet );
+    return nRet;
+}
+
+static sal_uInt16 ClearItem_BC( std::shared_ptr<const SfxItemSet>& rpAttrSet,
+                     const SwContentNode& rNode,
+                     sal_uInt16 nWhich1, sal_uInt16 nWhich2,
+                     SwAttrSet* pOld, SwAttrSet* pNew )
+{
+    SwAttrSet aNewSet( static_cast<const SwAttrSet&>(*rpAttrSet) );
+    if( rNode.GetModifyAtAttr() )
+        aNewSet.SetModifyAtAttr( &rNode );
+    const sal_uInt16 nRet = aNewSet.ClearItem_BC( nWhich1, nWhich2, pOld, pNew );
+    if ( nRet )
+        GetNewAutoStyle( rpAttrSet, rNode, aNewSet );
+    return nRet;
+}
+
+}
+
+/** Returns the section level at the position given by aIndex.
+ *
+ * We use the following logic:
+ * S = Start, E = End, C = ContentNode
+ * Level   0 = E
+ *         1 = S E
+ *         2 = SC
+ *
+ * All EndNodes of the BaseSection have level 0
+ * All StartNodes of the BaseSection have level 1
+ */
+sal_uInt16 SwNode::GetSectionLevel() const
+{
+    // EndNode of a BaseSection? They are always 0!
+    if( IsEndNode() && SwNodeOffset(0) == m_pStartOfSection->StartOfSectionIndex() )
+        return 0;
+
+    sal_uInt16 nLevel;
+    const SwNode* pNode = IsStartNode() ? this : m_pStartOfSection;
+    for( nLevel = 1; SwNodeOffset(0) != pNode->StartOfSectionIndex(); ++nLevel )
+        pNode = pNode->m_pStartOfSection;
+    return IsEndNode() ? nLevel-1 : nLevel;
+}
+
+#ifdef DBG_UTIL
+tools::Long SwNode::s_nSerial = 0;
+#endif
+
+SwNode::SwNode( const SwNodeIndex &rWhere, const SwNodeType nNdType )
+    : m_nNodeType( nNdType )
+    , m_nAFormatNumLvl( 0 )
+    , m_bIgnoreDontExpand( false)
+    , m_eMerge(Merge::None)
+#ifdef DBG_UTIL
+    , m_nSerial( s_nSerial++)
+#endif
+    , m_pStartOfSection( nullptr )
+{
+    if( !rWhere.GetIndex() )
+        return;
+
+    SwNodes& rNodes = const_cast<SwNodes&> (rWhere.GetNodes());
+    SwNode* pNd = rNodes[ rWhere.GetIndex() -1 ];
+    rNodes.InsertNode( this, rWhere );
+    m_pStartOfSection = pNd->GetStartNode();
+    if( nullptr == m_pStartOfSection )
+    {
+        m_pStartOfSection = pNd->m_pStartOfSection;
+        if( pNd->GetEndNode() )     // Skip EndNode ? Section
+        {
+            pNd = m_pStartOfSection;
+            m_pStartOfSection = pNd->m_pStartOfSection;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/** Inserts a node into the rNodes array at the rWhere position
+ *
+ * @param rNodes the variable array in that the node will be inserted
+ * @param nPos position within the array where the node will be inserted
+ * @param nNdType the type of node to insert
+ */
+SwNode::SwNode( SwNodes& rNodes, SwNodeOffset nPos, const SwNodeType nNdType )
+    : m_nNodeType( nNdType )
+    , m_nAFormatNumLvl( 0 )
+    , m_bIgnoreDontExpand( false)
+    , m_eMerge(Merge::None)
+#ifdef DBG_UTIL
+    , m_nSerial( s_nSerial++)
+#endif
+    , m_pStartOfSection( nullptr )
+{
+    if( !nPos )
+        return;
+
+    SwNode* pNd = rNodes[ nPos - 1 ];
+    rNodes.InsertNode( this, nPos );
+    m_pStartOfSection = pNd->GetStartNode();
+    if( nullptr == m_pStartOfSection )
+    {
+        m_pStartOfSection = pNd->m_pStartOfSection;
+        if( pNd->GetEndNode() )     // Skip EndNode ? Section!
+        {
+            pNd = m_pStartOfSection;
+            m_pStartOfSection = pNd->m_pStartOfSection;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+SwNode::~SwNode()
+{
+    assert(m_aAnchoredFlys.empty() || GetDoc().IsInDtor()); // must all be deleted
+    InvalidateInSwCache(RES_OBJECTDYING);
+    assert(!IsInCache());
+}
+
+/// Find the TableNode in which it is located.
+/// If we're not in a table: return 0
+SwTableNode* SwNode::FindTableNode()
+{
+    if( IsTableNode() )
+        return GetTableNode();
+    SwStartNode* pTmp = m_pStartOfSection;
+    while( !pTmp->IsTableNode() && pTmp->GetIndex() )
+        pTmp = pTmp->m_pStartOfSection;
+    return pTmp->GetTableNode();
+}
+
+/// Is the node located in the visible area of the Shell?
+bool SwNode::IsInVisibleArea( SwViewShell const * pSh ) const
+{
+    bool bRet = false;
+    const SwContentNode* pNd;
+
+    if( SwNodeType::Start & m_nNodeType )
+    {
+        SwNodeIndex aIdx( *this );
+        pNd = GetNodes().GoNext( &aIdx );
+    }
+    else if( SwNodeType::End & m_nNodeType )
+    {
+        SwNodeIndex aIdx( *EndOfSectionNode() );
+        pNd = SwNodes::GoPrevious( &aIdx );
+    }
+    else
+        pNd = GetContentNode();
+
+    if( !pSh )
+        // Get the Shell from the Doc
+        pSh = GetDoc().getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentViewShell();
+
+    if( pSh )
+    {
+        const SwFrame* pFrame;
+        if (pNd && nullptr != (pFrame = pNd->getLayoutFrame(pSh->GetLayout(), nullptr, nullptr)))
+        {
+
+            if ( pFrame->IsInTab() )
+                pFrame = pFrame->FindTabFrame();
+
+            if( !pFrame->isFrameAreaDefinitionValid() )
+            {
+                do
+                {
+                    pFrame = pFrame->FindPrev();
+                }
+                while ( pFrame && !pFrame->isFrameAreaDefinitionValid() );
+            }
+
+            if( !pFrame || pSh->VisArea().Overlaps( pFrame->getFrameArea() ) )
+                bRet = true;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+bool SwNode::IsInProtectSect() const
+{
+    const SwNode* pNd = SwNodeType::Section == m_nNodeType ? m_pStartOfSection : this;
+    const SwSectionNode* pSectNd = pNd->FindSectionNode();
+    return pSectNd && pSectNd->GetSection().IsProtectFlag();
+}
+
+/// Does the node contain anything protected?
+/// I.e.: Area/Frame/Table rows/... including the Anchor for
+/// Frames/Footnotes/...
+bool SwNode::IsProtect() const
+{
+    const SwNode* pNd = SwNodeType::Section == m_nNodeType ? m_pStartOfSection : this;
+    const SwStartNode* pSttNd = pNd->FindSectionNode();
+    if( pSttNd && static_cast<const SwSectionNode*>(pSttNd)->GetSection().IsProtectFlag() )
+        return true;
+
+    pSttNd = FindTableBoxStartNode();
+    if( nullptr != pSttNd )
+    {
+        SwContentFrame* pCFrame;
+        if( IsContentNode() && nullptr != (pCFrame = static_cast<const SwContentNode*>(this)->getLayoutFrame( GetDoc().getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentLayout() ) ))
+            return pCFrame->IsProtected();
+
+        const SwTableBox* pBox = pSttNd->FindTableNode()->GetTable().
+                                        GetTableBox( pSttNd->GetIndex() );
+        //Robust #149568
+        if( pBox && pBox->GetFrameFormat()->GetProtect().IsContentProtected() )
+            return true;
+    }
+
+    SwFrameFormat* pFlyFormat = GetFlyFormat();
+    if( pFlyFormat )
+    {
+        if (pFlyFormat->GetProtect().IsContentProtected())
+            return true;
+        const SwFormatAnchor& rAnchor = pFlyFormat->GetAnchor();
+        const SwPosition* pAnchorPos = rAnchor.GetContentAnchor();
+        if (!pAnchorPos)
+            return false;
+        const SwNode& rAnchorNd = pAnchorPos->nNode.GetNode();
+        return &rAnchorNd != this && rAnchorNd.IsProtect();
+    }
+
+    pSttNd = FindFootnoteStartNode();
+    if( nullptr != pSttNd )
+    {
+        const SwTextFootnote* pTFootnote = GetDoc().GetFootnoteIdxs().SeekEntry(
+                                SwNodeIndex( *pSttNd ) );
+        if( pTFootnote )
+            return pTFootnote->GetTextNode().IsProtect();
+    }
+
+    return false;
+}
+
+/// Find the PageDesc that is used to format this node. If the Layout is available,
+/// we search through that. Else we can only do it the hard way by searching onwards through the nodes.
+const SwPageDesc* SwNode::FindPageDesc( SwNodeOffset* pPgDescNdIdx ) const
+{
+    if ( !GetNodes().IsDocNodes() )
+    {
+        return nullptr;
+    }
+
+    const SwPageDesc* pPgDesc = nullptr;
+
+    const SwContentNode* pNode;
+    if( SwNodeType::Start & m_nNodeType )
+    {
+        SwNodeIndex aIdx( *this );
+        pNode = GetNodes().GoNext( &aIdx );
+    }
+    else if( SwNodeType::End & m_nNodeType )
+    {
+        SwNodeIndex aIdx( *EndOfSectionNode() );
+        pNode = SwNodes::GoPrevious( &aIdx );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        pNode = GetContentNode();
+        if( pNode )
+            pPgDesc = pNode->GetAttr( RES_PAGEDESC ).GetPageDesc();
+    }
+
+    // Are we going through the layout?
+    if( !pPgDesc )
+    {
+        const SwFrame* pFrame;
+        const SwPageFrame* pPage;
+        if (pNode && nullptr != (pFrame = pNode->getLayoutFrame(pNode->GetDoc().getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentLayout(), nullptr, nullptr)) &&
+            nullptr != ( pPage = pFrame->FindPageFrame() ) )
+        {
+            pPgDesc = pPage->GetPageDesc();
+            if ( pPgDescNdIdx )
+            {
+                *pPgDescNdIdx = pNode->GetIndex();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if( !pPgDesc )
+    {
+        // Thus via the nodes array
+        const SwDoc& rDoc = GetDoc();
+        const SwNode* pNd = this;
+        const SwStartNode* pSttNd;
+        if( pNd->GetIndex() < GetNodes().GetEndOfExtras().GetIndex() &&
+            nullptr != ( pSttNd = pNd->FindFlyStartNode() ) )
+        {
+            // Find the right Anchor first
+            const SwFrameFormat* pFormat = nullptr;
+            const SwFrameFormats& rFormats = *rDoc.GetSpzFrameFormats();
+
+            for( size_t n = 0; n < rFormats.size(); ++n )
+            {
+                const SwFrameFormat* pFrameFormat = rFormats[ n ];
+                const SwFormatContent& rContent = pFrameFormat->GetContent();
+                if( rContent.GetContentIdx() &&
+                    &rContent.GetContentIdx()->GetNode() == static_cast<SwNode const *>(pSttNd) )
+                {
+                    pFormat = pFrameFormat;
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+
+            if( pFormat )
+            {
+                const SwFormatAnchor* pAnchor = &pFormat->GetAnchor();
+                if ((RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PAGE != pAnchor->GetAnchorId()) &&
+                    pAnchor->GetContentAnchor() )
+                {
+                    pNd = &pAnchor->GetContentAnchor()->nNode.GetNode();
+                    const SwNode* pFlyNd = pNd->FindFlyStartNode();
+                    while( pFlyNd )
+                    {
+                        // Get up through the Anchor
+                        size_t n;
+                        for( n = 0; n < rFormats.size(); ++n )
+                        {
+                            const SwFrameFormat* pFrameFormat = rFormats[ n ];
+                            const SwNodeIndex* pIdx = pFrameFormat->GetContent().
+                                                        GetContentIdx();
+                            if( pIdx && pFlyNd == &pIdx->GetNode() )
+                            {
+                                if( pFormat == pFrameFormat )
+                                {
+                                    pNd = pFlyNd;
+                                    pFlyNd = nullptr;
+                                    break;
+                                }
+                                pAnchor = &pFrameFormat->GetAnchor();
+                                if ((RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PAGE == pAnchor->GetAnchorId()) ||
+                                    !pAnchor->GetContentAnchor() )
+                                {
+                                    pFlyNd = nullptr;
+                                    break;
+                                }
+
+                                pFlyNd = pAnchor->GetContentAnchor()->nNode.
+                                        GetNode().FindFlyStartNode();
+                                break;
+                            }
+                        }
+                        if( n >= rFormats.size() )
+                        {
+                            OSL_ENSURE( false, "FlySection, but no Format found" );
+                            return nullptr;
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            // pNd should now contain the correct Anchor or it's still this
+        }
+
+        if( pNd->GetIndex() < GetNodes().GetEndOfExtras().GetIndex() )
+        {
+            if( pNd->GetIndex() > GetNodes().GetEndOfAutotext().GetIndex() )
+            {
+                pPgDesc = &rDoc.GetPageDesc( 0 );
+                pNd = nullptr;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                // Find the Body text node
+                if( nullptr != ( pSttNd = pNd->FindHeaderStartNode() ) ||
+                    nullptr != ( pSttNd = pNd->FindFooterStartNode() ))
+                {
+                    // Then find this StartNode in the PageDescs
+                    sal_uInt16 nId;
+                    UseOnPage eAskUse;
+                    if( SwHeaderStartNode == pSttNd->GetStartNodeType())
+                    {
+                        nId = RES_HEADER;
+                        eAskUse = UseOnPage::HeaderShare;
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        nId = RES_FOOTER;
+                        eAskUse = UseOnPage::FooterShare;
+                    }
+
+                    for( size_t n = rDoc.GetPageDescCnt(); n && !pPgDesc; )
+                    {
+                        const SwPageDesc& rPgDsc = rDoc.GetPageDesc( --n );
+                        const SwFrameFormat* pFormat = &rPgDsc.GetMaster();
+                        int nStt = 0, nLast = 1;
+                        if( !( eAskUse & rPgDsc.ReadUseOn() )) ++nLast;
+
+                        for( ; nStt < nLast; ++nStt, pFormat = &rPgDsc.GetLeft() )
+                        {
+                            const SwFrameFormat * pHdFtFormat = nId == RES_HEADER
+                                ? static_cast<SwFormatHeader const &>(
+                                    pFormat->GetFormatAttr(nId)).GetHeaderFormat()
+                                : static_cast<SwFormatFooter const &>(
+                                    pFormat->GetFormatAttr(nId)).GetFooterFormat();
+                            if( pHdFtFormat )
+                            {
+                                const SwFormatContent& rContent = pHdFtFormat->GetContent();
+                                if( rContent.GetContentIdx() &&
+                                    &rContent.GetContentIdx()->GetNode() ==
+                                    static_cast<SwNode const *>(pSttNd) )
+                                {
+                                    pPgDesc = &rPgDsc;
+                                    break;
+                                }
+                            }
+                        }
+                    }
+
+                    if( !pPgDesc )
+                        pPgDesc = &rDoc.GetPageDesc( 0 );
+                    pNd = nullptr;
+                }
+                else if( nullptr != ( pSttNd = pNd->FindFootnoteStartNode() ))
+                {
+                    // the Anchor can only be in the Body text
+                    const SwTextFootnote* pTextFootnote;
+                    const SwFootnoteIdxs& rFootnoteArr = rDoc.GetFootnoteIdxs();
+                    for( size_t n = 0; n < rFootnoteArr.size(); ++n )
+                        if( nullptr != ( pTextFootnote = rFootnoteArr[ n ])->GetStartNode() &&
+                            static_cast<SwNode const *>(pSttNd) ==
+                            &pTextFootnote->GetStartNode()->GetNode() )
+                        {
+                            pNd = &pTextFootnote->GetTextNode();
+                            break;
+                        }
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    // Can only be a page-bound Fly (or something newer).
+                    // we can only return the standard here
+                    OSL_ENSURE( pNd->FindFlyStartNode(),
+                            "Where is this Node?" );
+
+                    pPgDesc = &rDoc.GetPageDesc( 0 );
+                    pNd = nullptr;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        if( pNd )
+        {
+            SwFindNearestNode aInfo( *pNd );
+            // Over all Nodes of all PageDescs
+            for (const SfxPoolItem* pItem : rDoc.GetAttrPool().GetItemSurrogates(RES_PAGEDESC))
+            {
+                auto pPageDescItem = dynamic_cast<const SwFormatPageDesc*>(pItem);
+                if( pPageDescItem && pPageDescItem->GetDefinedIn() )
+                {
+                    const sw::BroadcastingModify* pMod = pPageDescItem->GetDefinedIn();
+                    if( auto pContentNode = dynamic_cast<const SwContentNode*>( pMod) )
+                        aInfo.CheckNode( *pContentNode );
+                    else if( auto pFormat = dynamic_cast<const SwFormat*>( pMod) )
+                        pFormat->GetInfo( aInfo );
+                }
+            }
+
+            pNd = aInfo.GetFoundNode();
+            if( nullptr != pNd )
+            {
+                if( pNd->IsContentNode() )
+                    pPgDesc = pNd->GetContentNode()->GetAttr( RES_PAGEDESC ).GetPageDesc();
+                else if( pNd->IsTableNode() )
+                    pPgDesc = pNd->GetTableNode()->GetTable().
+                            GetFrameFormat()->GetPageDesc().GetPageDesc();
+                else if( pNd->IsSectionNode() )
+                    pPgDesc = pNd->GetSectionNode()->GetSection().
+                            GetFormat()->GetPageDesc().GetPageDesc();
+                if ( pPgDescNdIdx )
+                {
+                    *pPgDescNdIdx = pNd->GetIndex();
+                }
+            }
+            if( !pPgDesc )
+                pPgDesc = &rDoc.GetPageDesc( 0 );
+        }
+    }
+    return pPgDesc;
+}
+
+/// If the node is located in a Fly, we return it formatted accordingly
+SwFrameFormat* SwNode::GetFlyFormat() const
+{
+    SwFrameFormat* pRet = nullptr;
+    const SwNode* pSttNd = FindFlyStartNode();
+    if( pSttNd )
+    {
+        if( IsContentNode() )
+        {
+            SwContentFrame* pFrame = SwIterator<SwContentFrame, SwContentNode, sw::IteratorMode::UnwrapMulti>(*static_cast<const SwContentNode*>(this)).First();
+            if( pFrame )
+                pRet = pFrame->FindFlyFrame()->GetFormat();
+        }
+        if( !pRet )
+        {
+            // The hard way through the Doc is our last way out
+            const SwFrameFormats& rFrameFormatTable = *GetDoc().GetSpzFrameFormats();
+            for( size_t n = 0; n < rFrameFormatTable.size(); ++n )
+            {
+                SwFrameFormat* pFormat = rFrameFormatTable[n];
+                // Only Writer fly frames can contain Writer nodes.
+                if (pFormat->Which() != RES_FLYFRMFMT)
+                    continue;
+                const SwFormatContent& rContent = pFormat->GetContent();
+                if( rContent.GetContentIdx() &&
+                    &rContent.GetContentIdx()->GetNode() == pSttNd )
+                {
+                    pRet = pFormat;
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return pRet;
+}
+
+SwTableBox* SwNode::GetTableBox() const
+{
+    SwTableBox* pBox = nullptr;
+    const SwNode* pSttNd = FindTableBoxStartNode();
+    if( pSttNd )
+        pBox = const_cast<SwTableBox*>(pSttNd->FindTableNode()->GetTable().GetTableBox(
+                                                    pSttNd->GetIndex() ));
+    return pBox;
+}
+
+SwStartNode* SwNode::FindSttNodeByType( SwStartNodeType eTyp )
+{
+    SwStartNode* pTmp = IsStartNode() ? static_cast<SwStartNode*>(this) : m_pStartOfSection;
+
+    while( eTyp != pTmp->GetStartNodeType() && pTmp->GetIndex() )
+        pTmp = pTmp->m_pStartOfSection;
+    return eTyp == pTmp->GetStartNodeType() ? pTmp : nullptr;
+}
+
+const SwTextNode* SwNode::FindOutlineNodeOfLevel(sal_uInt8 const nLvl,
+        SwRootFrame const*const pLayout) const
+{
+    const SwTextNode* pRet = nullptr;
+    const SwOutlineNodes& rONds = GetNodes().GetOutLineNds();
+    if( MAXLEVEL > nLvl && !rONds.empty() )
+    {
+        SwOutlineNodes::size_type nPos;
+        SwNode* pNd = const_cast<SwNode*>(this);
+        bool bCheckFirst = false;
+        if( !rONds.Seek_Entry( pNd, &nPos ))
+        {
+            if (nPos == 0)
+                bCheckFirst = true;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            ++nPos;
+        }
+
+        if( bCheckFirst )
+        {
+            // The first OutlineNode comes after the one asking.
+            // Test if both are on the same page.
+            // If not it's invalid.
+            for (nPos = 0; nPos < rONds.size(); ++nPos)
+            {
+                pRet = rONds[nPos]->GetTextNode();
+                if (!pLayout || sw::IsParaPropsNode(*pLayout, *pRet))
+                {
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+            if (nPos == rONds.size())
+            {
+                return nullptr;
+            }
+
+            const SwContentNode* pCNd = GetContentNode();
+
+            Point aPt( 0, 0 );
+            std::pair<Point, bool> const tmp(aPt, false);
+            const SwFrame* pFrame = pRet->getLayoutFrame(pRet->GetDoc().getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentLayout(), nullptr, &tmp),
+                       * pMyFrame = pCNd ? pCNd->getLayoutFrame(pCNd->GetDoc().getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentLayout(), nullptr, &tmp) : nullptr;
+            const SwPageFrame* pPgFrame = pFrame ? pFrame->FindPageFrame() : nullptr;
+            if( pPgFrame && pMyFrame &&
+                pPgFrame->getFrameArea().Top() > pMyFrame->getFrameArea().Top() )
+            {
+                // The one asking precedes the Page, thus its invalid
+                pRet = nullptr;
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            for ( ; 0 < nPos; --nPos)
+            {
+                SwTextNode const*const pNode = rONds[nPos - 1]->GetTextNode();
+                if ((nPos == 1 /*as before*/ || pNode->GetAttrOutlineLevel() - 1 <= nLvl)
+                    && (!pLayout || sw::IsParaPropsNode(*pLayout, *pNode)))
+                {
+                    pRet = pNode;
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return pRet;
+}
+
+static bool IsValidNextPrevNd( const SwNode& rNd )
+{
+    return SwNodeType::Table == rNd.GetNodeType() ||
+           ( SwNodeType::ContentMask & rNd.GetNodeType() ) ||
+            ( SwNodeType::End == rNd.GetNodeType() && rNd.StartOfSectionNode() &&
+            SwNodeType::Table == rNd.StartOfSectionNode()->GetNodeType() );
+}
+
+sal_uInt8 SwNode::HasPrevNextLayNode() const
+{
+    // assumption: <this> node is a node inside the document nodes array section.
+
+    sal_uInt8 nRet = 0;
+    if( IsValidNextPrevNd( *this ))
+    {
+        SwNodeIndex aIdx( *this, -1 );
+        // #i77805# - skip section start and end nodes
+        while ( aIdx.GetNode().IsSectionNode() ||
+                ( aIdx.GetNode().IsEndNode() &&
+                  aIdx.GetNode().StartOfSectionNode()->IsSectionNode() ) )
+        {
+            --aIdx;
+        }
+        if( IsValidNextPrevNd( aIdx.GetNode() ))
+            nRet |= ND_HAS_PREV_LAYNODE;
+        // #i77805# - skip section start and end nodes
+        aIdx.Assign(*this, +1);
+        while ( aIdx.GetNode().IsSectionNode() ||
+                ( aIdx.GetNode().IsEndNode() &&
+                  aIdx.GetNode().StartOfSectionNode()->IsSectionNode() ) )
+        {
+            ++aIdx;
+        }
+        if( IsValidNextPrevNd( aIdx.GetNode() ))
+            nRet |= ND_HAS_NEXT_LAYNODE;
+    }
+    return nRet;
+}
+
+void SwNode::dumpAsXml(xmlTextWriterPtr pWriter) const
+{
+    const char* pName = "???";
+    switch (GetNodeType())
+    {
+    case SwNodeType::End:
+        pName = "end";
+        break;
+    case SwNodeType::Start:
+    case SwNodeType::Text:
+    case SwNodeType::Ole:
+        abort(); // overridden
+    case SwNodeType::Table:
+        pName = "table";
+        break;
+    case SwNodeType::Grf:
+        pName = "grf";
+        break;
+    default: break;
+    }
+    (void)xmlTextWriterStartElement(pWriter, BAD_CAST(pName));
+
+    (void)xmlTextWriterWriteFormatAttribute(pWriter, BAD_CAST("ptr"), "%p", this);
+    (void)xmlTextWriterWriteAttribute(pWriter, BAD_CAST("type"), BAD_CAST(OString::number(static_cast<sal_uInt8>(GetNodeType())).getStr()));
+    (void)xmlTextWriterWriteAttribute(pWriter, BAD_CAST("index"), BAD_CAST(OString::number(sal_Int32(GetIndex())).getStr()));
+
+    switch (GetNodeType())
+    {
+        case SwNodeType::Grf:
+        {
+            auto pNoTextNode = static_cast<const SwNoTextNode*>(this);
+            const tools::PolyPolygon* pContour = pNoTextNode->HasContour();
+            if (pContour)
+            {
+                (void)xmlTextWriterStartElement(pWriter, BAD_CAST("pContour"));
+                for (sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < pContour->Count(); ++i)
+                {
+                    (void)xmlTextWriterStartElement(pWriter, BAD_CAST("polygon"));
+                    (void)xmlTextWriterWriteAttribute(pWriter, BAD_CAST("index"),
+                                                BAD_CAST(OString::number(i).getStr()));
+                    const tools::Polygon& rPolygon = pContour->GetObject(i);
+                    for (sal_uInt16 j = 0; j < rPolygon.GetSize(); ++j)
+                    {
+                        (void)xmlTextWriterStartElement(pWriter, BAD_CAST("point"));
+                        (void)xmlTextWriterWriteAttribute(pWriter, BAD_CAST("index"),
+                                                    BAD_CAST(OString::number(j).getStr()));
+                        const Point& rPoint = rPolygon.GetPoint(j);
+                        (void)xmlTextWriterWriteAttribute(pWriter, BAD_CAST("x"),
+                                                    BAD_CAST(OString::number(rPoint.X()).getStr()));
+                        (void)xmlTextWriterWriteAttribute(pWriter, BAD_CAST("y"),
+                                                    BAD_CAST(OString::number(rPoint.Y()).getStr()));
+                        (void)xmlTextWriterEndElement(pWriter);
+                    }
+                    (void)xmlTextWriterEndElement(pWriter);
+                }
+                (void)xmlTextWriterEndElement(pWriter);
+            }
+        }
+        break;
+        default:
+            break;
+    }
+
+    (void)xmlTextWriterEndElement(pWriter);
+    if (GetNodeType() == SwNodeType::End)
+        (void)xmlTextWriterEndElement(pWriter); // end start node
+}
+
+SwStartNode::SwStartNode( const SwNodeIndex &rWhere, const SwNodeType nNdType,
+                            SwStartNodeType eSttNd )
+    : SwNode( rWhere, nNdType ), m_eStartNodeType( eSttNd )
+{
+    if( !rWhere.GetIndex() )
+    {
+        SwNodes& rNodes = const_cast<SwNodes&> (rWhere.GetNodes());
+        rNodes.InsertNode( this, rWhere );
+        m_pStartOfSection = this;
+    }
+    // Just do this temporarily until the EndNode is inserted
+    m_pEndOfSection = reinterpret_cast<SwEndNode*>(this);
+}
+
+SwStartNode::SwStartNode( SwNodes& rNodes, SwNodeOffset nPos )
+    : SwNode( rNodes, nPos, SwNodeType::Start ), m_eStartNodeType( SwNormalStartNode )
+{
+    if( !nPos )
+    {
+        rNodes.InsertNode( this, nPos );
+        m_pStartOfSection = this;
+    }
+    // Just do this temporarily until the EndNode is inserted
+    m_pEndOfSection = reinterpret_cast<SwEndNode*>(this);
+}
+
+void SwStartNode::CheckSectionCondColl() const
+{
+//FEATURE::CONDCOLL
+    SwNodeIndex aIdx( *this );
+    SwNodeOffset nEndIdx = EndOfSectionIndex();
+    const SwNodes& rNds = GetNodes();
+    SwContentNode* pCNd;
+    while( nullptr != ( pCNd = rNds.GoNext( &aIdx )) && pCNd->GetIndex() < nEndIdx )
+        pCNd->ChkCondColl();
+//FEATURE::CONDCOLL
+}
+
+void SwStartNode::dumpAsXml(xmlTextWriterPtr pWriter) const
+{
+    const char* pName = "???";
+    switch (GetNodeType())
+    {
+    case SwNodeType::Table:
+        pName = "table";
+        break;
+    default:
+        switch(GetStartNodeType())
+        {
+        case SwNormalStartNode:
+            pName = "start";
+            break;
+        case SwTableBoxStartNode:
+            pName = "tablebox";
+            break;
+        case SwFlyStartNode:
+            pName = "fly";
+            break;
+        case SwFootnoteStartNode:
+            pName = "footnote";
+            break;
+        case SwHeaderStartNode:
+            pName = "header";
+            break;
+        case SwFooterStartNode:
+            pName = "footer";
+            break;
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+
+    (void)xmlTextWriterStartElement(pWriter, BAD_CAST(pName));
+    (void)xmlTextWriterWriteFormatAttribute(pWriter, BAD_CAST("ptr"), "%p", this);
+    (void)xmlTextWriterWriteAttribute(pWriter, BAD_CAST("type"), BAD_CAST(OString::number(static_cast<sal_uInt8>(GetNodeType())).getStr()));
+    (void)xmlTextWriterWriteAttribute(pWriter, BAD_CAST("index"), BAD_CAST(OString::number(sal_Int32(GetIndex())).getStr()));
+
+    if (GetStartNodeType() == SwTableBoxStartNode)
+    {
+        if (SwTableBox* pBox = GetTableBox())
+            (void)xmlTextWriterWriteAttribute(pWriter, BAD_CAST("rowspan"), BAD_CAST(OString::number(pBox->getRowSpan()).getStr()));
+        (void)xmlTextWriterStartElement(pWriter, BAD_CAST("attrset"));
+        if (SwTableBox* pBox = GetTableBox())
+            pBox->GetFrameFormat()->GetAttrSet().dumpAsXml(pWriter);
+        (void)xmlTextWriterEndElement(pWriter);
+    }
+
+    // (void)xmlTextWriterEndElement(pWriter); - it is a start node, so don't end, will make xml better nested
+}
+
+
+/** Insert a node into the array
+ *
+ * The StartOfSection pointer is set to the given node.
+ *
+ * The EndOfSection pointer of the corresponding start node is set to this node.
+ *
+ * @param rWhere position where the node should be inserted
+ * @param rSttNd the start note of the section
+ */
+
+SwEndNode::SwEndNode( const SwNodeIndex &rWhere, SwStartNode& rSttNd )
+    : SwNode( rWhere, SwNodeType::End )
+{
+    m_pStartOfSection = &rSttNd;
+    m_pStartOfSection->m_pEndOfSection = this;
+}
+
+SwEndNode::SwEndNode( SwNodes& rNds, SwNodeOffset nPos, SwStartNode& rSttNd )
+    : SwNode( rNds, nPos, SwNodeType::End )
+{
+    m_pStartOfSection = &rSttNd;
+    m_pStartOfSection->m_pEndOfSection = this;
+}
+
+SwContentNode::SwContentNode( const SwNodeIndex &rWhere, const SwNodeType nNdType,
+                            SwFormatColl *pColl )
+    : SwNode( rWhere, nNdType )
+    , m_aCondCollListener( *this )
+    , m_pCondColl( nullptr )
+    , mbSetModifyAtAttr( false )
+{
+    if(pColl)
+        pColl->Add(this);
+}
+
+SwContentNode::~SwContentNode()
+{
+    // The base class SwClient of SwFrame excludes itself from the dependency list!
+    // Thus, we need to delete all Frames in the dependency list.
+    if (!IsTextNode()) // see ~SwTextNode
+    {
+        DelFrames(nullptr);
+    }
+
+    m_aCondCollListener.EndListeningAll();
+    m_pCondColl = nullptr;
+
+    if ( mpAttrSet && mbSetModifyAtAttr )
+        const_cast<SwAttrSet*>(static_cast<const SwAttrSet*>(mpAttrSet.get()))->SetModifyAtAttr( nullptr );
+    InvalidateInSwCache(RES_OBJECTDYING);
+}
+void SwContentNode::UpdateAttr(const SwUpdateAttr& rUpdate)
+{
+    if (GetNodes().IsDocNodes()
+            && IsTextNode()
+            && RES_ATTRSET_CHG == rUpdate.getWhichAttr())
+        static_cast<SwTextNode*>(this)->SetCalcHiddenCharFlags();
+    CallSwClientNotify(sw::LegacyModifyHint(&rUpdate, &rUpdate));
+}
+
+void SwContentNode::SwClientNotify( const SwModify&, const SfxHint& rHint)
+{
+    if (rHint.GetId() == SfxHintId::SwLegacyModify)
+    {
+        auto pLegacyHint = static_cast<const sw::LegacyModifyHint*>(&rHint);
+        const sal_uInt16 nWhich = pLegacyHint->GetWhich();
+        InvalidateInSwCache(nWhich);
+
+        bool bSetParent = false;
+        bool bCalcHidden = false;
+        SwFormatColl* pFormatColl = nullptr;
+        switch(nWhich)
+        {
+            case RES_OBJECTDYING:
+                {
+                    SwFormat* pFormat = pLegacyHint->m_pNew
+                            ? static_cast<SwFormat*>(static_cast<const SwPtrMsgPoolItem*>(pLegacyHint->m_pNew)->pObject)
+                            : nullptr;
+                    // Do not mangle pointers if it is the upper-most format!
+                    if(pFormat && GetRegisteredIn() == pFormat)
+                    {
+                        if(pFormat->GetRegisteredIn())
+                        {
+                            // If Parent, register anew in the new Parent
+                            pFormat->GetRegisteredIn()->Add(this);
+                            pFormatColl = GetFormatColl();
+                        }
+                        else
+                            EndListeningAll();
+                        bSetParent = true;
+                    }
+                }
+                break;
+
+            case RES_FMT_CHG:
+                // If the Format parent was switched, register the Attrset at the new one
+                // Skip own Modify!
+                if(GetpSwAttrSet()
+                        && pLegacyHint->m_pNew
+                        && static_cast<const SwFormatChg*>(pLegacyHint->m_pNew)->pChangedFormat == GetRegisteredIn())
+                {
+                    pFormatColl = GetFormatColl();
+                    bSetParent = true;
+                }
+                break;
+
+            case RES_ATTRSET_CHG:
+                if (GetNodes().IsDocNodes()
+                        && IsTextNode()
+                        && pLegacyHint->m_pOld
+                        && SfxItemState::SET == pLegacyHint->m_pOld->StaticWhichCast(RES_ATTRSET_CHG).GetChgSet()->GetItemState(RES_CHRATR_HIDDEN, false))
+                    bCalcHidden = true;
+                break;
+
+            case RES_UPDATE_ATTR:
+                // RES_UPDATE_ATTR _should_ always contain a SwUpdateAttr hint in old and new.
+                // However, faking one with just a basic SfxPoolItem setting a WhichId has been observed.
+                // This makes the crude "WhichId" type divert from the true type, which is bad.
+                // Thus we are asserting here, but falling back to an proper
+                // hint instead. so that we at least will not spread such poison further.
+#ifdef DBG_UTIL
+                if(pLegacyHint->m_pNew != pLegacyHint->m_pOld)
+                {
+                    auto pBT = sal::backtrace_get(20);
+                    SAL_WARN("sw.core", "UpdateAttr not matching! " << sal::backtrace_to_string(pBT.get()));
+                }
+#endif
+                assert(pLegacyHint->m_pNew == pLegacyHint->m_pOld);
+                assert(dynamic_cast<const SwUpdateAttr*>(pLegacyHint->m_pNew));
+                const SwUpdateAttr aFallbackHint(0,0,0);
+                const SwUpdateAttr& rUpdateAttr = pLegacyHint->m_pNew ? *static_cast<const SwUpdateAttr*>(pLegacyHint->m_pNew) : aFallbackHint;
+                UpdateAttr(rUpdateAttr);
+                return;
+        }
+        if(bSetParent && GetpSwAttrSet())
+            AttrSetHandleHelper::SetParent(mpAttrSet, *this, pFormatColl, pFormatColl);
+        if(bCalcHidden)
+            static_cast<SwTextNode*>(this)->SetCalcHiddenCharFlags();
+        CallSwClientNotify(rHint);
+    }
+    else if (auto pModifyChangedHint = dynamic_cast<const sw::ModifyChangedHint*>(&rHint))
+    {
+        m_pCondColl = const_cast<SwFormatColl*>(static_cast<const SwFormatColl*>(pModifyChangedHint->m_pNew));
+    }
+    else if(auto pCondCollCondChgHint = dynamic_cast<const sw::CondCollCondChg*>(&rHint))
+    {
+        ChkCondColl(&pCondCollCondChgHint->m_rColl);
+    }
+}
+
+bool SwContentNode::InvalidateNumRule()
+{
+    SwNumRule* pRule = nullptr;
+    const SfxPoolItem* pItem;
+    if( GetNodes().IsDocNodes() &&
+        nullptr != ( pItem = GetNoCondAttr( RES_PARATR_NUMRULE, true )) &&
+        !static_cast<const SwNumRuleItem*>(pItem)->GetValue().isEmpty() &&
+        nullptr != (pRule = GetDoc().FindNumRulePtr(
+                                static_cast<const SwNumRuleItem*>(pItem)->GetValue() ) ) )
+    {
+        pRule->SetInvalidRule( true );
+    }
+    return nullptr != pRule;
+}
+
+SwContentFrame *SwContentNode::getLayoutFrame( const SwRootFrame* _pRoot,
+    const SwPosition *const pPos,
+    std::pair<Point, bool> const*const pViewPosAndCalcFrame) const
+{
+    return static_cast<SwContentFrame*>( ::GetFrameOfModify( _pRoot, *this, FRM_CNTNT,
+                                            pPos, pViewPosAndCalcFrame));
+}
+
+SwRect SwContentNode::FindLayoutRect( const bool bPrtArea, const Point* pPoint ) const
+{
+    SwRect aRet;
+    std::pair<Point, bool> tmp;
+    if (pPoint)
+    {
+        tmp.first = *pPoint;
+        tmp.second = false;
+    }
+    SwContentFrame* pFrame = static_cast<SwContentFrame*>( ::GetFrameOfModify( nullptr, *this,
+                                FRM_CNTNT, nullptr, pPoint ? &tmp : nullptr) );
+    if( pFrame )
+        aRet = bPrtArea ? pFrame->getFramePrintArea() : pFrame->getFrameArea();
+    return aRet;
+}
+
+SwRect SwContentNode::FindPageFrameRect() const
+{
+    SwRect aRet;
+    SwFrame* pFrame = ::GetFrameOfModify( nullptr, *this, FRM_CNTNT );
+    if( pFrame && nullptr != ( pFrame = pFrame->FindPageFrame() ))
+        aRet = pFrame->getFrameArea();
+    return aRet;
+}
+
+sal_Int32 SwContentNode::Len() const { return 0; }
+
+SwFormatColl *SwContentNode::ChgFormatColl( SwFormatColl *pNewColl )
+{
+    OSL_ENSURE( pNewColl, "Collectionpointer is 0." );
+    SwFormatColl *pOldColl = GetFormatColl();
+
+    if( pNewColl != pOldColl )
+    {
+        pNewColl->Add( this );
+
+        // Set the Parent of out AutoAttributes to the new Collection
+        if( GetpSwAttrSet() )
+            AttrSetHandleHelper::SetParent( mpAttrSet, *this, pNewColl, pNewColl );
+
+        SetCondFormatColl( nullptr );
+
+        if( !IsModifyLocked() )
+        {
+            assert(dynamic_cast<SwTextFormatColl*>(pNewColl));
+            ChkCondColl(static_cast<SwTextFormatColl*>(pNewColl));
+            SwFormatChg aTmp1( pOldColl );
+            SwFormatChg aTmp2( pNewColl );
+            CallSwClientNotify( sw::LegacyModifyHint(&aTmp1, &aTmp2) );
+        }
+    }
+    InvalidateInSwCache(RES_ATTRSET_CHG);
+    return pOldColl;
+}
+
+bool SwContentNode::GoNext(SwIndex * pIdx, sal_uInt16 nMode ) const
+{
+    bool bRet = true;
+    if( pIdx->GetIndex() < Len() )
+    {
+        if( !IsTextNode() )
+            ++(*pIdx);
+        else
+        {
+            const SwTextNode& rTNd = *GetTextNode();
+            sal_Int32 nPos = pIdx->GetIndex();
+            assert(g_pBreakIt && g_pBreakIt->GetBreakIter().is());
+            sal_Int32 nDone = 0;
+            sal_uInt16 nItrMode = ( CRSR_SKIP_CELLS & nMode ) ?
+                                    CharacterIteratorMode::SKIPCELL :
+                                    CharacterIteratorMode::SKIPCONTROLCHARACTER;
+            nPos = g_pBreakIt->GetBreakIter()->nextCharacters( rTNd.GetText(), nPos,
+                               g_pBreakIt->GetLocale( rTNd.GetLang( nPos ) ),
+                               nItrMode, 1, nDone );
+
+            // Check if nPos is inside hidden text range:
+            if ( CRSR_SKIP_HIDDEN & nMode )
+            {
+                sal_Int32 nHiddenStart;
+                sal_Int32 nHiddenEnd;
+                SwScriptInfo::GetBoundsOfHiddenRange( rTNd, nPos, nHiddenStart, nHiddenEnd );
+                if ( nHiddenStart != COMPLETE_STRING && nHiddenStart != nPos )
+                     nPos = nHiddenEnd;
+            }
+
+            if( 1 == nDone )
+                *pIdx = nPos;
+            else
+                bRet = false;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+        bRet = false;
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+bool SwContentNode::GoPrevious(SwIndex * pIdx, sal_uInt16 nMode ) const
+{
+    bool bRet = true;
+    if( pIdx->GetIndex() > 0 )
+    {
+        if( !IsTextNode() )
+            --(*pIdx);
+        else
+        {
+            const SwTextNode& rTNd = *GetTextNode();
+            sal_Int32 nPos = pIdx->GetIndex();
+            assert(g_pBreakIt && g_pBreakIt->GetBreakIter().is());
+            sal_Int32 nDone = 0;
+            sal_uInt16 nItrMode = ( CRSR_SKIP_CELLS & nMode ) ?
+                                    CharacterIteratorMode::SKIPCELL :
+                                    CharacterIteratorMode::SKIPCONTROLCHARACTER;
+            nPos = g_pBreakIt->GetBreakIter()->previousCharacters( rTNd.GetText(), nPos,
+                               g_pBreakIt->GetLocale( rTNd.GetLang( nPos ) ),
+                               nItrMode, 1, nDone );
+
+            // Check if nPos is inside hidden text range:
+            if ( CRSR_SKIP_HIDDEN & nMode )
+            {
+                sal_Int32 nHiddenStart;
+                sal_Int32 nHiddenEnd;
+                SwScriptInfo::GetBoundsOfHiddenRange( rTNd, nPos, nHiddenStart, nHiddenEnd );
+                if ( nHiddenStart != COMPLETE_STRING )
+                     nPos = nHiddenStart;
+            }
+
+            if( 1 == nDone )
+                *pIdx = nPos;
+            else
+                bRet = false;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+        bRet = false;
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Creates all Views for the Doc for this Node.
+ * The created ContentFrames are attached to the corresponding Layout.
+ */
+void SwContentNode::MakeFramesForAdjacentContentNode(SwContentNode& rNode)
+{
+    OSL_ENSURE( &rNode != this,
+            "No ContentNode or CopyNode and new Node identical." );
+
+    if( !HasWriterListeners() || &rNode == this )   // Do we actually have Frames?
+        return;
+
+    SwFrame *pFrame;
+    SwLayoutFrame *pUpper;
+    // Create Frames for Nodes which come after the Table?
+    OSL_ENSURE( FindTableNode() == rNode.FindTableNode(), "Table confusion" );
+
+    SwNode2Layout aNode2Layout( *this, rNode.GetIndex() );
+
+    while( nullptr != (pUpper = aNode2Layout.UpperFrame( pFrame, rNode )) )
+    {
+        if (pUpper->getRootFrame()->HasMergedParas()
+            && !rNode.IsCreateFrameWhenHidingRedlines())
+        {
+            continue;
+        }
+        SwFrame *pNew = rNode.MakeFrame( pUpper );
+        pNew->Paste( pUpper, pFrame );
+        // #i27138#
+        // notify accessibility paragraphs objects about changed
+        // CONTENT_FLOWS_FROM/_TO relation.
+        // Relation CONTENT_FLOWS_FROM for next paragraph will change
+        // and relation CONTENT_FLOWS_TO for previous paragraph will change.
+#if !ENABLE_WASM_STRIP_ACCESSIBILITY
+        if ( pNew->IsTextFrame() )
+        {
+            SwViewShell* pViewShell( pNew->getRootFrame()->GetCurrShell() );
+            if ( pViewShell && pViewShell->GetLayout() &&
+                 pViewShell->GetLayout()->IsAnyShellAccessible() )
+            {
+                auto pNext = pNew->FindNextCnt( true );
+                auto pPrev = pNew->FindPrevCnt();
+                pViewShell->InvalidateAccessibleParaFlowRelation(
+                            pNext ? pNext->DynCastTextFrame() : nullptr,
+                            pPrev ? pPrev->DynCastTextFrame() : nullptr );
+            }
+        }
+#endif
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Deletes all Views from the Doc for this Node.
+ * The ContentFrames are removed from the corresponding Layout.
+ */
+void SwContentNode::DelFrames(SwRootFrame const*const pLayout)
+{
+    if( !HasWriterListeners() )
+        return;
+
+    SwIterator<SwContentFrame, SwContentNode, sw::IteratorMode::UnwrapMulti> aIter(*this);
+    for( SwContentFrame* pFrame = aIter.First(); pFrame; pFrame = aIter.Next() )
+    {
+        if (pLayout && pLayout != pFrame->getRootFrame())
+        {
+            continue; // skip it
+        }
+        if (pFrame->IsTextFrame())
+        {
+            if (sw::MergedPara * pMerged =
+                    static_cast<SwTextFrame *>(pFrame)->GetMergedPara())
+            {
+                if (this != pMerged->pFirstNode)
+                {
+                    // SwNodes::RemoveNode iterates *backwards* - so
+                    // ensure there are no more extents pointing to this
+                    // node as SwFrame::InvalidatePage() will access them.
+                    // Note: cannot send via SwClientNotify from dtor
+                    // because that would access deleted wrong-lists
+                    sw::UpdateMergedParaForDelete(*pMerged, true,
+                            *static_cast<SwTextNode*>(this), 0, Len());
+                    if (this == pMerged->pParaPropsNode)
+                    {
+                        // otherwise pointer should have been updated to a different node
+                        assert(this == pMerged->pLastNode);
+                        assert(pMerged->extents.empty());
+                        for (SwNodeOffset i = pMerged->pLastNode->GetIndex() - 1;;
+                                --i)
+                        {
+                            assert(pMerged->pFirstNode->GetIndex() <= i);
+                            SwNode *const pNode(GetNodes()[i]);
+                            if (pNode->IsTextNode()
+                                && pNode->GetRedlineMergeFlag() != Merge::Hidden)
+                            {
+                                pMerged->pParaPropsNode = pNode->GetTextNode();
+                                break;
+                            }
+                            else if (pMerged->pFirstNode->GetIndex() == i)
+                            {   // this can only happen when called from CheckParaRedlineMerge()
+                                // and the pMerged will be deleted anyway
+                                pMerged->pParaPropsNode = pMerged->pFirstNode;
+                                break;
+                            }
+                        }
+                        assert(pMerged->listener.IsListeningTo(pMerged->pParaPropsNode));
+                    }
+                    assert(GetIndex() <= pMerged->pLastNode->GetIndex());
+                    if (this == pMerged->pLastNode)
+                    {
+                        // tdf#130680 find the previous node that is a
+                        // listener of pMerged; see CheckParaRedlineMerge()
+                        for (SwNodeOffset i = GetIndex() - 1;
+                             this == pMerged->pLastNode; --i)
+                        {
+                            SwNode *const pNode = GetNodes()[i];
+                            if (pNode->IsTextNode())
+                            {
+                                pMerged->pLastNode = pNode->GetTextNode();
+                            }
+                            else if (SwEndNode const*const pEnd = pNode->GetEndNode())
+                            {
+                                SwStartNode const*const pStart(pEnd->StartOfSectionNode());
+                                i = pStart->GetIndex(); // skip table or section
+                            }
+                        }
+                        assert(pMerged->pFirstNode->GetIndex() <= pMerged->pLastNode->GetIndex());
+                        assert(pMerged->listener.IsListeningTo(pMerged->pLastNode));
+                    }
+                    // avoid re-parenting mess (ModifyChangedHint)
+                    pMerged->listener.EndListening(this);
+                    continue; // don't delete
+                }
+            }
+        // #i27138#
+        // notify accessibility paragraphs objects about changed
+        // CONTENT_FLOWS_FROM/_TO relation.
+        // Relation CONTENT_FLOWS_FROM for current next paragraph will change
+        // and relation CONTENT_FLOWS_TO for current previous paragraph will change.
+#if !ENABLE_WASM_STRIP_ACCESSIBILITY
+            SwViewShell* pViewShell( pFrame->getRootFrame()->GetCurrShell() );
+            if ( pViewShell && pViewShell->GetLayout() &&
+                 pViewShell->GetLayout()->IsAnyShellAccessible() )
+            {
+                auto pNext = pFrame->FindNextCnt( true );
+                auto pPrev = pFrame->FindPrevCnt();
+                pViewShell->InvalidateAccessibleParaFlowRelation(
+                            pNext ? pNext->DynCastTextFrame() : nullptr,
+                            pPrev ? pPrev->DynCastTextFrame() : nullptr );
+            }
+#endif
+        }
+
+        if( pFrame->IsFollow() )
+        {
+            SwContentFrame* pMaster = pFrame->FindMaster();
+            pMaster->SetFollow( pFrame->GetFollow() );
+        }
+        pFrame->SetFollow( nullptr );//So it doesn't get funny ideas.
+                                //Otherwise it could be possible that a follow
+                                //gets destroyed before its master. Following
+                                //the now invalid pointer will then lead to an
+                                //illegal memory access. The chain can be
+                                //crushed here because we'll destroy all of it
+                                //anyway.
+
+        if( pFrame->GetUpper() && pFrame->IsInFootnote() && !pFrame->GetIndNext() &&
+            !pFrame->GetIndPrev() )
+        {
+            SwFootnoteFrame *pFootnote = pFrame->FindFootnoteFrame();
+            OSL_ENSURE( pFootnote, "You promised a FootnoteFrame?" );
+            SwContentFrame* pCFrame;
+            if( !pFootnote->GetFollow() && !pFootnote->GetMaster() &&
+                nullptr != ( pCFrame = pFootnote->GetRefFromAttr()) && pCFrame->IsFollow() )
+            {
+                OSL_ENSURE( pCFrame->IsTextFrame(), "NoTextFrame has Footnote?" );
+                pCFrame->FindMaster()->Prepare( PrepareHint::FootnoteInvalidationGone );
+            }
+        }
+        pFrame->Cut();
+        SwFrame::DestroyFrame(pFrame);
+    }
+}
+
+SwContentNode *SwContentNode::JoinNext()
+{
+    return this;
+}
+
+/// Get info from Modify
+bool SwContentNode::GetInfo( SfxPoolItem& rInfo ) const
+{
+    switch( rInfo.Which() )
+    {
+    case RES_AUTOFMT_DOCNODE:
+        if( &GetNodes() == static_cast<SwAutoFormatGetDocNode&>(rInfo).pNodes )
+        {
+            return false;
+        }
+        break;
+
+    case RES_FINDNEARESTNODE:
+        if( GetAttr( RES_PAGEDESC ).GetPageDesc() )
+            static_cast<SwFindNearestNode&>(rInfo).CheckNode( *this );
+        return true;
+
+    case RES_CONTENT_VISIBLE:
+        {
+            static_cast<SwPtrMsgPoolItem&>(rInfo).pObject =
+                SwIterator<SwFrame, SwContentNode, sw::IteratorMode::UnwrapMulti>(*this).First();
+        }
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    return sw::BroadcastingModify::GetInfo( rInfo );
+}
+
+/// @param rAttr the attribute to set
+bool SwContentNode::SetAttr(const SfxPoolItem& rAttr )
+{
+    if( !GetpSwAttrSet() ) // Have the Nodes created by the corresponding AttrSets
+        NewAttrSet( GetDoc().GetAttrPool() );
+
+    OSL_ENSURE( GetpSwAttrSet(), "Why did't we create an AttrSet?");
+
+    InvalidateInSwCache(RES_ATTRSET_CHG);
+
+    bool bRet = false;
+    // If Modify is locked, we do not send any Modifys
+    if( IsModifyLocked() ||
+        ( !HasWriterListeners() &&  RES_PARATR_NUMRULE != rAttr.Which() ))
+    {
+        bRet = nullptr != AttrSetHandleHelper::Put( mpAttrSet, *this, rAttr );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        SwAttrSet aOld( *GetpSwAttrSet()->GetPool(), GetpSwAttrSet()->GetRanges() ),
+                  aNew( *GetpSwAttrSet()->GetPool(), GetpSwAttrSet()->GetRanges() );
+        bRet = AttrSetHandleHelper::Put_BC( mpAttrSet, *this, rAttr, &aOld, &aNew );
+        if( bRet )
+            sw::ClientNotifyAttrChg(*this, *GetpSwAttrSet(), aOld, aNew);
+    }
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+bool SwContentNode::SetAttr( const SfxItemSet& rSet )
+{
+    InvalidateInSwCache(RES_ATTRSET_CHG);
+
+    if( const SwFormatAutoFormat* pFnd = rSet.GetItemIfSet( RES_AUTO_STYLE, false ) )
+    {
+        OSL_ENSURE( rSet.Count() == 1, "SetAutoStyle mixed with other attributes?!" );
+
+        // If there already is an attribute set (usually containing a numbering
+        // item), we have to merge the attribute of the new set into the old set:
+        bool bSetParent = true;
+        if ( GetpSwAttrSet() )
+        {
+            bSetParent = false;
+            AttrSetHandleHelper::Put( mpAttrSet, *this, *pFnd->GetStyleHandle() );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mpAttrSet = pFnd->GetStyleHandle();
+        }
+
+        if ( bSetParent )
+        {
+            // If the content node has a conditional style, we have to set the
+            // string item containing the correct conditional style name (the
+            // style name property has already been set during the import!)
+            // In case we do not have a conditional style, we make use of the
+            // fact that nobody else uses the attribute set behind the handle.
+            // FME 2007-07-10 #i78124# If autostyle does not have a parent,
+            // the string is empty.
+            const SfxStringItem* pNameItem = nullptr;
+            if ( nullptr != GetCondFormatColl() ||
+                 !(pNameItem = mpAttrSet->GetItemIfSet( RES_FRMATR_STYLE_NAME, false )) ||
+                 pNameItem->GetValue().isEmpty() )
+                AttrSetHandleHelper::SetParent( mpAttrSet, *this, &GetAnyFormatColl(), GetFormatColl() );
+            else
+                const_cast<SfxItemSet*>(mpAttrSet.get())->SetParent( &GetFormatColl()->GetAttrSet() );
+        }
+
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    if( !GetpSwAttrSet() ) // Have the AttrsSets created by the corresponding Nodes
+        NewAttrSet( GetDoc().GetAttrPool() );
+
+    bool bRet = false;
+    // If Modify is locked, do not send any Modifys
+    if ( IsModifyLocked() ||
+         ( !HasWriterListeners() &&
+           SfxItemState::SET != rSet.GetItemState( RES_PARATR_NUMRULE, false ) ) )
+    {
+        // Some special treatment for Attributes
+        bRet = AttrSetHandleHelper::Put( mpAttrSet, *this, rSet );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        SwAttrSet aOld( *GetpSwAttrSet()->GetPool(), GetpSwAttrSet()->GetRanges() ),
+                  aNew( *GetpSwAttrSet()->GetPool(), GetpSwAttrSet()->GetRanges() );
+        bRet = AttrSetHandleHelper::Put_BC( mpAttrSet, *this, rSet, &aOld, &aNew );
+        if( bRet )
+            sw::ClientNotifyAttrChg(*this, *GetpSwAttrSet(), aOld, aNew);
+    }
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+// With nWhich it takes the Hint from the Delta array
+bool SwContentNode::ResetAttr( sal_uInt16 nWhich1, sal_uInt16 nWhich2 )
+{
+    if( !GetpSwAttrSet() )
+        return false;
+
+    InvalidateInSwCache(RES_ATTRSET_CHG);
+
+    // If Modify is locked, do not send out any Modifys
+    if( IsModifyLocked() )
+    {
+        sal_uInt16 nDel = 0;
+        if ( !nWhich2 || nWhich2 < nWhich1 )
+        {
+            nDel = ClearItemsFromAttrSet( { nWhich1 } );
+        }
+        else
+            nDel = AttrSetHandleHelper::ClearItem_BC( mpAttrSet, *this, nWhich1, nWhich2, nullptr, nullptr );
+
+        if( !GetpSwAttrSet()->Count() ) // Empty? Delete
+            mpAttrSet.reset();
+        return 0 != nDel;
+    }
+
+    // No valid area defined?
+    if( !nWhich2 || nWhich2 < nWhich1 )
+        nWhich2 = nWhich1; // Then set only this Item to 1st Id
+
+    SwAttrSet aOld( *GetpSwAttrSet()->GetPool(), GetpSwAttrSet()->GetRanges() ),
+              aNew( *GetpSwAttrSet()->GetPool(), GetpSwAttrSet()->GetRanges() );
+    bool bRet = 0 != AttrSetHandleHelper::ClearItem_BC( mpAttrSet, *this, nWhich1, nWhich2, &aOld, &aNew );
+
+    if( bRet )
+    {
+        sw::ClientNotifyAttrChg(*this, *GetpSwAttrSet(), aOld, aNew);
+
+        if( !GetpSwAttrSet()->Count() ) // Empty?, delete it
+            mpAttrSet.reset();
+    }
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+bool SwContentNode::ResetAttr( const std::vector<sal_uInt16>& rWhichArr )
+{
+    if( !GetpSwAttrSet() )
+        return false;
+
+    InvalidateInSwCache(RES_ATTRSET_CHG);
+    // If Modify is locked, do not send out any Modifys
+    sal_uInt16 nDel = 0;
+    if( IsModifyLocked() )
+    {
+        nDel = ClearItemsFromAttrSet( rWhichArr );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        SwAttrSet aOld( *GetpSwAttrSet()->GetPool(), GetpSwAttrSet()->GetRanges() ),
+                  aNew( *GetpSwAttrSet()->GetPool(), GetpSwAttrSet()->GetRanges() );
+
+        for ( const auto& rWhich : rWhichArr )
+            if( AttrSetHandleHelper::ClearItem_BC( mpAttrSet, *this, rWhich, &aOld, &aNew ))
+                ++nDel;
+
+        if( nDel )
+            sw::ClientNotifyAttrChg(*this, *GetpSwAttrSet(), aOld, aNew);
+    }
+    if( !GetpSwAttrSet()->Count() ) // Empty?, delete it
+        mpAttrSet.reset();
+    return 0 != nDel ;
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 SwContentNode::ResetAllAttr()
+{
+    if( !GetpSwAttrSet() )
+        return 0;
+    InvalidateInSwCache(RES_ATTRSET_CHG);
+
+    // If Modify is locked, do not send out any Modifys
+    if( IsModifyLocked() )
+    {
+        sal_uInt16 nDel = ClearItemsFromAttrSet( { 0 } );
+        if( !GetpSwAttrSet()->Count() ) // Empty? Delete
+            mpAttrSet.reset();
+        return nDel;
+    }
+
+    SwAttrSet aOld( *GetpSwAttrSet()->GetPool(), GetpSwAttrSet()->GetRanges() ),
+              aNew( *GetpSwAttrSet()->GetPool(), GetpSwAttrSet()->GetRanges() );
+    bool bRet = 0 != AttrSetHandleHelper::ClearItem_BC( mpAttrSet, *this, 0, &aOld, &aNew );
+
+    if( bRet )
+    {
+        sw::ClientNotifyAttrChg(*this, *GetpSwAttrSet(), aOld, aNew);
+        if( !GetpSwAttrSet()->Count() ) // Empty? Delete
+            mpAttrSet.reset();
+    }
+    return aNew.Count();
+}
+
+bool SwContentNode::GetAttr( SfxItemSet& rSet ) const
+{
+    if( rSet.Count() )
+        rSet.ClearItem();
+
+    const SwAttrSet& rAttrSet = GetSwAttrSet();
+    return rSet.Set( rAttrSet );
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 SwContentNode::ClearItemsFromAttrSet( const std::vector<sal_uInt16>& rWhichIds )
+{
+    sal_uInt16 nRet = 0;
+    if ( rWhichIds.empty() )
+        return nRet;
+
+    OSL_ENSURE( GetpSwAttrSet(), "no item set" );
+    SwAttrSet aNewAttrSet( *GetpSwAttrSet() );
+    for ( const auto& rWhichId : rWhichIds )
+    {
+        nRet = nRet + aNewAttrSet.ClearItem( rWhichId );
+    }
+    if ( nRet )
+        AttrSetHandleHelper::GetNewAutoStyle( mpAttrSet, *this, aNewAttrSet );
+
+    return nRet;
+}
+
+const SfxPoolItem* SwContentNode::GetNoCondAttr( sal_uInt16 nWhich,
+                                               bool bInParents ) const
+{
+    const SfxPoolItem* pFnd = nullptr;
+    if( m_pCondColl && m_pCondColl->GetRegisteredIn() )
+    {
+        if( !GetpSwAttrSet() || ( SfxItemState::SET != GetpSwAttrSet()->GetItemState(
+                    nWhich, false, &pFnd ) && bInParents ))
+        {
+            (void)static_cast<const SwFormat*>(GetRegisteredIn())->GetItemState( nWhich, bInParents, &pFnd );
+        }
+    }
+    // undo change of issue #i51029#
+    // Note: <GetSwAttrSet()> returns <mpAttrSet>, if set, otherwise it returns
+    //       the attribute set of the paragraph style, which is valid for the
+    //       content node - see file <node.hxx>
+    else
+    {
+        GetSwAttrSet().GetItemState( nWhich, bInParents, &pFnd );
+    }
+    return pFnd;
+}
+
+static bool lcl_CheckMaxLength(SwNode const& rPrev, SwNode const& rNext)
+{
+    if (rPrev.GetNodeType() != rNext.GetNodeType())
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+    if (!rPrev.IsTextNode())
+    {
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    // Check if a node can contain the other (order is not significant)
+    return rPrev.GetTextNode()->GetSpaceLeft() > rNext.GetTextNode()->Len();
+}
+
+/// Can we join two Nodes?
+/// We can return the 2nd position in pIdx.
+bool SwContentNode::CanJoinNext( SwNodeIndex* pIdx ) const
+{
+    const SwNodes& rNds = GetNodes();
+    SwNodeIndex aIdx( *this, 1 );
+
+    const SwNode* pNd = this;
+    while( aIdx < rNds.Count()-1 &&
+        (( pNd = &aIdx.GetNode())->IsSectionNode() ||
+            ( pNd->IsEndNode() && pNd->StartOfSectionNode()->IsSectionNode() )))
+        ++aIdx;
+
+    if (rNds.Count()-1 == aIdx.GetIndex())
+        return false;
+    if (!lcl_CheckMaxLength(*this, *pNd))
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+    if( pIdx )
+        *pIdx = aIdx;
+    return true;
+}
+
+/// Can we join two Nodes?
+/// We can return the 2nd position in pIdx.
+bool SwContentNode::CanJoinPrev( SwNodeIndex* pIdx ) const
+{
+    SwNodeIndex aIdx( *this, -1 );
+
+    const SwNode* pNd = this;
+    while( aIdx.GetIndex() &&
+        (( pNd = &aIdx.GetNode())->IsSectionNode() ||
+            ( pNd->IsEndNode() && pNd->StartOfSectionNode()->IsSectionNode() )))
+        --aIdx;
+
+    if (SwNodeOffset(0) == aIdx.GetIndex())
+        return false;
+    if (!lcl_CheckMaxLength(*pNd, *this))
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+    if( pIdx )
+        *pIdx = aIdx;
+    return true;
+}
+
+void SwContentNode::SetCondFormatColl(SwFormatColl* pColl)
+{
+    if( !((!pColl && m_pCondColl) || ( pColl && !m_pCondColl ) ||
+        ( pColl && pColl != m_pCondColl->GetRegisteredIn() )) )
+        return;
+
+    SwFormatColl* pOldColl = GetCondFormatColl();
+    m_aCondCollListener.EndListeningAll();
+    if(pColl)
+        m_aCondCollListener.StartListening(pColl);
+    m_pCondColl = pColl;
+    if(GetpSwAttrSet())
+        AttrSetHandleHelper::SetParent(mpAttrSet, *this, &GetAnyFormatColl(), GetFormatColl());
+
+    if(!IsModifyLocked())
+    {
+        SwFormatChg aTmp1(pOldColl ? pOldColl : GetFormatColl());
+        SwFormatChg aTmp2(pColl ? pColl : GetFormatColl());
+        CallSwClientNotify(sw::LegacyModifyHint(&aTmp1, &aTmp2));
+    }
+    InvalidateInSwCache(RES_ATTRSET_CHG);
+}
+
+bool SwContentNode::IsAnyCondition( SwCollCondition& rTmp ) const
+{
+    const SwNodes& rNds = GetNodes();
+    {
+        Master_CollCondition nCond = Master_CollCondition::NONE;
+        const SwStartNode* pSttNd = StartOfSectionNode();
+        while( pSttNd )
+        {
+            switch( pSttNd->GetNodeType() )
+            {
+            case SwNodeType::Table:      nCond = Master_CollCondition::PARA_IN_TABLEBODY; break;
+            case SwNodeType::Section:    nCond = Master_CollCondition::PARA_IN_SECTION; break;
+
+            default:
+                switch( pSttNd->GetStartNodeType() )
+                {
+                case SwTableBoxStartNode:
+                    {
+                        nCond = Master_CollCondition::PARA_IN_TABLEBODY;
+                        const SwTableNode* pTableNd = pSttNd->FindTableNode();
+                        const SwTableBox* pBox;
+                        if( pTableNd && nullptr != ( pBox = pTableNd->GetTable().
+                            GetTableBox(pSttNd->GetIndex()) ) &&
+                            pBox->IsInHeadline( &pTableNd->GetTable() ) )
+                            nCond = Master_CollCondition::PARA_IN_TABLEHEAD;
+                    }
+                    break;
+                case SwFlyStartNode:        nCond = Master_CollCondition::PARA_IN_FRAME; break;
+                case SwFootnoteStartNode:
+                    {
+                        nCond = Master_CollCondition::PARA_IN_FOOTNOTE;
+                        const SwFootnoteIdxs& rFootnoteArr = rNds.GetDoc().GetFootnoteIdxs();
+                        const SwTextFootnote* pTextFootnote;
+                        const SwNode* pSrchNd = pSttNd;
+
+                        for( size_t n = 0; n < rFootnoteArr.size(); ++n )
+                            if( nullptr != ( pTextFootnote = rFootnoteArr[ n ])->GetStartNode() &&
+                                pSrchNd == &pTextFootnote->GetStartNode()->GetNode() )
+                            {
+                                if( pTextFootnote->GetFootnote().IsEndNote() )
+                                    nCond = Master_CollCondition::PARA_IN_ENDNOTE;
+                                break;
+                            }
+                    }
+                    break;
+                case SwHeaderStartNode:     nCond = Master_CollCondition::PARA_IN_HEADER; break;
+                case SwFooterStartNode:     nCond = Master_CollCondition::PARA_IN_FOOTER; break;
+                case SwNormalStartNode:     break;
+                }
+            }
+
+            if( nCond != Master_CollCondition::NONE )
+            {
+                rTmp.SetCondition( nCond, 0 );
+                return true;
+            }
+            pSttNd = pSttNd->GetIndex()
+                        ? pSttNd->StartOfSectionNode()
+                        : nullptr;
+        }
+    }
+
+    {
+        SwOutlineNodes::size_type nPos;
+        const SwOutlineNodes& rOutlNds = rNds.GetOutLineNds();
+        if( !rOutlNds.empty() )
+        {
+            if( !rOutlNds.Seek_Entry( const_cast<SwContentNode*>(this), &nPos ) && nPos )
+                --nPos;
+            if( nPos < rOutlNds.size() &&
+                rOutlNds[ nPos ]->GetIndex() < GetIndex() )
+            {
+                SwTextNode* pOutlNd = rOutlNds[ nPos ]->GetTextNode();
+
+                if( pOutlNd->IsOutline())
+                {
+                    rTmp.SetCondition( Master_CollCondition::PARA_IN_OUTLINE, pOutlNd->GetAttrOutlineLevel() - 1 );
+                    return true;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return false;
+}
+
+void SwContentNode::ChkCondColl(const SwTextFormatColl* pColl)
+{
+    if(pColl != GetRegisteredIn())
+    {
+        SAL_WARN("sw.core", "Wrong cond collection, skipping check of Cond Colls.");
+        return;
+    }
+    if(&GetNodes() != &GetDoc().GetNodes())
+    {
+        SAL_WARN("sw.core", "Nodes amiss, skipping check of Cond Colls.");
+        return;
+    }
+    // Check, just to be sure
+    if( RES_CONDTXTFMTCOLL != GetFormatColl()->Which() )
+        return;
+
+    SwCollCondition aTmp( nullptr, Master_CollCondition::NONE, 0 );
+    const SwCollCondition* pCColl;
+
+    bool bDone = false;
+
+    if( IsAnyCondition( aTmp ))
+    {
+        pCColl = static_cast<SwConditionTextFormatColl*>(GetFormatColl())
+            ->HasCondition( aTmp );
+
+        if (pCColl)
+        {
+            SetCondFormatColl( pCColl->GetTextFormatColl() );
+            bDone = true;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (bDone)
+        return;
+
+    if( IsTextNode() && static_cast<SwTextNode*>(this)->GetNumRule())
+    {
+        // Is at which Level in a list?
+        aTmp.SetCondition( Master_CollCondition::PARA_IN_LIST,
+                        static_cast<SwTextNode*>(this)->GetActualListLevel() );
+        pCColl = static_cast<SwConditionTextFormatColl*>(GetFormatColl())->
+                        HasCondition( aTmp );
+    }
+    else
+        pCColl = nullptr;
+
+    if( pCColl )
+        SetCondFormatColl( pCColl->GetTextFormatColl() );
+    else if( m_pCondColl )
+        SetCondFormatColl( nullptr );
+}
+
+// #i42921#
+SvxFrameDirection SwContentNode::GetTextDirection( const SwPosition& rPos,
+                                     const Point* pPt ) const
+{
+    SvxFrameDirection nRet = SvxFrameDirection::Unknown;
+
+    Point aPt;
+    if( pPt )
+        aPt = *pPt;
+
+    // #i72024# - No format of the frame, because this can cause recursive layout actions
+    std::pair<Point, bool> const tmp(aPt, false);
+    SwFrame* pFrame = getLayoutFrame(GetDoc().getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentLayout(), &rPos, &tmp);
+
+    if ( pFrame )
+    {
+        if ( pFrame->IsVertical() )
+        {
+            if (pFrame->IsVertLRBT())
+                nRet = SvxFrameDirection::Vertical_LR_BT;
+            else if (pFrame->IsRightToLeft())
+                nRet = SvxFrameDirection::Vertical_LR_TB;
+            else
+                nRet = SvxFrameDirection::Vertical_RL_TB;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if ( pFrame->IsRightToLeft() )
+                nRet = SvxFrameDirection::Horizontal_RL_TB;
+            else
+                nRet = SvxFrameDirection::Horizontal_LR_TB;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return nRet;
+}
+
+std::unique_ptr<SwOLENodes> SwContentNode::CreateOLENodesArray( const SwFormatColl& rColl, bool bOnlyWithInvalidSize )
+{
+    std::unique_ptr<SwOLENodes> pNodes;
+    SwIterator<SwContentNode,SwFormatColl> aIter( rColl );
+    for( SwContentNode* pNd = aIter.First(); pNd; pNd = aIter.Next() )
+    {
+        SwOLENode *pONd = pNd->GetOLENode();
+        if ( pONd && (!bOnlyWithInvalidSize || pONd->IsOLESizeInvalid()) )
+        {
+            if ( !pNodes  )
+                pNodes.reset(new SwOLENodes);
+            pNodes->push_back( pONd );
+        }
+    }
+
+    return pNodes;
+}
+
+drawinglayer::attribute::SdrAllFillAttributesHelperPtr SwContentNode::getSdrAllFillAttributesHelper() const
+{
+    return drawinglayer::attribute::SdrAllFillAttributesHelperPtr();
+}
+
+/*
+ * Document Interface Access
+ */
+const IDocumentSettingAccess* SwNode::getIDocumentSettingAccess() const { return &GetDoc().GetDocumentSettingManager(); }
+const IDocumentDeviceAccess& SwNode::getIDocumentDeviceAccess() const { return GetDoc().getIDocumentDeviceAccess(); }
+const IDocumentRedlineAccess& SwNode::getIDocumentRedlineAccess() const { return GetDoc().getIDocumentRedlineAccess(); }
+const IDocumentStylePoolAccess& SwNode::getIDocumentStylePoolAccess() const { return GetDoc().getIDocumentStylePoolAccess(); }
+const IDocumentDrawModelAccess& SwNode::getIDocumentDrawModelAccess() const { return GetDoc().getIDocumentDrawModelAccess(); }
+const IDocumentLayoutAccess& SwNode::getIDocumentLayoutAccess() const { return GetDoc().getIDocumentLayoutAccess(); }
+IDocumentLayoutAccess& SwNode::getIDocumentLayoutAccess() { return GetDoc().getIDocumentLayoutAccess(); }
+const IDocumentLinksAdministration& SwNode::getIDocumentLinksAdministration() const { return GetDoc().getIDocumentLinksAdministration(); }
+IDocumentLinksAdministration& SwNode::getIDocumentLinksAdministration() { return GetDoc().getIDocumentLinksAdministration(); }
+const IDocumentFieldsAccess& SwNode::getIDocumentFieldsAccess() const { return GetDoc().getIDocumentFieldsAccess(); }
+IDocumentFieldsAccess& SwNode::getIDocumentFieldsAccess() { return GetDoc().getIDocumentFieldsAccess(); }
+IDocumentContentOperations& SwNode::getIDocumentContentOperations() { return GetDoc().getIDocumentContentOperations(); }
+IDocumentListItems& SwNode::getIDocumentListItems() { return GetDoc().getIDocumentListItems(); } // #i83479#
+
+const IDocumentMarkAccess* SwNode::getIDocumentMarkAccess() const { return GetDoc().getIDocumentMarkAccess(); }
+IStyleAccess& SwNode::getIDocumentStyleAccess() { return GetDoc().GetIStyleAccess(); }
+
+bool SwNode::IsInRedlines() const
+{
+    const SwDoc& rDoc = GetDoc();
+
+    return rDoc.getIDocumentRedlineAccess().IsInRedlines(*this);
+}
+
+void SwNode::AddAnchoredFly(SwFrameFormat *const pFlyFormat)
+{
+    assert(pFlyFormat);
+    assert(&pFlyFormat->GetAnchor(false).GetContentAnchor()->nNode.GetNode() == this);
+    // check node type, cf. SwFormatAnchor::SetAnchor()
+    assert(IsTextNode() || IsStartNode() || IsTableNode());
+    m_aAnchoredFlys.push_back(pFlyFormat);
+}
+
+void SwNode::RemoveAnchoredFly(SwFrameFormat *const pFlyFormat)
+{
+    assert(pFlyFormat);
+    // cannot assert this in Remove because it is called when new anchor is already set
+//    assert(&pFlyFormat->GetAnchor(false).GetContentAnchor()->nNode.GetNode() == this);
+    assert(IsTextNode() || IsStartNode() || IsTableNode());
+    auto it(std::find(m_aAnchoredFlys.begin(), m_aAnchoredFlys.end(), pFlyFormat));
+    assert(it != m_aAnchoredFlys.end());
+    m_aAnchoredFlys.erase(it);
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/node2lay.cxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/node2lay.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5cc15c310
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/node2lay.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,517 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <calbck.hxx>
+#include <node.hxx>
+#include <ndindex.hxx>
+#include <pam.hxx>
+#include <swtable.hxx>
+#include <ftnfrm.hxx>
+#include <sectfrm.hxx>
+#include <cntfrm.hxx>
+#include <tabfrm.hxx>
+#include <frmtool.hxx>
+#include <section.hxx>
+#include <node2lay.hxx>
+#include <osl/diagnose.h>
+
+/**
+ * The SwNode2LayImpl class does the actual work, the SwNode2Layout class is
+ * just the public interface.
+ */
+class SwNode2LayImpl
+{
+    std::unique_ptr<SwIterator<SwFrame, sw::BroadcastingModify, sw::IteratorMode::UnwrapMulti>> mpIter;
+    sw::BroadcastingModify* mpMod;
+    std::vector<SwFrame*> mvUpperFrames; // To collect the Upper
+    SwNodeOffset mnIndex;        // The Index of the to-be-inserted Nodes
+    bool mbMaster    : 1; // true => only Master, false => only Frames without Follow
+    bool mbInit      : 1; // Did we already call First() at SwClient?
+
+    SwNode2LayImpl(const SwNode2LayImpl&) = delete;
+    SwNode2LayImpl& operator=(const SwNode2LayImpl&) = delete;
+
+public:
+    SwNode2LayImpl( const SwNode& rNode, SwNodeOffset nIdx, bool bSearch );
+    SwFrame* NextFrame(); // Returns the next "useful" Frame
+    SwLayoutFrame* UpperFrame( SwFrame* &rpFrame, const SwNode &rNode );
+    void SaveUpperFrames(); // Saves (and locks if needed) the pUpper
+    // Inserts a Frame under every pUpper of the array
+    void RestoreUpperFrames( SwNodes& rNds, SwNodeOffset nStt, SwNodeOffset nEnd );
+
+    SwFrame* GetFrame( const Point* pDocPos ) const;
+};
+
+static SwNode* GoNextWithFrame(const SwNodes& rNodes, SwNodeIndex *pIdx, SwFlowFrame const**const ppFrame)
+{
+    if( pIdx->GetIndex() >= rNodes.Count() - 1 )
+        return nullptr;
+
+    SwNodeIndex aTmp(*pIdx, +1);
+    SwNode* pNd = nullptr;
+    while( aTmp < rNodes.Count()-1 )
+    {
+        pNd = &aTmp.GetNode();
+        SwFrame const* pFound(nullptr);
+        if ( pNd->IsContentNode() )
+            // sw_redlinehide: assume that it's OK to find a node with the same
+            // frame as the caller's one
+            pFound = SwIterator<SwFrame, SwContentNode, sw::IteratorMode::UnwrapMulti>(*static_cast<SwContentNode*>(pNd)).First();
+        else if ( pNd->IsTableNode() )
+            pFound = SwIterator<SwFrame,SwFormat>(*static_cast<SwTableNode*>(pNd)->GetTable().GetFrameFormat()).First() ;
+        else if( pNd->IsEndNode() && !pNd->StartOfSectionNode()->IsSectionNode() )
+        {
+            pNd = nullptr;
+            break;
+        }
+        if (pFound != nullptr)
+        {
+            if (ppFrame)
+            {
+                *ppFrame = SwFlowFrame::CastFlowFrame(pFound);
+                assert(*ppFrame);
+            }
+            break;
+        }
+        ++aTmp;
+    }
+
+    if( aTmp == rNodes.Count()-SwNodeOffset(1) )
+        pNd = nullptr;
+    else if( pNd )
+        (*pIdx) = aTmp;
+    return pNd;
+}
+
+static SwNode* GoPreviousWithFrame(SwNodeIndex *pIdx, SwFlowFrame const**const ppFrame)
+{
+    if( !pIdx->GetIndex() )
+        return nullptr;
+
+    SwNodeIndex aTmp( *pIdx, -1 );
+    SwNode* pNd(nullptr);
+    while( aTmp.GetIndex() )
+    {
+        pNd = &aTmp.GetNode();
+        SwFrame const* pFound(nullptr);
+        if ( pNd->IsContentNode() )
+            // sw_redlinehide: assume that it's OK to find a node with the same
+            // frame as the caller's one
+            pFound = SwIterator<SwFrame, SwContentNode, sw::IteratorMode::UnwrapMulti>(*static_cast<SwContentNode*>(pNd)).First();
+        else if ( pNd->IsTableNode() )
+            pFound = SwIterator<SwFrame,SwFormat>(*static_cast<SwTableNode*>(pNd)->GetTable().GetFrameFormat()).First();
+        else if( pNd->IsStartNode() && !pNd->IsSectionNode() )
+        {
+            pNd = nullptr;
+            break;
+        }
+        if (pFound != nullptr)
+        {
+            if (ppFrame)
+            {
+                *ppFrame = SwFlowFrame::CastFlowFrame(pFound);
+                assert(*ppFrame);
+            }
+            break;
+        }
+        --aTmp;
+    }
+
+    if( !aTmp.GetIndex() )
+        pNd = nullptr;
+    else if( pNd )
+        (*pIdx) = aTmp;
+    return pNd;
+}
+
+namespace sw {
+
+SwFrame const* FindNeighbourFrameForNode(SwNode const& rNode)
+{
+    SwNodeIndex idx(rNode);
+    SwFlowFrame const* pFlow(nullptr);
+    if (SwNode *const pNode = GoPreviousWithFrame(&idx, &pFlow))
+    {
+        if (::CheckNodesRange(rNode, idx, true))
+        {
+            while (pFlow->HasFollow())
+            {   // try to get the one on the current page
+                pFlow = pFlow->GetFollow();
+            }
+            return &pFlow->GetFrame();
+        }
+    }
+    idx = rNode;
+    if (SwNode *const pNode = GoNextWithFrame(idx.GetNodes(), &idx, &pFlow))
+    {
+        if (::CheckNodesRange(rNode, idx, true))
+        {
+            while (pFlow->IsFollow())
+            {   // try to get the one on the current page
+                pFlow = pFlow->GetPrecede();
+            }
+            return &pFlow->GetFrame();
+        }
+    }
+    return nullptr;
+}
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * The main purpose of this ctor is to find the right sw::BroadcastingModify to iterate over.
+ *
+ * @param bSearch true:     find the next Content or TableNode which contains
+ *                          Frames (to collect the pUpper).
+ *                          Else we assume that rNode points already to such a
+ *                          Content or TableNode.
+ *                          We insert before or after it.
+ */
+SwNode2LayImpl::SwNode2LayImpl( const SwNode& rNode, SwNodeOffset nIdx, bool bSearch )
+    : mnIndex( nIdx ), mbInit( false )
+{
+    const SwNode* pNd;
+    if( bSearch || rNode.IsSectionNode() )
+    {
+        // Find the next Content/TableNode that contains a Frame, so that we can add
+        // ourselves before/after it
+        if( !bSearch && rNode.GetIndex() < mnIndex )
+        {
+            SwNodeIndex aTmp( *rNode.EndOfSectionNode(), +1 );
+            pNd = GoPreviousWithFrame(&aTmp, nullptr);
+            if( pNd && rNode.GetIndex() > pNd->GetIndex() )
+                pNd = nullptr; // Do not go over the limits
+            mbMaster = false;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            SwNodeIndex aTmp( rNode, -1 );
+            pNd = GoNextWithFrame(rNode.GetNodes(), &aTmp, nullptr);
+            mbMaster = true;
+            if( !bSearch && pNd && rNode.EndOfSectionIndex() < pNd->GetIndex() )
+                pNd = nullptr; // Do not go over the limits
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        pNd = &rNode;
+        mbMaster = mnIndex < rNode.GetIndex();
+    }
+    if( pNd )
+    {
+        if( pNd->IsContentNode() )
+            mpMod = const_cast<sw::BroadcastingModify*>(static_cast<sw::BroadcastingModify const *>(pNd->GetContentNode()));
+        else
+        {
+            assert(pNd->IsTableNode());
+            mpMod = pNd->GetTableNode()->GetTable().GetFrameFormat();
+        }
+        mpIter.reset(new SwIterator<SwFrame, sw::BroadcastingModify, sw::IteratorMode::UnwrapMulti>(*mpMod));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        mpIter = nullptr;
+        mpMod = nullptr;
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Returns the next "useful" Frame.
+ *
+ * When calling this method for the first time, a First is triggered at the
+ * actual Iterator. The result is check for suitability: Follows are not
+ * accepted, a Master is accepted when collecting the pUpper and when
+ * inserting before it.
+ * When inserting after it, we find and return the last Follow starting
+ * from the Master.
+ *
+ * If the Frame is located in a SectionFrame, we check to see whether the
+ * SectionFrame is the suitable return value (instead of the Frame itself).
+ * This is the case if the to-be-inserted Node is outside of the Section.
+ */
+SwFrame* SwNode2LayImpl::NextFrame()
+{
+    SwFrame* pRet;
+    if( !mpIter )
+        return nullptr;
+    if( !mbInit )
+    {
+         pRet = mpIter->First();
+         mbInit = true;
+    }
+    else
+        pRet = mpIter->Next();
+    while( pRet )
+    {
+        SwFlowFrame* pFlow = SwFlowFrame::CastFlowFrame( pRet );
+        assert(pFlow);
+        // Follows are pretty volatile, thus we ignore them.
+        // Even if we insert after the Frame, we start from the Master
+        // and iterate through it until the last Follow
+        if( !pFlow->IsFollow() )
+        {
+            if( !mbMaster )
+            {
+                while( pFlow->HasFollow() )
+                    pFlow = pFlow->GetFollow();
+                pRet = &(pFlow->GetFrame());
+            }
+            if( pRet->IsInSct() )
+            {
+                SwSectionFrame* pSct = pRet->FindSctFrame();
+                // ATTENTION: If we are in a Footnote, from a Layout point of view
+                // it could be located in a Section with columns, although it
+                // should be outside of it when looking at the Nodes.
+                // Thus, when dealing with Footnotes, we need to check whether the
+                // SectionFrame is also located within the Footnote and not outside of it.
+                if( !pRet->IsInFootnote() || pSct->IsInFootnote() )
+                {
+                    assert(pSct && pSct->GetSection());
+                    SwSectionNode* pNd = pSct->GetSection()->GetFormat()->GetSectionNode();
+                    assert(pNd);
+                    // If the result Frame is located within a Section Frame
+                    // whose Section does not contain the Node, we return with
+                    // the SectionFrame, else we return with the Content/TabFrame
+                    if( mbMaster )
+                    {
+                        if( pNd->GetIndex() >= mnIndex )
+                            pRet = pSct;
+                    }
+                    else if( pNd->EndOfSectionIndex() < mnIndex )
+                        pRet = pSct;
+                }
+            }
+            return pRet;
+        }
+        pRet = mpIter->Next();
+    }
+    return nullptr;
+}
+
+void SwNode2LayImpl::SaveUpperFrames()
+{
+    SwFrame* pFrame;
+    while( nullptr != (pFrame = NextFrame()) )
+    {
+        SwFrame* pPrv = pFrame->GetPrev();
+        pFrame = pFrame->GetUpper();
+        if( pFrame )
+        {
+            if( pFrame->IsFootnoteFrame() )
+                static_cast<SwFootnoteFrame*>(pFrame)->ColLock();
+            else if( pFrame->IsInSct() )
+                pFrame->FindSctFrame()->ColLock();
+            if( pPrv && pPrv->IsSctFrame() )
+                static_cast<SwSectionFrame*>(pPrv)->LockJoin();
+            mvUpperFrames.push_back( pPrv );
+            mvUpperFrames.push_back( pFrame );
+        }
+    }
+    mpIter.reset();
+    mpMod = nullptr;
+}
+
+SwLayoutFrame* SwNode2LayImpl::UpperFrame( SwFrame* &rpFrame, const SwNode &rNode )
+{
+    rpFrame = NextFrame();
+    if( !rpFrame )
+        return nullptr;
+    SwLayoutFrame* pUpper = rpFrame->GetUpper();
+    if( rpFrame->IsSctFrame() )
+    {
+        const SwNode* pNode = rNode.StartOfSectionNode();
+        if( pNode->IsSectionNode() )
+        {
+            SwFrame* pFrame = mbMaster ? rpFrame->FindPrev() : rpFrame->FindNext();
+            if( pFrame && pFrame->IsSctFrame() )
+            {
+                // pFrame could be a "dummy"-section
+                if( static_cast<SwSectionFrame*>(pFrame)->GetSection() &&
+                    (&static_cast<const SwSectionNode*>(pNode)->GetSection() ==
+                     static_cast<SwSectionFrame*>(pFrame)->GetSection()) )
+                {
+                    // #i22922# - consider columned sections
+                    // 'Go down' the section frame as long as the layout frame
+                    // is found, which would contain content.
+                    while ( pFrame->IsLayoutFrame() &&
+                            static_cast<SwLayoutFrame*>(pFrame)->Lower() &&
+                            !static_cast<SwLayoutFrame*>(pFrame)->Lower()->IsFlowFrame() &&
+                            static_cast<SwLayoutFrame*>(pFrame)->Lower()->IsLayoutFrame() )
+                    {
+                        pFrame = static_cast<SwLayoutFrame*>(pFrame)->Lower();
+                    }
+                    assert(pFrame->IsLayoutFrame());
+                    rpFrame = mbMaster ? nullptr
+                                    : static_cast<SwLayoutFrame*>(pFrame)->Lower();
+                    assert((!rpFrame || rpFrame->IsFlowFrame()) &&
+                            "<SwNode2LayImpl::UpperFrame(..)> - expected sibling isn't a flow frame." );
+                    return static_cast<SwLayoutFrame*>(pFrame);
+                }
+
+                pUpper = new SwSectionFrame(const_cast<SwSectionNode*>(static_cast<const SwSectionNode*>(pNode))->GetSection(), rpFrame);
+                pUpper->Paste( rpFrame->GetUpper(),
+                               mbMaster ? rpFrame : rpFrame->GetNext() );
+                static_cast<SwSectionFrame*>(pUpper)->Init();
+                rpFrame = nullptr;
+                // 'Go down' the section frame as long as the layout frame
+                // is found, which would contain content.
+                while ( pUpper->Lower() &&
+                        !pUpper->Lower()->IsFlowFrame() &&
+                        pUpper->Lower()->IsLayoutFrame() )
+                {
+                    pUpper = static_cast<SwLayoutFrame*>(pUpper->Lower());
+                }
+                return pUpper;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    if( !mbMaster )
+        rpFrame = rpFrame->GetNext();
+    return pUpper;
+}
+
+void SwNode2LayImpl::RestoreUpperFrames( SwNodes& rNds, SwNodeOffset nStt, SwNodeOffset nEnd )
+{
+    SwNode* pNd;
+    SwDoc& rDoc = rNds.GetDoc();
+    bool bFirst = true;
+    for( ; nStt < nEnd; ++nStt )
+    {
+        SwFrame* pNew = nullptr;
+        SwFrame* pNxt;
+        SwLayoutFrame* pUp;
+        if( (pNd = rNds[nStt])->IsContentNode() )
+            for( std::vector<SwFrame*>::size_type n = 0; n < mvUpperFrames.size(); )
+            {
+                pNxt = mvUpperFrames[n++];
+                if( bFirst && pNxt && pNxt->IsSctFrame() )
+                    static_cast<SwSectionFrame*>(pNxt)->UnlockJoin();
+                pUp = static_cast<SwLayoutFrame*>(mvUpperFrames[n++]);
+                if( pNxt )
+                    pNxt = pNxt->GetNext();
+                else
+                    pNxt = pUp->Lower();
+                pNew = static_cast<SwContentNode*>(pNd)->MakeFrame( pUp );
+                pNew->Paste( pUp, pNxt );
+                mvUpperFrames[n-2] = pNew;
+            }
+        else if( pNd->IsTableNode() )
+            for( std::vector<SwFrame*>::size_type x = 0; x < mvUpperFrames.size(); )
+            {
+                pNxt = mvUpperFrames[x++];
+                if( bFirst && pNxt && pNxt->IsSctFrame() )
+                    static_cast<SwSectionFrame*>(pNxt)->UnlockJoin();
+                pUp = static_cast<SwLayoutFrame*>(mvUpperFrames[x++]);
+                if( pNxt )
+                    pNxt = pNxt->GetNext();
+                else
+                    pNxt = pUp->Lower();
+                pNew = static_cast<SwTableNode*>(pNd)->MakeFrame( pUp );
+                assert(pNew->IsTabFrame());
+                pNew->Paste( pUp, pNxt );
+                static_cast<SwTabFrame*>(pNew)->RegistFlys();
+                mvUpperFrames[x-2] = pNew;
+            }
+        else if( pNd->IsSectionNode() )
+        {
+            nStt = pNd->EndOfSectionIndex();
+            for( std::vector<SwFrame*>::size_type x = 0; x < mvUpperFrames.size(); )
+            {
+                pNxt = mvUpperFrames[x++];
+                if( bFirst && pNxt && pNxt->IsSctFrame() )
+                    static_cast<SwSectionFrame*>(pNxt)->UnlockJoin();
+                pUp = static_cast<SwLayoutFrame*>(mvUpperFrames[x++]);
+                OSL_ENSURE( pUp->GetUpper() || pUp->IsFlyFrame(), "Lost Upper" );
+                ::InsertCnt_( pUp, &rDoc, pNd->GetIndex(), false, nStt+1, pNxt );
+                pNxt = pUp->GetLastLower();
+                mvUpperFrames[x-2] = pNxt;
+            }
+        }
+        bFirst = false;
+    }
+    for( std::vector<SwFrame*>::size_type x = 0; x < mvUpperFrames.size(); ++x )
+    {
+        SwFrame* pTmp = mvUpperFrames[++x];
+        if( pTmp->IsFootnoteFrame() )
+            static_cast<SwFootnoteFrame*>(pTmp)->ColUnlock();
+        else if ( pTmp->IsInSct() )
+        {
+            SwSectionFrame* pSctFrame = pTmp->FindSctFrame();
+            pSctFrame->ColUnlock();
+            // #i18103# - invalidate size of section in order to
+            // assure, that the section is formatted, unless it was 'Collocked'
+            // from its 'collection' until its 'restoration'.
+            pSctFrame->InvalidateSize_();
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+SwFrame* SwNode2LayImpl::GetFrame( const Point* pDocPos ) const
+{
+    // test if change of member pIter -> pMod broke anything
+    std::pair<Point, bool> tmp;
+    if (pDocPos)
+    {
+        tmp.first = *pDocPos;
+        tmp.second = false;
+    }
+    return mpMod ? ::GetFrameOfModify(nullptr, *mpMod, FRM_ALL, nullptr, pDocPos ? &tmp : nullptr) : nullptr;
+}
+
+SwNode2Layout::SwNode2Layout( const SwNode& rNd, SwNodeOffset nIdx )
+    : m_pImpl( new SwNode2LayImpl( rNd, nIdx, false ) )
+{
+}
+
+SwNode2LayoutSaveUpperFrames::SwNode2LayoutSaveUpperFrames(const SwNode& rNd)
+    : m_pImpl( new SwNode2LayImpl( rNd, rNd.GetIndex(), true ) )
+{
+    m_pImpl->SaveUpperFrames();
+}
+
+void SwNode2LayoutSaveUpperFrames::RestoreUpperFrames(
+        SwNodes& rNds, SwNodeOffset const nStt, SwNodeOffset const nEnd)
+{
+    m_pImpl->RestoreUpperFrames( rNds, nStt, nEnd );
+}
+
+SwFrame* SwNode2Layout::NextFrame()
+{
+    return m_pImpl->NextFrame();
+}
+
+SwLayoutFrame* SwNode2Layout::UpperFrame( SwFrame* &rpFrame, const SwNode &rNode )
+{
+    return m_pImpl->UpperFrame( rpFrame, rNode );
+}
+
+SwNode2Layout::~SwNode2Layout()
+{
+}
+
+SwNode2LayoutSaveUpperFrames::~SwNode2LayoutSaveUpperFrames()
+{
+}
+
+SwFrame* SwNode2Layout::GetFrame( const Point* pDocPos ) const
+{
+    return m_pImpl->GetFrame( pDocPos );
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/nodes.cxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/nodes.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..85f01cea7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/nodes.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,2392 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <libxml/xmlwriter.h>
+#include <osl/diagnose.h>
+
+#include <node.hxx>
+#include <doc.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentUndoRedo.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentFieldsAccess.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentLayoutAccess.hxx>
+#include <pam.hxx>
+#include <txtfld.hxx>
+#include <fmtfld.hxx>
+#include <numrule.hxx>
+#include <ndtxt.hxx>
+#include <ndnotxt.hxx>
+#include <swtable.hxx>
+#include <section.hxx>
+#include <ddefld.hxx>
+#include <swddetbl.hxx>
+#include <txtatr.hxx>
+#include <tox.hxx>
+#include <fmtrfmrk.hxx>
+#include <fmtftn.hxx>
+
+#include <docsh.hxx>
+#include <rootfrm.hxx>
+#include <txtfrm.hxx>
+
+typedef std::vector<SwStartNode*> SwStartNodePointers;
+
+// function to determine the highest level in the given range
+static sal_uInt16 HighestLevel( SwNodes & rNodes, const SwNodeRange & rRange );
+
+/** Constructor
+ *
+ * creates the base sections (PostIts, Inserts, AutoText, RedLines, Content)
+ *
+ * @param rDocument TODO: provide documentation
+ */
+SwNodes::SwNodes( SwDoc& rDocument )
+    : m_vIndices(nullptr), m_rMyDoc( rDocument )
+{
+    m_bInNodesDel = m_bInDelUpdOutline = false;
+
+    SwNodeOffset nPos(0);
+    SwStartNode* pSttNd = new SwStartNode( *this, nPos++ );
+    m_pEndOfPostIts = new SwEndNode( *this, nPos++, *pSttNd );
+
+    SwStartNode* pTmp = new SwStartNode( *this, nPos++ );
+    m_pEndOfInserts = new SwEndNode( *this, nPos++, *pTmp );
+
+    pTmp = new SwStartNode( *this, nPos++ );
+    pTmp->m_pStartOfSection = pSttNd;
+    m_pEndOfAutotext = new SwEndNode( *this, nPos++, *pTmp );
+
+    pTmp = new SwStartNode( *this, nPos++ );
+    pTmp->m_pStartOfSection = pSttNd;
+    m_pEndOfRedlines = new SwEndNode( *this, nPos++, *pTmp );
+
+    pTmp = new SwStartNode( *this, nPos++ );
+    pTmp->m_pStartOfSection = pSttNd;
+    m_pEndOfContent.reset(new SwEndNode( *this, nPos++, *pTmp ));
+
+    m_pOutlineNodes.reset(new SwOutlineNodes);
+}
+
+/** Destructor
+ *
+ * Deletes all nodes whose pointer are in a dynamic array. This should be no
+ * problem as nodes cannot be created outside this array and, thus, cannot be
+ * part of multiple arrays.
+ */
+SwNodes::~SwNodes()
+{
+    m_pOutlineNodes.reset();
+
+    {
+        SwNodeIndex aNdIdx( *this );
+        while( true )
+        {
+            SwNode *pNode = &aNdIdx.GetNode();
+            if( pNode == m_pEndOfContent.get() )
+                break;
+
+            ++aNdIdx;
+            delete pNode;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // here, all SwNodeIndices must be unregistered
+    m_pEndOfContent.reset();
+}
+
+static bool IsInsertOutline(SwNodes const& rNodes, SwNodeOffset const nIndex)
+{
+    if (!rNodes.IsDocNodes())
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+    return nIndex < rNodes.GetEndOfRedlines().StartOfSectionNode()->GetIndex()
+        || rNodes.GetEndOfRedlines().GetIndex() < nIndex;
+}
+
+void SwNodes::ChgNode( SwNodeIndex const & rDelPos, SwNodeOffset nSz,
+                        SwNodeIndex& rInsPos, bool bNewFrames )
+{
+    // no need for frames in the UndoArea
+    SwNodes& rNds = rInsPos.GetNodes();
+    const SwNode* pPrevInsNd = rNds[ rInsPos.GetIndex() -SwNodeOffset(1) ];
+
+    // declare all fields as invalid, updating will happen
+    // in the idle-handler of the doc
+    if( GetDoc().getIDocumentFieldsAccess().SetFieldsDirty( true, &rDelPos.GetNode(), nSz ) &&
+        &rNds.GetDoc() != &GetDoc() )
+        rNds.GetDoc().getIDocumentFieldsAccess().SetFieldsDirty( true, nullptr, SwNodeOffset(0) );
+
+    // NEVER include nodes from the RedLineArea
+    SwNodeOffset nNd = rInsPos.GetIndex();
+    bool const bInsOutlineIdx = IsInsertOutline(rNds, nNd);
+
+    if( &rNds == this ) // if in the same node array -> move
+    {
+        // Move order: from front to back, so that new entries are added at
+        // first position, thus, deletion position stays the same
+        const SwNodeOffset nDiff(rDelPos.GetIndex() < rInsPos.GetIndex() ? 0 : 1);
+
+        for( SwNodeOffset n = rDelPos.GetIndex(); nSz; n += nDiff, --nSz )
+        {
+            SwNodeIndex aDelIdx( *this, n );
+            SwNode& rNd = aDelIdx.GetNode();
+
+            // #i57920# - correction of refactoring done by cws swnumtree:
+            // - <SwTextNode::SetLevel( NO_NUMBERING ) is deprecated and
+            //   set <IsCounted> state of the text node to <false>, which
+            //   isn't correct here.
+            if ( rNd.IsTextNode() )
+            {
+                SwTextNode* pTextNode = rNd.GetTextNode();
+
+                pTextNode->RemoveFromList();
+
+                if (pTextNode->IsOutline())
+                {
+                    SwNode* pSrch = &rNd;
+                    m_pOutlineNodes->erase( pSrch );
+                }
+            }
+
+            BigPtrArray::Move( sal_Int32(aDelIdx.GetIndex()), sal_Int32(rInsPos.GetIndex()) );
+
+            if( rNd.IsTextNode() )
+            {
+                SwTextNode& rTextNd = static_cast<SwTextNode&>(rNd);
+
+                rTextNd.AddToList();
+
+                if (bInsOutlineIdx && rTextNd.IsOutline())
+                {
+                    SwNode* pSrch = &rNd;
+                    m_pOutlineNodes->insert( pSrch );
+                }
+                rTextNd.InvalidateNumRule();
+
+//FEATURE::CONDCOLL
+                if( RES_CONDTXTFMTCOLL == rTextNd.GetTextColl()->Which() )
+                    rTextNd.ChkCondColl();
+//FEATURE::CONDCOLL
+            }
+            else if( rNd.IsContentNode() )
+                static_cast<SwContentNode&>(rNd).InvalidateNumRule();
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        bool bSavePersData(GetDoc().GetIDocumentUndoRedo().IsUndoNodes(rNds));
+        bool bRestPersData(GetDoc().GetIDocumentUndoRedo().IsUndoNodes(*this));
+        SwDoc* pDestDoc = &rNds.GetDoc() != &GetDoc() ? &rNds.GetDoc() : nullptr;
+        OSL_ENSURE(!pDestDoc, "SwNodes::ChgNode(): "
+            "the code to handle text fields here looks broken\n"
+            "if the target is in a different document.");
+        if( !bRestPersData && !bSavePersData && pDestDoc )
+            bSavePersData = bRestPersData = true;
+
+        OUString sNumRule;
+        for( SwNodeOffset n(0); n < nSz; n++ )
+        {
+            SwNode* pNd = &rDelPos.GetNode();
+
+            // NoTextNode keep their persistent data
+            if( pNd->IsNoTextNode() )
+            {
+                if( bSavePersData )
+                    static_cast<SwNoTextNode*>(pNd)->SavePersistentData();
+            }
+            else if( pNd->IsTextNode() )
+            {
+                SwTextNode* pTextNd = static_cast<SwTextNode*>(pNd);
+
+                // remove outline index from old nodes array
+                if (pTextNd->IsOutline())
+                {
+                    m_pOutlineNodes->erase( pNd );
+                }
+
+                // copy rules if needed
+                if( pDestDoc )
+                {
+                    const SwNumRule* pNumRule = pTextNd->GetNumRule();
+                    if( pNumRule && sNumRule != pNumRule->GetName() )
+                    {
+                        sNumRule = pNumRule->GetName();
+                        SwNumRule* pDestRule = pDestDoc->FindNumRulePtr( sNumRule );
+                        if( pDestRule )
+                            pDestRule->SetInvalidRule( true );
+                        else
+                            pDestDoc->MakeNumRule( sNumRule, pNumRule );
+                    }
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    // if movement into the UndoNodes-array, update numbering
+                    if (sw::HasNumberingWhichNeedsLayoutUpdate(*pTextNd))
+                    {
+                        pTextNd->InvalidateNumRule();
+                    }
+                }
+
+                pTextNd->RemoveFromList();
+            }
+
+            RemoveNode( rDelPos.GetIndex(), SwNodeOffset(1), false ); // move indices
+            SwContentNode * pCNd = pNd->GetContentNode();
+            rNds.InsertNode( pNd, rInsPos );
+
+            if( pCNd )
+            {
+                SwTextNode* pTextNd = pCNd->GetTextNode();
+                if( pTextNd )
+                {
+                    SwpHints * const pHts = pTextNd->GetpSwpHints();
+                    // OutlineNodes set the new nodes in the array
+                    if (bInsOutlineIdx && pTextNd->IsOutline())
+                    {
+                        rNds.m_pOutlineNodes->insert( pTextNd );
+                    }
+
+                    pTextNd->AddToList();
+
+                    // special treatment for fields
+                    if( pHts && pHts->Count() )
+                    {
+                        bool const bToUndo = !pDestDoc &&
+                            GetDoc().GetIDocumentUndoRedo().IsUndoNodes(rNds);
+                        for( size_t i = pHts->Count(); i; )
+                        {
+                            SwTextAttr * const pAttr = pHts->Get( --i );
+                            switch ( pAttr->Which() )
+                            {
+                            case RES_TXTATR_FIELD:
+                            case RES_TXTATR_ANNOTATION:
+                            case RES_TXTATR_INPUTFIELD:
+                                {
+                                    SwTextField* pTextField = static_txtattr_cast<SwTextField*>(pAttr);
+                                    rNds.GetDoc().getIDocumentFieldsAccess().InsDelFieldInFieldLst( !bToUndo, *pTextField );
+
+                                    const SwFieldType* pTyp = pTextField->GetFormatField().GetField()->GetTyp();
+                                    if ( SwFieldIds::Postit == pTyp->Which() )
+                                    {
+                                        rNds.GetDoc().GetDocShell()->Broadcast(
+                                            SwFormatFieldHint(
+                                                &pTextField->GetFormatField(),
+                                                ( pTextField->GetFormatField().IsFieldInDoc()
+                                                  ? SwFormatFieldHintWhich::INSERTED
+                                                  : SwFormatFieldHintWhich::REMOVED ) ) );
+                                    }
+                                    else if( SwFieldIds::Dde == pTyp->Which() )
+                                    {
+                                        if( bToUndo )
+                                            const_cast<SwDDEFieldType*>(static_cast<const SwDDEFieldType*>(pTyp))->DecRefCnt();
+                                        else
+                                            const_cast<SwDDEFieldType*>(static_cast<const SwDDEFieldType*>(pTyp))->IncRefCnt();
+                                    }
+                                    static_cast<SwFormatField&>(pAttr->GetAttr())
+                                        .InvalidateField();
+                                }
+                                break;
+
+                            case RES_TXTATR_FTN:
+                                static_cast<SwFormatFootnote&>(pAttr->GetAttr())
+                                    .InvalidateFootnote();
+                                break;
+
+                            case RES_TXTATR_TOXMARK:
+                                static_cast<SwTOXMark&>(pAttr->GetAttr())
+                                    .InvalidateTOXMark();
+                                break;
+
+                            case RES_TXTATR_REFMARK:
+                                static_cast<SwFormatRefMark&>(pAttr->GetAttr())
+                                    .InvalidateRefMark();
+                                break;
+
+                            case RES_TXTATR_META:
+                            case RES_TXTATR_METAFIELD:
+                                {
+                                    SwTextMeta *const pTextMeta(
+                                        static_txtattr_cast<SwTextMeta*>(pAttr));
+                                    // force removal of UNO object
+                                    pTextMeta->ChgTextNode(nullptr);
+                                    pTextMeta->ChgTextNode(pTextNd);
+                                }
+                                break;
+
+                            default:
+                                break;
+                            }
+                        }
+                    }
+                    //FEATURE::CONDCOLL
+                    if( RES_CONDTXTFMTCOLL == pTextNd->GetTextColl()->Which() )
+                        pTextNd->ChkCondColl();
+                    //FEATURE::CONDCOLL
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    // Moved into different Docs? Persist data again!
+                    if( pCNd->IsNoTextNode() && bRestPersData )
+                        static_cast<SwNoTextNode*>(pCNd)->RestorePersistentData();
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // declare all fields as invalid, updating will happen
+    // in the idle-handler of the doc
+    GetDoc().getIDocumentFieldsAccess().SetFieldsDirty( true, nullptr, SwNodeOffset(0) );
+    if( &rNds.GetDoc() != &GetDoc() )
+        rNds.GetDoc().getIDocumentFieldsAccess().SetFieldsDirty( true, nullptr, SwNodeOffset(0) );
+
+    if( bNewFrames )
+        bNewFrames = &GetDoc().GetNodes() == &rNds &&
+                    GetDoc().getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentViewShell();
+
+    if( !bNewFrames )
+        return;
+
+    // get the frames:
+    SwNodeIndex aIdx( *pPrevInsNd, 1 );
+    SwNodeIndex aFrameNdIdx( aIdx );
+    SwNode* pFrameNd = rNds.FindPrvNxtFrameNode( aFrameNdIdx,
+                                    rNds[ rInsPos.GetIndex() - 1 ] );
+
+    if( !pFrameNd )
+        return;
+
+    while( aIdx != rInsPos )
+    {
+        SwContentNode* pCNd = aIdx.GetNode().GetContentNode();
+        if( pCNd )
+        {
+            if( pFrameNd->IsTableNode() )
+                static_cast<SwTableNode*>(pFrameNd)->MakeFramesForAdjacentContentNode(aIdx);
+            else if( pFrameNd->IsSectionNode() )
+                static_cast<SwSectionNode*>(pFrameNd)->MakeFramesForAdjacentContentNode(aIdx);
+            else
+                static_cast<SwContentNode*>(pFrameNd)->MakeFramesForAdjacentContentNode(*pCNd);
+            pFrameNd = pCNd;
+        }
+        ++aIdx;
+    }
+}
+
+// TODO: provide documentation
+/** move the node pointer
+ *
+ * Move the node pointer from "(inclusive) start position to (exclusive) end
+ * position" to target position.
+ * If the target is in front of the first or in the area between first and
+ * last element to move, nothing happens.
+ * If the area to move is empty or the end position is before the start
+ * position, nothing happens.
+ *
+ * @param aRange range to move (excluding end node)
+ * @param rNodes
+ * @param aIndex
+ * @param bNewFrames
+ * @return
+ */
+bool SwNodes::MoveNodes( const SwNodeRange& aRange, SwNodes & rNodes,
+                    const SwNodeIndex& aIndex, bool bNewFrames )
+{
+    SwNode * pCurrentNode;
+    if( aIndex == SwNodeOffset(0) ||
+        ( (pCurrentNode = &aIndex.GetNode())->GetStartNode() &&
+          !pCurrentNode->StartOfSectionIndex() ))
+        return false;
+
+    SwNodeRange aRg( aRange );
+
+    // skip "simple" start or end nodes
+    while( SwNodeType::Start == (pCurrentNode = &aRg.aStart.GetNode())->GetNodeType()
+            || ( pCurrentNode->IsEndNode() &&
+                !pCurrentNode->m_pStartOfSection->IsSectionNode() ) )
+        ++aRg.aStart;
+    --aRg.aStart;
+
+    // if aEnd-1 points to no ContentNode, search previous one
+    --aRg.aEnd;
+    while( ( (( pCurrentNode = &aRg.aEnd.GetNode())->GetStartNode() &&
+            !pCurrentNode->IsSectionNode() ) ||
+            ( pCurrentNode->IsEndNode() &&
+            SwNodeType::Start == pCurrentNode->m_pStartOfSection->GetNodeType()) ) &&
+            aRg.aEnd > aRg.aStart )
+        --aRg.aEnd;
+
+    // if in same array, check insertion position
+    if( aRg.aStart >= aRg.aEnd )
+        return false;
+
+    if( this == &rNodes )
+    {
+        if( ( aIndex.GetIndex()-SwNodeOffset(1) >= aRg.aStart.GetIndex() &&
+              aIndex.GetIndex()-SwNodeOffset(1) < aRg.aEnd.GetIndex()) ||
+            ( aIndex.GetIndex()-SwNodeOffset(1) == aRg.aEnd.GetIndex() ) )
+            return false;
+    }
+
+    SwNodeOffset nInsPos(0); // counter for tmp array
+
+    // array as a stack, storing all StartOfSelections
+    SwStartNodePointers aSttNdStack;
+    SwStartNodePointers::size_type nLevel = 0; // level counter
+
+    // set start index
+    SwNodeIndex  aIdx( aIndex );
+
+    SwStartNode* pStartNode = aIdx.GetNode().m_pStartOfSection;
+    aSttNdStack.insert( aSttNdStack.begin(), pStartNode );
+
+    SwNodeRange aOrigInsPos( aIdx, SwNodeOffset(-1), aIdx ); // original insertion position
+
+    // call DelFrames/MakeFrames for the upmost SectionNode
+    int nSectNdCnt = 0;
+    bool bSaveNewFrames = bNewFrames;
+
+    // continue until everything has been moved
+    while( aRg.aStart < aRg.aEnd )
+    {
+        pCurrentNode = &aRg.aEnd.GetNode();
+        switch( pCurrentNode->GetNodeType() )
+        {
+        case SwNodeType::End:
+            {
+                if( nInsPos ) // move everything until here
+                {
+                    // delete and copy. CAUTION: all indices after
+                    // "aRg.aEnd+1" will be moved as well!
+                    SwNodeIndex aSwIndex( aRg.aEnd, 1 );
+                    ChgNode( aSwIndex, nInsPos, aIdx, bNewFrames );
+                    aIdx -= nInsPos;
+                    nInsPos = SwNodeOffset(0);
+                }
+
+                SwStartNode* pSttNd = pCurrentNode->m_pStartOfSection;
+                if( pSttNd->IsTableNode() )
+                {
+                    SwTableNode* pTableNd = static_cast<SwTableNode*>(pSttNd);
+
+                    // move the whole table/range
+                    nInsPos = (aRg.aEnd.GetIndex() -
+                                    pSttNd->GetIndex() )+1;
+                    aRg.aEnd -= nInsPos;
+
+                    // NEVER include nodes from the RedLineArea
+                    SwNodeOffset nNd = aIdx.GetIndex();
+                    bool const bInsOutlineIdx = IsInsertOutline(rNodes, nNd);
+
+                    if( bNewFrames )
+                        // delete all frames
+                        pTableNd->DelFrames(nullptr);
+                    if( &rNodes == this ) // move into self?
+                    {
+                        // move all Start/End/ContentNodes
+                        // ContentNodes: delete also the frames!
+                        pTableNd->m_pStartOfSection = aIdx.GetNode().m_pStartOfSection;
+                        for( SwNodeOffset n(0); n < nInsPos; ++n )
+                        {
+                            SwNodeIndex aMvIdx( aRg.aEnd, 1 );
+                            SwContentNode* pCNd = nullptr;
+                            SwNode* pTmpNd = &aMvIdx.GetNode();
+                            if( pTmpNd->IsContentNode() )
+                            {
+                                pCNd = static_cast<SwContentNode*>(pTmpNd);
+                                if( pTmpNd->IsTextNode() )
+                                    static_cast<SwTextNode*>(pTmpNd)->RemoveFromList();
+
+                                // remove outline index from old nodes array
+                                if (pCNd->IsTextNode() && pCNd->GetTextNode()->IsOutline())
+                                {
+                                    m_pOutlineNodes->erase( pCNd );
+                                }
+                                else
+                                    pCNd = nullptr;
+                            }
+
+                            BigPtrArray::Move( sal_Int32(aMvIdx.GetIndex()), sal_Int32(aIdx.GetIndex()) );
+
+                            if( bInsOutlineIdx && pCNd )
+                                m_pOutlineNodes->insert( pCNd );
+                            if( pTmpNd->IsTextNode() )
+                                static_cast<SwTextNode*>(pTmpNd)->AddToList();
+                        }
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        // get StartNode
+                        // Even aIdx points to a startnode, we need the startnode
+                        // of the environment of aIdx (#i80941)
+                        SwStartNode* pSttNode = aIdx.GetNode().m_pStartOfSection;
+
+                        // get all boxes with content because their indices
+                        // pointing to the StartNodes need to be reset
+                        // (copying the array and deleting all found ones eases
+                        // searching)
+                        SwNodeIndex aMvIdx( aRg.aEnd, 1 );
+                        for( SwNodeOffset n(0); n < nInsPos; ++n )
+                        {
+                            SwNode* pNd = &aMvIdx.GetNode();
+
+                            const bool bOutlNd = pNd->IsTextNode() && pNd->GetTextNode()->IsOutline();
+                            // delete outline indices from old node array
+                            if( bOutlNd )
+                                m_pOutlineNodes->erase( pNd );
+
+                            RemoveNode( aMvIdx.GetIndex(), SwNodeOffset(1), false );
+                            pNd->m_pStartOfSection = pSttNode;
+                            rNodes.InsertNode( pNd, aIdx );
+
+                            // set correct indices in Start/EndNodes
+                            if( bInsOutlineIdx && bOutlNd )
+                                // and put them into the new node array
+                                rNodes.m_pOutlineNodes->insert( pNd );
+                            else if( pNd->IsStartNode() )
+                                pSttNode = static_cast<SwStartNode*>(pNd);
+                            else if( pNd->IsEndNode() )
+                            {
+                                pSttNode->m_pEndOfSection = static_cast<SwEndNode*>(pNd);
+                                if( pSttNode->IsSectionNode() )
+                                    static_cast<SwSectionNode*>(pSttNode)->NodesArrChgd();
+                                pSttNode = pSttNode->m_pStartOfSection;
+                            }
+                        }
+
+                        if( auto pDDETable = dynamic_cast<SwDDETable*>(&pTableNd->GetTable()) )
+                        {
+                            SwDDEFieldType* pTyp = pDDETable->GetDDEFieldType();
+                            if( pTyp )
+                            {
+                                if( rNodes.IsDocNodes() )
+                                    pTyp->IncRefCnt();
+                                else
+                                    pTyp->DecRefCnt();
+                            }
+                        }
+
+                        if (GetDoc().GetIDocumentUndoRedo().IsUndoNodes(rNodes))
+                        {
+                            SwFrameFormat* pTableFormat = pTableNd->GetTable().GetFrameFormat();
+                            pTableFormat->GetNotifier().Broadcast(SfxHint(SfxHintId::Dying));
+                        }
+                    }
+                    if( bNewFrames )
+                    {
+                        SwNodeIndex aTmp( aIdx );
+                        pTableNd->MakeOwnFrames(&aTmp);
+                    }
+                    aIdx -= nInsPos;
+                    nInsPos = SwNodeOffset(0);
+                }
+                else if( pSttNd->GetIndex() < aRg.aStart.GetIndex() )
+                {
+                    // SectionNode: not the whole section will be moved, thus,
+                    //              move only the ContentNodes
+                    // StartNode:   create a new section at the given position
+                    do {        // middle check loop
+                        if( !pSttNd->IsSectionNode() )
+                        {
+                            // create StartNode and EndNode at InsertPos
+                            SwStartNode* pTmp = new SwStartNode( aIdx,
+                                                    SwNodeType::Start,
+/*?? NodeType ??*/                                  SwNormalStartNode );
+
+                            nLevel++; // put the index to StartNode on the stack
+                            aSttNdStack.insert( aSttNdStack.begin() + nLevel, pTmp );
+
+                            // create EndNode
+                            new SwEndNode( aIdx, *pTmp );
+                        }
+                        else if (GetDoc().GetIDocumentUndoRedo().IsUndoNodes(
+                                    rNodes))
+                        {
+                            // use placeholder in UndoNodes array
+                            new SwPlaceholderNode(aIdx);
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            // JP 18.5.2001 (Bug 70454) creating new section?
+                            --aRg.aEnd;
+                            break;
+
+                        }
+
+                        --aRg.aEnd;
+                        --aIdx;
+                    } while( false );
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    // move StartNode and EndNode in total
+
+                    // if Start is exactly the Start of the area,
+                    // then the Node needs to be re-visited
+                    if( &aRg.aStart.GetNode() == pSttNd )
+                        --aRg.aStart;
+
+                    SwSectionNode* pSctNd = pSttNd->GetSectionNode();
+                    if( bNewFrames && pSctNd )
+                    {   // tdf#135056 skip over code in DelFrames() that moves
+                        // SwNodeIndex around because in case of nested
+                        // sections, m_pStartOfSection will point between
+                        // undo nodes-array and doc nodes-array
+                        pSctNd->DelFrames(nullptr, true);
+                    }
+
+                    RemoveNode( aRg.aEnd.GetIndex(), SwNodeOffset(1), false ); // delete EndNode
+                    SwNodeOffset nSttPos = pSttNd->GetIndex();
+
+                    // this StartNode will be removed later
+                    SwStartNode* pTmpSttNd = new SwStartNode( *this, nSttPos+1 );
+                    pTmpSttNd->m_pStartOfSection = pSttNd->m_pStartOfSection;
+
+                    RemoveNode( nSttPos, SwNodeOffset(1), false ); // delete SttNode
+
+                    pSttNd->m_pStartOfSection = aIdx.GetNode().m_pStartOfSection;
+                    rNodes.InsertNode( pSttNd, aIdx  );
+                    rNodes.InsertNode( pCurrentNode, aIdx );
+                    --aIdx;
+                    pSttNd->m_pEndOfSection = static_cast<SwEndNode*>(pCurrentNode);
+
+                    --aRg.aEnd;
+
+                    nLevel++; // put the index pointing to the StartNode onto the stack
+                    aSttNdStack.insert( aSttNdStack.begin() + nLevel, pSttNd );
+
+                    // reset remaining indices if SectionNode
+                    if( pSctNd )
+                    {
+                        pSctNd->NodesArrChgd();
+                        ++nSectNdCnt;
+                        // tdf#132326 do not let frames survive in undo nodes
+                        if (!GetDoc().GetIDocumentUndoRedo().IsUndoNodes(rNodes))
+                        {
+                            bNewFrames = false;
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            break;
+
+        case SwNodeType::Section:
+            if( !nLevel &&
+                GetDoc().GetIDocumentUndoRedo().IsUndoNodes(rNodes))
+            {
+                // here, a SectionDummyNode needs to be inserted at the current position
+                if( nInsPos ) // move everything until here
+                {
+                    // delete and copy. CAUTION: all indices after
+                    // "aRg.aEnd+1" will be moved as well!
+                    SwNodeIndex aSwIndex( aRg.aEnd, 1 );
+                    ChgNode( aSwIndex, nInsPos, aIdx, bNewFrames );
+                    aIdx -= nInsPos;
+                    nInsPos = SwNodeOffset(0);
+                }
+                new SwPlaceholderNode(aIdx);
+                --aRg.aEnd;
+                --aIdx;
+                break;
+            }
+            [[fallthrough]];
+        case SwNodeType::Table:
+        case SwNodeType::Start:
+            {
+                // empty section -> nothing to do
+                //  and only if it's a top level section
+                if( !nInsPos && !nLevel )
+                {
+                    --aRg.aEnd;
+                    break;
+                }
+
+                if( !nLevel ) // level is decreasing
+                {
+                    // create decrease
+                    SwNodeIndex aTmpSIdx( aOrigInsPos.aStart, 1 );
+                    SwStartNode* pTmpStt = new SwStartNode( aTmpSIdx,
+                                SwNodeType::Start,
+                                static_cast<SwStartNode*>(pCurrentNode)->GetStartNodeType() );
+
+                    --aTmpSIdx;
+
+                    SwNodeIndex aTmpEIdx( aOrigInsPos.aEnd );
+                    new SwEndNode( aTmpEIdx, *pTmpStt );
+                    --aTmpEIdx;
+                    ++aTmpSIdx;
+
+                    // set correct StartOfSection
+                    ++aRg.aEnd;
+                    {
+                        SwNodeIndex aCntIdx( aRg.aEnd );
+                        for( SwNodeOffset n(0); n < nInsPos; n++, ++aCntIdx)
+                            aCntIdx.GetNode().m_pStartOfSection = pTmpStt;
+                    }
+
+                    // also set correct StartNode for all decreased nodes
+                    while( aTmpSIdx < aTmpEIdx )
+                        if( nullptr != (( pCurrentNode = &aTmpEIdx.GetNode())->GetEndNode()) )
+                            aTmpEIdx = pCurrentNode->StartOfSectionIndex();
+                        else
+                        {
+                            pCurrentNode->m_pStartOfSection = pTmpStt;
+                            --aTmpEIdx;
+                        }
+
+                    --aIdx;     // after the inserted StartNode
+                    --aRg.aEnd; // before StartNode
+                    // copy array. CAUTION: all indices after
+                    // "aRg.aEnd+1" will be moved as well!
+                    SwNodeIndex aSwIndex( aRg.aEnd, 1 );
+                    ChgNode( aSwIndex, nInsPos, aIdx, bNewFrames );
+                    aIdx -= nInsPos+1;
+                    nInsPos = SwNodeOffset(0);
+                }
+                else // all nodes between StartNode and EndNode were moved
+                {
+                    OSL_ENSURE( pCurrentNode == aSttNdStack[nLevel] ||
+                            ( pCurrentNode->IsStartNode() &&
+                                aSttNdStack[nLevel]->IsSectionNode()),
+                             "wrong StartNode" );
+
+                    SwNodeIndex aSwIndex( aRg.aEnd, 1 );
+                    ChgNode( aSwIndex, nInsPos, aIdx, bNewFrames );
+                    aIdx -= nInsPos+1; // before inserted StartNode
+                    nInsPos = SwNodeOffset(0);
+
+                    // remove pointer from node array
+                    RemoveNode( aRg.aEnd.GetIndex(), SwNodeOffset(1), true );
+                    --aRg.aEnd;
+
+                    SwSectionNode* pSectNd = aSttNdStack[ nLevel ]->GetSectionNode();
+                    if( pSectNd && !--nSectNdCnt )
+                    {
+                        SwNodeIndex aTmp( *pSectNd );
+                        pSectNd->MakeOwnFrames(&aTmp);
+                        bNewFrames = bSaveNewFrames;
+                    }
+                    aSttNdStack.erase( aSttNdStack.begin() + nLevel ); // remove from stack
+                    nLevel--;
+                }
+
+                // delete all resulting empty start/end node pairs
+                SwNode* pTmpNode = (*this)[ aRg.aEnd.GetIndex()+1 ]->GetEndNode();
+                if( pTmpNode && SwNodeType::Start == (pCurrentNode = &aRg.aEnd.GetNode())
+                    ->GetNodeType() && pCurrentNode->StartOfSectionIndex() &&
+                    pTmpNode->StartOfSectionNode() == pCurrentNode )
+                {
+                    DelNodes( aRg.aEnd, SwNodeOffset(2) );
+                    --aRg.aEnd;
+                }
+            }
+            break;
+
+        case SwNodeType::Text:
+            //Add special function to text node.
+            {
+                if( bNewFrames && pCurrentNode->GetContentNode() )
+                    static_cast<SwContentNode*>(pCurrentNode)->DelFrames(nullptr);
+                pCurrentNode->m_pStartOfSection = aSttNdStack[ nLevel ];
+                nInsPos++;
+                --aRg.aEnd;
+            }
+            break;
+        case SwNodeType::Grf:
+        case SwNodeType::Ole:
+            {
+                if( bNewFrames && pCurrentNode->GetContentNode() )
+                    static_cast<SwContentNode*>(pCurrentNode)->DelFrames(nullptr);
+
+                pCurrentNode->m_pStartOfSection = aSttNdStack[ nLevel ];
+                nInsPos++;
+                --aRg.aEnd;
+            }
+            break;
+
+        case SwNodeType::PlaceHolder:
+            if (GetDoc().GetIDocumentUndoRedo().IsUndoNodes(*this))
+            {
+                if( &rNodes == this ) // inside UndoNodesArray
+                {
+                    // move everything
+                    pCurrentNode->m_pStartOfSection = aSttNdStack[ nLevel ];
+                    nInsPos++;
+                }
+                else // move into "normal" node array
+                {
+                    // than a SectionNode (start/end) is needed at the current
+                    // InsPos; if so skip it, otherwise ignore current node
+                    if( nInsPos ) // move everything until here
+                    {
+                        // delete and copy. CAUTION: all indices after
+                        // "aRg.aEnd+1" will be moved as well!
+                        SwNodeIndex aSwIndex( aRg.aEnd, 1 );
+                        ChgNode( aSwIndex, nInsPos, aIdx, bNewFrames );
+                        aIdx -= nInsPos;
+                        nInsPos = SwNodeOffset(0);
+                    }
+                    SwNode* pTmpNd = &aIdx.GetNode();
+                    if( pTmpNd->IsSectionNode() ||
+                        pTmpNd->StartOfSectionNode()->IsSectionNode() )
+                        --aIdx; // skip
+                }
+            }
+            else {
+                assert(!"How can this node be in the node array?");
+            }
+            --aRg.aEnd;
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            assert(!"Unknown node type");
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if( nInsPos ) // copy remaining rest
+    {
+        // rest should be ok
+        SwNodeIndex aSwIndex( aRg.aEnd, 1 );
+        ChgNode( aSwIndex, nInsPos, aIdx, bNewFrames );
+    }
+    ++aRg.aEnd; // again, exclusive end
+
+    // delete all resulting empty start/end node pairs
+    if( ( pCurrentNode = &aRg.aStart.GetNode())->GetStartNode() &&
+        pCurrentNode->StartOfSectionIndex() &&
+        aRg.aEnd.GetNode().GetEndNode() )
+            DelNodes( aRg.aStart, SwNodeOffset(2) );
+
+    // initialize numbering update
+    ++aOrigInsPos.aStart;
+    // Moved in same node array? Then call update top down!
+    if( this == &rNodes &&
+        aRg.aEnd.GetIndex() >= aOrigInsPos.aStart.GetIndex() )
+    {
+        UpdateOutlineIdx( aOrigInsPos.aStart.GetNode() );
+        UpdateOutlineIdx( aRg.aEnd.GetNode() );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        UpdateOutlineIdx( aRg.aEnd.GetNode() );
+        rNodes.UpdateOutlineIdx( aOrigInsPos.aStart.GetNode() );
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+/** create a start/end section pair
+ *
+ * Other nodes might be in between.
+ *
+ * After this method call, the start node of pRange will be pointing to the
+ * first node after the start section node and the end node will be the index
+ * of the end section node. If this method is called multiple times with the
+ * same input, multiple sections containing the previous ones will be created
+ * (no content nodes between start or end node).
+ *
+ * @note Start and end node of the range must be on the same level but MUST
+ *       NOT be on the top level.
+ *
+ * @param [IN,OUT] pRange the range (excl. end)
+ * @param eSttNdTyp type of the start node
+ */
+void SwNodes::SectionDown(SwNodeRange *pRange, SwStartNodeType eSttNdTyp )
+{
+    if( pRange->aStart >= pRange->aEnd ||
+        pRange->aEnd >= Count() ||
+        !::CheckNodesRange(pRange->aStart, pRange->aEnd, false))
+    {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // If the beginning of a range is before or at a start node position, so
+    // delete it, otherwise empty S/E or E/S nodes would be created.
+    // For other nodes, create a new start node.
+    SwNode * pCurrentNode = &pRange->aStart.GetNode();
+    SwNodeIndex aTmpIdx( *pCurrentNode->StartOfSectionNode() );
+
+    if( pCurrentNode->GetEndNode() )
+        DelNodes( pRange->aStart ); // prevent empty section
+    else
+    {
+        // insert a new StartNode
+        SwNode* pSttNd = new SwStartNode( pRange->aStart, SwNodeType::Start, eSttNdTyp );
+        pRange->aStart = *pSttNd;
+        aTmpIdx = pRange->aStart;
+    }
+
+    // If the end of a range is before or at a StartNode, so delete it,
+    // otherwise empty S/E or E/S nodes would be created.
+    // For other nodes, insert a new end node.
+    --pRange->aEnd;
+    if( pRange->aEnd.GetNode().GetStartNode() )
+        DelNodes( pRange->aEnd );
+    else
+    {
+        ++pRange->aEnd;
+        // insert a new EndNode
+        new SwEndNode( pRange->aEnd, *pRange->aStart.GetNode().GetStartNode() );
+    }
+    --pRange->aEnd;
+
+    SectionUpDown( aTmpIdx, pRange->aEnd );
+}
+
+/** increase level of the given range
+ *
+ * The range contained in pRange will be lifted to the next higher level.
+ * This is done by adding an end node at pRange.start and a start node at
+ * pRange.end. Furthermore all indices for this range will be updated.
+ *
+ * After this method call, the start node of pRange will be pointing to the
+ * first node inside the lifted range and the end node will be pointing to the
+ * last position inside the lifted range.
+ *
+ * @param [IN,OUT] pRange the range of nodes where the level should be increased
+ */
+void SwNodes::SectionUp(SwNodeRange *pRange)
+{
+    if( pRange->aStart >= pRange->aEnd ||
+        pRange->aEnd >= Count() ||
+        !::CheckNodesRange(pRange->aStart, pRange->aEnd, false) ||
+        ( HighestLevel( *this, *pRange ) <= 1 ))
+    {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // If the beginning of a range is before or at a start node position, so
+    // delete it, otherwise empty S/E or E/S nodes would be created.
+    // For other nodes, create a new start node.
+    SwNode * pCurrentNode = &pRange->aStart.GetNode();
+    SwNodeIndex aIdx( *pCurrentNode->StartOfSectionNode() );
+    if( pCurrentNode->IsStartNode() )       // is StartNode itself
+    {
+        SwEndNode* pEndNd = pRange->aEnd.GetNode().GetEndNode();
+        if (pEndNd && pCurrentNode == pEndNd->m_pStartOfSection)
+        {
+            // there was a pairwise reset, adjust only those in the range
+            SwStartNode* pTmpSttNd = pCurrentNode->m_pStartOfSection;
+            RemoveNode( pRange->aStart.GetIndex(), SwNodeOffset(1), true );
+            RemoveNode( pRange->aEnd.GetIndex(), SwNodeOffset(1), true );
+
+            SwNodeIndex aTmpIdx( pRange->aStart );
+            while( aTmpIdx < pRange->aEnd )
+            {
+                pCurrentNode = &aTmpIdx.GetNode();
+                pCurrentNode->m_pStartOfSection = pTmpSttNd;
+                if( pCurrentNode->IsStartNode() )
+                    aTmpIdx = pCurrentNode->EndOfSectionIndex() + 1;
+                else
+                    ++aTmpIdx;
+            }
+            return ;
+        }
+        DelNodes( pRange->aStart );
+    }
+    else if( aIdx == pRange->aStart.GetIndex()-1 ) // before StartNode
+        DelNodes( aIdx );
+    else
+        new SwEndNode( pRange->aStart, *aIdx.GetNode().GetStartNode() );
+
+    // If the end of a range is before or at a StartNode, so delete it,
+    // otherwise empty S/E or E/S nodes would be created.
+    // For other nodes, insert a new end node.
+    SwNodeIndex aTmpIdx( pRange->aEnd );
+    if( pRange->aEnd.GetNode().IsEndNode() )
+        DelNodes( pRange->aEnd );
+    else
+    {
+        new SwStartNode( pRange->aEnd );
+/*?? which NodeType ??*/
+        aTmpIdx = *pRange->aEnd.GetNode().EndOfSectionNode();
+        --pRange->aEnd;
+    }
+
+    SectionUpDown( aIdx, aTmpIdx );
+}
+
+/** correct indices after movement
+ *
+ * Update all indices after movement so that the levels are consistent again.
+ *
+ * @param aStart index of the start node
+ * @param aEnd index of the end point
+ *
+ * @see SwNodes::SectionUp
+ * @see SwNodes::SectionDown
+ */
+void SwNodes::SectionUpDown( const SwNodeIndex & aStart, const SwNodeIndex & aEnd )
+{
+    SwNodeIndex aTmpIdx( aStart, +1 );
+    // array forms a stack, holding all StartOfSelections
+    SwStartNodePointers aSttNdStack;
+    SwStartNode* pTmp = aStart.GetNode().GetStartNode();
+    aSttNdStack.push_back( pTmp );
+
+    // loop until the first start node that needs to be change was found
+    // (the indices are updated from the end node backwards to the start)
+    for( ;; ++aTmpIdx )
+    {
+        SwNode * pCurrentNode = &aTmpIdx.GetNode();
+        pCurrentNode->m_pStartOfSection = aSttNdStack[ aSttNdStack.size()-1 ];
+
+        if( pCurrentNode->GetStartNode() )
+        {
+            pTmp = static_cast<SwStartNode*>(pCurrentNode);
+            aSttNdStack.push_back( pTmp );
+        }
+        else if( pCurrentNode->GetEndNode() )
+        {
+            SwStartNode* pSttNd = aSttNdStack[ aSttNdStack.size() - 1 ];
+            pSttNd->m_pEndOfSection = static_cast<SwEndNode*>(pCurrentNode);
+            aSttNdStack.pop_back();
+            if( !aSttNdStack.empty() )
+                continue; // still enough EndNodes on the stack
+
+            else if( aTmpIdx < aEnd ) // too many StartNodes
+                // if the end is not reached, yet, get the start of the section above
+            {
+                aSttNdStack.insert( aSttNdStack.begin(), pSttNd->m_pStartOfSection );
+            }
+            else // finished, as soon as out of the range
+                break;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/** delete nodes
+ *
+ * This is a specific implementation of a delete function for a variable array.
+ * It is necessary as there might be inconsistencies after deleting start or
+ * end nodes. This method can clean those up.
+ *
+ * @param rIndex position to delete at (unchanged afterwards)
+ * @param nNodes number of nodes to delete (default: 1)
+ */
+void SwNodes::Delete(const SwNodeIndex &rIndex, SwNodeOffset nNodes)
+{
+    int nLevel = 0; // level counter
+    SwNode * pCurrentNode;
+
+    SwNodeOffset nCnt = Count() - rIndex.GetIndex() - 1;
+    if( nCnt > nNodes ) nCnt = nNodes;
+
+    if( nCnt == SwNodeOffset(0) ) // no count -> return
+        return;
+
+    SwNodeRange aRg( rIndex, SwNodeOffset(0), rIndex, nCnt-1 );
+    // check if [rIndex..rIndex + nCnt] is larger than the range
+    if( ( !aRg.aStart.GetNode().StartOfSectionIndex() &&
+            !aRg.aStart.GetIndex() ) ||
+            !::CheckNodesRange(aRg.aStart, aRg.aEnd, false))
+    {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // if aEnd is not on a ContentNode, search the previous one
+    while( ( pCurrentNode = &aRg.aEnd.GetNode())->GetStartNode() ||
+             ( pCurrentNode->GetEndNode() &&
+                !pCurrentNode->m_pStartOfSection->IsTableNode() ))
+        --aRg.aEnd;
+
+    nCnt = SwNodeOffset(0);
+//TODO: check/improve comment
+    // increase start so that we are able to use "<" (using "<=" might cause
+    // problems if aEnd == aStart and aEnd is deleted, so aEnd <= aStart)
+    --aRg.aStart;
+
+    bool bSaveInNodesDel = m_bInNodesDel;
+    m_bInNodesDel = true;
+    bool bUpdateOutline = false;
+
+    // loop until everything is deleted
+    while( aRg.aStart < aRg.aEnd )
+    {
+        pCurrentNode = &aRg.aEnd.GetNode();
+
+        if( pCurrentNode->GetEndNode() )
+        {
+            // delete the whole section?
+            if( pCurrentNode->StartOfSectionIndex() > aRg.aStart.GetIndex() )
+            {
+                SwTableNode* pTableNd = pCurrentNode->m_pStartOfSection->GetTableNode();
+                if( pTableNd )
+                    pTableNd->DelFrames();
+
+                SwNode *pNd, *pChkNd = pCurrentNode->m_pStartOfSection;
+                SwOutlineNodes::size_type nIdxPos;
+                do {
+                    pNd = &aRg.aEnd.GetNode();
+
+                    if( pNd->IsTextNode() )
+                    {
+                        SwTextNode *const pTextNode(pNd->GetTextNode());
+                        if (pTextNode->IsOutline() &&
+                                m_pOutlineNodes->Seek_Entry( pNd, &nIdxPos ))
+                        {
+                            // remove outline indices
+                            m_pOutlineNodes->erase_at(nIdxPos);
+                            bUpdateOutline = true;
+                        }
+                        pTextNode->InvalidateNumRule();
+                    }
+                    else if( pNd->IsEndNode() &&
+                            pNd->m_pStartOfSection->IsTableNode() )
+                        static_cast<SwTableNode*>(pNd->m_pStartOfSection)->DelFrames();
+
+                    --aRg.aEnd;
+                    nCnt++;
+
+                } while( pNd != pChkNd );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                RemoveNode( aRg.aEnd.GetIndex()+1, nCnt, true ); // delete
+                nCnt = SwNodeOffset(0);
+                --aRg.aEnd; // before the EndNode
+                nLevel++;
+            }
+        }
+        else if( pCurrentNode->GetStartNode() ) // found StartNode
+        {
+            if( nLevel == 0 ) // decrease one level
+            {
+                if( nCnt )
+                {
+                    // now delete array
+                    ++aRg.aEnd;
+                    RemoveNode( aRg.aEnd.GetIndex(), nCnt, true );
+                    nCnt = SwNodeOffset(0);
+                }
+            }
+            else // remove all nodes between start and end node (incl. both)
+            {
+                RemoveNode( aRg.aEnd.GetIndex(), nCnt + 2, true ); // delete array
+                nCnt = SwNodeOffset(0);
+                nLevel--;
+            }
+
+            // after deletion, aEnd might point to an EndNode...
+            // delete all empty start/end node pairs
+            SwNode* pTmpNode = aRg.aEnd.GetNode().GetEndNode();
+            --aRg.aEnd;
+            while(  pTmpNode &&
+                    ( pCurrentNode = &aRg.aEnd.GetNode())->GetStartNode() &&
+                    pCurrentNode->StartOfSectionIndex() )
+            {
+                // remove end and start node
+                DelNodes( aRg.aEnd, SwNodeOffset(2) );
+                pTmpNode = aRg.aEnd.GetNode().GetEndNode();
+                --aRg.aEnd;
+            }
+        }
+        else // "normal" node, so insert into TmpArray
+        {
+            SwTextNode* pTextNd = pCurrentNode->GetTextNode();
+            if( pTextNd )
+            {
+                if( pTextNd->IsOutline())
+                {
+                    // delete outline indices
+                    m_pOutlineNodes->erase( pTextNd );
+                    bUpdateOutline = true;
+                }
+                if (sw::HasNumberingWhichNeedsLayoutUpdate(*pTextNd))
+                {
+                    pTextNd->InvalidateNumRule();
+                }
+            }
+            else if( pCurrentNode->IsContentNode() )
+                static_cast<SwContentNode*>(pCurrentNode)->InvalidateNumRule();
+
+            --aRg.aEnd;
+            nCnt++;
+        }
+    }
+
+    ++aRg.aEnd;
+    if( nCnt != SwNodeOffset(0) )
+        RemoveNode( aRg.aEnd.GetIndex(), nCnt, true ); // delete the rest
+
+    // delete all empty start/end node pairs
+    while( aRg.aEnd.GetNode().GetEndNode() &&
+            ( pCurrentNode = &aRg.aStart.GetNode())->GetStartNode() &&
+            pCurrentNode->StartOfSectionIndex() )
+    // but none of the holy 5. (???)
+    {
+        DelNodes( aRg.aStart, SwNodeOffset(2) );  // delete start and end node
+        --aRg.aStart;
+    }
+
+    m_bInNodesDel = bSaveInNodesDel;
+
+    if( !m_bInNodesDel )
+    {
+        // update numbering
+        if( bUpdateOutline || m_bInDelUpdOutline )
+        {
+            UpdateOutlineIdx( aRg.aEnd.GetNode() );
+            m_bInDelUpdOutline = false;
+        }
+
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if( bUpdateOutline )
+            m_bInDelUpdOutline = true;
+    }
+}
+
+/** get section level at the given position
+ *
+ * @note The first node in an array should always be a start node.
+ *       Because of this, there is a special treatment here based on the
+ *       assumption that this is true in this context as well.
+ *
+ * @param rIdx position of the node
+ * @return section level at the given position
+ */
+sal_uInt16 SwNodes::GetSectionLevel(const SwNodeIndex &rIdx)
+{
+    // special treatment for 1st Node
+    if(rIdx == SwNodeOffset(0)) return 1;
+    // no recursion! This calls a SwNode::GetSectionLevel (missing "s")
+    return rIdx.GetNode().GetSectionLevel();
+}
+
+void SwNodes::GoStartOfSection(SwNodeIndex *pIdx)
+{
+    // after the next start node
+    SwNodeIndex aTmp( *pIdx->GetNode().StartOfSectionNode(), +1 );
+
+    // If index points to no ContentNode, then go to one.
+    // If there is no further available, do not change the index' position!
+    while( !aTmp.GetNode().IsContentNode() )
+    {   // go from this StartNode (can only be one) to its end
+        if( *pIdx <= aTmp )
+            return;     // ERROR: already after the section
+        aTmp = aTmp.GetNode().EndOfSectionIndex()+1;
+        if( *pIdx <= aTmp )
+            return;     // ERROR: already after the section
+    }
+    (*pIdx) = aTmp;     // is on a ContentNode
+}
+
+void SwNodes::GoEndOfSection(SwNodeIndex *pIdx)
+{
+    if( !pIdx->GetNode().IsEndNode() )
+        (*pIdx) = *pIdx->GetNode().EndOfSectionNode();
+}
+
+SwContentNode* SwNodes::GoNext(SwNodeIndex *pIdx) const
+{
+    if( pIdx->GetIndex() >= Count() - 1 )
+        return nullptr;
+
+    SwNodeIndex aTmp(*pIdx, +1);
+    SwNode* pNd = nullptr;
+    while( aTmp < Count()-1 && !( pNd = &aTmp.GetNode())->IsContentNode() )
+        ++aTmp;
+
+    if( aTmp == Count()-1 )
+        pNd = nullptr;
+    else
+        (*pIdx) = aTmp;
+    return static_cast<SwContentNode*>(pNd);
+}
+
+SwContentNode* SwNodes::GoPrevious(SwNodeIndex *pIdx)
+{
+    if( !pIdx->GetIndex() )
+        return nullptr;
+
+    SwNodeIndex aTmp( *pIdx, -1 );
+    SwNode* pNd = nullptr;
+    while( aTmp.GetIndex() && !( pNd = &aTmp.GetNode())->IsContentNode() )
+        --aTmp;
+
+    if( !aTmp.GetIndex() )
+        pNd = nullptr;
+    else
+        (*pIdx) = aTmp;
+    return static_cast<SwContentNode*>(pNd);
+}
+
+/** Delete a number of nodes
+ *
+ * @param rStart starting position in this nodes array
+ * @param nCnt number of nodes to delete
+ */
+void SwNodes::DelNodes( const SwNodeIndex & rStart, SwNodeOffset nCnt )
+{
+    SwNodeOffset nSttIdx = rStart.GetIndex();
+
+    if( !nSttIdx && nCnt == GetEndOfContent().GetIndex()+1 )
+    {
+        // The whole nodes array will be destroyed, you're in the Doc's DTOR!
+        // The initial start/end nodes should be only destroyed in the SwNodes' DTOR!
+        SwNode* aEndNdArr[] = { m_pEndOfContent.get(),
+                                m_pEndOfPostIts, m_pEndOfInserts,
+                                m_pEndOfAutotext, m_pEndOfRedlines,
+                                nullptr
+                              };
+
+        SwNode** ppEndNdArr = aEndNdArr;
+        while( *ppEndNdArr )
+        {
+            nSttIdx = (*ppEndNdArr)->StartOfSectionIndex() + 1;
+            SwNodeOffset nEndIdx = (*ppEndNdArr)->GetIndex();
+
+            if( nSttIdx != nEndIdx )
+                RemoveNode( nSttIdx, nEndIdx - nSttIdx, true );
+
+            ++ppEndNdArr;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        int bUpdateNum = 0;
+        for( SwNodeOffset n = nSttIdx, nEnd = nSttIdx + nCnt; n < nEnd; ++n )
+        {
+            SwNode* pNd = (*this)[ n ];
+
+            if (pNd->IsTextNode() && pNd->GetTextNode()->IsOutline())
+            {
+                // remove the outline indices
+                if (m_pOutlineNodes->erase(pNd))
+                    bUpdateNum = 1;
+            }
+            if( pNd->IsContentNode() )
+            {
+                static_cast<SwContentNode*>(pNd)->InvalidateNumRule();
+                static_cast<SwContentNode*>(pNd)->DelFrames(nullptr);
+            }
+        }
+        RemoveNode( nSttIdx, nCnt, true );
+
+        // update numbering
+        if( bUpdateNum )
+            UpdateOutlineIdx( rStart.GetNode() );
+    }
+}
+
+namespace {
+
+struct HighLevel
+{
+    sal_uInt16 nLevel, nTop;
+    explicit HighLevel( sal_uInt16 nLv ) : nLevel( nLv ), nTop( nLv ) {}
+};
+
+}
+
+static bool lcl_HighestLevel( SwNode* pNode, void * pPara )
+{
+    HighLevel * pHL = static_cast<HighLevel*>(pPara);
+    if( pNode->GetStartNode() )
+        pHL->nLevel++;
+    else if( pNode->GetEndNode() )
+        pHL->nLevel--;
+    if( pHL->nTop > pHL->nLevel )
+        pHL->nTop = pHL->nLevel;
+    return true;
+
+}
+
+/** Calculate the highest level in a range
+ *
+ * @param rNodes the nodes array
+ * @param rRange the range to inspect
+ * @return the highest level
+ */
+sal_uInt16 HighestLevel( SwNodes & rNodes, const SwNodeRange & rRange )
+{
+    HighLevel aPara( SwNodes::GetSectionLevel( rRange.aStart ));
+    rNodes.ForEach( rRange.aStart, rRange.aEnd, lcl_HighestLevel, &aPara );
+    return aPara.nTop;
+
+}
+
+/** move a range
+ *
+ * @param rPam the range to move
+ * @param rPos to destination position in the given nodes array
+ * @param rNodes the node array to move the range into
+ */
+void SwNodes::MoveRange( SwPaM & rPam, SwPosition & rPos, SwNodes& rNodes )
+{
+    SwPosition * const pStt = rPam.Start();
+    SwPosition * const pEnd = rPam.End();
+
+    if( !rPam.HasMark() || *pStt >= *pEnd )
+        return;
+
+    if( this == &rNodes && *pStt <= rPos && rPos < *pEnd )
+        return;
+
+    SwNodeIndex aEndIdx( pEnd->nNode );
+    SwNodeIndex aSttIdx( pStt->nNode );
+    SwTextNode *const pSrcNd = aSttIdx.GetNode().GetTextNode();
+    SwTextNode * pDestNd = rPos.nNode.GetNode().GetTextNode();
+    bool bSplitDestNd = true;
+    bool bCopyCollFormat = pDestNd && pDestNd->GetText().isEmpty();
+
+    if( pSrcNd )
+    {
+        // if the first node is a TextNode, then there must
+        // be also a TextNode in the NodesArray to store the content
+        if( !pDestNd )
+        {
+            pDestNd = rNodes.MakeTextNode( rPos.nNode, pSrcNd->GetTextColl() );
+            --rPos.nNode;
+            rPos.nContent.Assign( pDestNd, 0 );
+            bCopyCollFormat = true;
+        }
+        bSplitDestNd = pDestNd->Len() > rPos.nContent.GetIndex() ||
+                        pEnd->nNode.GetNode().IsTextNode();
+
+        // move the content into the new node
+        bool bOneNd = pStt->nNode == pEnd->nNode;
+        const sal_Int32 nLen =
+                ( bOneNd ? std::min(pEnd->nContent.GetIndex(), pSrcNd->Len()) : pSrcNd->Len() )
+                - pStt->nContent.GetIndex();
+
+        if( !pEnd->nNode.GetNode().IsContentNode() )
+        {
+            bOneNd = true;
+            SwNodeOffset nSttNdIdx = pStt->nNode.GetIndex() + 1;
+            const SwNodeOffset nEndNdIdx = pEnd->nNode.GetIndex();
+            for( ; nSttNdIdx < nEndNdIdx; ++nSttNdIdx )
+            {
+                if( (*this)[ nSttNdIdx ]->IsContentNode() )
+                {
+                    bOneNd = false;
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        // templates must be copied/set after a split
+        if( !bOneNd && bSplitDestNd )
+        {
+            if( !rPos.nContent.GetIndex() )
+            {
+                bCopyCollFormat = true;
+            }
+            if( rNodes.IsDocNodes() )
+            {
+                SwDoc& rInsDoc = pDestNd->GetDoc();
+                ::sw::UndoGuard const ug(rInsDoc.GetIDocumentUndoRedo());
+                rInsDoc.getIDocumentContentOperations().SplitNode( rPos, false );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                pDestNd->SplitContentNode(rPos, nullptr);
+            }
+
+            if( rPos.nNode == aEndIdx )
+            {
+                --aEndIdx;
+            }
+            bSplitDestNd = true;
+
+            pDestNd = rNodes[ rPos.nNode.GetIndex() - 1 ]->GetTextNode();
+            if( nLen )
+            {
+                pSrcNd->CutText( pDestNd, SwIndex( pDestNd, pDestNd->Len()),
+                            pStt->nContent, nLen );
+            }
+        }
+        else if ( nLen )
+        {
+            pSrcNd->CutText( pDestNd, rPos.nContent, pStt->nContent, nLen );
+        }
+
+        if( bCopyCollFormat )
+        {
+            SwDoc& rInsDoc = pDestNd->GetDoc();
+            ::sw::UndoGuard const undoGuard(rInsDoc.GetIDocumentUndoRedo());
+            pSrcNd->CopyCollFormat( *pDestNd );
+        }
+
+        if( bOneNd )
+        {
+            // Correct the PaM, because it might have happened that the move
+            // went over the node borders (so the data might be in different nodes).
+            // Also, a selection is invalidated.
+            pEnd->nContent = pStt->nContent;
+            rPam.DeleteMark();
+            GetDoc().GetDocShell()->Broadcast( SwFormatFieldHint( nullptr,
+                rNodes.IsDocNodes() ? SwFormatFieldHintWhich::INSERTED : SwFormatFieldHintWhich::REMOVED ) );
+            return;
+        }
+
+        ++aSttIdx;
+    }
+    else if( pDestNd )
+    {
+        if( rPos.nContent.GetIndex() )
+        {
+            if( rPos.nContent.GetIndex() == pDestNd->Len() )
+            {
+                ++rPos.nNode;
+            }
+            else if( rPos.nContent.GetIndex() )
+            {
+                // if the EndNode is split than correct the EndIdx
+                const bool bCorrEnd = aEndIdx == rPos.nNode;
+
+                // if no text is attached to the TextNode, split it
+                if( rNodes.IsDocNodes() )
+                {
+                    SwDoc& rInsDoc = pDestNd->GetDoc();
+                    ::sw::UndoGuard const ug(rInsDoc.GetIDocumentUndoRedo());
+                    rInsDoc.getIDocumentContentOperations().SplitNode( rPos, false );
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    pDestNd->SplitContentNode(rPos, nullptr);
+                }
+
+                if ( bCorrEnd )
+                {
+                    --aEndIdx;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        // at the end only an empty TextNode is left over
+        bSplitDestNd = true;
+    }
+
+    SwTextNode* const pEndSrcNd = aEndIdx.GetNode().GetTextNode();
+    if ( pEndSrcNd )
+    {
+        // at the end of this range a new TextNode will be created
+        if( !bSplitDestNd )
+        {
+            if( rPos.nNode < rNodes.GetEndOfContent().GetIndex() )
+            {
+                ++rPos.nNode;
+            }
+
+            pDestNd =
+                rNodes.MakeTextNode( rPos.nNode, pEndSrcNd->GetTextColl() );
+            --rPos.nNode;
+            rPos.nContent.Assign( pDestNd, 0 );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            pDestNd = rPos.nNode.GetNode().GetTextNode();
+        }
+
+        if (pDestNd && pEnd->nContent.GetIndex())
+        {
+            // move the content into the new node
+            SwIndex aIdx( pEndSrcNd, 0 );
+            pEndSrcNd->CutText( pDestNd, rPos.nContent, aIdx,
+                            pEnd->nContent.GetIndex());
+        }
+
+        if (pDestNd && bCopyCollFormat)
+        {
+            SwDoc& rInsDoc = pDestNd->GetDoc();
+            ::sw::UndoGuard const ug(rInsDoc.GetIDocumentUndoRedo());
+            pEndSrcNd->CopyCollFormat( *pDestNd );
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if ( pSrcNd && aEndIdx.GetNode().IsContentNode() )
+        {
+            ++aEndIdx;
+        }
+        if( !bSplitDestNd )
+        {
+            ++rPos.nNode;
+            rPos.nContent.Assign( rPos.nNode.GetNode().GetContentNode(), 0 );
+        }
+    }
+
+    if( aEndIdx != aSttIdx )
+    {
+        // move the nodes into the NodesArray
+        const SwNodeOffset nSttDiff = aSttIdx.GetIndex() - pStt->nNode.GetIndex();
+        SwNodeRange aRg( aSttIdx, aEndIdx );
+        MoveNodes( aRg, rNodes, rPos.nNode );
+
+        // if in the same node array, all indices are now at new positions (so correct them)
+        if( &rNodes == this )
+        {
+            pStt->nNode = aRg.aEnd.GetIndex() - nSttDiff;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // if the StartNode was moved to whom the cursor pointed, so
+    // the content must be registered in the current content!
+    if ( &pStt->nNode.GetNode() == &GetEndOfContent() )
+    {
+        const bool bSuccess = GoPrevious( &pStt->nNode );
+        OSL_ENSURE( bSuccess, "Move() - no ContentNode here" );
+    }
+    pStt->nContent.Assign( pStt->nNode.GetNode().GetContentNode(),
+                            pStt->nContent.GetIndex() );
+    // Correct the PaM, because it might have happened that the move
+    // went over the node borders (so the data might be in different nodes).
+    // Also, a selection is invalidated.
+    *pEnd = *pStt;
+    rPam.DeleteMark();
+    GetDoc().GetDocShell()->Broadcast( SwFormatFieldHint( nullptr,
+                rNodes.IsDocNodes() ? SwFormatFieldHintWhich::INSERTED : SwFormatFieldHintWhich::REMOVED ) );
+}
+
+///@see SwNodes::MoveNodes (TODO: seems to be C&P programming here)
+void SwNodes::CopyNodes( const SwNodeRange& rRange,
+            const SwNodeIndex& rIndex, bool bNewFrames, bool bTableInsDummyNode ) const
+{
+    SwDoc& rDoc = rIndex.GetNode().GetDoc();
+
+    SwNode * pCurrentNode;
+    if( rIndex == SwNodeOffset(0) ||
+        ( (pCurrentNode = &rIndex.GetNode())->GetStartNode() &&
+          !pCurrentNode->StartOfSectionIndex() ))
+        return;
+
+    SwNodeRange aRg( rRange );
+
+    // skip "simple" StartNodes or EndNodes
+    while( SwNodeType::Start == (pCurrentNode = & aRg.aStart.GetNode())->GetNodeType()
+            || ( pCurrentNode->IsEndNode() &&
+                !pCurrentNode->m_pStartOfSection->IsSectionNode() ) )
+        ++aRg.aStart;
+
+    const SwNode *aEndNode = &aRg.aEnd.GetNode();
+    SwNodeOffset nIsEndOfContent((aEndNode == &aEndNode->GetNodes().GetEndOfContent()) ? 1 : 0);
+
+    if (SwNodeOffset(0) == nIsEndOfContent)
+    {
+        // if aEnd-1 points to no ContentNode, search previous one
+        --aRg.aEnd;
+        // #i107142#: if aEnd is start node of a special section, do nothing.
+        // Otherwise this could lead to crash: going through all previous
+        // special section nodes and then one before the first.
+        if (aRg.aEnd.GetNode().StartOfSectionIndex() != SwNodeOffset(0))
+        {
+            while( ((pCurrentNode = & aRg.aEnd.GetNode())->GetStartNode() &&
+                    !pCurrentNode->IsSectionNode() ) ||
+                    ( pCurrentNode->IsEndNode() &&
+                    SwNodeType::Start == pCurrentNode->m_pStartOfSection->GetNodeType()) )
+            {
+                --aRg.aEnd;
+            }
+        }
+        ++aRg.aEnd;
+    }
+
+    // is there anything left to copy?
+    if( aRg.aStart >= aRg.aEnd )
+        return;
+
+    // when inserting into the source range, nothing need to be done
+    OSL_ENSURE( &aRg.aStart.GetNodes() == this,
+                "aRg should use this node array" );
+    OSL_ENSURE( &aRg.aStart.GetNodes() == &aRg.aEnd.GetNodes(),
+               "Range across different nodes arrays? You deserve punishment!");
+    if( &rIndex.GetNodes() == &aRg.aStart.GetNodes() &&
+        rIndex.GetIndex() >= aRg.aStart.GetIndex() &&
+        rIndex.GetIndex() < aRg.aEnd.GetIndex() )
+            return;
+
+    SwNodeIndex aInsPos( rIndex );
+    SwNodeIndex aOrigInsPos( rIndex, -1 ); // original insertion position
+    int nLevel = 0;                        // level counter
+
+    for( SwNodeOffset nNodeCnt = aRg.aEnd.GetIndex() - aRg.aStart.GetIndex();
+            nNodeCnt > SwNodeOffset(0); --nNodeCnt )
+    {
+        pCurrentNode = &aRg.aStart.GetNode();
+        switch( pCurrentNode->GetNodeType() )
+        {
+        case SwNodeType::Table:
+            // Does it copy a table in(to) a footnote?
+            if( aInsPos < rDoc.GetNodes().GetEndOfInserts().GetIndex() &&
+                    rDoc.GetNodes().GetEndOfInserts().StartOfSectionIndex()
+                    < aInsPos.GetIndex() )
+            {
+                const SwNodeOffset nDistance =
+                    pCurrentNode->EndOfSectionIndex() -
+                        aRg.aStart.GetIndex();
+                if (nDistance < nNodeCnt)
+                    nNodeCnt -= nDistance;
+                else
+                    nNodeCnt = SwNodeOffset(1);
+
+                // insert a DummyNode for a TableNode
+                if( bTableInsDummyNode )
+                    new SwPlaceholderNode(aInsPos);
+
+                // copy all of the table's nodes into the current cell
+                for( ++aRg.aStart; aRg.aStart.GetIndex() <
+                    pCurrentNode->EndOfSectionIndex();
+                    ++aRg.aStart )
+                {
+                    // insert a DummyNode for the box-StartNode?
+                    if( bTableInsDummyNode )
+                        new SwPlaceholderNode(aInsPos);
+
+                    SwStartNode* pSttNd = aRg.aStart.GetNode().GetStartNode();
+                    CopyNodes( SwNodeRange( *pSttNd, SwNodeOffset(+ 1),
+                                            *pSttNd->EndOfSectionNode() ),
+                                aInsPos, bNewFrames );
+
+                    // insert a DummyNode for the box-EndNode?
+                    if( bTableInsDummyNode )
+                        new SwPlaceholderNode(aInsPos);
+                    aRg.aStart = *pSttNd->EndOfSectionNode();
+                }
+                // insert a DummyNode for the table-EndNode
+                if( bTableInsDummyNode )
+                    new SwPlaceholderNode(aInsPos);
+                aRg.aStart = *pCurrentNode->EndOfSectionNode();
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                SwNodeIndex nStt( aInsPos, -1 );
+                SwTableNode* pTableNd = static_cast<SwTableNode*>(pCurrentNode)->
+                                        MakeCopy( rDoc, aInsPos );
+                const SwNodeOffset nDistance = aInsPos.GetIndex() - nStt.GetIndex() - 2;
+                if (nDistance < nNodeCnt)
+                    nNodeCnt -= nDistance;
+                else
+                    nNodeCnt = SwNodeOffset(1) - nIsEndOfContent;
+
+                aRg.aStart = pCurrentNode->EndOfSectionIndex();
+
+                if( bNewFrames && pTableNd )
+                {
+                    nStt = aInsPos;
+                    pTableNd->MakeOwnFrames(&nStt);
+                }
+            }
+            break;
+
+        case SwNodeType::Section:
+            // If the end of the section is outside the copy range,
+            // the section node will skipped, not copied!
+            // If someone want to change this behaviour, he has to adjust the function
+            // lcl_NonCopyCount(..) in ndcopy.cxx which relies on it.
+            if( pCurrentNode->EndOfSectionIndex() < aRg.aEnd.GetIndex() )
+            {
+                // copy of the whole section, so create a new SectionNode
+                SwNodeIndex nStt( aInsPos, -1 );
+                SwSectionNode* pSectNd = static_cast<SwSectionNode*>(pCurrentNode)->
+                                    MakeCopy( rDoc, aInsPos );
+
+                const SwNodeOffset nDistance = aInsPos.GetIndex() - nStt.GetIndex() - 2;
+                if (nDistance < nNodeCnt)
+                    nNodeCnt -= nDistance;
+                else
+                    nNodeCnt = SwNodeOffset(1) - nIsEndOfContent;
+                aRg.aStart = pCurrentNode->EndOfSectionIndex();
+
+                if( bNewFrames && pSectNd &&
+                    !pSectNd->GetSection().IsHidden() )
+                    pSectNd->MakeOwnFrames(&nStt);
+            }
+            break;
+
+        case SwNodeType::Start:
+            {
+                SwStartNode* pTmp = new SwStartNode( aInsPos, SwNodeType::Start,
+                            static_cast<SwStartNode*>(pCurrentNode)->GetStartNodeType() );
+                new SwEndNode( aInsPos, *pTmp );
+                --aInsPos;
+                nLevel++;
+            }
+            break;
+
+        case SwNodeType::End:
+            if( nLevel ) // complete section
+            {
+                --nLevel;
+                ++aInsPos; // EndNode already exists
+            }
+            else if( SwNodeOffset(1) == nNodeCnt && SwNodeOffset(1) == nIsEndOfContent )
+                // we have reached the EndOfContent node - nothing to do!
+                continue;
+            else if( !pCurrentNode->m_pStartOfSection->IsSectionNode() )
+            {
+                // create a section at the original InsertPosition
+                SwNodeRange aTmpRg( aOrigInsPos, SwNodeOffset(1), aInsPos );
+                rDoc.GetNodes().SectionDown( &aTmpRg,
+                        pCurrentNode->m_pStartOfSection->GetStartNodeType() );
+            }
+            break;
+
+        case SwNodeType::Text:
+        case SwNodeType::Grf:
+        case SwNodeType::Ole:
+            {
+                 static_cast<SwContentNode*>(pCurrentNode)->MakeCopy(
+                                            rDoc, aInsPos, bNewFrames);
+            }
+            break;
+
+        case SwNodeType::PlaceHolder:
+            if (GetDoc().GetIDocumentUndoRedo().IsUndoNodes(*this))
+            {
+                // than a SectionNode (start/end) is needed at the current
+                // InsPos; if so skip it, otherwise ignore current node
+                SwNode *const pTmpNd = & aInsPos.GetNode();
+                if( pTmpNd->IsSectionNode() ||
+                    pTmpNd->StartOfSectionNode()->IsSectionNode() )
+                    ++aInsPos;  // skip
+            }
+            else {
+                assert(!"How can this node be in the node array?");
+            }
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            assert(false);
+        }
+        ++aRg.aStart;
+    }
+}
+
+void SwNodes::DelDummyNodes( const SwNodeRange& rRg )
+{
+    SwNodeIndex aIdx( rRg.aStart );
+    while( aIdx.GetIndex() < rRg.aEnd.GetIndex() )
+    {
+        if (SwNodeType::PlaceHolder == aIdx.GetNode().GetNodeType())
+            RemoveNode( aIdx.GetIndex(), SwNodeOffset(1), true );
+        else
+            ++aIdx;
+    }
+}
+
+SwStartNode* SwNodes::MakeEmptySection( const SwNodeIndex& rIdx,
+                                        SwStartNodeType eSttNdTyp )
+{
+    SwStartNode* pSttNd = new SwStartNode( rIdx, SwNodeType::Start, eSttNdTyp );
+    new SwEndNode( rIdx, *pSttNd );
+    return pSttNd;
+}
+
+SwStartNode* SwNodes::MakeTextSection( const SwNodeIndex & rWhere,
+                                        SwStartNodeType eSttNdTyp,
+                                        SwTextFormatColl *pColl )
+{
+    SwStartNode* pSttNd = new SwStartNode( rWhere, SwNodeType::Start, eSttNdTyp );
+    new SwEndNode( rWhere, *pSttNd );
+    MakeTextNode( SwNodeIndex( rWhere, - 1 ), pColl );
+    return pSttNd;
+}
+
+//TODO: provide better documentation
+/** go to next section that is not protected nor hidden
+ *
+ * @note if !bSkipHidden and !bSkipProtect, use GoNext/GoPrevious
+ *
+ * @param pIdx
+ * @param bSkipHidden
+ * @param bSkipProtect
+ * @return
+ * @see SwNodes::GoNext
+ * @see SwNodes::GoPrevious
+ * @see SwNodes::GoNextSection (TODO: seems to be C&P programming here)
+*/
+SwContentNode* SwNodes::GoNextSection( SwNodeIndex * pIdx,
+                            bool bSkipHidden, bool bSkipProtect ) const
+{
+    bool bFirst = true;
+    SwNodeIndex aTmp( *pIdx );
+    const SwNode* pNd;
+    while( aTmp < Count() - 1 )
+    {
+        pNd = & aTmp.GetNode();
+        if (SwNodeType::Section == pNd->GetNodeType())
+        {
+            const SwSection& rSect = static_cast<const SwSectionNode*>(pNd)->GetSection();
+            if( (bSkipHidden && rSect.IsHiddenFlag()) ||
+                (bSkipProtect && rSect.IsProtectFlag()) )
+                // than skip the section
+                aTmp = *pNd->EndOfSectionNode();
+        }
+        else if( bFirst )
+        {
+            if( pNd->m_pStartOfSection->IsSectionNode() )
+            {
+                const SwSection& rSect = static_cast<SwSectionNode*>(pNd->
+                                m_pStartOfSection)->GetSection();
+                if( (bSkipHidden && rSect.IsHiddenFlag()) ||
+                    (bSkipProtect && rSect.IsProtectFlag()) )
+                    // than skip the section
+                    aTmp = *pNd->EndOfSectionNode();
+            }
+        }
+        else if( SwNodeType::ContentMask & pNd->GetNodeType() )
+        {
+            const SwSectionNode* pSectNd;
+            if( ( bSkipHidden || bSkipProtect ) &&
+                nullptr != (pSectNd = pNd->FindSectionNode() ) &&
+                ( ( bSkipHidden && pSectNd->GetSection().IsHiddenFlag() ) ||
+                  ( bSkipProtect && pSectNd->GetSection().IsProtectFlag() )) )
+            {
+                aTmp = *pSectNd->EndOfSectionNode();
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                (*pIdx) = aTmp;
+                return const_cast<SwContentNode*>(static_cast<const SwContentNode*>(pNd));
+            }
+        }
+        ++aTmp;
+        bFirst = false;
+    }
+    return nullptr;
+}
+
+///@see SwNodes::GoNextSection (TODO: seems to be C&P programming here)
+SwContentNode* SwNodes::GoPrevSection( SwNodeIndex * pIdx,
+                            bool bSkipHidden, bool bSkipProtect )
+{
+    bool bFirst = true;
+    SwNodeIndex aTmp( *pIdx );
+    const SwNode* pNd;
+    while( aTmp > SwNodeOffset(0) )
+    {
+        pNd = & aTmp.GetNode();
+        if (SwNodeType::End == pNd->GetNodeType())
+        {
+            if( pNd->m_pStartOfSection->IsSectionNode() )
+            {
+                const SwSection& rSect = static_cast<SwSectionNode*>(pNd->
+                                            m_pStartOfSection)->GetSection();
+                if( (bSkipHidden && rSect.IsHiddenFlag()) ||
+                    (bSkipProtect && rSect.IsProtectFlag()) )
+                    // than skip section
+                    aTmp = *pNd->StartOfSectionNode();
+            }
+            bFirst = false;
+        }
+        else if( bFirst )
+        {
+            bFirst = false;
+            if( pNd->m_pStartOfSection->IsSectionNode() )
+            {
+                const SwSection& rSect = static_cast<SwSectionNode*>(pNd->
+                                m_pStartOfSection)->GetSection();
+                if( (bSkipHidden && rSect.IsHiddenFlag()) ||
+                    (bSkipProtect && rSect.IsProtectFlag()) )
+                    // than skip section
+                    aTmp = *pNd->StartOfSectionNode();
+            }
+        }
+        else if( SwNodeType::ContentMask & pNd->GetNodeType() )
+        {
+            const SwSectionNode* pSectNd;
+            if( ( bSkipHidden || bSkipProtect ) &&
+                nullptr != (pSectNd = pNd->FindSectionNode() ) &&
+                ( ( bSkipHidden && pSectNd->GetSection().IsHiddenFlag() ) ||
+                  ( bSkipProtect && pSectNd->GetSection().IsProtectFlag() )) )
+            {
+                aTmp = *pSectNd;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                (*pIdx) = aTmp;
+                return const_cast<SwContentNode*>(static_cast<const SwContentNode*>(pNd));
+            }
+        }
+        --aTmp;
+    }
+    return nullptr;
+}
+
+//TODO: The inventor of the "single responsibility principle" will be crying if you ever show this code to him!
+/** find the next/previous ContentNode or table node that should have layout
+ * frames that are siblings to the ones of the node at rFrameIdx.
+ *
+ * Search is started backward with the one before rFrameIdx and
+ * forward after pEnd.
+ *
+ * @param rFrameIdx in: node with frames to search in; out: found node
+ * @param pEnd last node after rFrameIdx that should be excluded from search
+ * @return result node; 0 if not found
+ */
+SwNode* SwNodes::FindPrvNxtFrameNode( SwNodeIndex& rFrameIdx,
+        SwNode const*const pEnd,
+        SwRootFrame const*const pLayout) const
+{
+    assert(pEnd != nullptr); // every caller currently
+
+    SwNode* pFrameNd = nullptr;
+
+    // no layout -> skip
+    if( GetDoc().getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentViewShell() )
+    {
+        SwNode *const pSttNd = &rFrameIdx.GetNode();
+
+        // inside a hidden section?
+        SwSectionNode *const pSectNd = pSttNd->IsSectionNode()
+                    ? pSttNd->StartOfSectionNode()->FindSectionNode()
+                    : pSttNd->FindSectionNode();
+        if( !( pSectNd && pSectNd->GetSection().CalcHiddenFlag() ) )
+        {
+            // in a table in table situation we have to assure that we don't leave the
+            // outer table cell when the inner table is looking for a PrvNxt...
+            SwTableNode *const pTableNd = pSttNd->IsTableNode()
+                    ? pSttNd->StartOfSectionNode()->FindTableNode()
+                    : pSttNd->FindTableNode();
+            SwNodeIndex aIdx( rFrameIdx );
+
+            // search backward for a content or table node
+
+            --aIdx;
+            pFrameNd = &aIdx.GetNode();
+
+            do
+            {
+                if (pFrameNd->IsContentNode())
+                {
+                    // TODO why does this not check for nested tables like forward direction
+                    rFrameIdx = aIdx;
+                    return pFrameNd;
+                }
+                else if (pFrameNd->IsEndNode() && pFrameNd->StartOfSectionNode()->IsTableNode())
+                {
+                    if (pLayout == nullptr
+                        || !pLayout->HasMergedParas()
+                        || pFrameNd->StartOfSectionNode()->GetRedlineMergeFlag() != SwNode::Merge::Hidden)
+                    {
+                        pFrameNd = pFrameNd->StartOfSectionNode();
+                        rFrameIdx = *pFrameNd;
+                        return pFrameNd;
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        aIdx = *pFrameNd->StartOfSectionNode();
+                        --aIdx;
+                        pFrameNd = &aIdx.GetNode();
+                    }
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    pFrameNd = GoPrevSection( &aIdx, true, false );
+                    if ( nullptr != pFrameNd && !(
+                            ::CheckNodesRange( aIdx, rFrameIdx, true ) &&
+                            // Never out of the table at the start
+                            pFrameNd->FindTableNode() == pTableNd &&
+                            // Bug 37652: Never out of the table at the end
+                            (!pFrameNd->FindTableNode() || pFrameNd->FindTableBoxStartNode()
+                                == pSttNd->FindTableBoxStartNode() ) &&
+                             (!pSectNd || pSttNd->IsSectionNode() ||
+                              pSectNd->GetIndex() < pFrameNd->GetIndex())
+                            ))
+                    {
+                        pFrameNd = nullptr; // no preceding content node, stop search
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            while (pFrameNd != nullptr);
+
+            // search forward for a content or table node
+
+            aIdx = pEnd->GetIndex() + 1;
+            pFrameNd = &aIdx.GetNode();
+
+            do
+            {
+                if (pFrameNd->IsContentNode())
+                {
+                    // Undo when merging a table with one before, if there is also one after it.
+                    // However, if the node is in a table, it needs to be returned if the
+                    // SttNode is a section or a table!
+                    SwTableNode *const pTableNode = pFrameNd->FindTableNode();
+                    if (pSttNd->IsTableNode() &&
+                        nullptr != pTableNode &&
+                        // TABLE IN TABLE:
+                        pTableNode != pSttNd->StartOfSectionNode()->FindTableNode())
+                    {
+                        pFrameNd = pTableNode;
+                        rFrameIdx = *pFrameNd;
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        rFrameIdx = aIdx;
+                    }
+                    return pFrameNd;
+                }
+                else if (pFrameNd->IsTableNode())
+                {
+                    if (pLayout == nullptr
+                        || !pLayout->HasMergedParas()
+                        || pFrameNd->GetRedlineMergeFlag() != SwNode::Merge::Hidden)
+                    {
+                        rFrameIdx = *pFrameNd;
+                        return pFrameNd;
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        aIdx = *pFrameNd->EndOfSectionNode();
+                        ++aIdx;
+                        pFrameNd = &aIdx.GetNode();
+                    }
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    pFrameNd = GoNextSection( &aIdx, true, false );
+                    // NEVER leave the section when doing this!
+                    if (pFrameNd
+                        && !(::CheckNodesRange(aIdx, rFrameIdx, true)
+                             && (pFrameNd->FindTableNode() == pTableNd &&
+                                // NEVER go out of the table cell at the end
+                                (!pFrameNd->FindTableNode() || pFrameNd->FindTableBoxStartNode()
+                                    == pSttNd->FindTableBoxStartNode()))
+                             && (!pSectNd || pSttNd->IsSectionNode() ||
+                               pSectNd->EndOfSectionIndex() > pFrameNd->GetIndex()))
+                        )
+                    {
+                        pFrameNd = nullptr; // no following content node, stop search
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            while (pFrameNd != nullptr);
+
+            // probably this is dead code, because the GoNextSection()
+            // should have ended up in the first text node in the table and
+            // then checked it's in a table?
+            {
+                    aIdx = pEnd->GetIndex() + 1;
+
+                    pFrameNd = &aIdx.GetNode();
+                    {
+                        pFrameNd = nullptr;
+
+                        // is there some sectionnodes before a tablenode?
+                        while( aIdx.GetNode().IsSectionNode() )
+                        {
+                            const SwSection& rSect = aIdx.GetNode().
+                                GetSectionNode()->GetSection();
+                            if( rSect.IsHiddenFlag() )
+                                aIdx = aIdx.GetNode().EndOfSectionIndex()+1;
+                            else
+                                ++aIdx;
+                        }
+                        if( aIdx.GetNode().IsTableNode() )
+                        {
+                            rFrameIdx = aIdx;
+                            pFrameNd = &aIdx.GetNode();
+                            assert(!"this isn't dead code?");
+                        }
+                    }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return pFrameNd;
+}
+
+void SwNodes::ForEach( SwNodeOffset nStart, SwNodeOffset nEnd,
+                       FnForEach_SwNodes fn, void* pArgs )
+{
+    if( nEnd > SwNodeOffset(m_nSize) )
+        nEnd = SwNodeOffset(m_nSize);
+
+    if( nStart >= nEnd )
+        return;
+
+    sal_uInt16 cur = Index2Block( sal_Int32(nStart) );
+    BlockInfo** pp = m_ppInf.get() + cur;
+    BlockInfo* p = *pp;
+    sal_uInt16 nElem = sal_uInt16( sal_Int32(nStart) - p->nStart );
+    auto pElem = p->mvData.begin() + nElem;
+    nElem = p->nElem - nElem;
+    for(;;)
+    {
+        if( !(*fn)( static_cast<SwNode *>(*pElem++), pArgs ) || ++nStart >= nEnd )
+            break;
+
+        // next element
+        if( !--nElem )
+        {
+            // new block
+            p = *++pp;
+            pElem = p->mvData.begin();
+            nElem = p->nElem;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void SwNodes::ForEach( const SwNodeIndex& rStart, const SwNodeIndex& rEnd,
+                    FnForEach_SwNodes fnForEach, void* pArgs )
+{
+    ForEach( rStart.GetIndex(), rEnd.GetIndex(), fnForEach, pArgs );
+}
+
+void SwNodes::RemoveNode( SwNodeOffset nDelPos, SwNodeOffset nSz, bool bDel )
+{
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    SwNode *const pFirst((*this)[nDelPos]);
+#endif
+    for (SwNodeOffset nCnt(0); nCnt < nSz; nCnt++)
+    {
+        SwNode* pNode = (*this)[ nDelPos + nCnt ];
+        SwTextNode * pTextNd = pNode->GetTextNode();
+
+        if (pTextNd)
+        {
+            pTextNd->RemoveFromList();
+            // remove RndStdIds::FLY_AS_CHAR *before* adjusting SwNodeIndex
+            // so their anchor still points to correct node when deleted!
+            // NOTE: this will call RemoveNode() recursively!
+            // so adjust our indexes to account for removed nodes
+            SwNodeOffset const nPos = pTextNd->GetIndex();
+            SwpHints *const pHints(pTextNd->GetpSwpHints());
+            if (pHints)
+            {
+                std::vector<SwTextAttr*> flys;
+                for (size_t i = 0; i < pHints->Count(); ++i)
+                {
+                    SwTextAttr *const pHint(pHints->Get(i));
+                    if (RES_TXTATR_FLYCNT == pHint->Which())
+                    {
+                        flys.push_back(pHint);
+                    }
+                }
+                for (SwTextAttr * pHint : flys)
+                {
+                    pTextNd->DeleteAttribute(pHint);
+                }   // pHints may be dead now
+                SwNodeOffset const nDiff = nPos - pTextNd->GetIndex();
+                if (nDiff)
+                {
+                    nDelPos -= nDiff;
+                }
+                assert(pTextNd == (*this)[nDelPos + nCnt]);
+                assert(pFirst == (*this)[nDelPos]);
+            }
+        }
+        SwTableNode* pTableNode = pNode->GetTableNode();
+        if (pTableNode)
+        {
+            // The node that is deleted is a table node.
+            // Need to make sure that all the redlines that are
+            // related to this table are removed from the
+            // 'Extra Redlines' array
+            pTableNode->RemoveRedlines();
+        }
+    }
+
+    SwNodeOffset nEnd = nDelPos + nSz;
+    SwNode* pNew = (*this)[ nEnd ];
+
+    for (SwNodeIndex& rIndex : m_vIndices->GetRingContainer())
+    {
+        SwNodeOffset const nIdx = rIndex.GetIndex();
+        if (nDelPos <= nIdx && nIdx < nEnd)
+            rIndex = *pNew;
+    }
+
+    std::vector<BigPtrEntry> aTempEntries;
+    if( bDel )
+    {
+        SwNodeOffset nCnt = nSz;
+        BigPtrEntry *pDel = (*this)[ nDelPos+nCnt-1 ], *pPrev = (*this)[ nDelPos+nCnt-2 ];
+
+        // set temporary object
+        // JP 24.08.98: this should actually be removed because one could
+        // call Remove recursively, e.g. for character bound frames. However,
+        // since there happens way too much here, this temporary object was
+        // inserted that will be deleted in Remove again (see Bug 55406)
+        aTempEntries.resize(sal_Int32(nCnt));
+
+        while( nCnt-- )
+        {
+            delete pDel;
+            // coverity[use_after_free : FALSE] - pPrev will be reassigned if there will be another iteration to the loop
+            pDel = pPrev;
+            sal_uLong nPrevNdIdx = pPrev->GetPos();
+            BigPtrEntry* pTempEntry = &aTempEntries[sal_Int32(nCnt)];
+            BigPtrArray::Replace( nPrevNdIdx+1, pTempEntry );
+            if( nCnt )
+                pPrev = BigPtrArray::operator []( nPrevNdIdx  - 1 );
+                    // the accessed element can be a naked BigPtrEntry from
+                    // aTempEntries, so the downcast to SwNode* in
+                    // SwNodes::operator[] would be illegal (and unnecessary)
+        }
+        nDelPos = SwNodeOffset(pDel->GetPos() + 1);
+    }
+
+    BigPtrArray::Remove( sal_Int32(nDelPos), sal_Int32(nSz) );
+}
+
+void SwNodes::InsertNode( SwNode* pNode, const SwNodeIndex& rPos )
+{
+    BigPtrEntry* pIns = pNode;
+    BigPtrArray::Insert( pIns, sal_Int32(rPos.GetIndex()) );
+}
+
+void SwNodes::InsertNode( SwNode* pNode, SwNodeOffset nPos )
+{
+    BigPtrEntry* pIns = pNode;
+    BigPtrArray::Insert( pIns, sal_Int32(nPos) );
+}
+
+// ->#112139#
+SwNode * SwNodes::DocumentSectionStartNode(SwNode * pNode) const
+{
+    if (nullptr != pNode)
+    {
+        SwNodeIndex aIdx(*pNode);
+
+        if (aIdx <= (*this)[SwNodeOffset(0)]->EndOfSectionIndex())
+            pNode = (*this)[SwNodeOffset(0)];
+        else
+        {
+            while ((*this)[SwNodeOffset(0)] != pNode->StartOfSectionNode())
+                pNode = pNode->StartOfSectionNode();
+        }
+    }
+
+    return pNode;
+}
+
+SwNode * SwNodes::DocumentSectionEndNode(SwNode * pNode) const
+{
+    return DocumentSectionStartNode(pNode)->EndOfSectionNode();
+}
+
+bool SwNodes::IsDocNodes() const
+{
+    return this == &m_rMyDoc.GetNodes();
+}
+
+void SwNodes::dumpAsXml(xmlTextWriterPtr pWriter) const
+{
+    (void)xmlTextWriterStartElement(pWriter, BAD_CAST("SwNodes"));
+    for (SwNodeOffset i(0); i < Count(); ++i)
+        (*this)[i]->dumpAsXml(pWriter);
+    (void)xmlTextWriterEndElement(pWriter);
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/observablethread.cxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/observablethread.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..98eaabb29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/observablethread.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <observablethread.hxx>
+#include <ifinishedthreadlistener.hxx>
+#include <memory>
+
+/* class for an observable thread
+
+   #i73788#
+*/
+ObservableThread::ObservableThread()
+    : mnThreadID( 0 )
+{
+}
+
+ObservableThread::~ObservableThread()
+{
+}
+
+void ObservableThread::SetListener( std::weak_ptr< IFinishedThreadListener > const & pThreadListener,
+                                    const oslInterlockedCount nThreadID )
+{
+    mpThreadListener = pThreadListener;
+    mnThreadID = nThreadID;
+}
+
+void SAL_CALL ObservableThread::run()
+{
+    acquire();
+
+    threadFunction();
+}
+
+void SAL_CALL ObservableThread::onTerminated()
+{
+    // notify observer
+    std::shared_ptr< IFinishedThreadListener > pThreadListener = mpThreadListener.lock();
+    if ( pThreadListener )
+    {
+        pThreadListener->NotifyAboutFinishedThread( mnThreadID );
+    }
+
+    release();
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/pausethreadstarting.cxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/pausethreadstarting.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..953bd3a3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/pausethreadstarting.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <pausethreadstarting.hxx>
+#include <swthreadmanager.hxx>
+
+/* Helper class to pause starting of threads during existence of an instance
+    of this class
+
+    #i73788#
+*/
+
+SwPauseThreadStarting::SwPauseThreadStarting()
+    : mbPausedThreadStarting(false)
+{
+    if (SwThreadManager::ExistsThreadManager()
+        && !SwThreadManager::GetThreadManager().StartingOfThreadsSuspended())
+    {
+        SwThreadManager::GetThreadManager().SuspendStartingOfThreads();
+        mbPausedThreadStarting = true;
+    }
+}
+
+SwPauseThreadStarting::~SwPauseThreadStarting() COVERITY_NOEXCEPT_FALSE
+{
+    if (mbPausedThreadStarting)
+    {
+        SwThreadManager::GetThreadManager().ResumeStartingOfThreads();
+    }
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/retrievedinputstreamdata.cxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/retrievedinputstreamdata.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..311be07ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/retrievedinputstreamdata.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <retrievedinputstreamdata.hxx>
+#include <retrieveinputstreamconsumer.hxx>
+#include <vcl/svapp.hxx>
+
+// #i73788#
+
+SwRetrievedInputStreamDataManager::tDataKey SwRetrievedInputStreamDataManager::snNextKeyValue = 1;
+
+SwRetrievedInputStreamDataManager& SwRetrievedInputStreamDataManager::GetManager()
+{
+    static SwRetrievedInputStreamDataManager theSwRetrievedInputStreamDataManager;
+    return theSwRetrievedInputStreamDataManager;
+}
+
+SwRetrievedInputStreamDataManager::tDataKey SwRetrievedInputStreamDataManager::ReserveData(
+                        std::weak_ptr< SwAsyncRetrieveInputStreamThreadConsumer > const & pThreadConsumer )
+{
+    std::unique_lock aGuard(maMutex);
+
+    // create empty data container for given thread Consumer
+    tDataKey nDataKey( snNextKeyValue );
+    tData aNewEntry( pThreadConsumer );
+    maInputStreamData[ nDataKey ] = aNewEntry;
+
+    // prepare next data key value
+    if ( snNextKeyValue < SAL_MAX_UINT64 )
+    {
+        ++snNextKeyValue;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        snNextKeyValue = 1;
+    }
+
+    return nDataKey;
+}
+
+void SwRetrievedInputStreamDataManager::PushData(
+        const tDataKey nDataKey,
+        css::uno::Reference<css::io::XInputStream> const & xInputStream,
+        const bool bIsStreamReadOnly )
+{
+    std::unique_lock aGuard(maMutex);
+
+    std::map< tDataKey, tData >::iterator aIter = maInputStreamData.find( nDataKey );
+
+    if ( aIter == maInputStreamData.end() )
+        return;
+
+    // Fill data container.
+    (*aIter).second.mxInputStream = xInputStream;
+    (*aIter).second.mbIsStreamReadOnly = bIsStreamReadOnly;
+
+    // post user event to process the retrieved input stream data
+    if ( GetpApp() )
+    {
+
+        tDataKey* pDataKey = new tDataKey;
+        *pDataKey = nDataKey;
+        Application::PostUserEvent( LINK( this, SwRetrievedInputStreamDataManager, LinkedInputStreamReady ), pDataKey );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // no application available -> discard data
+        maInputStreamData.erase( aIter );
+    }
+}
+
+bool SwRetrievedInputStreamDataManager::PopData( const tDataKey nDataKey,
+                                                 tData& rData )
+{
+    std::unique_lock aGuard(maMutex);
+
+    bool bDataProvided( false );
+
+    std::map< tDataKey, tData >::iterator aIter = maInputStreamData.find( nDataKey );
+
+    if ( aIter != maInputStreamData.end() )
+    {
+        rData.mpThreadConsumer = (*aIter).second.mpThreadConsumer;
+        rData.mxInputStream = (*aIter).second.mxInputStream;
+        rData.mbIsStreamReadOnly = (*aIter).second.mbIsStreamReadOnly;
+
+        maInputStreamData.erase( aIter );
+
+        bDataProvided = true;
+    }
+
+    return bDataProvided;
+}
+
+/** callback function, which is triggered by input stream data manager on
+    filling of the data container to provide retrieved input stream to the
+    thread Consumer using <Application::PostUserEvent(..)>
+
+    #i73788#
+    Note: This method has to be run in the main thread.
+*/
+IMPL_STATIC_LINK( SwRetrievedInputStreamDataManager, LinkedInputStreamReady,
+                  void*, p, void )
+{
+    SwRetrievedInputStreamDataManager::tDataKey* pDataKey = static_cast<SwRetrievedInputStreamDataManager::tDataKey*>(p);
+    if ( !pDataKey )
+    {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    SwRetrievedInputStreamDataManager& rDataManager =
+                            SwRetrievedInputStreamDataManager::GetManager();
+    SwRetrievedInputStreamDataManager::tData aInputStreamData;
+    if ( rDataManager.PopData( *pDataKey, aInputStreamData ) )
+    {
+        std::shared_ptr< SwAsyncRetrieveInputStreamThreadConsumer > pThreadConsumer =
+                                    aInputStreamData.mpThreadConsumer.lock();
+        if ( pThreadConsumer )
+        {
+            pThreadConsumer->ApplyInputStream( aInputStreamData.mxInputStream,
+                                               aInputStreamData.mbIsStreamReadOnly );
+        }
+    }
+    delete pDataKey;
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/retrieveinputstream.cxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/retrieveinputstream.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8054e341b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/retrieveinputstream.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <retrieveinputstream.hxx>
+
+#include <comphelper/propertyvalue.hxx>
+#include <unotools/mediadescriptor.hxx>
+#include <com/sun/star/io/XStream.hpp>
+#include <com/sun/star/beans/PropertyValue.hpp>
+
+/* class for a thread to retrieve an input stream given by a URL
+
+    #i73788#
+*/
+::rtl::Reference< ObservableThread > SwAsyncRetrieveInputStreamThread::createThread(
+                        const SwRetrievedInputStreamDataManager::tDataKey nDataKey,
+                        const OUString& rLinkedURL, const OUString& rReferer )
+{
+    SwAsyncRetrieveInputStreamThread* pNewThread =
+        new SwAsyncRetrieveInputStreamThread( nDataKey, rLinkedURL, rReferer );
+    return pNewThread;
+}
+
+SwAsyncRetrieveInputStreamThread::SwAsyncRetrieveInputStreamThread(
+                            const SwRetrievedInputStreamDataManager::tDataKey nDataKey,
+                            const OUString& rLinkedURL,
+                            const OUString& rReferer )
+    : mnDataKey( nDataKey ),
+      mrLinkedURL( rLinkedURL ),
+      mrReferer( rReferer )
+{
+}
+
+SwAsyncRetrieveInputStreamThread::~SwAsyncRetrieveInputStreamThread()
+{
+}
+
+void SwAsyncRetrieveInputStreamThread::threadFunction()
+{
+    osl_setThreadName("SwAsyncRetrieveInputStreamThread");
+
+    css::uno::Sequence < css::beans::PropertyValue > xProps{
+        comphelper::makePropertyValue("URL", mrLinkedURL),
+        comphelper::makePropertyValue("Referer", mrReferer)
+    };
+    utl::MediaDescriptor aMedium( xProps );
+
+    aMedium.addInputStream();
+
+    css::uno::Reference<css::io::XInputStream> xInputStream;
+    aMedium[utl::MediaDescriptor::PROP_INPUTSTREAM] >>= xInputStream;
+    if ( !xInputStream.is() )
+    {
+        css::uno::Reference<css::io::XStream> xStream;
+        aMedium[utl::MediaDescriptor::PROP_STREAM] >>= xStream;
+        if ( xStream.is() )
+        {
+            xInputStream = xStream->getInputStream();
+        }
+    }
+
+    SwRetrievedInputStreamDataManager::GetManager().PushData( mnDataKey,
+                                                              xInputStream,
+                                                              aMedium.isStreamReadOnly() );
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/retrieveinputstreamconsumer.cxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/retrieveinputstreamconsumer.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d89a05361
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/retrieveinputstreamconsumer.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <retrieveinputstreamconsumer.hxx>
+#include <ndgrf.hxx>
+#include <retrieveinputstream.hxx>
+#include <swthreadmanager.hxx>
+
+/* class to provide creation of a thread to retrieve an input stream given by
+    a URL and to consume the retrieved input stream.
+
+    #i73788#
+*/
+SwAsyncRetrieveInputStreamThreadConsumer::SwAsyncRetrieveInputStreamThreadConsumer(
+                                                            SwGrfNode& rGrfNode )
+    : mrGrfNode( rGrfNode ),
+      mnThreadID( 0 )
+{
+}
+
+SwAsyncRetrieveInputStreamThreadConsumer::~SwAsyncRetrieveInputStreamThreadConsumer() COVERITY_NOEXCEPT_FALSE
+{
+    SwThreadManager::GetThreadManager().RemoveThread( mnThreadID );
+}
+
+void SwAsyncRetrieveInputStreamThreadConsumer::CreateThread( const OUString& rURL, const OUString& rReferer )
+{
+    // Get new data container for input stream data
+    SwRetrievedInputStreamDataManager::tDataKey nDataKey =
+            SwRetrievedInputStreamDataManager::GetManager().ReserveData(
+                                                mrGrfNode.GetThreadConsumer() );
+
+    rtl::Reference< ObservableThread > pNewThread =
+        SwAsyncRetrieveInputStreamThread::createThread( nDataKey, rURL, rReferer );
+
+    // Add thread to thread manager and pass ownership of thread to thread manager.
+    mnThreadID = SwThreadManager::GetThreadManager().AddThread( pNewThread );
+}
+
+void SwAsyncRetrieveInputStreamThreadConsumer::ApplyInputStream(
+    css::uno::Reference<css::io::XInputStream> const & xInputStream,
+    const bool bIsStreamReadOnly )
+{
+    mrGrfNode.ApplyInputStream( xInputStream, bIsStreamReadOnly );
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/section.cxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/section.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c35a614f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/section.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,1512 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <libxml/xmlstring.h>
+#include <libxml/xmlwriter.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <hintids.hxx>
+#include <osl/diagnose.h>
+#include <sot/exchange.hxx>
+#include <svl/stritem.hxx>
+#include <sfx2/docfile.hxx>
+#include <editeng/protitem.hxx>
+#include <sfx2/linkmgr.hxx>
+#include <sfx2/sfxsids.hrc>
+#include <docary.hxx>
+#include <fmtcntnt.hxx>
+#include <fmtpdsc.hxx>
+#include <doc.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentUndoRedo.hxx>
+#include <DocumentLinksAdministrationManager.hxx>
+#include <DocumentContentOperationsManager.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentRedlineAccess.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentFieldsAccess.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentStylePoolAccess.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentState.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentLayoutAccess.hxx>
+#include <node.hxx>
+#include <pam.hxx>
+#include <frmatr.hxx>
+#include <frmtool.hxx>
+#include <editsh.hxx>
+#include <hints.hxx>
+#include <docsh.hxx>
+#include <ndtxt.hxx>
+#include <section.hxx>
+#include <swserv.hxx>
+#include <shellio.hxx>
+#include <poolfmt.hxx>
+#include <swbaslnk.hxx>
+#include <mvsave.hxx>
+#include <ftnidx.hxx>
+#include <doctxm.hxx>
+#include <fmteiro.hxx>
+#include <unosection.hxx>
+#include <calbck.hxx>
+#include <fmtclds.hxx>
+#include <algorithm>
+#include "ndsect.hxx"
+
+using namespace ::com::sun::star;
+
+namespace {
+    class SwIntrnlSectRefLink : public SwBaseLink
+    {
+        SwSectionFormat& m_rSectFormat;
+
+    public:
+        SwIntrnlSectRefLink(SwSectionFormat& rFormat, SfxLinkUpdateMode nUpdateType)
+            : SwBaseLink(nUpdateType, SotClipboardFormatId::RTF)
+            , m_rSectFormat(rFormat)
+        {}
+
+        virtual void Closed() override;
+        virtual ::sfx2::SvBaseLink::UpdateResult DataChanged(
+            const OUString& rMimeType, const css::uno::Any & rValue ) override;
+
+        virtual const SwNode* GetAnchor() const override;
+        virtual bool IsInRange( SwNodeOffset nSttNd, SwNodeOffset nEndNd ) const override;
+
+        SwSectionNode* GetSectNode()
+        {
+            const SwNode* pSectNd( GetAnchor() );
+            return const_cast<SwSectionNode*>( dynamic_cast<const SwSectionNode*>( pSectNd ) );
+        }
+    };
+}
+
+SwSectionData::SwSectionData(SectionType const eType, OUString const& rName)
+    : m_eType(eType)
+    , m_sSectionName(rName)
+    , m_bHiddenFlag(false)
+    , m_bProtectFlag(false)
+    , m_bEditInReadonlyFlag(false) // edit in readonly sections
+    , m_bHidden(false)
+    , m_bCondHiddenFlag(true)
+    , m_bConnectFlag(true)
+{
+}
+
+// this must have the same semantics as operator=()
+SwSectionData::SwSectionData(SwSection const& rSection)
+    : m_eType(rSection.GetType())
+    , m_sSectionName(rSection.GetSectionName())
+    , m_sCondition(rSection.GetCondition())
+    , m_sLinkFileName(rSection.GetLinkFileName())
+    , m_sLinkFilePassword(rSection.GetLinkFilePassword())
+    , m_Password(rSection.GetPassword())
+    , m_bHiddenFlag(rSection.IsHiddenFlag())
+    , m_bProtectFlag(rSection.IsProtect())
+    // edit in readonly sections
+    , m_bEditInReadonlyFlag(rSection.IsEditInReadonly())
+    , m_bHidden(rSection.IsHidden())
+    , m_bCondHiddenFlag(true)
+    , m_bConnectFlag(rSection.IsConnectFlag())
+{
+}
+
+// this must have the same semantics as operator=()
+SwSectionData::SwSectionData(SwSectionData const& rOther)
+    : m_eType(rOther.m_eType)
+    , m_sSectionName(rOther.m_sSectionName)
+    , m_sCondition(rOther.m_sCondition)
+    , m_sLinkFileName(rOther.m_sLinkFileName)
+    , m_sLinkFilePassword(rOther.m_sLinkFilePassword)
+    , m_Password(rOther.m_Password)
+    , m_bHiddenFlag(rOther.m_bHiddenFlag)
+    , m_bProtectFlag(rOther.m_bProtectFlag)
+    // edit in readonly sections
+    , m_bEditInReadonlyFlag(rOther.m_bEditInReadonlyFlag)
+    , m_bHidden(rOther.m_bHidden)
+    , m_bCondHiddenFlag(true)
+    , m_bConnectFlag(rOther.m_bConnectFlag)
+{
+}
+
+// the semantics here are weird for reasons of backward compatibility
+SwSectionData & SwSectionData::operator= (SwSectionData const& rOther)
+{
+    m_eType = rOther.m_eType;
+    m_sSectionName = rOther.m_sSectionName;
+    m_sCondition = rOther.m_sCondition;
+    m_sLinkFileName = rOther.m_sLinkFileName;
+    m_sLinkFilePassword = rOther.m_sLinkFilePassword;
+    m_bConnectFlag = rOther.m_bConnectFlag;
+    m_Password = rOther.m_Password;
+
+    m_bEditInReadonlyFlag = rOther.m_bEditInReadonlyFlag;
+    m_bProtectFlag = rOther.m_bProtectFlag;
+
+    m_bHidden = rOther.m_bHidden;
+    // FIXME: old code did not assign m_bHiddenFlag ?
+    // FIXME: why should m_bCondHiddenFlag always default to true?
+    m_bCondHiddenFlag = true;
+
+    return *this;
+}
+
+// the semantics here are weird for reasons of backward compatibility
+bool SwSectionData::operator==(SwSectionData const& rOther) const
+{
+    return (m_eType == rOther.m_eType)
+        && (m_sSectionName == rOther.m_sSectionName)
+        && (m_sCondition == rOther.m_sCondition)
+        && (m_bHidden == rOther.m_bHidden)
+        && (m_bProtectFlag == rOther.m_bProtectFlag)
+        && (m_bEditInReadonlyFlag == rOther.m_bEditInReadonlyFlag)
+        && (m_sLinkFileName == rOther.m_sLinkFileName)
+        && (m_sLinkFilePassword == rOther.m_sLinkFilePassword)
+        && (m_Password == rOther.m_Password);
+    // FIXME: old code ignored m_bCondHiddenFlag m_bHiddenFlag m_bConnectFlag
+}
+
+SwSection::SwSection(
+        SectionType const eType, OUString const& rName, SwSectionFormat & rFormat)
+    : SwClient(& rFormat)
+    , m_Data(eType, rName)
+{
+    StartListening(rFormat.GetNotifier());
+
+    SwSection *const pParentSect = GetParent();
+    if( pParentSect )
+    {
+        // edit in readonly sections
+        m_Data.SetEditInReadonlyFlag( pParentSect->IsEditInReadonlyFlag() );
+    }
+
+    m_Data.SetProtectFlag( rFormat.GetProtect().IsContentProtected() );
+
+    if (!m_Data.IsEditInReadonlyFlag()) // edit in readonly sections
+    {
+        m_Data.SetEditInReadonlyFlag( rFormat.GetEditInReadonly().GetValue() );
+    }
+}
+
+SwSection::~SwSection()
+{
+    SwSectionFormat* pFormat = GetFormat();
+    if( !pFormat )
+        return;
+
+    SwDoc* pDoc = pFormat->GetDoc();
+    if( pDoc->IsInDtor() )
+    {
+        // We reattach our Format to the default FrameFormat
+        // to not get any dependencies
+        if( pFormat->DerivedFrom() != pDoc->GetDfltFrameFormat() )
+            pFormat->RegisterToFormat( *pDoc->GetDfltFrameFormat() );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        pFormat->Remove( this ); // remove
+        SvtListener::EndListeningAll();
+
+        if (SectionType::Content != m_Data.GetType())
+        {
+            pDoc->getIDocumentLinksAdministration().GetLinkManager().Remove( m_RefLink.get() );
+        }
+
+        if (m_RefObj.is())
+        {
+            pDoc->getIDocumentLinksAdministration().GetLinkManager().RemoveServer( m_RefObj.get() );
+        }
+
+        // If the Section is the last Client in the Format we can delete it
+        pFormat->RemoveAllUnos();
+        if( !pFormat->HasWriterListeners() )
+        {
+            // Do not add to the Undo. This should've happened earlier.
+            ::sw::UndoGuard const undoGuard(pDoc->GetIDocumentUndoRedo());
+            pDoc->DelSectionFormat( pFormat );
+        }
+    }
+    if (m_RefObj.is())
+    {
+        m_RefObj->Closed();
+    }
+}
+
+void SwSection::SetSectionData(SwSectionData const& rData)
+{
+    bool const bOldHidden( m_Data.IsHidden() );
+    m_Data = rData;
+    // The next two may actually overwrite the m_Data.m_bProtect or EditInReadonly Flag
+    // in Modify, which should result in same flag value as the old code!
+    SetProtect(m_Data.IsProtectFlag());
+    SetEditInReadonly(m_Data.IsEditInReadonlyFlag());
+    if (bOldHidden != m_Data.IsHidden()) // check if changed...
+    {
+        ImplSetHiddenFlag(m_Data.IsHidden(), m_Data.IsCondHidden());
+    }
+}
+
+bool SwSection::DataEquals(SwSectionData const& rCmp) const
+{
+    // note that the old code compared the flags of the parameter with the
+    // format attributes of this; the following mess should do the same...
+    (void) GetLinkFileName(); // updates m_sLinkFileName
+    bool const bProtect(m_Data.IsProtectFlag());
+    bool const bEditInReadonly(m_Data.IsEditInReadonlyFlag());
+    m_Data.SetProtectFlag(IsProtect());
+    m_Data.SetEditInReadonlyFlag(IsEditInReadonly());
+    bool const bResult( m_Data == rCmp );
+    m_Data.SetProtectFlag(bProtect);
+    m_Data.SetEditInReadonlyFlag(bEditInReadonly);
+    return bResult;
+}
+
+void SwSection::ImplSetHiddenFlag(bool const bTmpHidden, bool const bCondition)
+{
+    SwSectionFormat* pFormat = GetFormat();
+    OSL_ENSURE(pFormat, "ImplSetHiddenFlag: no format?");
+    if( !pFormat )
+        return;
+
+    const bool bHide = bTmpHidden && bCondition;
+
+    if (bHide) // should be hidden
+    {
+        if (!m_Data.IsHiddenFlag()) // is not hidden
+        {
+            // Is the Parent hidden?
+            // This should be shown by the bHiddenFlag.
+
+            // Tell all Children that they are hidden
+            const SwMsgPoolItem aMsgItem( RES_SECTION_HIDDEN );
+            pFormat->CallSwClientNotify(sw::LegacyModifyHint(&aMsgItem, &aMsgItem));
+
+            // Delete all Frames
+            pFormat->DelFrames();
+        }
+    }
+    else if (m_Data.IsHiddenFlag()) // show Nodes again
+    {
+        // Show all Frames (Child Sections are accounted for by MakeFrames)
+        // Only if the Parent Section is not restricting us!
+        SwSection* pParentSect = pFormat->GetParentSection();
+        if( !pParentSect || !pParentSect->IsHiddenFlag() )
+        {
+            // Tell all Children that the Parent is not hidden anymore
+            const SwMsgPoolItem aMsgItem( RES_SECTION_NOT_HIDDEN );
+            pFormat->CallSwClientNotify(sw::LegacyModifyHint(&aMsgItem, &aMsgItem));
+
+            pFormat->MakeFrames();
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+bool SwSection::CalcHiddenFlag() const
+{
+    const SwSection* pSect = this;
+    do {
+        if( pSect->IsHidden() && pSect->IsCondHidden() )
+            return true;
+    } while( nullptr != ( pSect = pSect->GetParent()) );
+
+    return false;
+}
+
+bool SwSection::IsProtect() const
+{
+    SwSectionFormat const *const pFormat( GetFormat() );
+    OSL_ENSURE(pFormat, "SwSection::IsProtect: no format?");
+    return pFormat
+        ?   pFormat->GetProtect().IsContentProtected()
+        :   IsProtectFlag();
+}
+
+// edit in readonly sections
+bool SwSection::IsEditInReadonly() const
+{
+    SwSectionFormat const *const pFormat( GetFormat() );
+    OSL_ENSURE(pFormat, "SwSection::IsEditInReadonly: no format?");
+    return pFormat
+        ?   pFormat->GetEditInReadonly().GetValue()
+        :   IsEditInReadonlyFlag();
+}
+
+void SwSection::SetHidden(bool const bFlag)
+{
+    if (!m_Data.IsHidden() == !bFlag)
+        return;
+
+    m_Data.SetHidden(bFlag);
+    ImplSetHiddenFlag(bFlag, m_Data.IsCondHidden());
+}
+
+void SwSection::SetProtect(bool const bFlag)
+{
+    SwSectionFormat *const pFormat( GetFormat() );
+    OSL_ENSURE(pFormat, "SwSection::SetProtect: no format?");
+    if (pFormat)
+    {
+        SvxProtectItem aItem( RES_PROTECT );
+        aItem.SetContentProtect( bFlag );
+        pFormat->SetFormatAttr( aItem );
+        // note: this will call m_Data.SetProtectFlag via Modify!
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        m_Data.SetProtectFlag(bFlag);
+    }
+}
+
+// edit in readonly sections
+void SwSection::SetEditInReadonly(bool const bFlag)
+{
+    SwSectionFormat *const pFormat( GetFormat() );
+    OSL_ENSURE(pFormat, "SwSection::SetEditInReadonly: no format?");
+    if (pFormat)
+    {
+        SwFormatEditInReadonly aItem;
+        aItem.SetValue( bFlag );
+        pFormat->SetFormatAttr( aItem );
+        // note: this will call m_Data.SetEditInReadonlyFlag via Modify!
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        m_Data.SetEditInReadonlyFlag(bFlag);
+    }
+}
+
+void SwSection::SwClientNotify(const SwModify&, const SfxHint& rHint)
+{
+    Notify(rHint);
+}
+
+void SwSection::Notify(SfxHint const& rHint)
+{
+    if (rHint.GetId() != SfxHintId::SwLegacyModify)
+        return;
+    auto pLegacy = static_cast<const sw::LegacyModifyHint*>(&rHint);
+    auto pOld = pLegacy->m_pOld;
+    auto pNew = pLegacy->m_pNew;
+    bool bUpdateFootnote = false;
+    switch(pLegacy->GetWhich())
+    {
+    case RES_ATTRSET_CHG:
+        if (pNew && pOld)
+        {
+            SfxItemSet* pNewSet = const_cast<SwAttrSetChg*>(static_cast<const SwAttrSetChg*>(pNew))->GetChgSet();
+            SfxItemSet* pOldSet = const_cast<SwAttrSetChg*>(static_cast<const SwAttrSetChg*>(pOld))->GetChgSet();
+
+            if( const SvxProtectItem* pItem = pNewSet->GetItemIfSet(
+                        RES_PROTECT, false ) )
+            {
+                m_Data.SetProtectFlag( pItem->IsContentProtected() );
+                pNewSet->ClearItem( RES_PROTECT );
+                pOldSet->ClearItem( RES_PROTECT );
+            }
+
+            // --> edit in readonly sections
+            if( const SwFormatEditInReadonly* pItem = pNewSet->GetItemIfSet(
+                        RES_EDIT_IN_READONLY, false ) )
+            {
+                m_Data.SetEditInReadonlyFlag(pItem->GetValue());
+                pNewSet->ClearItem( RES_EDIT_IN_READONLY );
+                pOldSet->ClearItem( RES_EDIT_IN_READONLY );
+            }
+
+            if( SfxItemState::SET == pNewSet->GetItemState(
+                        RES_FTN_AT_TXTEND, false ) ||
+                SfxItemState::SET == pNewSet->GetItemState(
+                        RES_END_AT_TXTEND, false ))
+            {
+                    bUpdateFootnote = true;
+            }
+
+            if( !pNewSet->Count() )
+                return;
+        }
+        break;
+
+    case RES_PROTECT:
+        if( pNew )
+        {
+            bool bNewFlag =
+                static_cast<const SvxProtectItem*>(pNew)->IsContentProtected();
+            // this used to inherit the flag from the parent, but then there is
+            // no way to turn it off in an inner section
+            m_Data.SetProtectFlag( bNewFlag );
+        }
+        return;
+    // edit in readonly sections
+    case RES_EDIT_IN_READONLY:
+        if( pNew )
+        {
+            const bool bNewFlag =
+                static_cast<const SwFormatEditInReadonly*>(pNew)->GetValue();
+            m_Data.SetEditInReadonlyFlag( bNewFlag );
+        }
+        return;
+
+    case RES_SECTION_HIDDEN:
+        m_Data.SetHiddenFlag(true);
+        return;
+
+    case RES_SECTION_NOT_HIDDEN:
+        m_Data.SetHiddenFlag( m_Data.IsHidden() && m_Data.IsCondHidden() );
+        return;
+
+    case RES_COL:
+        // Is handled by the Layout, if appropriate
+        break;
+
+    case RES_FTN_AT_TXTEND:
+        if( pNew && pOld )
+        {
+            bUpdateFootnote = true;
+        }
+        break;
+
+    case RES_END_AT_TXTEND:
+        if( pNew && pOld )
+        {
+            bUpdateFootnote = true;
+        }
+        break;
+
+    default:
+        CheckRegistration( pOld );
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if( bUpdateFootnote )
+    {
+        SwSectionNode* pSectNd = GetFormat()->GetSectionNode();
+        if( pSectNd )
+            pSectNd->GetDoc().GetFootnoteIdxs().UpdateFootnote(SwNodeIndex( *pSectNd ));
+    }
+}
+
+void SwSection::SetRefObject( SwServerObject* pObj )
+{
+    m_RefObj = pObj;
+}
+
+void SwSection::SetCondHidden(bool const bFlag)
+{
+    if (!m_Data.IsCondHidden() == !bFlag)
+        return;
+
+    m_Data.SetCondHidden(bFlag);
+    ImplSetHiddenFlag(m_Data.IsHidden(), bFlag);
+}
+
+// Set/remove the linked FileName
+OUString const & SwSection::GetLinkFileName() const
+{
+    if (m_RefLink.is())
+    {
+        OUString sTmp;
+        switch (m_Data.GetType())
+        {
+        case SectionType::DdeLink:
+            sTmp = m_RefLink->GetLinkSourceName();
+            break;
+
+        case SectionType::FileLink:
+            {
+                OUString sRange;
+                OUString sFilter;
+                if (m_RefLink->GetLinkManager() &&
+                    sfx2::LinkManager::GetDisplayNames(
+                        m_RefLink.get(), nullptr, &sTmp, &sRange, &sFilter ))
+                {
+                    sTmp += OUStringChar(sfx2::cTokenSeparator) + sFilter
+                        + OUStringChar(sfx2::cTokenSeparator) + sRange;
+                }
+                else if( GetFormat() && !GetFormat()->GetSectionNode() )
+                {
+                    // If the Section is in the UndoNodesArray, the LinkManager
+                    // does not contain the Link, thus it cannot be queried for it.
+                    // Thus return the current Name.
+                    return m_Data.GetLinkFileName();
+                }
+            }
+            break;
+        default: break;
+        }
+        m_Data.SetLinkFileName(sTmp);
+    }
+    return m_Data.GetLinkFileName();
+}
+
+void SwSection::SetLinkFileName(const OUString& rNew)
+{
+    if (m_RefLink.is())
+    {
+        m_RefLink->SetLinkSourceName( rNew );
+    }
+    m_Data.SetLinkFileName(rNew);
+}
+
+// If it was a Linked Section, we need to make all Child Links visible
+void SwSection::MakeChildLinksVisible( const SwSectionNode& rSectNd )
+{
+    const SwNode* pNd;
+    const ::sfx2::SvBaseLinks& rLnks = rSectNd.GetDoc().getIDocumentLinksAdministration().GetLinkManager().GetLinks();
+    for( auto n = rLnks.size(); n; )
+    {
+        sfx2::SvBaseLink& rBLnk = *rLnks[--n];
+        if (!rBLnk.IsVisible() && dynamic_cast<const SwBaseLink*>(&rBLnk) != nullptr
+            && nullptr != (pNd = static_cast<SwBaseLink&>(rBLnk).GetAnchor()))
+        {
+            pNd = pNd->StartOfSectionNode(); // If it's a SectionNode
+            const SwSectionNode* pParent;
+            while( nullptr != ( pParent = pNd->FindSectionNode() ) &&
+                    ( SectionType::Content == pParent->GetSection().GetType()
+                        || pNd == &rSectNd ))
+                    pNd = pParent->StartOfSectionNode();
+
+            // It's within a normal Section, so show again
+            if( !pParent )
+                rBLnk.SetVisible(true);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+const SwTOXBase* SwSection::GetTOXBase() const
+{
+    const SwTOXBase* pRet = nullptr;
+    if( SectionType::ToxContent == GetType() )
+        pRet = dynamic_cast<const SwTOXBaseSection*>(this);
+    return pRet;
+}
+
+SwSectionFormat::SwSectionFormat( SwFrameFormat* pDrvdFrame, SwDoc *pDoc )
+    : SwFrameFormat( pDoc->GetAttrPool(), OUString(), pDrvdFrame )
+{
+    LockModify();
+    SetFormatAttr( *GetDfltAttr( RES_COL ) );
+    UnlockModify();
+}
+
+SwSectionFormat::~SwSectionFormat()
+{
+    if( GetDoc()->IsInDtor() )
+        return;
+
+    SwSectionNode* pSectNd;
+    const SwNodeIndex* pIdx = GetContent( false ).GetContentIdx();
+    if( pIdx && &GetDoc()->GetNodes() == &pIdx->GetNodes() &&
+        nullptr != (pSectNd = pIdx->GetNode().GetSectionNode() ))
+    {
+        SwSection& rSect = pSectNd->GetSection();
+        // If it was a linked Section, we need to make all Child Links
+        // visible again
+        if( rSect.IsConnected() )
+            SwSection::MakeChildLinksVisible( *pSectNd );
+
+        // Check whether we need to be visible, before deleting the Nodes
+        if( rSect.IsHiddenFlag() )
+        {
+            SwSection* pParentSect = rSect.GetParent();
+            if( !pParentSect || !pParentSect->IsHiddenFlag() )
+            {
+                // Make Nodes visible again
+                rSect.SetHidden(false);
+            }
+        }
+        // mba: test iteration; objects are removed while iterating
+        // use hint which allows to specify, if the content shall be saved or not
+        CallSwClientNotify( SwSectionFrameMoveAndDeleteHint( true ) );
+
+        // Raise the Section up
+        SwNodeRange aRg( *pSectNd, SwNodeOffset(0), *pSectNd->EndOfSectionNode() );
+        GetDoc()->GetNodes().SectionUp( &aRg );
+    }
+    LockModify();
+    ResetFormatAttr( RES_CNTNT );
+    UnlockModify();
+}
+
+SwSection * SwSectionFormat::GetSection() const
+{
+    return SwIterator<SwSection,SwSectionFormat>( *this ).First();
+}
+
+// Do not destroy all Frames in aDepend (Frames are recognized with a dynamic_cast).
+void SwSectionFormat::DelFrames()
+{
+    SwSectionNode* pSectNd;
+    const SwNodeIndex* pIdx = GetContent(false).GetContentIdx();
+    if( pIdx && &GetDoc()->GetNodes() == &pIdx->GetNodes() &&
+        nullptr != (pSectNd = pIdx->GetNode().GetSectionNode() ))
+    {
+        // First delete the <SwSectionFrame> of the <SwSectionFormat> instance
+        // mba: test iteration as objects are removed in iteration
+        // use hint which allows to specify, if the content shall be saved or not
+        CallSwClientNotify( SwSectionFrameMoveAndDeleteHint( false ) );
+
+        // Then delete frames of the nested <SwSectionFormat> instances
+        SwIterator<SwSectionFormat,SwSectionFormat> aIter( *this );
+        SwSectionFormat *pLast = aIter.First();
+        while ( pLast )
+        {
+            pLast->DelFrames();
+            pLast = aIter.Next();
+        }
+
+        SwNodeOffset nEnd = pSectNd->EndOfSectionIndex();
+        SwNodeOffset nStart = pSectNd->GetIndex()+1;
+        sw_DeleteFootnote( pSectNd, nStart, nEnd );
+    }
+    if( !pIdx )
+        return;
+
+    // Send Hint for PageDesc. Actually the Layout contained in the
+    // Paste of the Frame itself would need to do this. But that leads
+    // to subsequent errors, which we'd need to solve at run-time.
+    SwNodeIndex aNextNd( *pIdx );
+    SwContentNode* pCNd = GetDoc()->GetNodes().GoNextSection( &aNextNd, true, false );
+    if( pCNd )
+    {
+        const SfxPoolItem& rItem = pCNd->GetSwAttrSet().Get(RES_PAGEDESC);
+        pCNd->CallSwClientNotify(sw::LegacyModifyHint(&rItem, &rItem));
+    }
+}
+
+// Create the Views
+void SwSectionFormat::MakeFrames()
+{
+    SwSectionNode* pSectNd;
+    const SwNodeIndex* pIdx = GetContent(false).GetContentIdx();
+
+    if( pIdx && &GetDoc()->GetNodes() == &pIdx->GetNodes() &&
+        nullptr != (pSectNd = pIdx->GetNode().GetSectionNode() ))
+    {
+        SwNodeIndex aIdx( *pIdx );
+        pSectNd->MakeOwnFrames( &aIdx );
+    }
+}
+
+void SwSectionFormat::SwClientNotify(const SwModify& rMod, const SfxHint& rHint)
+{
+    if (rHint.GetId() != SfxHintId::SwLegacyModify)
+        return;
+    auto pLegacy = static_cast<const sw::LegacyModifyHint*>(&rHint);
+    sal_uInt16 nWhich = pLegacy->GetWhich();
+    auto pOld = pLegacy->m_pOld;
+    auto pNew = pLegacy->m_pNew;
+    switch( nWhich )
+    {
+    case RES_ATTRSET_CHG:
+        if (HasWriterListeners() && pOld && pNew)
+        {
+            SfxItemSet* pNewSet = const_cast<SwAttrSetChg*>(static_cast<const SwAttrSetChg*>(pNew))->GetChgSet();
+            SfxItemSet* pOldSet = const_cast<SwAttrSetChg*>(static_cast<const SwAttrSetChg*>(pOld))->GetChgSet();
+            const SfxPoolItem *pItem;
+            if( SfxItemState::SET == pNewSet->GetItemState(
+                                        RES_PROTECT, false, &pItem ))
+            {
+                GetNotifier().Broadcast(sw::LegacyModifyHint(pItem, pItem));
+                pNewSet->ClearItem( RES_PROTECT );
+                pOldSet->ClearItem( RES_PROTECT );
+            }
+
+            // --> edit in readonly sections
+            if( SfxItemState::SET == pNewSet->GetItemState(
+                        RES_EDIT_IN_READONLY, false, &pItem ) )
+            {
+                GetNotifier().Broadcast(sw::LegacyModifyHint(pItem, pItem));
+                pNewSet->ClearItem( RES_EDIT_IN_READONLY );
+                pOldSet->ClearItem( RES_EDIT_IN_READONLY );
+            }
+
+            if( SfxItemState::SET == pNewSet->GetItemState(
+                                    RES_FTN_AT_TXTEND, false, &pItem ))
+            {
+                GetNotifier().Broadcast(sw::LegacyModifyHint(pItem, pItem));
+                pNewSet->ClearItem( RES_FTN_AT_TXTEND );
+                pOldSet->ClearItem( RES_FTN_AT_TXTEND );
+            }
+            if( SfxItemState::SET == pNewSet->GetItemState(
+                                    RES_END_AT_TXTEND, false, &pItem ))
+            {
+                GetNotifier().Broadcast(sw::LegacyModifyHint(pItem, pItem));
+                pNewSet->ClearItem( RES_END_AT_TXTEND );
+                pOldSet->ClearItem( RES_END_AT_TXTEND );
+            }
+            if( !static_cast<const SwAttrSetChg*>(pOld)->GetChgSet()->Count() )
+                return;
+        }
+        break;
+
+    case RES_SECTION_HIDDEN:
+    case RES_SECTION_NOT_HIDDEN:
+        {
+            auto pSect = GetSection();
+            if(!pSect || (RES_SECTION_HIDDEN == nWhich) == pSect->IsHiddenFlag()) // already at target state, skipping.
+                return;
+        }
+        [[fallthrough]];
+    case RES_FTN_AT_TXTEND:
+    case RES_END_AT_TXTEND:
+        GetNotifier().Broadcast(sw::LegacyModifyHint(pOld, pNew));
+        return;
+    case RES_PROTECT:
+    case RES_EDIT_IN_READONLY: // edit in readonly sections
+        // Pass through these Messages until the End of the tree!
+        GetNotifier().Broadcast(sw::LegacyModifyHint(pOld, pNew));
+        return; // That's it!
+
+    case RES_OBJECTDYING:
+        if( !GetDoc()->IsInDtor() && pOld &&
+            static_cast<const SwPtrMsgPoolItem *>(pOld)->pObject == static_cast<void*>(GetRegisteredIn()) )
+        {
+            // My Parents will be destroyed, so get the Parent's Parent
+            // and update
+            SwFrameFormat::SwClientNotify(rMod, rHint);
+            UpdateParent();
+            return;
+        }
+        break;
+
+    case RES_FMT_CHG:
+        if( !GetDoc()->IsInDtor() &&
+            static_cast<const SwFormatChg*>(pNew)->pChangedFormat == static_cast<void*>(GetRegisteredIn()) &&
+            dynamic_cast<const SwSectionFormat*>(static_cast<const SwFormatChg*>(pNew)->pChangedFormat) != nullptr )
+        {
+            // My Parent will be changed, thus I need to update
+            SwFrameFormat::SwClientNotify(rMod, rHint);
+            UpdateParent();
+            return;
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+    SwFrameFormat::SwClientNotify(rMod, rHint);
+
+    if (pOld && (RES_REMOVE_UNO_OBJECT == pOld->Which()))
+    {   // invalidate cached uno object
+        SetXTextSection(uno::Reference<text::XTextSection>(nullptr));
+    }
+}
+
+// Get info from the Format
+bool SwSectionFormat::GetInfo( SfxPoolItem& rInfo ) const
+{
+    switch( rInfo.Which() )
+    {
+    case RES_FINDNEARESTNODE:
+        if( GetFormatAttr( RES_PAGEDESC ).GetPageDesc() )
+        {
+            const SwSectionNode* pNd = GetSectionNode();
+            if( pNd )
+                static_cast<SwFindNearestNode&>(rInfo).CheckNode( *pNd );
+        }
+        return true;
+
+    case RES_CONTENT_VISIBLE:
+        {
+            SwFrame* pFrame = SwIterator<SwFrame,SwFormat>(*this).First();
+            // if the current section has no own frame search for the children
+            if(!pFrame)
+            {
+                SwIterator<SwSectionFormat,SwSectionFormat> aFormatIter(*this);
+                SwSectionFormat* pChild = aFormatIter.First();
+                while(pChild && !pFrame)
+                {
+                    pFrame = SwIterator<SwFrame,SwFormat>(*pChild).First();
+                    pChild = aFormatIter.Next();
+                }
+            }
+            static_cast<SwPtrMsgPoolItem&>(rInfo).pObject = pFrame;
+        }
+        return false;
+    }
+    return sw::BroadcastingModify::GetInfo( rInfo );
+}
+
+static bool lcl_SectionCmpPos( const SwSection *pFirst, const SwSection *pSecond)
+{
+    const SwSectionFormat* pFSectFormat = pFirst->GetFormat();
+    const SwSectionFormat* pSSectFormat = pSecond->GetFormat();
+    OSL_ENSURE( pFSectFormat && pSSectFormat &&
+            pFSectFormat->GetContent(false).GetContentIdx() &&
+            pSSectFormat->GetContent(false).GetContentIdx(),
+                "Invalid sections" );
+    return pFSectFormat->GetContent(false).GetContentIdx()->GetIndex() <
+                  pSSectFormat->GetContent(false).GetContentIdx()->GetIndex();
+}
+
+// get all Sections that have been derived from this one
+void SwSectionFormat::GetChildSections( SwSections& rArr,
+                                        SectionSort eSort,
+                                        bool bAllSections ) const
+{
+    rArr.clear();
+
+    if( !HasWriterListeners() )
+        return;
+
+    SwIterator<SwSectionFormat,SwSectionFormat> aIter(*this);
+    const SwNodeIndex* pIdx;
+    for( SwSectionFormat* pLast = aIter.First(); pLast; pLast = aIter.Next() )
+        if( bAllSections ||
+            ( nullptr != ( pIdx = pLast->GetContent(false).
+            GetContentIdx()) && &pIdx->GetNodes() == &GetDoc()->GetNodes() ))
+        {
+            SwSection* pDummy = pLast->GetSection();
+            rArr.push_back( pDummy );
+        }
+
+    // Do we need any sorting?
+    if( 1 < rArr.size() )
+        switch( eSort )
+        {
+        case SectionSort::Pos:
+            std::sort( rArr.begin(), rArr.end(), lcl_SectionCmpPos );
+            break;
+        case SectionSort::Not: break;
+        }
+}
+
+// See whether the Section is within the Nodes or the UndoNodes array
+bool SwSectionFormat::IsInNodesArr() const
+{
+    const SwNodeIndex* pIdx = GetContent(false).GetContentIdx();
+    return pIdx && &pIdx->GetNodes() == &GetDoc()->GetNodes();
+}
+
+// Parent was changed
+void SwSectionFormat::UpdateParent()
+{
+    if(!HasWriterListeners())
+        return;
+
+    const SwSection* pSection = GetSection();
+    const SvxProtectItem* pProtect = &GetProtect();
+    // edit in readonly sections
+    const SwFormatEditInReadonly* pEditInReadonly = &GetEditInReadonly();
+    bool bIsHidden = pSection->IsHidden();
+    if(GetRegisteredIn())
+    {
+        const SwSection* pPS = GetParentSection();
+        pProtect = &pPS->GetFormat()->GetProtect();
+        pEditInReadonly = &pPS->GetFormat()->GetEditInReadonly();
+        bIsHidden = pPS->IsHiddenFlag();
+    }
+    if(!pProtect->IsContentProtected() != !pSection->IsProtectFlag())
+        CallSwClientNotify(sw::LegacyModifyHint(pProtect, pProtect));
+
+    // edit in readonly sections
+    if(!pEditInReadonly->GetValue() != !pSection->IsEditInReadonlyFlag())
+        CallSwClientNotify(sw::LegacyModifyHint(pEditInReadonly, pEditInReadonly));
+
+    if(bIsHidden == pSection->IsHiddenFlag())
+    {
+        SwMsgPoolItem aMsgItem(o3tl::narrowing<sal_uInt16>(bIsHidden
+                ? RES_SECTION_HIDDEN
+                : RES_SECTION_NOT_HIDDEN));
+        CallSwClientNotify(sw::LegacyModifyHint(&aMsgItem, &aMsgItem));
+    }
+}
+
+SwSectionNode* SwSectionFormat::GetSectionNode()
+{
+    const SwNodeIndex* pIdx = GetContent(false).GetContentIdx();
+    if( pIdx && ( &pIdx->GetNodes() == &GetDoc()->GetNodes() ))
+        return pIdx->GetNode().GetSectionNode();
+    return nullptr;
+}
+
+// Is this Section valid for the GlobalDocument?
+const SwSection* SwSectionFormat::GetGlobalDocSection() const
+{
+    const SwSectionNode* pNd = GetSectionNode();
+    if( pNd &&
+        ( SectionType::FileLink == pNd->GetSection().GetType() ||
+          SectionType::ToxContent == pNd->GetSection().GetType() ) &&
+        pNd->GetIndex() > pNd->GetNodes().GetEndOfExtras().GetIndex() &&
+        !pNd->StartOfSectionNode()->IsSectionNode() &&
+        !pNd->StartOfSectionNode()->FindSectionNode() )
+        return &pNd->GetSection();
+    return nullptr;
+}
+
+// sw::Metadatable
+::sfx2::IXmlIdRegistry& SwSectionFormat::GetRegistry()
+{
+    return GetDoc()->GetXmlIdRegistry();
+}
+
+bool SwSectionFormat::IsInClipboard() const
+{
+    return GetDoc()->IsClipBoard();
+}
+
+bool SwSectionFormat::IsInUndo() const
+{
+    return !IsInNodesArr();
+}
+
+bool SwSectionFormat::IsInContent() const
+{
+    SwNodeIndex const*const pIdx = GetContent(false).GetContentIdx();
+    OSL_ENSURE(pIdx, "SwSectionFormat::IsInContent: no index?");
+    return pIdx == nullptr || !GetDoc()->IsInHeaderFooter(*pIdx);
+}
+
+// n.b.: if the section format represents an index, then there is both a
+// SwXDocumentIndex and a SwXTextSection instance for this single core object.
+// these two can both implement XMetadatable and forward to the same core
+// section format.  but here only one UNO object can be returned,
+// so always return the text section.
+uno::Reference< rdf::XMetadatable >
+SwSectionFormat::MakeUnoObject()
+{
+    uno::Reference<rdf::XMetadatable> xMeta;
+    SwSection *const pSection( GetSection() );
+    if (pSection)
+    {
+        xMeta.set(  SwXTextSection::CreateXTextSection(this,
+                        SectionType::ToxHeader == pSection->GetType()),
+                    uno::UNO_QUERY );
+    }
+    return xMeta;
+}
+
+bool SwSectionFormat::supportsFullDrawingLayerFillAttributeSet() const
+{
+    return false;
+}
+
+void SwSectionFormat::dumpAsXml(xmlTextWriterPtr pWriter) const
+{
+    (void)xmlTextWriterStartElement(pWriter, BAD_CAST("SwSectionFormat"));
+    (void)xmlTextWriterWriteFormatAttribute(pWriter, BAD_CAST("ptr"), "%p", this);
+    (void)xmlTextWriterWriteAttribute(pWriter, BAD_CAST("name"), BAD_CAST(GetName().toUtf8().getStr()));
+    GetAttrSet().dumpAsXml(pWriter);
+    (void)xmlTextWriterEndElement(pWriter);
+}
+
+void SwSectionFormats::dumpAsXml(xmlTextWriterPtr pWriter) const
+{
+    (void)xmlTextWriterStartElement(pWriter, BAD_CAST("SwSectionFormats"));
+    for (size_t i = 0; i < size(); ++i)
+        GetFormat(i)->dumpAsXml(pWriter);
+    (void)xmlTextWriterEndElement(pWriter);
+}
+
+// Method to break section links inside a linked section
+static void lcl_BreakSectionLinksInSect( const SwSectionNode& rSectNd )
+{
+    if ( !rSectNd.GetSection().IsConnected() )
+    {
+        OSL_FAIL( "method <lcl_RemoveSectionLinksInSect(..)> - no Link at Section of SectionNode" );
+        return;
+    }
+    const ::sfx2::SvBaseLink* pOwnLink( &(rSectNd.GetSection().GetBaseLink() ) );
+    const ::sfx2::SvBaseLinks& rLnks = rSectNd.GetDoc().getIDocumentLinksAdministration().GetLinkManager().GetLinks();
+    for ( auto n = rLnks.size(); n > 0; )
+    {
+        SwIntrnlSectRefLink* pSectLnk = dynamic_cast<SwIntrnlSectRefLink*>(&(*rLnks[ --n ]));
+        if ( pSectLnk && pSectLnk != pOwnLink &&
+             pSectLnk->IsInRange( rSectNd.GetIndex(), rSectNd.EndOfSectionIndex() ) )
+        {
+            // break the link of the corresponding section.
+            // the link is also removed from the link manager
+            SwSectionNode* pSectNode = pSectLnk->GetSectNode();
+            assert(pSectNode);
+            pSectNode->GetSection().BreakLink();
+
+            // for robustness, because link is removed from the link manager
+            if ( n > rLnks.size() )
+            {
+                n = rLnks.size();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+static void lcl_UpdateLinksInSect( const SwBaseLink& rUpdLnk, SwSectionNode& rSectNd )
+{
+    SwDoc& rDoc = rSectNd.GetDoc();
+    SwDocShell* pDShell = rDoc.GetDocShell();
+    if( !pDShell || !pDShell->GetMedium() )
+        return ;
+
+    const OUString sName( pDShell->GetMedium()->GetName() );
+    const OUString sMimeType( SotExchange::GetFormatMimeType( SotClipboardFormatId::SIMPLE_FILE ));
+    uno::Any aValue;
+    aValue <<= sName; // Arbitrary name
+
+    const ::sfx2::SvBaseLinks& rLnks = rDoc.getIDocumentLinksAdministration().GetLinkManager().GetLinks();
+    for( auto n = rLnks.size(); n; )
+    {
+        ::sfx2::SvBaseLink* pLnk = &(*rLnks[ --n ]);
+        if( pLnk == &rUpdLnk )
+            continue;
+        if( sfx2::SvBaseLinkObjectType::ClientFile != pLnk->GetObjType() )
+            continue;
+        SwBaseLink* pBLink = dynamic_cast<SwBaseLink*>( pLnk );
+        if( pBLink && pBLink->IsInRange( rSectNd.GetIndex(),
+                                        rSectNd.EndOfSectionIndex() ) )
+        {
+            // It's in the Section, so update. But only if it's not in the same File!
+            OUString sFName;
+            sfx2::LinkManager::GetDisplayNames( pBLink, nullptr, &sFName );
+            if( sFName != sName )
+            {
+                pBLink->DataChanged( sMimeType, aValue );
+
+                // If needed find the Link pointer to avoid skipping one or calling one twice
+                if( n >= rLnks.size() && 0 != ( n = rLnks.size() ))
+                    --n;
+
+                if( n && pLnk != &(*rLnks[ n ]) )
+                {
+                    // Find - it can only precede it!
+                    while( n )
+                        if( pLnk == &(*rLnks[ --n ] ) )
+                            break;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+::sfx2::SvBaseLink::UpdateResult SwIntrnlSectRefLink::DataChanged(
+    const OUString& rMimeType, const uno::Any & rValue )
+{
+    SwSectionNode* pSectNd = m_rSectFormat.GetSectionNode();
+    SwDoc* pDoc = m_rSectFormat.GetDoc();
+
+    SotClipboardFormatId nDataFormat = SotExchange::GetFormatIdFromMimeType( rMimeType );
+
+    if( !pSectNd || !pDoc || pDoc->IsInDtor() || ChkNoDataFlag() ||
+        sfx2::LinkManager::RegisterStatusInfoId() == nDataFormat )
+    {
+        // Should we be in the Undo already?
+        return SUCCESS;
+    }
+
+    //  #i38810# - Due to possible existing signatures, the
+    // document has to be modified after updating a link.
+    pDoc->getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+    // set additional flag that links have been updated, in order to check this
+    // during load.
+    pDoc->getIDocumentLinksAdministration().SetLinksUpdated( true );
+
+    // Always switch off Undo
+    bool const bWasUndo = pDoc->GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo();
+    pDoc->GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoUndo(false);
+    bool bWasVisibleLinks = pDoc->getIDocumentLinksAdministration().IsVisibleLinks();
+    pDoc->getIDocumentLinksAdministration().SetVisibleLinks( false );
+
+    SwPaM* pPam;
+    SwViewShell* pVSh = pDoc->getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentViewShell();
+    SwEditShell* pESh = pDoc->GetEditShell();
+    pDoc->getIDocumentFieldsAccess().LockExpFields();
+    {
+        // Insert an empty TextNode at the Section's start
+        SwNodeIndex aIdx( *pSectNd, +1 );
+        SwNodeIndex aEndIdx( *pSectNd->EndOfSectionNode() );
+        SwTextNode* pNewNd = pDoc->GetNodes().MakeTextNode( aIdx,
+                        pDoc->getIDocumentStylePoolAccess().GetTextCollFromPool( RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT ) );
+
+        if( pESh )
+            pESh->StartAllAction();
+        else if( pVSh )
+            pVSh->StartAction();
+
+        SwPosition aPos( aIdx, SwIndex( pNewNd, 0 ));
+        --aPos.nNode;
+        SwDoc::CorrAbs( aIdx, aEndIdx, aPos, true );
+
+        pPam = new SwPaM( aPos );
+
+        // Delete everything succeeding it
+        --aIdx;
+        DelFlyInRange( aIdx, aEndIdx );
+        DelBookmarks(aIdx, aEndIdx);
+        ++aIdx;
+
+        pDoc->GetNodes().Delete( aIdx, aEndIdx.GetIndex() - aIdx.GetIndex() );
+    }
+
+    SwSection& rSection = pSectNd->GetSection();
+    rSection.SetConnectFlag(false);
+
+    Reader* pRead = nullptr;
+    switch( nDataFormat )
+    {
+    case SotClipboardFormatId::STRING:
+        pRead = ReadAscii;
+        break;
+
+    case SotClipboardFormatId::RICHTEXT:
+    case SotClipboardFormatId::RTF:
+        pRead = SwReaderWriter::GetRtfReader();
+        break;
+
+    case SotClipboardFormatId::SIMPLE_FILE:
+        if ( rValue.hasValue() )
+        {
+            OUString sFileName;
+            if ( !(rValue >>= sFileName) )
+                break;
+            OUString sFilter;
+            OUString sRange;
+            sfx2::LinkManager::GetDisplayNames( this, nullptr, &sFileName,
+                                                    &sRange, &sFilter );
+
+            RedlineFlags eOldRedlineFlags = RedlineFlags::NONE;
+            SfxObjectShellRef xDocSh;
+            SfxObjectShellLock xLockRef;
+            int nRet;
+            if( sFileName.isEmpty() )
+            {
+                xDocSh = pDoc->GetDocShell();
+                nRet = 1;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                nRet = SwFindDocShell( xDocSh, xLockRef, sFileName,
+                                    rSection.GetLinkFilePassword(),
+                                    sFilter, 0, pDoc->GetDocShell() );
+                if( nRet )
+                {
+                    SwDoc* pSrcDoc = static_cast<SwDocShell*>( xDocSh.get() )->GetDoc();
+                    eOldRedlineFlags = pSrcDoc->getIDocumentRedlineAccess().GetRedlineFlags();
+                    pSrcDoc->getIDocumentRedlineAccess().SetRedlineFlags( RedlineFlags::ShowInsert );
+                }
+            }
+
+            if( nRet )
+            {
+                rSection.SetConnectFlag();
+
+                SwNodeIndex aSave( pPam->GetPoint()->nNode, -1 );
+                std::unique_ptr<SwNodeRange> pCpyRg;
+
+                if( xDocSh->GetMedium() &&
+                    rSection.GetLinkFilePassword().isEmpty() )
+                {
+                    if( const SfxStringItem* pItem = xDocSh->GetMedium()->GetItemSet()->
+                        GetItemIfSet( SID_PASSWORD, false ) )
+                        rSection.SetLinkFilePassword( pItem->GetValue() );
+                }
+
+                SwDoc* pSrcDoc = static_cast<SwDocShell*>( xDocSh.get() )->GetDoc();
+
+                if( !sRange.isEmpty() )
+                {
+                    // Catch recursion
+                    bool bRecursion = false;
+                    if( pSrcDoc == pDoc )
+                    {
+                        tools::SvRef<SwServerObject> refObj( static_cast<SwServerObject*>(
+                                        pDoc->getIDocumentLinksAdministration().CreateLinkSource( sRange )));
+                        if( refObj.is() )
+                        {
+                            bRecursion = refObj->IsLinkInServer( this ) ||
+                                        ChkNoDataFlag();
+                        }
+                    }
+
+                    SwNodeIndex& rInsPos = pPam->GetPoint()->nNode;
+
+                    SwPaM* pCpyPam = nullptr;
+                    if( !bRecursion &&
+                        pSrcDoc->GetDocumentLinksAdministrationManager().SelectServerObj( sRange, pCpyPam, pCpyRg )
+                        && pCpyPam )
+                    {
+                        if( pSrcDoc != pDoc ||
+                            pCpyPam->Start()->nNode > rInsPos ||
+                            rInsPos >= pCpyPam->End()->nNode )
+                        {
+                            pSrcDoc->getIDocumentContentOperations().CopyRange(*pCpyPam, *pPam->GetPoint(), SwCopyFlags::CheckPosInFly);
+                        }
+                        delete pCpyPam;
+                    }
+                    if( pCpyRg && pSrcDoc == pDoc &&
+                        pCpyRg->aStart < rInsPos && rInsPos < pCpyRg->aEnd )
+                    {
+                        pCpyRg.reset();
+                    }
+                }
+                else if( pSrcDoc != pDoc )
+                    pCpyRg.reset(new SwNodeRange( pSrcDoc->GetNodes().GetEndOfExtras(), SwNodeOffset(2),
+                                          pSrcDoc->GetNodes().GetEndOfContent() ));
+
+                // #i81653#
+                // Update links of extern linked document or extern linked
+                // document section, if section is protected.
+                if ( pSrcDoc != pDoc &&
+                     rSection.IsProtectFlag() )
+                {
+                    pSrcDoc->getIDocumentLinksAdministration().GetLinkManager().UpdateAllLinks( false, false, nullptr );
+                }
+
+                if( pCpyRg )
+                {
+                    SwNodeIndex& rInsPos = pPam->GetPoint()->nNode;
+                    bool bCreateFrame = rInsPos.GetIndex() <=
+                                pDoc->GetNodes().GetEndOfExtras().GetIndex() ||
+                                rInsPos.GetNode().FindTableNode();
+
+                    SwTableNumFormatMerge aTNFM( *pSrcDoc, *pDoc );
+
+                    pSrcDoc->GetDocumentContentOperationsManager().CopyWithFlyInFly(*pCpyRg, rInsPos, nullptr, bCreateFrame);
+                    ++aSave;
+
+                    if( !bCreateFrame )
+                        ::MakeFrames( pDoc, aSave, rInsPos );
+
+                    // Delete last Node, only if it was copied successfully
+                    // (the Section contains more than one Node)
+                    if( SwNodeOffset(2) < pSectNd->EndOfSectionIndex() - pSectNd->GetIndex() )
+                    {
+                        aSave = rInsPos;
+                        pPam->Move( fnMoveBackward, GoInNode );
+                        pPam->SetMark(); // Rewire both SwPositions
+
+                        pDoc->CorrAbs( aSave, *pPam->GetPoint(), 0, true );
+                        pDoc->GetNodes().Delete( aSave );
+                    }
+                    pCpyRg.reset();
+                }
+
+                lcl_BreakSectionLinksInSect( *pSectNd );
+
+                // Update all Links in this Section
+                lcl_UpdateLinksInSect( *this, *pSectNd );
+            }
+            if( xDocSh.is() )
+            {
+                if( 2 == nRet )
+                    xDocSh->DoClose();
+                else if( static_cast<SwDocShell*>( xDocSh.get() )->GetDoc() )
+                    static_cast<SwDocShell*>( xDocSh.get() )->GetDoc()->getIDocumentRedlineAccess().SetRedlineFlags(
+                                eOldRedlineFlags );
+            }
+        }
+        break;
+    default: break;
+    }
+
+    // Only create DDE if Shell is available!
+    uno::Sequence< sal_Int8 > aSeq;
+    if( pRead && rValue.hasValue() && ( rValue >>= aSeq ) )
+    {
+        if( pESh )
+        {
+            pESh->Push();
+            SwPaM* pCursor = pESh->GetCursor();
+            *pCursor->GetPoint() = *pPam->GetPoint();
+            delete pPam;
+            pPam = pCursor;
+        }
+
+        SvMemoryStream aStrm( const_cast<sal_Int8 *>(aSeq.getConstArray()), aSeq.getLength(),
+                                StreamMode::READ );
+        aStrm.Seek( 0 );
+
+        // TODO/MBA: it's impossible to set a BaseURL here!
+        SwReader aTmpReader( aStrm, OUString(), pDoc->GetDocShell()->GetMedium()->GetBaseURL(), *pPam );
+
+        if( ! aTmpReader.Read( *pRead ).IsError() )
+        {
+            rSection.SetConnectFlag();
+        }
+
+        if( pESh )
+        {
+            pESh->Pop(SwCursorShell::PopMode::DeleteCurrent);
+            pPam = nullptr; // pam was deleted earlier
+        }
+    }
+
+    // remove all undo actions and turn undo on again
+    pDoc->GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DelAllUndoObj();
+    pDoc->GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoUndo(bWasUndo);
+    pDoc->getIDocumentLinksAdministration().SetVisibleLinks( bWasVisibleLinks );
+
+    pDoc->getIDocumentFieldsAccess().UnlockExpFields();
+    if( !pDoc->getIDocumentFieldsAccess().IsExpFieldsLocked() )
+        pDoc->getIDocumentFieldsAccess().UpdateExpFields(nullptr, true);
+
+    if( pESh )
+        pESh->EndAllAction();
+    else if( pVSh )
+        pVSh->EndAction();
+    delete pPam; // Was created at the start
+
+    return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+void SwIntrnlSectRefLink::Closed()
+{
+    SwDoc* pDoc = m_rSectFormat.GetDoc();
+    if( pDoc && !pDoc->IsInDtor() )
+    {
+        // Advise says goodbye: mark the Section as not protected
+        // and change the Flag
+        const SwSectionFormats& rFormats = pDoc->GetSections();
+        for( auto n = rFormats.size(); n; )
+            if (rFormats[--n] == &m_rSectFormat)
+            {
+                SwViewShell* pSh = pDoc->getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentViewShell();
+                SwEditShell* pESh = pDoc->GetEditShell();
+
+                if( pESh )
+                    pESh->StartAllAction();
+                else
+                    pSh->StartAction();
+
+                SwSectionData aSectionData(*m_rSectFormat.GetSection());
+                aSectionData.SetType( SectionType::Content );
+                aSectionData.SetLinkFileName( OUString() );
+                aSectionData.SetProtectFlag( false );
+                // edit in readonly sections
+                aSectionData.SetEditInReadonlyFlag( false );
+
+                aSectionData.SetConnectFlag( false );
+
+                pDoc->UpdateSection( n, aSectionData );
+
+                // Make all Links within the Section visible again
+                SwSectionNode* pSectNd = m_rSectFormat.GetSectionNode();
+                if( pSectNd )
+                    SwSection::MakeChildLinksVisible( *pSectNd );
+
+                if( pESh )
+                    pESh->EndAllAction();
+                else
+                    pSh->EndAction();
+                break;
+            }
+    }
+    SvBaseLink::Closed();
+}
+
+void SwSection::CreateLink( LinkCreateType eCreateType )
+{
+    SwSectionFormat* pFormat = GetFormat();
+    OSL_ENSURE(pFormat, "SwSection::CreateLink: no format?");
+    if (!pFormat || (SectionType::Content == m_Data.GetType()))
+        return ;
+
+    SfxLinkUpdateMode nUpdateType = SfxLinkUpdateMode::ALWAYS;
+
+    if (!m_RefLink.is())
+    {
+        // create BaseLink
+        m_RefLink = new SwIntrnlSectRefLink( *pFormat, nUpdateType );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        pFormat->GetDoc()->getIDocumentLinksAdministration().GetLinkManager().Remove( m_RefLink.get() );
+    }
+
+    SwIntrnlSectRefLink *const pLnk =
+        static_cast<SwIntrnlSectRefLink*>( m_RefLink.get() );
+
+    const OUString sCmd(m_Data.GetLinkFileName());
+    pLnk->SetUpdateMode( nUpdateType );
+    pLnk->SetVisible( pFormat->GetDoc()->getIDocumentLinksAdministration().IsVisibleLinks() );
+
+    switch (m_Data.GetType())
+    {
+    case SectionType::DdeLink:
+        pLnk->SetLinkSourceName( sCmd );
+        pFormat->GetDoc()->getIDocumentLinksAdministration().GetLinkManager().InsertDDELink( pLnk );
+        break;
+    case SectionType::FileLink:
+        {
+            pLnk->SetContentType( SotClipboardFormatId::SIMPLE_FILE );
+            sal_Int32 nIndex = 0;
+            const OUString sFile(sCmd.getToken( 0, sfx2::cTokenSeparator, nIndex ));
+            const OUString sFltr(sCmd.getToken( 0, sfx2::cTokenSeparator, nIndex ));
+            const OUString sRange(sCmd.getToken( 0, sfx2::cTokenSeparator, nIndex ));
+            pFormat->GetDoc()->getIDocumentLinksAdministration().GetLinkManager().InsertFileLink( *pLnk,
+                                static_cast<sfx2::SvBaseLinkObjectType>(m_Data.GetType()),
+                                sFile,
+                                ( !sFltr.isEmpty() ? &sFltr : nullptr ),
+                                ( !sRange.isEmpty() ? &sRange : nullptr ) );
+        }
+        break;
+    default:
+        OSL_ENSURE( false, "What kind of Link is this?" );
+    }
+
+    switch( eCreateType )
+    {
+    case LinkCreateType::Connect: // Connect Link right away
+        pLnk->Connect();
+        break;
+
+    case LinkCreateType::Update: // Connect Link and update
+        pLnk->Update();
+        break;
+    case LinkCreateType::NONE: break;
+    }
+}
+
+void SwSection::BreakLink()
+{
+    const SectionType eCurrentType( GetType() );
+    if ( eCurrentType == SectionType::Content ||
+         eCurrentType == SectionType::ToxHeader ||
+         eCurrentType == SectionType::ToxContent )
+    {
+        // nothing to do
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Release link, if it exists
+    if (m_RefLink.is())
+    {
+        SwSectionFormat *const pFormat( GetFormat() );
+        OSL_ENSURE(pFormat, "SwSection::BreakLink: no format?");
+        if (pFormat)
+        {
+            pFormat->GetDoc()->getIDocumentLinksAdministration().GetLinkManager().Remove( m_RefLink.get() );
+        }
+        m_RefLink.clear();
+    }
+    // change type
+    SetType( SectionType::Content );
+    // reset linked file data
+    SetLinkFileName( OUString() );
+    SetLinkFilePassword( OUString() );
+}
+
+void SwSection::dumpAsXml(xmlTextWriterPtr pWriter) const
+{
+    (void)xmlTextWriterStartElement(pWriter, BAD_CAST("SwSection"));
+    (void)xmlTextWriterWriteFormatAttribute(pWriter, BAD_CAST("ptr"), "%p", this);
+    (void)xmlTextWriterWriteFormatAttribute(pWriter, BAD_CAST("registered-in"), "%p",
+                                            GetRegisteredIn());
+    (void)xmlTextWriterEndElement(pWriter);
+}
+
+const SwNode* SwIntrnlSectRefLink::GetAnchor() const { return m_rSectFormat.GetSectionNode(); }
+
+bool SwIntrnlSectRefLink::IsInRange( SwNodeOffset nSttNd, SwNodeOffset nEndNd ) const
+{
+    SwStartNode* pSttNd = m_rSectFormat.GetSectionNode();
+    return pSttNd &&
+            nSttNd < pSttNd->GetIndex() &&
+            pSttNd->EndOfSectionIndex() < nEndNd;
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/swbaslnk.cxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/swbaslnk.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5a5967c87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/swbaslnk.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,326 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <vcl/svapp.hxx>
+
+#include <osl/diagnose.h>
+#include <sfx2/lnkbase.hxx>
+#include <editeng/boxitem.hxx>
+#include <sfx2/linkmgr.hxx>
+#include <sfx2/event.hxx>
+#include <sot/exchange.hxx>
+#include <fmtfsize.hxx>
+#include <fmtanchr.hxx>
+#include <frmatr.hxx>
+#include <frmfmt.hxx>
+#include <doc.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentLayoutAccess.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentLinksAdministration.hxx>
+#include <pam.hxx>
+#include <swtable.hxx>
+#include <swevent.hxx>
+#include <swbaslnk.hxx>
+#include <swserv.hxx>
+#include <viewsh.hxx>
+#include <ndgrf.hxx>
+#include <htmltbl.hxx>
+#include <dialoghelp.hxx>
+#include <memory>
+
+using namespace com::sun::star;
+
+static bool SetGrfFlySize( const Size& rGrfSz, SwGrfNode* pGrfNd, const Size &rOrigGrfSize );
+
+
+::sfx2::SvBaseLink::UpdateResult SwBaseLink::DataChanged(
+    const OUString& rMimeType, const uno::Any & rValue )
+{
+    if( !m_pContentNode )
+    {
+        OSL_ENSURE(false, "DataChanged without ContentNode" );
+        return ERROR_GENERAL;
+    }
+
+    SwDoc& rDoc = m_pContentNode->GetDoc();
+    if( rDoc.IsInDtor() || ChkNoDataFlag() )
+    {
+        return SUCCESS;
+    }
+
+    SotClipboardFormatId nFormat = SotExchange::GetFormatIdFromMimeType( rMimeType );
+
+    if( m_pContentNode->IsNoTextNode() &&
+        nFormat == sfx2::LinkManager::RegisterStatusInfoId() )
+    {
+        // Only a status change - serve Events?
+        OUString sState;
+
+        if( rValue.hasValue() && ( rValue >>= sState ))
+        {
+            SvMacroItemId nEvent = SvMacroItemId::NONE;
+            switch( sState.toInt32() )
+            {
+            case sfx2::LinkManager::STATE_LOAD_OK:      nEvent = SvMacroItemId::OnImageLoadDone;  break;
+            case sfx2::LinkManager::STATE_LOAD_ERROR:   nEvent = SvMacroItemId::OnImageLoadError; break;
+            case sfx2::LinkManager::STATE_LOAD_ABORT:   nEvent = SvMacroItemId::OnImageLoadCancel; break;
+            }
+
+            SwFrameFormat* pFormat;
+            if( nEvent != SvMacroItemId::NONE && nullptr != ( pFormat = m_pContentNode->GetFlyFormat() ))
+            {
+                SwCallMouseEvent aCallEvent;
+                aCallEvent.Set( EVENT_OBJECT_IMAGE, pFormat );
+                rDoc.CallEvent( nEvent, aCallEvent );
+            }
+        }
+        return SUCCESS; // That's it!
+    }
+
+    bool bUpdate = false;
+    bool bFrameInPaint = false;
+    Size aGrfSz, aOldSz;
+
+    SwGrfNode* pSwGrfNode = nullptr;
+
+    if (m_pContentNode->IsGrfNode())
+    {
+        pSwGrfNode = m_pContentNode->GetGrfNode();
+        assert(pSwGrfNode && "Error, pSwGrfNode expected when node answers IsGrfNode() with true (!)");
+        aOldSz = pSwGrfNode->GetTwipSize();
+        const GraphicObject& rGrfObj = pSwGrfNode->GetGrfObj();
+
+        bFrameInPaint = pSwGrfNode->IsFrameInPaint();
+
+        Graphic aGrf;
+
+        // tdf#124698 if any auth dialog is needed, find what the parent window should be
+        weld::Window* pDlgParent = GetFrameWeld(&rDoc);
+
+        if (rDoc.getIDocumentLinksAdministration().GetLinkManager().GetGraphicFromAny(rMimeType, rValue, aGrf, pDlgParent) &&
+            ( GraphicType::Default != aGrf.GetType() ||
+              GraphicType::Default != rGrfObj.GetType() ) )
+        {
+            aGrfSz = ::GetGraphicSizeTwip( aGrf, nullptr );
+
+            pSwGrfNode->SetGraphic(aGrf);
+            bUpdate = true;
+
+            // Always use the correct graphic size
+            if( aGrfSz.Height() && aGrfSz.Width() &&
+                aOldSz.Height() && aOldSz.Width() &&
+                aGrfSz != aOldSz )
+            {
+                pSwGrfNode->SetTwipSize(aGrfSz);
+                aOldSz = aGrfSz;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else if( m_pContentNode->IsOLENode() )
+        bUpdate = true;
+
+    if ( !bUpdate || bFrameInPaint )
+        return SUCCESS;
+
+    if(pSwGrfNode && !SetGrfFlySize(aGrfSz, pSwGrfNode, aOldSz))
+        pSwGrfNode->TriggerGraphicArrived();
+
+    return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+static bool SetGrfFlySize( const Size& rGrfSz, SwGrfNode* pGrfNd, const Size& rOrigGrfSize )
+{
+    bool bRet = false;
+    SwViewShell *pSh = pGrfNd->GetDoc().getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentViewShell();
+    std::unique_ptr<CurrShell> pCurr;
+    if ( pGrfNd->GetDoc().GetEditShell() )
+        pCurr.reset(new CurrShell( pSh ));
+
+    Size aSz = rOrigGrfSize;
+    if ( !(aSz.Width() && aSz.Height()) &&
+            rGrfSz.Width() && rGrfSz.Height() )
+    {
+        SwFrameFormat* pFormat = nullptr;
+        if (pGrfNd->IsChgTwipSize())
+            pFormat = pGrfNd->GetFlyFormat();
+        if (nullptr != pFormat)
+        {
+            Size aCalcSz( aSz );
+            if ( !aSz.Height() && aSz.Width() )
+                // Calculate the right height
+                aCalcSz.setHeight( rGrfSz.Height() *
+                        aSz.Width() / rGrfSz.Width() );
+            else if ( !aSz.Width() && aSz.Height() )
+                // Calculate the right width
+                aCalcSz.setWidth( rGrfSz.Width() *
+                        aSz.Height() / rGrfSz.Height() );
+            else
+                // Take over height and width
+                aCalcSz = rGrfSz;
+
+            const SvxBoxItem     &rBox = pFormat->GetBox();
+            aCalcSz.AdjustWidth(rBox.CalcLineSpace(SvxBoxItemLine::LEFT) +
+                               rBox.CalcLineSpace(SvxBoxItemLine::RIGHT) );
+            aCalcSz.AdjustHeight(rBox.CalcLineSpace(SvxBoxItemLine::TOP) +
+                               rBox.CalcLineSpace(SvxBoxItemLine::BOTTOM) );
+            const SwFormatFrameSize& rOldAttr = pFormat->GetFrameSize();
+            if( rOldAttr.GetSize() != aCalcSz )
+            {
+                SwFormatFrameSize aAttr( rOldAttr  );
+                aAttr.SetSize( aCalcSz );
+                pFormat->SetFormatAttr( aAttr );
+                bRet = true;
+            }
+
+            if( !aSz.Width() )
+            {
+                // If the graphic is anchored in a table, we need to recalculate
+                // the table rows
+                const SwDoc& rDoc = pGrfNd->GetDoc();
+                const SwPosition* pAPos = pFormat->GetAnchor().GetContentAnchor();
+                SwTableNode *pTableNd;
+                if (pAPos && nullptr != (pTableNd = pAPos->nNode.GetNode().FindTableNode()))
+                {
+                    const bool bLastGrf = !pTableNd->GetTable().DecGrfsThatResize();
+                    SwHTMLTableLayout *pLayout =
+                        pTableNd->GetTable().GetHTMLTableLayout();
+                    if( pLayout )
+                    {
+                        const sal_uInt16 nBrowseWidth =
+                                    pLayout->GetBrowseWidthByTable( rDoc );
+                        if ( nBrowseWidth )
+                        {
+                            pLayout->Resize( nBrowseWidth, true, true,
+                                             bLastGrf ? HTMLTABLE_RESIZE_NOW
+                                                      : 500 );
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        // SetTwipSize rescales an ImageMap if needed for which
+        // it requires the Frame Format
+        pGrfNd->SetTwipSize( rGrfSz );
+    }
+
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+bool SwBaseLink::SwapIn( bool bWaitForData, bool bNativFormat )
+{
+    if( !GetObj() && ( bNativFormat || ( !IsSynchron() && bWaitForData ) ))
+    {
+        AddNextRef();
+        GetRealObject_();
+        ReleaseRef();
+    }
+
+    bool bRes = false;
+
+    if( GetObj() )
+    {
+        OUString aMimeType( SotExchange::GetFormatMimeType( GetContentType() ));
+        uno::Any aValue;
+        (void)GetObj()->GetData( aValue, aMimeType, !IsSynchron() && bWaitForData );
+
+        if( bWaitForData && !GetObj() )
+        {
+            OSL_ENSURE( false, "The SvxFileObject was deleted in a GetData!" );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            bRes = aValue.hasValue();
+            if ( bRes )
+            {
+                DataChanged( aMimeType, aValue );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else if( !IsSynchron() && bWaitForData )
+    {
+        SetSynchron( true );
+        bRes = Update();
+        SetSynchron( false );
+    }
+    else
+        bRes = Update();
+
+    return bRes;
+}
+
+void SwBaseLink::Closed()
+{
+    if( m_pContentNode && !m_pContentNode->GetDoc().IsInDtor() )
+    {
+        // Delete the connection
+        if( m_pContentNode->IsGrfNode() )
+            static_cast<SwGrfNode*>(m_pContentNode)->ReleaseLink();
+    }
+    SvBaseLink::Closed();
+}
+
+const SwNode* SwBaseLink::GetAnchor() const
+{
+    if (m_pContentNode)
+    {
+        SwFrameFormat *const pFormat = m_pContentNode->GetFlyFormat();
+        if (pFormat)
+        {
+            const SwFormatAnchor& rAnchor = pFormat->GetAnchor();
+            SwPosition const*const pAPos = rAnchor.GetContentAnchor();
+            if (pAPos &&
+                ((RndStdIds::FLY_AS_CHAR == rAnchor.GetAnchorId()) ||
+                 (RndStdIds::FLY_AT_CHAR == rAnchor.GetAnchorId()) ||
+                 (RndStdIds::FLY_AT_FLY  == rAnchor.GetAnchorId()) ||
+                 (RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PARA == rAnchor.GetAnchorId())))
+            {
+                    return &pAPos->nNode.GetNode();
+            }
+            return nullptr;
+        }
+    }
+
+    OSL_ENSURE( false, "GetAnchor is not shadowed" );
+    return nullptr;
+}
+
+bool SwBaseLink::IsRecursion( const SwBaseLink* pChkLnk ) const
+{
+    tools::SvRef<SwServerObject> aRef( static_cast<SwServerObject*>(GetObj()) );
+    if( aRef.is() )
+    {
+        // As it's a ServerObject, we query all contained Links
+        // if we are contained in them. Else we have a recursion.
+        return aRef->IsLinkInServer( pChkLnk );
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+bool SwBaseLink::IsInRange( SwNodeOffset, SwNodeOffset ) const
+{
+    // Not Graphic or OLE Links
+    // Fields or Sections have their own derivation!
+    return false;
+}
+
+SwBaseLink::~SwBaseLink()
+{
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/swthreadjoiner.cxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/swthreadjoiner.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6ff198d7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/swthreadjoiner.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <swthreadjoiner.hxx>
+#include <com/sun/star/util/JobManager.hpp>
+#include <comphelper/processfactory.hxx>
+#include <mutex>
+
+// Testing
+
+using namespace ::com::sun::star;
+
+namespace
+{
+uno::Reference<util::XJobManager> pThreadJoiner;
+}
+
+uno::Reference<util::XJobManager>& SwThreadJoiner::GetThreadJoiner()
+{
+    static std::mutex theJoinerMutex;
+    std::unique_lock aGuard(theJoinerMutex);
+
+    if (!pThreadJoiner.is())
+    {
+        pThreadJoiner = util::JobManager::create(comphelper::getProcessComponentContext());
+    }
+
+    return pThreadJoiner;
+}
+
+void SwThreadJoiner::ReleaseThreadJoiner() { pThreadJoiner.clear(); }
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/swthreadmanager.cxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/swthreadmanager.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3c81ff570
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/swthreadmanager.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <swthreadmanager.hxx>
+#include <swthreadjoiner.hxx>
+#include <observablethread.hxx>
+#include "threadmanager.hxx"
+
+/** class to manage threads in Writer - it conforms the singleton pattern
+
+    #i73788#
+*/
+bool SwThreadManager::sbThreadManagerInstantiated = false;
+
+SwThreadManager::SwThreadManager()
+    : mpThreadManagerImpl( new ThreadManager( SwThreadJoiner::GetThreadJoiner() ) )
+{
+    mpThreadManagerImpl->Init();
+    sbThreadManagerInstantiated = true;
+}
+
+SwThreadManager::~SwThreadManager()
+{
+}
+
+SwThreadManager& SwThreadManager::GetThreadManager()
+{
+    static SwThreadManager gThreadManager;
+    return gThreadManager;
+}
+
+bool SwThreadManager::ExistsThreadManager()
+{
+    return sbThreadManagerInstantiated;
+}
+
+oslInterlockedCount SwThreadManager::AddThread( const rtl::Reference< ObservableThread >& rThread )
+{
+    return mpThreadManagerImpl->AddThread( rThread );
+}
+
+void SwThreadManager::RemoveThread( const oslInterlockedCount nThreadID )
+{
+    mpThreadManagerImpl->RemoveThread( nThreadID );
+}
+
+void SwThreadManager::SuspendStartingOfThreads()
+{
+    mpThreadManagerImpl->SuspendStartingOfThreads();
+}
+
+void SwThreadManager::ResumeStartingOfThreads()
+{
+    mpThreadManagerImpl->ResumeStartingOfThreads();
+}
+
+bool SwThreadManager::StartingOfThreadsSuspended()
+{
+    return mpThreadManagerImpl->StartingOfThreadsSuspended();
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/threadlistener.cxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/threadlistener.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cba118e46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/threadlistener.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#include <threadlistener.hxx>
+#include "threadmanager.hxx"
+
+/** helper class to observe threads
+
+    #i73788#
+*/
+ThreadListener::ThreadListener( ThreadManager& rThreadListenerOwner )
+    : mrThreadListenerOwner( rThreadListenerOwner )
+{
+}
+
+ThreadListener::~ThreadListener()
+{
+}
+
+void ThreadListener::ListenToThread( const oslInterlockedCount nThreadID,
+                                     ObservableThread& rThread )
+{
+    rThread.SetListener( mrThreadListenerOwner.GetThreadListenerWeakRef(),
+                         nThreadID );
+}
+
+void ThreadListener::NotifyAboutFinishedThread( const oslInterlockedCount nThreadID )
+{
+    mrThreadListenerOwner.NotifyAboutFinishedThread( nThreadID );
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/threadmanager.cxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/threadmanager.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..20d71e746
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/threadmanager.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include "cancellablejob.hxx"
+#include "threadmanager.hxx"
+#include <threadlistener.hxx>
+
+#include <osl/diagnose.h>
+
+#include <algorithm>
+
+#include <com/sun/star/util/XJobManager.hpp>
+
+using namespace ::com::sun::star;
+
+/** class to manage threads
+
+    #i73788#
+*/
+const std::deque< ThreadManager::tThreadData >::size_type ThreadManager::snStartedSize = 10;
+
+ThreadManager::ThreadManager( uno::Reference< util::XJobManager > const & rThreadJoiner )
+    : mrThreadJoiner( rThreadJoiner ),
+      mnThreadIDCounter( 0 ),
+      maStartNewThreadIdle("SW ThreadManager StartNewThreadIdle"),
+      mbStartingOfThreadsSuspended( false )
+{
+}
+
+void ThreadManager::Init()
+{
+    mpThreadListener = std::make_shared<ThreadListener>( *this );
+
+    maStartNewThreadIdle.SetPriority( TaskPriority::LOWEST );
+    maStartNewThreadIdle.SetInvokeHandler( LINK( this, ThreadManager, TryToStartNewThread ) );
+}
+
+ThreadManager::~ThreadManager()
+{
+    maWaitingForStartThreads.clear();
+    maStartedThreads.clear();
+}
+
+std::weak_ptr< IFinishedThreadListener > ThreadManager::GetThreadListenerWeakRef() const
+{
+    return mpThreadListener;
+}
+
+void ThreadManager::NotifyAboutFinishedThread( const oslInterlockedCount nThreadID )
+{
+    RemoveThread( nThreadID, true );
+}
+
+oslInterlockedCount ThreadManager::AddThread(
+                            const rtl::Reference< ObservableThread >& rThread )
+
+{
+    std::unique_lock aGuard(maMutex);
+
+    // create new thread
+    tThreadData aThreadData;
+    oslInterlockedCount nNewThreadID( osl_atomic_increment( &mnThreadIDCounter ) );
+    {
+        aThreadData.nThreadID = nNewThreadID;
+
+        aThreadData.pThread = rThread;
+        aThreadData.aJob = new CancellableJob( aThreadData.pThread );
+
+        aThreadData.pThread->setPriority( osl_Thread_PriorityBelowNormal );
+        mpThreadListener->ListenToThread( aThreadData.nThreadID,
+                                          *(aThreadData.pThread) );
+    }
+
+    // add thread to manager
+    if ( maStartedThreads.size() < snStartedSize &&
+         !mbStartingOfThreadsSuspended )
+    {
+        // Try to start thread
+        if ( !StartThread( aThreadData ) )
+        {
+            // No success on starting thread
+            // If no more started threads exist, but still threads are waiting,
+            // setup Timer to start thread from waiting ones
+            if ( maStartedThreads.empty() && !maWaitingForStartThreads.empty() )
+            {
+                maStartNewThreadIdle.Start();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Thread will be started later
+        maWaitingForStartThreads.push_back( aThreadData );
+    }
+
+    return nNewThreadID;
+}
+
+void ThreadManager::RemoveThread( const oslInterlockedCount nThreadID,
+                                  const bool bThreadFinished )
+{
+    // --> SAFE ----
+    std::unique_lock aGuard(maMutex);
+
+    std::deque< tThreadData >::iterator aIter =
+                std::find_if( maStartedThreads.begin(), maStartedThreads.end(),
+                              ThreadPred( nThreadID ) );
+
+    if ( aIter != maStartedThreads.end() )
+    {
+        tThreadData aTmpThreadData( *aIter );
+
+        maStartedThreads.erase( aIter );
+
+        if ( bThreadFinished )
+        {
+            // release thread as job from thread joiner instance
+            css::uno::Reference< css::util::XJobManager > rThreadJoiner( mrThreadJoiner );
+            if ( rThreadJoiner.is() )
+            {
+                rThreadJoiner->releaseJob( aTmpThreadData.aJob );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                OSL_FAIL( "<ThreadManager::RemoveThread(..)> - ThreadJoiner already gone!" );
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Try to start thread from waiting ones
+        aGuard.unlock();
+        TryToStartNewThread( nullptr );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        aIter = std::find_if( maWaitingForStartThreads.begin(),
+                              maWaitingForStartThreads.end(), ThreadPred( nThreadID ) );
+
+        if ( aIter != maWaitingForStartThreads.end() )
+        {
+            maWaitingForStartThreads.erase( aIter );
+        }
+    }
+    // <-- SAFE ----
+}
+
+bool ThreadManager::StartWaitingThread()
+{
+    if ( !maWaitingForStartThreads.empty() )
+    {
+        tThreadData aThreadData( maWaitingForStartThreads.front() );
+        maWaitingForStartThreads.pop_front();
+        return StartThread( aThreadData );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+}
+
+bool ThreadManager::StartThread( const tThreadData& rThreadData )
+{
+    bool bThreadStarted( false );
+
+    if ( rThreadData.pThread->create() )
+    {
+        // start of thread successful.
+        bThreadStarted = true;
+
+        maStartedThreads.push_back( rThreadData );
+
+        // register thread as job at thread joiner instance
+        css::uno::Reference< css::util::XJobManager > rThreadJoiner( mrThreadJoiner );
+        if ( rThreadJoiner.is() )
+        {
+            rThreadJoiner->registerJob( rThreadData.aJob );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            OSL_FAIL( "<ThreadManager::StartThread(..)> - ThreadJoiner already gone!" );
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // thread couldn't be started.
+        maWaitingForStartThreads.push_front( rThreadData );
+    }
+
+    return bThreadStarted;
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK_NOARG(ThreadManager, TryToStartNewThread, Timer *, void)
+{
+    std::unique_lock aGuard(maMutex);
+
+    if ( mbStartingOfThreadsSuspended )
+        return;
+
+    // Try to start thread from waiting ones
+    if ( !StartWaitingThread() )
+    {
+        // No success on starting thread
+        // If no more started threads exist, but still threads are waiting,
+        // setup Timer to start thread from waiting ones
+        if ( maStartedThreads.empty() && !maWaitingForStartThreads.empty() )
+        {
+            maStartNewThreadIdle.Start();
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void ThreadManager::ResumeStartingOfThreads()
+{
+    std::unique_lock aGuard(maMutex);
+
+    mbStartingOfThreadsSuspended = false;
+
+    while ( maStartedThreads.size() < snStartedSize &&
+            !maWaitingForStartThreads.empty() )
+    {
+        if ( !StartWaitingThread() )
+        {
+            // No success on starting thread
+            // If no more started threads exist, but still threads are waiting,
+            // setup Timer to start thread from waiting ones
+            if ( maStartedThreads.empty() && !maWaitingForStartThreads.empty() )
+            {
+                maStartNewThreadIdle.Start();
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/threadmanager.hxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/threadmanager.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ace0bc031
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/threadmanager.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include <vcl/idle.hxx>
+#include <mutex>
+#include <osl/interlck.h>
+#include <rtl/ref.hxx>
+
+#include <deque>
+#include <cppuhelper/weakref.hxx>
+#include <observablethread.hxx>
+
+#include <memory>
+
+namespace com::sun::star::util { class XCancellable; }
+namespace com::sun::star::util { class XJobManager; }
+
+class IFinishedThreadListener;
+class ThreadListener;
+class Timer;
+
+/** class to manage threads
+
+    OD 2007-01-29 #i73788#
+    An instance of this class takes care of the starting of threads.
+    It assures that not more than <mnStartedSize> threads
+    are started.
+*/
+class ThreadManager final
+{
+    public:
+
+        explicit ThreadManager( css::uno::Reference< css::util::XJobManager > const & rThreadJoiner );
+        ~ThreadManager();
+
+        std::weak_ptr< IFinishedThreadListener > GetThreadListenerWeakRef() const;
+        void NotifyAboutFinishedThread( const oslInterlockedCount nThreadID );
+
+        /** initialization
+
+            IMPORTANT NOTE: Needs to be called directly after construction
+        */
+        void Init();
+
+        /** add thread to the thread manager and taking ownership for the thread
+
+            @return unique ID for added thread
+        */
+        oslInterlockedCount AddThread(
+                            const ::rtl::Reference< ObservableThread >& rThread );
+
+        void RemoveThread( const oslInterlockedCount nThreadID,
+                           const bool bThreadFinished = false );
+
+        DECL_LINK( TryToStartNewThread, Timer*, void );
+
+        /** suspend the starting of threads
+
+            Suspending the starting of further threads is sensible during the
+            destruction of a Writer document.
+        */
+        void SuspendStartingOfThreads()
+        {
+            std::unique_lock aGuard(maMutex);
+
+            mbStartingOfThreadsSuspended = true;
+        }
+
+        /** continues the starting of threads after it has been suspended
+        */
+        void ResumeStartingOfThreads();
+
+        bool StartingOfThreadsSuspended()
+        {
+            std::unique_lock aGuard(maMutex);
+
+            return mbStartingOfThreadsSuspended;
+        }
+
+        struct tThreadData
+        {
+            oslInterlockedCount nThreadID;
+            ::rtl::Reference< ObservableThread > pThread;
+            css::uno::Reference< css::util::XCancellable > aJob;
+
+            tThreadData()
+                : nThreadID( 0 ),
+                  aJob()
+            {}
+        };
+
+    private:
+
+        static const std::deque< tThreadData >::size_type snStartedSize;
+
+        std::mutex maMutex;
+
+        css::uno::WeakReference< css::util::XJobManager > mrThreadJoiner;
+
+        std::shared_ptr< ThreadListener > mpThreadListener;
+
+        oslInterlockedCount mnThreadIDCounter;
+
+        std::deque< tThreadData > maWaitingForStartThreads;
+        std::deque< tThreadData > maStartedThreads;
+
+        Idle maStartNewThreadIdle;
+
+        bool mbStartingOfThreadsSuspended;
+
+        struct ThreadPred
+        {
+            oslInterlockedCount mnThreadID;
+            explicit ThreadPred( oslInterlockedCount nThreadID )
+                : mnThreadID( nThreadID )
+            {}
+
+            bool operator() ( const tThreadData& rThreadData ) const
+            {
+                return rThreadData.nThreadID == mnThreadID;
+            }
+        };
+
+        bool StartWaitingThread();
+
+        bool StartThread( const tThreadData& aThreadData );
+};
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */